This is a modern-English version of The Sarva-Darsana-Samgraha: Or, Review of the Different Systems of Hindu Philosophy, originally written by Madhava. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.


Transcriber's Note:

Transcriber's Note:

The Diacritical marks in this book are not consistent throughout the book. The original Diacritical marks have been retained.

The diacritical marks in this book are inconsistent. The original diacritical marks have been kept.

 

TRÜBNER'S

ORIENTAL SERIES.


THE

SARVA-DARŚANA-SAṂGRAHA

 

OR

REVIEW OF THE DIFFERENT SYSTEMS OF HINDU PHILOSOPHY.

 

BY

MÁDHAVA ÁCHÁRYA.

 

TRANSLATED BY

E. B. COWELL, M.A.

PROFESSOR OF SANSKRIT AND FELLOW OF CORPUS CHRISTI COLLEGE IN THE
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE,
AND HONORARY LL.D. OF THE UNIVERSITY OF EDINBURGH.

AND

A. E. GOUGH, M.A.

PROFESSOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN THE PRESIDENCY COLLEGE, AND
PRINCIPAL OF THE MADRASA, CALCUTTA.

 

 

LONDON:

TRÜBNER & CO., LUDGATE HILL.

1882.


PREFACE.

I well remember the interest excited among the learned Hindus of Calcutta by the publication of the Sarva-darśana-saṃgraha of Mádhava Áchárya in the Bibliotheca Indica in 1858. It was originally edited by Paṇḍit Íśvarachandra Vidyáságara, but a subsequent edition, with no important alterations, was published in 1872 by Paṇḍit Táránátha Tarkaváchaspati. The work had been used by Wilson in his "Sketch of the Religious Sects of the Hindus" (first published in the Asiatic Researches, vol. xvi., Calcutta, 1828); but it does not appear to have been ever much known in India. MS. copies of it are very scarce; and those found in the North of India, as far as I have had an opportunity of examining them, seem to be all derived from one copy, brought originally from the South, and therefore written in the Telugu character. Certain mistakes are found in all alike, and probably arose from some illegible readings in the old Telugu original. I have noticed the same thing in the Nágarí copies of Mádhava's Commentary on the Black Yajur Veda, which are current in the North of India.

I clearly remember the excitement among the educated Hindus of Calcutta when the Sarva-darśana-saṃgraha by Mádhava Áchárya was published in the Bibliotheca Indica in 1858. It was originally edited by Paṇḍit Íśvarachandra Vidyáságara, but a later edition, with no major changes, was released in 1872 by Paṇḍit Táránátha Tarkaváchaspati. Wilson referenced this work in his "Sketch of the Religious Sects of the Hindus" (first published in the Asiatic Researches, vol. xvi., Calcutta, 1828); however, it seems to have been relatively unknown in India. Manuscript copies are very rare, and those I’ve had a chance to examine from North India all seem to trace back to a single copy originally from the South, written in the Telugu script. They all share certain errors, likely stemming from some unclear readings in the old Telugu original. I've noticed the same issue in the Nágarī copies of Mádhava's Commentary on the Black Yajur Veda, which are found in North India.

As I was at that time the Oriental Secretary of the Bengal[vi] Asiatic Society, I was naturally attracted to the book; and I subsequently read it with my friend Paṇḍit Maheśachandra Nyáyaratna, the present Principal of the Sanskrit College at Calcutta. I always hoped to translate it into English; but I was continually prevented by other engagements while I remained in India. Soon after my return to England, I tried to carry out my intention; but I found that several chapters, to which I had not paid the same attention as to the rest, were too difficult to be translated in England, where I could no longer enjoy the advantage of reference to my old friends the Paṇḍits of the Sanskrit College. In despair I laid my translation aside for years, until I happened to learn that my friend, Mr. A. E. Gough, at that time a Professor in the Sanskrit College at Benares, was thinking of translating the book. I at once proposed to him that we should do it together, and he kindly consented to my proposal; and we accordingly each undertook certain chapters of the work. He had the advantage of the help of some of the Paṇḍits of Benares, especially of Paṇḍit Ráma Miśra, the assistant Professor of Sáṅkhya, who was himself a Rámánuja; and I trust that, though we have doubtless left some things unexplained or explained wrongly, we may have been able to throw light on many of the dark sayings with which the original abounds. Our translations were originally published at intervals in the Benares Paṇḍit between 1874 and 1878; but they have been carefully revised for their present republication.

As the Oriental Secretary of the Bengal[vi] Asiatic Society at that time, I was naturally drawn to the book; I later read it with my friend Paṇḍit Maheśachandra Nyáyaratna, who is now the Principal of the Sanskrit College in Calcutta. I always intended to translate it into English, but I was constantly held back by other commitments while I was in India. After returning to England, I attempted to fulfill my goal; however, I found that some chapters, which I hadn’t focused on as much as the others, were too challenging to translate in England, where I no longer had access to my old friends, the Paṇḍits at the Sanskrit College. In frustration, I set my translation aside for years until I discovered that my friend, Mr. A. E. Gough, who was then a Professor at the Sanskrit College in Benares, was considering translating the book. I immediately suggested that we work on it together, and he kindly agreed; so we each took on specific chapters of the work. He had the advantage of assistance from some of the Paṇḍits in Benares, especially Paṇḍit Ráma Miśra, the assistant Professor of Sáṅkhya, who was himself a Rámánuja; and I hope that, although we may have left some points unclear or misexplained, we were able to clarify many of the obscure phrases that the original contains. Our translations were initially published intermittently in the Benares Paṇḍit from 1874 to 1878; but they have been thoroughly revised for this current republication.

The work itself is an interesting specimen of Hindu critical ability. The author successively passes in review[vii] the sixteen philosophical systems current in the fourteenth century in the South of India, and gives what appeared to him to be their most important tenets, and the principal arguments by which their followers endeavoured to maintain them; and he often displays some quaint humour as he throws himself for the time into the position of their advocate, and holds, as it were, a temporary brief in behalf of opinions entirely at variance with his own.[1] We may sometimes differ from him in his judgment of the relative importance of their doctrines, but it is always interesting to see the point of view of an acute native critic. In the course of his sketches he frequently explains at some length obscure details in the different systems; and I can hardly imagine a better guide for the European reader who wishes to study any one of these Darśanas in its native authorities. In one or two cases (as notably in the Bauddha, and perhaps in the Jaina system) he could only draw his materials second-hand from the discussions in the works of Brahmanical controversialists; but in the great majority he quotes directly from the works of their founders or leading exponents, and he is continually following in their track even where he does not quote their exact words.[2]

The work itself is an intriguing example of Hindu critical thinking. The author reviews[vii] the sixteen philosophical systems that were popular in the fourteenth century in South India, outlining what he believes are their most important ideas and the key arguments their followers used to support them. He often showcases some quirky humor as he temporarily steps into the role of their advocate, essentially taking on a brief in defense of views that strongly contrast with his own.[1] We may not always agree with him on the significance of their doctrines, but it’s always fascinating to see the perspective of a sharp native critic. Throughout his discussions, he frequently clarifies obscure aspects of the different systems in detail; I can't think of a better guide for a European reader wanting to explore any of these Darśanas through their native texts. In some cases (notably in the Bauddha and possibly in the Jaina system), he can only draw from secondary sources based on the debates in Brahmanical writings. However, in most cases, he quotes directly from the works of their founders or key figures, and he consistently follows their reasoning even when he doesn't use their exact words.[2]

The systems are arranged from the Vedánta point of view,—our author having been elected, in A.D. 1331, the head [viii]of the Smárta order in the Maṭh of Śṛingeri in the Mysore territory, founded by Śaṃkara Áchárya, the great Vedántist teacher of the eighth century, through whose efforts the Vedánta became what it is at present—the acknowledged view of Hindu orthodoxy. The systems form a gradually ascending scale,—the first, the Chárváka and Bauddha, being the lowest as the furthest removed from the Vedánta, and the last, the Sáṅkhya and Yoga, being the highest as approaching most nearly to it.

The systems are arranged from the Vedanta perspective, with our author having been elected in A.D. 1331 as the head [viii]of the Smárta order in the Maṭh of Śṛingeri in the Mysore region. This was founded by Śaṃkara Áchárya, the prominent Vedantist teacher of the eighth century, whose efforts shaped the Vedanta into what it is today—the accepted view of Hindu orthodoxy. The systems create a gradually ascending scale, with the Chárváka and Bauddha being the lowest, as they are the furthest from the Vedanta, and the Sáṅkhya and Yoga being the highest, as they come closest to it.

The sixteen systems here discussed attracted to their study the noblest minds in India throughout the mediæval period of its history. Hiouen Thsang says of the schools in his day: "Les écoles philosophiques sont constamment en lutte, et le bruit de leurs discussions passionnées s'élève comme les flots de la mer. Les hérétiques des diverses sectes s'attachent à des maîtres particuliers, et, par des voies différentes, marchent tous au même but." We can still catch some faint echo of the din as we read the mediæval literature. Thus, for instance, when King Harsha wanders among the Vindhya forests, he finds "seated on the rocks and reclining under the trees Árhata begging monks, Śvetapadas, Mahápáśupatas, Páṇḍarabhikshus, Bhágavatas, Varṇins, Keśaluñchanas, Lokáyatikas, Kápilas, Káṇádas, Aupanishadas, Ísvarakárins, Dharmaśástrins, Pauráṇikas, Sáptatantavas, Śábdas, Páñcharátrikas, &c., all listening to their own accepted tenets and zealously defending them."[3] Many of these sects will occupy us in the ensuing pages; many of them also are found in Mádhava's poem on the controversial triumphs [ix]of Śaṃkara Áchárya, and in the spurious prose work on the same subject, ascribed to Anantánandagiri. Well may some old poet have put into the mouth of Yudhishṭhira the lines which one so often hears from the lips of modern paṇḍits—

The sixteen systems discussed here attracted the brightest minds in India during the medieval period. Hiouen Thsang said of the schools in his time: "The philosophical schools are constantly in conflict, and the noise of their passionate discussions rises like the waves of the sea. The heretics from various sects attach themselves to particular teachers and, through different paths, all head toward the same goal." We can still catch a faint echo of this noise as we read the medieval literature. For example, when King Harsha wanders through the Vindhya forests, he finds "Árhata begging monks, Śvetapadas, Mahápáśupatas, Páṇḍarabhikshus, Bhágavatas, Varṇins, Keśaluñchanas, Lokáyatikas, Kápilas, Káṇádas, Aupanishadas, Ísvarakárins, Dharmaśástrins, Pauráṇikas, Sáptatantavas, Śábdas, Páñcharátrikas, etc., all seated on the rocks and reclining under the trees, each listening to their own beliefs and fervently defending them." Many of these sects will be discussed in the following pages; many of them are also mentioned in Mádhava's poem about the controversial victories of Śaṃkara Áchárya, and in the questionable prose work on the same topic attributed to Anantánandagiri. It's possible that some old poet captured what Yudhishṭhira often expresses through the words we so frequently hear from modern paṇḍits—

Vedās have different teachings, Násau munir yasya mataṃ na bhinnam,
Dharmic truth hidden in the cave, The path that the wise travel.[4]

And may we not also say with Clement of Alexandria,

And can we also say with Clement of Alexandria,

μιᾶς τοίνυν οὔσης τῆς ἀληθείας, τὸ γὰρ ψεῦδος μυρίας
ἐκτροπὰς ἔχει, καθάπερ αἱ βάκχαι τὰ τοῦ Πενθέως διαφορήσασαι
μέλη αἱ τῆς φιλοσοφίας τῆς τε βαρβάρου τῆς τε
Ἑλληνικῆς αἱρέσεις, ἑκάστη ὅπερ ἔλαχεν, ὡς πᾶσαν αὐχεῖ
τὴν ἀλήθειαν, φωτὸς δ', οἶμαι, ἀνατολῇ πάντα φωτίζεται.

μιᾶς τοίνυν οὔσης τῆς ἀληθείας, τὸ γὰρ ψεῦδος μυρίας
ἐκτροπὰς ἔχει, καθάπερ αἱ βάκχαι τὰ τοῦ Πενθέως διαφορήσασαι
μέλη αἱ τῆς φιλοσοφίας τῆς τε βαρβάρου τῆς τε
Ἑλληνικῆς αἱρέσεις, ἑκάστη ὅπερ ἔλαχεν, ὡς πᾶσαν αὐχεῖ
τὴν ἀλήθειαν, φωτὸς δ', οἶμαι, ἀνατολῇ πάντα φωτίζεται.

E. B. C.

E. B. C.

FOOTNOTES:

[1] The most remarkable instance of this philosophical equanimity is that of Váchaspati Miśra, who wrote standard treatises on each of the six systems except the Vaiśeshika, adopting, of course, the peculiar point of view of each, and excluding for the time every alien tenet.

[1] The most notable example of this philosophical calm is Váchaspati Miśra, who wrote key texts on each of the six philosophies except for Vaiśeshika, fully embracing the unique perspective of each and temporarily setting aside any outside beliefs.

[2] An index of the names of authors and works quoted is given in Dr. Hall's Bibliographical Catalogue, pp. 162-164, and also in Professor Aufrecht's Bodleian Catalogue, p. 247.

[2] You can find a list of the authors and works referenced in Dr. Hall's Bibliographical Catalogue, pp. 162-164, and also in Professor Aufrecht's Bodleian Catalogue, p. 247.

[3] Śríharsha-charita, p. 204 (Calcutta ed.)

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Śríharsha-charita, p. 204 (Calcutta ed.)

[4] Found in the Mahábh. iii. 17402, with some variations. I give them as I have heard them from Paṇḍit Rámanáráyaṇa Vidyáratna.

[4] Found in the Mahábh. iii. 17402, with some variations. I share them as I heard them from Pandit Rámanáráyaṇa Vidyáratna.


CONTENTS.

Page
I.   The Chárváka System (E. B. C.)   2
II.   The Bauddha System (A. E. G.)   12
III.   The Árhata or Jaina System (E. B. C.)   36
IV.   The Rámánuja System (A. E. G.)   64
V.   The Púrṇa-prajña System (A. E. G.)   87
VI.   The Nakulíśa-Páśupata System (A. E. G.)   103
VII.   The Śaiva System (E. B. C.)   112
VIII.   The Pratyabhijñá or Recognitive System (A. E. G.)   128
IX.   The Raseśvara or Mercurial System (A. E. G.)   137
X.   The Vaiśeshika or Aulúkya System (E. B. C.)   145
XI.   The Akshapáda or Nyáya System (E. B. C.)   161
XII.   The Jaiminíya System (E. B. C.)   178
XIII.   The Páṇiníya System (E. B. C.)   203
XIV.   The Sáṅkhya System (E. B. C.)   221
XV.   The Pátañjala or Yoga System (E. B. C.)   231
XVI.   The Vedánta or System of Saṃkara Áchárya   273
  Appendix—On the Upádhi (E. B. C.)   275

THE SARVA-DARŚANA-SAṄGRAHA.


THE PROLOGUE.

1. I worship Śiva, the abode of eternal knowledge, the storehouse of supreme felicity; by whom the earth and the rest were produced, in him only has this all a maker.

1. I worship Śiva, the source of eternal knowledge and the reservoir of ultimate happiness; it is through him that the earth and everything else came into being; only in him does everything have a creator.

2. Daily I follow my Guru Sarvajña-Vishṇu, who knows all the Ágamas, the son of Śárṅgapáṇi, who has gone to the further shore of the seas of all the systems, and has contented the hearts of all mankind by the proper meaning of the term Soul.

2. Every day I follow my Guru Sarvajña-Vishṇu, who understands all the Ágamas, the son of Śárṅgapáṇi, who has crossed to the other side of the seas of all the systems and has fulfilled the hearts of all people with the true meaning of the term Soul.

3. The synopsis of all the systems is made by the venerable Mádhava mighty in power, the Kaustubha-jewel of the milk-ocean of the fortunate Sáyaṇa.

3. The summary of all the systems is created by the esteemed Mádhava, powerful and revered, the Kaustubha jewel from the milk-ocean of the fortunate Sáyaṇa.

4. Having thoroughly searched the Śástras of former teachers, very hard to be crossed, the fortunate Sáyaṇa-Mádhava[5] the lord has expounded them for the delight of the good. Let the virtuous listen with a mind from which all envy has been far banished; who finds not delight in a garland strung of various flowers?

4. After carefully examining the teachings of past scholars, which are difficult to navigate, the fortunate Sáyaṇa-Mádhava[5] has explained them for the enjoyment of the righteous. Let those who are virtuous listen with hearts free from jealousy; who wouldn’t find joy in a bouquet made of different flowers?

FOOTNOTES:

[5] Dr. A. C. Burnell, in his preface to his edition of the Vaṃśa-Bráhmaṇa, has solved the riddle of the relation of Mádhava and Sáyaṇa. Sáyaṇa is a pure Draviḍian name given to a child who is born after all the elder children have died. Mádhava elsewhere calls Sáyaṇa his "younger brother," as an allegorical description of his body, himself being the eternal soul. His use of the term Sáyaṇa-Mádhavaḥ here (not the dual) seems to prove that the two names represent the same person. The body seems meant by the Sáyaṇa of the third śloka. Máyaṇa was the father of Mádhava, and the true reading may be śríman-máyaṇa.

[5] Dr. A. C. Burnell, in his preface to his edition of the Vaṃśa-Bráhmaṇa, has clarified the connection between Mádhava and Sáyaṇa. Sáyaṇa is a pure Draviḍian name given to a child born after all the older siblings have died. Mádhava refers to Sáyaṇa as his "younger brother," which is a symbolic way of describing his body, with himself as the eternal soul. His use of the term Sáyaṇa-Mádhavaḥ here (not the dual) seems to show that the two names refer to the same person. The Sáyaṇa mentioned in the third śloka appears to refer to the body. Máyaṇa was the father of Mádhava, and the correct reading might be śríman-máyaṇa.


CHAPTER I.

THE CHÁRVÁKA SYSTEM.

[We have said in our preliminary invocation "salutation to Śiva, the abode of eternal knowledge, the storehouse of supreme felicity,"] but how can we attribute to the Divine Being the giving of supreme felicity, when such a notion has been utterly abolished by Chárváka, the crest-gem of the atheistical school, the follower of the doctrine of Bṛihaspati? The efforts of Chárváka are indeed hard to be eradicated, for the majority of living beings hold by the current refrain—

[We have said in our initial greeting "salutation to Śiva, the house of eternal knowledge, the source of ultimate happiness,"] but how can we ascribe the gift of ultimate happiness to the Divine Being when this idea has been completely rejected by Chárváka, the pinnacle of atheistic thought, who follows the teachings of Bṛihaspati? Chárváka's influence is indeed difficult to eliminate, as most people cling to the prevailing belief—

While you have life, live joyfully;
No one can escape Death's watchful gaze:
When they burn this body of ours,
How will it ever come back again?

The mass of men, in accordance with the Śástras of policy and enjoyment, considering wealth and desire the only ends of man, and denying the existence of any object belonging to a future world, are found to follow only the doctrine of Chárváka. Hence another name for that school is Lokáyata,—a name well accordant with the thing signified.[6]

The majority of people, following the teachings of the texts on politics and pleasure, see wealth and desire as the only purposes in life and reject the idea of anything beyond this world. As a result, they adopt the beliefs of Chárváka. This is why another name for that school is Lokáyata, which aligns well with its meaning.[6]

In this school the four elements, earth, &c., are the [3]original principles; from these alone, when transformed into the body, intelligence is produced, just as the inebriating power is developed from the mixing of certain ingredients;[7] and when these are destroyed, intelligence at once perishes also. They quote the Śruti for this [Bṛihad Áraṇy. Up. ii. 4, 12], "Springing forth from these elements, itself solid knowledge, it is destroyed when they are destroyed,—after death no intelligence remains."[8] Therefore the soul is only the body distinguished by the attribute of intelligence, since there is no evidence for any soul distinct from the body, as such cannot be proved, since this school holds that perception is the only source of knowledge and does not allow inference, &c.

In this school, the four elements—earth, etc.—are the [3]original principles. From these alone, when transformed into the body, intelligence is produced, just like the intoxicating effect that results from mixing certain ingredients;[7] and when these elements are destroyed, intelligence immediately disappears as well. They quote the Śruti for this [Bṛihad Áraṇy. Up. ii. 4, 12], "Emerging from these elements, solid knowledge itself is destroyed when they are destroyed—after death, no intelligence remains."[8] Therefore, the soul is merely the body characterized by the attribute of intelligence, since there is no proof of a soul that exists separately from the body, as that cannot be demonstrated. This school maintains that perception is the only source of knowledge and does not validate inference, etc.

The only end of man is enjoyment produced by sensual pleasures. Nor may you say that such cannot be called the end of man as they are always mixed with some kind of pain, because it is our wisdom to enjoy the pure pleasure as far as we can, and to avoid the pain which inevitably accompanies it; just as the man who desires fish takes the fish with their scales and bones, and having taken as many as he wants, desists; or just as the man who desires rice, takes the rice, straw and all, and having taken as much as he wants, desists. It is not therefore for us, through a fear of pain, to reject the pleasure which our nature instinctively recognises as congenial. Men do not refrain from sowing rice, because forsooth there are wild animals to devour it; nor do they refuse to set the cooking-pots on the fire, because forsooth there are beggars to pester us for a share of the contents. If any one were [4]so timid as to forsake a visible pleasure, he would indeed be foolish like a beast, as has been said by the poet—

The only goal of humanity is to find enjoyment through sensual pleasures. You can’t say that these pleasures can’t be considered our ultimate aim just because they often come with some pain. It’s wise for us to seek out pure pleasure as much as we can while avoiding the accompanying pain. Just like someone who wants fish will catch them along with their scales and bones, and when they’ve caught enough, they stop; or someone who wants rice will take the rice, straw and all, and will stop once they have enough. So, it’s not right for us to reject the joys that our nature naturally craves just because we fear pain. People don’t stop planting rice just because there are wild animals that might eat it; nor do they refuse to cook just because there are beggars asking for a share. If someone were [4]too afraid to enjoy a visible pleasure, they would indeed be foolish, like the poet once said—

The enjoyment that comes to people from interacting with physical objects,
To give up something while in pain is the logic of fools; The berries of paddy, filled with premium white grains,
What man, in pursuit of his genuine interest, would discard something just because it’s covered in husk and dust? __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

If you object that, if there be no such thing as happiness in a future world, then how should men of experienced wisdom engage in the agnihotra and other sacrifices, which can only be performed with great expenditure of money and bodily fatigue, your objection cannot be accepted as any proof to the contrary, since the agnihotra, &c., are only useful as means of livelihood, for the Veda is tainted by the three faults of untruth, self-contradiction, and tautology;[10] then again the impostors who call themselves Vaidic pundits are mutually destructive, as the authority of the jñána-káṇḍa is overthrown by those who maintain that of the karma-káṇḍa, while those who maintain the authority of the jñána-káṇḍa reject that of the karma-káṇḍa; and lastly, the three Vedas themselves are only the incoherent rhapsodies of knaves, and to this effect runs the popular saying—

If you argue that if there’s no happiness in an afterlife, then how can wise people engage in the agnihotra and other sacrifices, which involve significant spending and physical effort, your argument doesn’t hold up as evidence against this idea. The agnihotra, etc., are only valuable as ways to make a living, because the Vedas are flawed by three issues: lies, self-contradictions, and redundancy; then again, the frauds who call themselves Vedic scholars are at odds with each other. The authority of the jñána-kāṇḍa is challenged by those who support the karma-kāṇḍa, while supporters of the jñána-kāṇḍa dismiss the authority of the karma-kāṇḍa. Lastly, the three Vedas are just the disjointed ramblings of charlatans, and there’s a popular saying that goes—

The Agnihotra, the three Vedas, the ascetic's three staves, and smearing oneself with ashes,—

The Agnihotra, the three Vedas, the ascetic's three staffs, and covering oneself in ashes,—

Bṛihaspati says, these are but means of livelihood for those who have no manliness nor sense.

Bṛihaspati says, these are just ways to make a living for those who lack courage and common sense.

Hence it follows that there is no other hell than mundane pain produced by purely mundane causes, as thorns, &c.; the only Supreme is the earthly monarch whose existence is proved by all the world's eyesight; and the only Liberation is the dissolution of the body. By holding the doctrine that the soul is identical with the body, [5]such phrases as "I am thin," "I am black," &c., are at once intelligible, as the attributes of thinness, &c., and self-consciousness will reside in the same subject [the body]; like and the use of the phrase "my body" is metaphorical "the head of Ráhu" [Ráhu being really all head].

Hence, it follows that there is no other hell than the everyday pain caused by purely worldly things, like thorns, etc.; the only Supreme is the earthly ruler whose existence is recognized by everyone; and the only form of Liberation is the end of the body. By accepting the idea that the soul is the same as the body, [5] phrases like "I am thin," "I am black," etc., make sense, as the qualities of thinness, etc., and self-awareness will belong to the same entity [the body]; similarly, using the term "my body" is metaphorical, as in "the head of Ráhu" [Ráhu being essentially all head].

All this has been thus summed up—

All of this has been summarized like this—

In this school, there are four elements: earth, water, fire, and air;
Intelligence is produced from just these four elements—
Just like the intoxicating power from kiṇwa, etc., combined together; In the phrases "I am fat" and "I am lean," these attributes__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ exist within the same subject, Since fatness, etc., only exist in the body,__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ it is the only soul and nothing else, Phrases like "my body" only hold meaning in a metaphorical sense.

"Be it so," says the opponent; "your wish would be gained if inference, &c., had no force of proof; but then they have this force; else, if they had not, then how, on perceiving smoke, should the thoughts of the intelligent immediately proceed to fire; or why, on hearing another say, 'There are fruits on the bank of the river,' do those who desire fruit proceed at once to the shore?"

"Alright," says the opponent; "your wish would come true if inferences, etc., didn't hold any proof; but they do hold that power. Otherwise, if they didn't, how come when people see smoke, their minds immediately think of fire? Or why do those who want fruit immediately go to the shore when they hear someone say, 'There are fruits on the riverbank'?"

All this, however, is only the inflation of the world of fancy.

All of this, though, is just the exaggeration of the world of imagination.

Those who maintain the authority of inference accept the sign or middle term as the causer of knowledge, which middle term must be found in the minor and be itself invariably connected with the major.[13] Now this invariable connection must be a relation destitute of any condition accepted or disputed;[14] and this connection does not possess its power of causing inference by virtue of its existence, as the eye, &c., are the cause of perception, but by virtue of its being known. What then is the means of this connection's being known?

Those who believe in the power of inference view the sign or middle term as the source of knowledge; this middle term needs to be present in the minor premise and must always be linked to the major premise.[13] This constant connection needs to be a relationship free from any conditions that are accepted or disputed;[14] and this connection does not gain its ability to drive inference because of its existence, like the eye, etc., are the cause of perception, but because it is known. So, what is the way for this connection to be recognized?

We will first show that it is not perception. Now perception is held to be of two kinds, external and internal [i.e., as produced by the external senses, or by the inner sense, mind]. The former is not the required means; for although it is possible that the actual contact of the senses and the object will produce the knowledge of the particular object thus brought in contact, yet as there can never be such contact in the case of the past or the future, the universal proposition[15] which was to embrace the invariable connection of the middle and major terms in every case becomes impossible to be known. Nor may you maintain that this knowledge of the universal proposition has the general class as its object, because if so, there might arise a doubt as to the existence of the invariable connection in this particular case[16] [as, for instance, in this particular smoke as implying fire].

We will first demonstrate that it is not perception. Perception is considered to be of two types: external and internal [i.e., produced by the external senses or by the internal sense, mind]. The former is not the means we need; while it is possible for direct contact between the senses and an object to result in knowledge of that specific object, there can never be such contact when it comes to the past or the future. Therefore, the universal proposition[15] that was meant to capture the constant connection between the middle and major terms in every instance becomes impossible to know. Furthermore, you cannot argue that this knowledge of the universal proposition has the general class as its object, because if that were the case, there might be uncertainty regarding the existence of the consistent connection in this particular instance[16] [for example, in this specific smoke indicating fire].

Nor is internal perception the means, since you cannot establish that the mind has any power to act independently towards an external object, since all allow that it is dependent on the external senses, as has been said by one of the logicians, "The eye, &c., have their objects as described; but mind externally is dependent on the others."

Nor is internal perception the way to go, since you can't prove that the mind has any ability to act independently regarding an external object. Everyone agrees that it's reliant on the external senses, as one of the logicians stated, "The eye, etc., has its objects as described; but the mind externally depends on the others."

Nor can inference be the means of the knowledge of the universal proposition, since in the case of this inference we should also require another inference to establish it, and so on, and hence would arise the fallacy of an ad infinitum retrogression.

Nor can inference be the way to know the universal proposition, because if we use this inference, we would need another inference to support it, and so on, leading to the fallacy of an ad infinitum regression.

Nor can testimony be the means thereof, since we may either allege in reply, in accordance with the Vaiśeshika doctrine of Kaṇáda, that this is included in the topic of inference; or else we may hold that this fresh proof of testimony is unable to leap over the old barrier that [7]stopped the progress of inference, since it depends itself on the recognition of a sign in the form of the language used in the child's presence by the old man;[17] and, moreover, there is no more reason for our believing on another's word that smoke and fire are invariably connected, than for our receiving the ipse dixit of Manu, &c. [which, of course, we Chárvákas reject].

Nor can testimony be the means for this, since we might argue in response, following the Vaiśeshika doctrine of Kaṇáda, that this falls under inference; or we might argue that this new proof from testimony can't overcome the old barrier that [7]blocked the progress of inference, because it relies on recognizing a sign based on the language the old man used in the child's presence;[17] and, what's more, we have no more reason to believe someone else's word that smoke and fire are always connected than we have to accept the ipse dixit of Manu, etc. [which, of course, we Chárvákas reject].

And again, if testimony were to be accepted as the only means of the knowledge of the universal proposition, then in the case of a man to whom the fact of the invariable connection between the middle and major terms had not been pointed out by another person, there could be no inference of one thing [as fire] on seeing another thing [as smoke]; hence, on your own showing, the whole topic of inference for oneself[18] would have to end in mere idle words.

And once again, if we take testimony as the only way to understand the universal statement, then for someone who hasn't been shown the constant connection between the middle and major terms by someone else, there would be no way to infer one thing [like fire] when seeing another thing [like smoke]; therefore, according to your own argument, the entire discussion about inferring things on your own[18] would just be pointless chatter.

Then again comparison,[19] &c., must be utterly rejected as the means of the knowledge of the universal proposition, since it is impossible that they can produce the knowledge of the unconditioned connection [i.e., the universal proposition], because their end is to produce the knowledge of quite another connection, viz., the relation of a name to something so named.

Then again comparison,[19] &c., must be completely dismissed as a way to understand the universal proposition, since it can't lead to the knowledge of the unconditioned connection [i.e., the universal proposition], because its aim is to produce knowledge of an entirely different connection, namely, the relationship between a name and the thing it refers to.

Again, this same absence of a condition,[20] which has been given as the definition of an invariable connection [i.e., a universal proposition], can itself never be known; since it is impossible to establish that all conditions must be objects of perception; and therefore, although the absence of [8]perceptible things may be itself perceptible, the absence of non-perceptible things must be itself non-perceptible; and thus, since we must here too have recourse to inference, &c., we cannot leap over the obstacle which has already been planted to bar them. Again, we must accept as the definition of the condition, "it is that which is reciprocal or equipollent in extension[21] with the major term though not constantly accompanying the middle." These three distinguishing clauses, "not constantly accompanying the middle term," "constantly accompanying the major term," and "being constantly accompanied by it" [i.e., reciprocal], are needed in the full definition to stop respectively three such fallacious conditions, in the argument to prove the non-eternity of sound, as "being produced," "the nature of a jar," and "the not causing audition;"[22] wherefore the definition holds,—and again it is established by the śloka of the great Doctor beginning samásama.[23]

Again, this same absence of a condition,[20] which has been defined as an unchanging connection [i.e., a universal proposition], can never truly be known; it's impossible to prove that all conditions must be objects of perception. Therefore, while the absence of [8] perceivable things may be itself perceivable, the absence of non-perceivable things must remain non-perceivable. Thus, since we also have to rely on inference here, we cannot bypass the barrier that has already been placed in our way. Again, we should define the condition as "that which is reciprocal or equal in extent[21] with the major term, even if it doesn’t always accompany the middle." These three distinguishing clauses—"not always accompanying the middle term," "always accompanying the major term," and "being consistently accompanied by it" [i.e., reciprocal]—are essential to the complete definition to prevent three misleading conditions in the argument to demonstrate the non-eternity of sound, such as "being produced," "the nature of a jar," and "not causing audition;"[22] which is why the definition remains valid,—and it is further supported by the verse from the great Doctor beginning with samásama.[23]

But since the knowledge of the condition must here precede the knowledge of the condition's absence, it is only when there is the knowledge of the condition, that the knowledge of the universality of the proposition is possible, i.e., a knowledge in the form of such a connection between the middle term and major term as is distinguished by the absence of any such condition; and on the other hand, the knowledge of the condition depends upon the knowledge of the invariable connection. Thus we fasten on our opponents as with adamantine glue the thunderbolt-like fallacy of reasoning in a circle. Hence by the impossibility of knowing the universality of a proposition it becomes impossible to establish inference, &c.[24]

But since understanding the condition must come before understanding its absence, it's only when we know the condition that we can grasp the universality of the proposition, meaning we recognize a connection between the middle term and major term that is marked by the lack of any such condition. On the flip side, knowing the condition relies on recognizing the unchanging connection. This leads us to firmly attach our opponents to the fallacy of circular reasoning, like being stuck with adamantine glue. Therefore, because it's impossible to know the universality of a proposition, establishing inference, etc., becomes impossible.[24]

The step which the mind takes from the knowledge of smoke, &c., to the knowledge of fire, &c., can be accounted for by its being based on a former perception or by its being an error; and that in some cases this step is justified by the result, is accidental just like the coincidence of effects observed in the employment of gems, charms, drugs, &c.

The leap that the mind makes from knowing about smoke, etc., to knowing about fire, etc., can be explained by it being rooted in a previous perception or by it being a mistake; and in some cases, when this leap is justified by the outcome, it’s just a coincidence, similar to the random effects seen with the use of gems, charms, drugs, etc.

From this it follows that fate, &c.,[25] do not exist, since these can only be proved by inference. But an opponent will say, if you thus do not allow adṛishṭa, the various phenomena of the world become destitute of any cause.

From this, it follows that fate, etc.,[25] does not exist, since these can only be proven by inference. But an opponent might argue that if you dismiss adṛishṭa, the various phenomena of the world lack any cause.

But we cannot accept this objection as valid, since these phenomena can all be produced spontaneously from the inherent nature of things. Thus it has been said—

But we can't accept this objection as valid because these phenomena can all occur naturally from the inherent nature of things. So it's been said—

The fire is warm, the water is cold, and the morning breeze is refreshingly cool; Who created this variety? Was it born from their own nature?

And all this has been also said by Bṛihaspati—

And all this has also been said by Bṛihaspati—

There is no heaven, no ultimate freedom, and no soul in another world,
The actions of the four castes and orders do not have any real impact. The Agnihotra, the three Vedas, the ascetic's three sticks, and covering oneself in ashes,
Were created by Nature as the means of survival for those lacking knowledge and courage.
If a creature killed in the Jyotishṭoma ritual will go to heaven itself, Why doesn't the person making the sacrifice just offer their own father right away?[26]
If the Śráddha brings satisfaction to those who have passed away,
Here, too, when it comes to travelers starting their journey, there's no need to provide supplies for the trip.
If beings in heaven are pleased by our offering the Śráddha here,
Then why not give the food down below to those who are standing on the rooftop?
As long as life lasts, let a man live happily and enjoy ghee, even if he is in debt;
Once the body turns to ashes, how can it ever come back? If someone who leaves their body enters another world,
Why doesn’t he return, longing for the love of his family? Therefore, Brahmans have only set themselves up here as a way to make a living. All these ceremonies for the dead—there's no other outcome like it anywhere. The three authors of the Vedas were fools, tricksters, and evil beings.
All the famous formulas from the scholars, jarpharí, turpharí, etc. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ And all the indecent rituals for the queen ordered in the Aśwamedha,
[11]These were created by fools, and therefore all the different types of gifts to the priests,[28]
The consumption of meat was also ordered by nocturnal demons.

Hence in kindness to the mass of living beings must we fly for refuge to the doctrine of Chárváka. Such is the pleasant consummation.

Hence, in compassion for the many living beings, we must seek refuge in the teaching of Chárváka. This is the enjoyable outcome.

E. B. C.

EBC

FOOTNOTES:

[6] "Śaṅkara, Bháskara, and other commentators name the Lokáyatikas, and these appear to be a branch of the Sect of Chárváka" (Colebrooke). Lokáyata may be etymologically analysed as "prevalent in the world" (loka and áyata). Laukáyatika occurs in Páṇini's ukthagaṇa.

[6] "Śaṅkara, Bháskara, and other commentators refer to the Lokáyatikas, which seem to be a subgroup of the Chárváka Sect" (Colebrooke). Lokáyata can be broken down etymologically as "common in the world" (loka and áyata). Laukáyatika is mentioned in Páṇini's ukthagaṇa.

[7] Kiṇwa is explained as "drug or seed used to produce fermentation in the manufacture of spirits from sugar, bassia, &c." Colebrooke quotes from Śaṅkara: "The faculty of thought results from a modification of the aggregate elements in like manner as sugar with a ferment and other ingredients becomes an inebriating liquor; and as betel, areca, lime, and extract of catechu chewed together have an exhilarating property not found in those substances severally."

[7] Kiṇwa is defined as "a substance like a drug or seed that is used to create fermentation in the production of spirits from sugar, bassia, etc." Colebrooke cites Śaṅkara: "The ability to think comes from a change in the combination of elements, similar to how sugar, when combined with a ferment and other ingredients, turns into an intoxicating drink; and just like how betel, areca, lime, and extract of catechu, when chewed together, have an uplifting effect that isn’t found in those substances on their own."

[8] Of course Śaṅkara, in his commentary, gives a very different interpretation, applying it to the cessation of individual existence when the knowledge of the Supreme is once attained. Cf. Śabara's Comm. Jaimini Sút., i. i. 5.

[8] Of course, Śaṅkara, in his commentary, offers a completely different interpretation, relating it to the end of individual existence once the knowledge of the Supreme is achieved. Cf. Śabara's Comm. Jaimini Sút., i. i. 5.

[9] I take kaṇa as here equal to the Bengali kunṛ. Cf. Atharva-V., xi. 3, 5. Aśváḥ kaṇá gávas taṇḍulá maśakás tusháḥ.

[9] I consider kaṇa to be the same as the Bengali kunṛ. See Atharva-V., xi. 3, 5. Aśváḥ kaṇá gávas taṇḍulá maśakás tusháḥ.

[10] See Nyáya Sútras, ii. 57.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Nyáya Sutras, ii. 57.

[11] I.e., personality and fatness, &c.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ i.e., personality and weight, etc.

[12] I read dehe for dehaḥ.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ I read dehe as dehaḥ.

[13] Literally, "must be an attribute of the subject and have invariable concomitance (vyápti)."

[13] Essentially, "it has to be a quality of the subject and always occur together (vyápti)."

[14] For the sandigdha and niśchita upádhi see Siddhánta Muktávali, p. 125. The former is accepted only by one party.

[14] For the sandigdha and niśchita upádhi see Siddhánta Muktávali, p. 125. The former is acknowledged only by one group.

[15] Literally, the knowledge of the invariable concomitance (as of smoke by fire).

[15] Literally, the understanding of the constant association (like smoke with fire).

[16] The attributes of the class are not always found in every member,—thus idiots are men, though man is a rational animal; and again, this particular smoke might be a sign of a fire in some other place.

[16] The characteristics of a category aren’t always present in each member—so, for example, idiots are still considered men, even though a man is defined as a rational being; similarly, this specific smoke might indicate a fire elsewhere.

[17] See Sáhitya Darpaṇa (Ballantyne's trans. p. 16), and Siddhánta-M., p. 80.

[17] See Sáhitya Darpaṇa (Ballantyne's trans. p. 16), and Siddhánta-M., p. 80.

[18] The properly logical, as distinguished from the rhetorical, argument.

[18] The logical argument, as opposed to the rhetorical one.

[19] "Upamána or the knowledge of a similarity is the instrument in the production of an inference from similarity. This particular inference consists in the knowledge of the relation of a name to something so named." Ballantyne's Tarka Sangraha.

[19] "Upamána, or understanding a similarity, is the tool used to draw conclusions based on that similarity. This specific conclusion involves knowing how a name relates to the thing it refers to." Ballantyne's Tarka Sangraha.

[20] The upádhi is the condition which must be supplied to restrict a too general middle term, as in the inference "the mountain has smoke because it has fire," if we add wet fuel as the condition of the fire, the middle term will be no longer too general. In the case of a true vyápti, there is, of course, no upádhi.

[20] The upádhi is the condition that needs to be added to narrow down an overly broad middle term, like in the example "the mountain has smoke because it has fire." If we include wet fuel as the condition for the fire, the middle term becomes more specific. In a true vyápti, there is obviously no upádhi.

[21] 'Αντιστρἑφει (Pr. Anal., ii. 25). We have here our A with distributed predicate.

[21] 'Aντιστρἑφει (Pr. Anal., ii. 25). We have here our A with a distributed predicate.

[22] If we omitted the first clause, and only made the upádhi "that which constantly accompanies the major term and is constantly accompanied by it," then in the Naiyáyika argument "sound is non-eternal, because it has the nature of sound," "being produced" would serve as a Mímáṃsaka upádhi, to establish the vyabhichára fallacy, as it is reciprocal with "non-eternal;" but the omitted clause excludes it, as an upádhi must be consistent with either party's opinions, and, of course, the Naiyáyika maintains that "being produced" always accompanies the class of sound. Similarly, if we defined the upádhi as "not constantly accompanying the middle term and constantly accompanied by the major," we might have as an upádhi "the nature of a jar," as this is never found with the middle term (the class or nature of sound only residing in sound, and that of a jar only in a jar), while, at the same time, wherever the class of jar is found there is also found non-eternity. Lastly, if we defined the upádhi as "not constantly accompanying the middle term, and constantly accompanying the major," we might have as a Mímáṃsaka upádhi "the not causing audition," i.e., the not being apprehended by the organs of hearing; but this is excluded, as non-eternity is not always found where this is, ether being inaudible and yet eternal.

[22] If we left out the first clause and only used the upádhi "that which always accompanies the major term and is always accompanied by it," then in the Naiyáyika argument "sound is non-eternal because it has the nature of sound," "being produced" would act as a Mímáṃsaka upádhi to establish the vyabhichára fallacy, since it is reciprocal with "non-eternal;" however, the omitted clause rules it out, as an upádhi must align with either party’s views, and clearly, the Naiyáyika argues that "being produced" always goes along with the category of sound. Similarly, if we defined the upádhi as "not constantly accompanying the middle term and always accompanied by the major," we could use "the nature of a jar" as an upádhi, since this is never associated with the middle term (the category or nature of sound only exists in sound, and that of a jar only in a jar), while, at the same time, wherever the category of a jar is present, non-eternity is also present. Lastly, if we defined the upádhi as "not constantly accompanying the middle term and always accompanying the major," we might consider "not causing hearing," i.e., not being perceived by the auditory organs as a Mímáṃsaka upádhi; but this is excluded, as non-eternity is not always found where this is, as something can be inaudible yet still eternal.

[23] This refers to an obscure śloka of Udayanáchárya, "where a reciprocal and a non-reciprocal universal connection (i.e., universal propositions which severally do and do not distribute their predicates) relate to the same argument (as e.g., to prove the existence of smoke), there that non-reciprocating term of the second will be a fallacious middle, which is not invariably accompanied by the other reciprocal of the first." Thus "the mountain has smoke because it has fire" (here fire and smoke are non-reciprocating, as fire is not found invariably accompanied by smoke though smoke is by fire), or "because it has fire from wet fuel" (smoke and fire from wet fuel being reciprocal and always accompanying each other); the non-reciprocating term of the former (fire) will give a fallacious inference, because it is also, of course, not invariably accompanied by the special kind of fire, that produced from wet fuel. But this will not be the case where the non-reciprocating term is thus invariably accompanied by the other reciprocal, as "the mountain has fire because it has smoke;" here, though fire and smoke do not reciprocate, yet smoke will be a true middle, because it is invariably accompanied by heat, which is the reciprocal of fire. I wish to add here, once for all, that I own my explanation of this, as well as many another, difficulty in the Sarva-darśana-śaṅgraha to my old friend and teacher, Paṇḍit Maheśa Chandra Nyáyaratna, of the Calcutta Sanskrit College.

[23] This refers to a little-known verse by Udayanáchárya, "where a reciprocal and a non-reciprocal universal connection (i.e., universal statements that do and do not distribute their predicates) relate to the same argument (for example, to prove the existence of smoke), there that non-reciprocating term of the second will be a misleading middle, which is not always accompanied by the other reciprocal of the first." So, "the mountain has smoke because it has fire" (here, fire and smoke are non-reciprocating, since fire isn't always found with smoke, though smoke is found with fire), or "because it has fire from wet fuel" (smoke and fire from wet fuel being reciprocal and always occurring together); the non-reciprocating term of the first (fire) will lead to a false conclusion, as it is not always accompanied by that specific type of fire, which is produced from wet fuel. However, this won't apply where the non-reciprocating term is consistently accompanied by the other reciprocal, as in "the mountain has fire because it has smoke;" here, even though fire and smoke do not reciprocate, smoke will serve as a true middle, because it is consistently accompanied by heat, which is the reciprocal of fire. I want to acknowledge here that my explanation of this, as well as many other challenges in the Sarva-darśana-śaṅgraha, is due to my old friend and teacher, Paṇḍit Maheśa Chandra Nyáyaratna, of the Calcutta Sanskrit College.

[24] Cf. Sextus Empiricus, P. Hyp. ii. In the chapter on the Buddhist system infra, we have an attempt to establish the authority of the universal proposition from the relation of cause and effect or genus and species.

[24] See Sextus Empiricus, P. Hyp. ii. In the chapter on the Buddhist system below, we have an attempt to establish the authority of the universal proposition based on the relationship between cause and effect or genus and species.

[25] Adṛishṭa, i.e., the merit and demerit in our actions which produce their effects in future births.

[25] Adṛishṭa, i.e., the good and bad consequences of our actions that impact our future lives.

[26] This is an old Buddhist retort. See Burnouf, Introd., p. 209.

[26] This is an old Buddhist reply. See Burnouf, Introd., p. 209.

[27] Rig-Veda, x. 106. For the Aśwamedha rites, see Wilson's Rig-Veda, Preface, vol. ii. p. xiii.

[27] Rig-Veda, x. 106. For the Aśwamedha rituals, see Wilson's Rig-Veda, Preface, vol. ii. p. xiii.

[28] Or this may mean "and all the various other things to be handled in the rites."

[28] Or it could refer to "and all the other various things to be dealt with in the ceremonies."


CHAPTER II.

THE BAUDDHA SYSTEM.

At this point the Buddhists remark: As for what you (Chárvákas) laid down as to the difficulty of ascertaining invariable concomitance, your position is unacceptable, inasmuch as invariable concomitance is easily cognisable by means of identity and causality. It has accordingly been said—

At this point, the Buddhists respond: Regarding what you (Chárvákas) stated about the difficulty in determining consistent relationships, your argument is not valid because consistent relationships can be easily understood through identity and causality. It has been said—

"From the relation of cause and effect, or from identity as a determinant, results a law of invariable concomitance—not through the mere observation of the desired result in similar cases, nor through the non-observation of it in dissimilar cases."[29]

"From the relationship between cause and effect, or from identity as a determining factor, we get a law of consistent association—not just by observing the desired outcome in similar situations, nor by not seeing it in different situations." [29]

On the hypothesis (of the Naiyáyikas) that it is concomitance and non-concomitance (e.g., A is where B is, A is not where B is not) that determine an invariable connection, the unconditional attendance of the major or the middle term would be unascertainable, it being impossible to exclude all doubt with regard to instances past and future, and present but unperceived. If one (a Naiyáyika) rejoin that uncertainty in regard to such instances is equally inevitable on our system, we reply: Say not so, for such a supposition as that an effect may be produced without any cause would destroy itself by putting a stop to activity of any kind; for such doubts [13]alone are to be entertained, the entertainment of which does not implicate us in practical absurdity and the like, as it has been said, "Doubt terminates where there is a practical absurdity."[30]

On the assumption (of the Naiyáyikas) that it’s the presence and absence (e.g., A exists when B exists, A doesn’t exist when B doesn’t exist) that establish a consistent connection, the unconditional presence of the major or middle term would be impossible to determine, as it’s not feasible to eliminate all doubt regarding past, future, and unperceived present instances. If a Naiyáyika counters that uncertainty about such instances is also unavoidable in our system, we respond: Don’t say that, because the idea that an effect could occur without any cause would contradict itself by halting all activity; only those doubts [13] should be considered, which don’t lead us into practical absurdities, as it has been said, "Doubt ends where there’s a practical absurdity."[30]

1. By ascertainment of an effectuation, then, of that (viz., of the designate of the middle) is ascertained the invariable concomitance (of the major); and the ascertainment of such effectuation may arise from the well-known series of five causes, in the perceptive cognition or non-cognition of cause and effect. That fire and smoke, for instance, stand in the relation of cause and effect is ascertained by five indications, viz., (1.) That an effect is not cognised prior to its effectuation, that (2.) the cause being perceived (3.) the effect is perceived, and that after the effect is cognised (4.) there is its non-cognition, (5.) when the (material) cause is no longer cognised.

1. By determining an effect, we can find the consistent connection to the main cause. This determination can come from the well-known series of five causes in recognizing whether we perceive the cause and effect or not. For example, we know that fire and smoke are related as cause and effect based on five indications: (1.) An effect isn’t recognized before it occurs, (2.) when the cause is seen, (3.) the effect is seen as well, and (4.) after the effect is recognized, it is no longer perceived, (5.) when the material cause is no longer recognized.

2. In like manner an invariable concomitance is ascertained by the ascertainment of identity (e.g., a sisu-tree is a tree, or wherever we observe the attributes of a sisu we observe also the attribute arboreity), an absurdity attaching to the contrary opinion, inasmuch as if a sisu-tree should lose its arboreity it would lose its own self. But, on the other hand, where there exists no absurdity, and where a (mere) concomitance is again and again observed, who can exclude all doubt of failure in the concomitance? An ascertainment of the identity of sisu and tree is competent in virtue of the reference to the same object (i.e., predication),—This tree is a sisu. For reference to the same object (predication) is not competent where there is no difference whatever (e.g., to say, "A jar is a jar," is no combination of diverse attributes in a common subject), because the two terms cannot, as being synonymous, be simultaneously employed; nor can reference to the same object take place where there is a reciprocal exclusion (of the two terms), inasmuch as we never find, for instance, horse and cow predicated the one of the other.[14]

2. Similarly, a consistent connection is established through recognizing identity (e.g., a sisu-tree is a tree, or whenever we see the qualities of a sisu, we also see the quality of being a tree). It’s absurd to think otherwise, because if a sisu-tree were to lose its tree-like qualities, it would cease to exist as itself. However, on the flip side, where there’s no absurdity and a connection is repeatedly observed, who can dismiss the possibility of a failure in that connection? Recognizing the identity of sisu and tree is valid because it refers to the same entity (i.e., stating),—This tree is a sisu. Referring to the same object (stating) isn’t valid when there’s no distinction at all (e.g., saying, "A jar is a jar," doesn’t combine different attributes in a shared subject), because the two terms can’t be used together since they are essentially the same; nor can we reference the same entity when there’s an exclusion between the two terms, as we never see, for example, horse and cow defined in relation to each other.[14]

It has thus been evinced that an effect or a self-same supposes a cause or a self-same (as invariable concomitants).

It has thus been shown that an effect or a similar thing implies a cause or a similar thing (as constant companions).

If a man does not allow that inference is a form of evidence, pramáṇa, one may reply: You merely assert thus much, that inference is not a form of evidence: do you allege no proof of this, or do you allege any? The former alternative is not allowable according to the maxim that bare assertion is no proof of the matter asserted. Nor is the latter alternative any better, for if while you assert that inference is no form of evidence, you produce some truncated argument (to prove, i.e., infer, that it is none), you will be involved in an absurdity, just as if you asserted your own mother to be barren. Besides, when you affirm that the establishment of a form of evidence and of the corresponding fallacious evidence results from their homogeneity, you yourself admit induction by identity. Again, when you affirm that the dissentiency of others is known by the symbolism of words, you yourself allow induction by causality. When you deny the existence of any object on the ground of its not being perceived, you yourself admit an inference of which non-perception is the middle term. Conformably it has been said by Tathágata—

If a man claims that inference is not a type of evidence, pramáṇa, one might respond: You are simply stating that inference isn't evidence—do you provide any proof for this, or do you not? The first option isn't valid because mere assertion isn't proof of what you claim. The second option isn't any better because if you assert that inference isn't evidence and then try to give some incomplete argument to prove it, you'll end up in a contradiction, much like claiming your own mother is barren. Furthermore, when you say that establishing a form of evidence and the related flawed evidence comes from their sameness, you are essentially accepting induction by identity. Also, when you claim that the disagreement of others is understood through the symbolism of words, you are allowing induction by causality. When you deny the existence of something just because it hasn't been perceived, you are acknowledging an inference where non-perception is the middle term. Accordingly, it has been said by Tathágata—

"The admission of a form of evidence in general results from its being present to the understanding of others.

"The acceptance of a type of evidence generally comes from it being clear and understandable to others."

"The existence of a form of evidence also follows from its negation by a certain person."

"The existence of a type of evidence also comes from its denial by a specific person."

All this has been fully handled by great authorities; and we desist for fear of an undue enlargement of our treatise.

All of this has been thoroughly addressed by experts, and we will stop here to avoid making our work unnecessarily lengthy.

These same Bauddhas discuss the highest end of man from four standpoints. Celebrated under the designations of Mádhyamika, Yogáchára, Sautrántika, and Vaibháshika, these Buddhists adopt respectively the doctrines of a universal void (nihilism), an external void (subjective idealism), the inferribility of external objects (representationism[15]), and the perceptibility of external objects (presentationism).[31] Though the venerated Buddha be the only one teacher (his disciples) are fourfold in consequence of this diversity of views; just as when one has said, "The sun has set," the adulterer, the thief, the divinity student, and others understand that it is time to set about their assignations, their theft, their religious duties, and so forth, according to their several inclinations.

These same Buddhists discuss the ultimate purpose of humanity from four perspectives. Known as Mádhyamika, Yogáchára, Sautrántika, and Vaibháshika, these followers of Buddhism espouse the beliefs of universal emptiness (nihilism), external emptiness (subjective idealism), the inference of external objects (representationism[15]), and the perception of external objects (presentationism).[31] Although the revered Buddha is the only teacher, his disciples are diverse because of these differing views; just as when someone says, "The sun has set," the adulterer, the thief, the student of the divine, and others understand it's time to pursue their desires, their thefts, their religious duties, and so on, based on their own inclinations.

It is to be borne in mind that four points of view have been laid out, viz., (1.) All is momentary, momentary; (2.) all is pain, pain; (3.) all is like itself alone; (4.) all is void, void.

It’s important to remember that four perspectives have been presented: (1.) Everything is temporary; (2.) everything is suffering; (3.) everything is only itself; (4.) everything is empty.

Of these points of view, the momentariness of fleeting things, blue and so forth (i.e., whatever be their quality), is to be inferred from their existence; thus, whatever is is momentary (or fluxional) like a bank of clouds, and all these things are.[32] Nor may any one object that the middle term (existence) is unestablished; for an existence consisting of practical efficiency is established by perception to belong to the blue and other momentary things; and the exclusion of existence from that which is not momentary is established, provided that we exclude from [16]it the non-momentary succession and simultaneity, according to the rule that exclusion of the continent is exclusion of the contained. Now this practical efficiency (here identified with existence) is contained under succession and simultaneity, and no medium is possible between succession and non-succession (or simultaneity); there being a manifest absurdity in thinking otherwise, according to the rule—

Of these perspectives, the fleeting nature of temporary things, blue and so on (i.e., regardless of their quality), can be understood from their existence; therefore, anything that exists is momentary (or in flux) like a bank of clouds, and all these things exist.[32] Moreover, no one can argue that the middle term (existence) is uncertain; because an existence defined by practical functionality is confirmed through perception to apply to blue and other temporary things; and the denial of existence from what is not temporary is established, as long as we exclude from [16]it the non-temporary succession and simultaneity, based on the principle that excluding the whole means excluding what is contained within. Now this practical functionality (equated here with existence) falls under succession and simultaneity, and there can be no middle ground between succession and non-succession (or simultaneity); as it is clearly illogical to think otherwise, based on the principle—

"In a reciprocal contradiction there exists no ulterior alternative;

"In a reciprocal contradiction, there is no hidden alternative;

"Nor is their unity in contradictories, there being a repugnance in the very statement."[33]

"There's no unity in contradictions, as the statement itself is inherently contradictory."[33]

And this succession and simultaneity being excluded from the permanent, and also excluding from the permanent all practical efficiency, determine existence of the alternative of momentariness.—q.e.d.

And this series of events and their simultaneous nature being removed from the permanent, and also removing all practical effectiveness from the permanent, defines the existence of the option of being temporary.—q.e.d.

Perhaps some one may ask: Why may not practical efficiency reside in the non-fluxional (or permanent)? If so, this is wrong, as obnoxious to the following dilemma. Has your "permanent" a power of past and future practical efficiency during its exertion of present practical efficiency or no? On the former alternative (if it has such power), it cannot evacuate such past and future efficiency, because we cannot deny that it has power, and because we infer the consequence, that which can at any time do anything does not fail to do that at that time, as, for instance, a complement of causes, and this entity is thus powerful. On the latter alternative (if the permanent has no such power of past and future agency), it will never do anything, because practical efficiency results from power only; what at any time does not do anything, that at that time is unable to do it, as, for instance, a piece of stone does not produce a germ; and this entity while exerting its present practical efficiency, does not exert its past and future practical efficiency. Such is the contradiction.

Perhaps someone might ask: Why can't practical effectiveness come from the non-changing (or permanent)? If that’s the case, it’s wrong, as it leads to the following dilemma. Does your "permanent" have the ability to be practically effective in the past and future while it's currently being effective, or not? If it does (the first option), it can’t dismiss that past and future effectiveness, because we can’t deny its ability, and we conclude that anything that can do something at any time will do so at that time, like a set of causes, making this entity powerful. If it doesn’t have that ability (the second option), it will never do anything, because practical effectiveness comes only from ability; whatever doesn’t do anything at any time is incapable of doing it then, just like a piece of stone doesn’t create a germ; this entity, while exercising its current practical effectiveness, doesn’t exercise its past and future effectiveness. That’s the contradiction.

You will perhaps rejoin: By assuming successive[17] subsidiaries, there is competent to the permanent entity a successive exertion of past and future practical efficiency. If so, we would ask you to explain: Do the subsidiaries assist the entity or not? If they do not, they are not required; for if they do nothing, they can have nothing to do with the successive exertion. If they do assist the thing, is this assistance (or supplementation) other than the thing or not? If it is other than the thing, then this adscititious (assistance) is the cause, and the non-momentary entity is not the cause: for the effect will then follow, by concomitance and non-concomitance, the adventitious supplementation. Thus it has been said:

You might respond: By taking on multiple[17] subsidiaries, the permanent entity consistently leverages past and future practical efficiency. If that's the case, we’d like you to clarify: Do the subsidiaries help the entity or not? If they don’t, they aren’t necessary; because if they do nothing, they have no role in the ongoing effort. If they do aid the entity, is this help (or support) separate from the entity or not? If it is separate, then this additional help is the cause, and the non-temporal entity is not the cause: because the effect will then follow, through both accompanying and non-accompanying factors, the external support. Thus it has been said:

"What have rain and shine to do with the soul? Their effect is on the skin of man;

"What do rain and shine have to do with the soul? Their impact is on the surface of a person;

"If the soul were like the skin, it would be non-permanent; and if the skin were like the soul, there could be no effect produced upon it."

"If the soul were like the skin, it wouldn’t last long; and if the skin were like the soul, nothing would affect it."

Perhaps you will say: The entity produces its effect, together with its subsidiaries. Well, then (we reply), let the entity not give up its subsidiaries, but rather tie them lest they fly with a rope round their neck, and so produce the effect which it has to produce, and without forfeiting its own proper nature. Besides (we continue), does the additament (or supplementation) constituted by the subsidiaries give rise to another additament or not? In either case the afore-mentioned objections will come down upon you like a shower of stones. On the alternative that the additament takes on another additament, you will be embarrassed by a many-sided regress in infinitum. If when the additament is to be generated another auxiliary (or additament) be required, there will ensue an endless series of such additaments: this must be confessed to be one infinite regress. For example, let a seed be granted to be productive when an additament is given, consisting of a complement of objects such as water, wind, and the like, as subsidiaries; otherwise an additament would be manifested without subsidiaries. Now the seed in taking[18] on the additament takes it on with the need of (ulterior) subsidiaries; otherwise, as there would always be subsidiaries, it would follow that a germ would always be arising from the seed. We shall now have to add to the seed another supplementation by subsidiaries themselves requiring an additament. If when this additament is given, the seed be productive only on condition of subsidiaries as before, there will be established an infinite regression of additaments to (or supplementations of) the seed, to be afforded by the subsidiaries.

Maybe you’ll say: The entity produces its effect, along with its subsidiaries. Well, we respond, let the entity keep its subsidiaries but bind them so they don’t escape, using a rope around their necks, thus creating the effect it needs to create, without losing its own true nature. Besides, we ask, does the addition made by the subsidiaries lead to another addition or not? In either case, the previously mentioned objections will hit you like a shower of stones. If, alternatively, the addition generates another addition, you’ll face a complicated and endless loop in infinitum. If generating this addition requires another auxiliary (or addition), there will be a never-ending series of these additions: it's clear that this leads to infinite regression. For example, if we assume a seed is productive when given an addition of complementary objects like water, wind, and so on, as subsidiaries; otherwise, there would be an addition without subsidiaries. Now, when the seed takes on[18] the addition, it does so with the need for (further) subsidiaries; otherwise, since there would always be subsidiaries, it follows that a germ would always be emerging from the seed. We must now add another supplement made of the subsidiaries themselves needing an addition. If, when this addition is provided, the seed only produces under the condition of subsidiaries as before, it will create an infinite regression of additions (or supplements) to the seed, provided by the subsidiaries.

Again, we ask, does the supplementation required for the production of the effect produce its effect independently of the seed and the like, or does it require the seed and the like? On the first alternative (if the supplementation works independently), it would ensue that the seed is in no way a cause. On the second (if the supplementation require the seed), the seed, or whatever it may be that is thus required, must take on a supplementation or additament, and thus there will be over and over again an endless series of additaments added to the additament constituted by the seed; and thus a second infinite regression is firmly set up.

Again, we ask: does the extra support needed to create the effect work on its own, or does it need the seed and similar elements? If it works independently, that means the seed isn't a cause at all. But if it needs the seed, then the seed or whatever else is needed must have an additional support, leading to an endless cycle of adding more supports to the support provided by the seed. This creates a second infinite regression.

In like manner the subsidiary which is required will add another subsidiary to the seed, or whatever it may be that is the subject of the additions, and thus there will be an endless succession of additaments added to the additaments to the seed which is supplemented by the subsidiaries; and so a third infinite regression will add to your embarrassment.

In the same way, the necessary subsidiary will add another subsidiary to the seed, or whatever it is that is the focus of the additions, creating an endless chain of additions added to the additions to the seed that is supported by the subsidiaries; and thus, a third infinite regression will increase your confusion.

Now (or the other grand alternative), let it be granted that a supplementation identical with the entity (the seed, or whatever it may be) is taken on. If so, the former entity, that minus the supplementation, is no more, and a new entity identical with the supplementation, and designated (in the technology of Buddhism) kurvad rúpa (or effect-producing object), comes into being: and thus the[19] tree of my desires (my doctrine of a universal flux) has borne its fruit.

Now (or the other big alternative), let’s assume that a supplement exactly like the entity (the seed, or whatever it is) is added. If that’s the case, the original entity, that minus the supplementation, is gone, and a new entity that is identical to the supplementation, referred to (in Buddhist terminology) as kurvad rúpa (or effect-producing object), comes into existence: and so the[19] tree of my desires (my belief in universal change) has borne its fruit.

Practical efficiency, therefore, in the non-momentary is inadmissible. Nor is practical efficiency possible apart from succession in time; for such a possibility is redargued by the following dilemma. Is this (permanent) entity (which you contend for) able to produce all its effects simultaneously, or does it continue to exist after production of effects? On the former alternative, it will result that the entity will produce its effects just as much at one time as at another; on the second alternative, the expectation of its permanency is as reasonable as expecting seed eaten by a mouse to germinate.

Practical efficiency, therefore, in the long term is not acceptable. Nor is practical efficiency possible without a sequence in time; for this possibility is challenged by the following dilemma. Is this (permanent) entity (which you argue for) able to produce all its effects at the same time, or does it continue to exist after producing its effects? If we take the first option, it means that the entity will produce its effects just as much at one moment as at another; if we choose the second option, then expecting it to be permanent is as reasonable as expecting a seed eaten by a mouse to grow.

That to which contrary determinations are attributed is diverse, as heat and cold; but this thing is determined by contrary attributions. Such is the argumentation applied to the cloud (to prove that it has not a permanent but a fluxional existence). Nor is the middle term disallowable, for possession and privation of power and impotence are allowed in regard to the permanent (which you assert) at different times. The concomitance and non-concomitance already described (viz., That which can at any time do anything does not fail to do that at that time, and What at any time does not do anything, that at that time is unable to do it) are affirmed (by us) to prove the existence of such power. The negative rule is: What at any time is unable to produce anything, that at that time does not produce it, as a piece of stone, for example, does not produce a germ; and this entity (the seed, or whatever it may be), while exerting a present practical efficiency, is incapable of past and future practical efficiencies. The contradiction violating this rule is: What at any time does anything, that at that time is able to do that thing, as a complement of causes is able to produce its effect; and this (permanent) entity exerts at time past and time future the practical efficiencies proper to those times.[20]

What contradicting determinations are attributed to is varied, like heat and cold; but this thing is defined by opposing attributions. This is the reasoning used to argue that the cloud does not have a permanent but a changing existence. The middle term is acceptable, as the possession and lack of power and inability are recognized regarding the permanent (which you claim) at different times. The previously described connection and disconnection (that is, what can do anything at any time will do that at that time, and what cannot do anything at any time will be unable to do it at that time) are affirmed (by us) to demonstrate the existence of such power. The negative rule is: anything that cannot produce anything at any time does not produce it at that time, just as a piece of stone, for example, does not produce a germ; and this entity (the seed, or whatever it may be), while currently having practical efficiency, cannot have past or future practical efficiencies. The contradiction that violates this rule is: anything that does anything at any time is able to do that thing at that time, as a combination of causes can produce its effect; and this (permanent) entity acts in past and future times with the practical efficiencies relevant to those times.[20]

(To recapitulate.) Existence is restricted to the momentary; there being observed in regard to existence a negative rule, that in regard to permanent succession and simultaneity being excluded, existence which contains succession and simultaneity is not cognisable; and there being observed in regard to existence a positive rule, in virtue of a concomitance observed (viz., that the existent is accompanied or "pervaded" by the momentary), and in virtue of a non-concomitance observed (viz., that the non-momentary is accompanied or "pervaded" by the non-existent). Therefore it has been said by Jñána-śrí—

(To recapitulate.) Existence is limited to the present moment; there's a negative rule regarding existence: with permanent succession and simultaneity excluded, existence that includes succession and simultaneity cannot be recognized. There's also a positive rule regarding existence, based on an observed relationship (that what exists is accompanied or "pervaded" by the momentary) and based on a lack of relationship (that the non-momentary is accompanied or "pervaded" by the non-existent). Therefore, it has been stated by Jñána-śrí—

"What is is momentary, as a cloud, and as these existent things;

"What is, is fleeting, like a cloud, and like these existing things;

"The power of existence is relative to practical efficiency, and belongs to the ideal; but this power exists not as eternal in things eternal (ether, &c.);

"The power of existence is related to practical efficiency and is part of the ideal; however, this power does not exist eternally in eternal things (ether, etc.);

"Nor is there only one form, otherwise one thing could do the work of another;

"There's not just one form; otherwise, one thing could do the job of another;

"For two reasons, therefore (viz., succession and simultaneity), a momentary flux is congruous and remains true in regard to that which we have to prove."

"For two reasons, then (namely, succession and simultaneity), a momentary change is appropriate and still valid regarding what we need to prove."

Nor is it to be held, in acceptance of the hypothesis of the Vaiśeshikas and Naiyáyikas, that existence is a participation in the universal form existence; for were this the case, universality, particularity, and co-inhesion (which do not participate in the universal) could have no existence.

Nor can we accept the hypothesis of the Vaiśeshikas and Naiyáyikas that existence is just a part of universal existence; because if that were true, universality, particularity, and co-inhesion (which don't share in the universal) couldn't exist at all.

Nor is the ascription of existence to universality, particularity, and co-inhesion dependent on any sui generis existence of their own; for such an hypothesis is operose, requiring too many sui generis existences. Moreover, the existence of any universal is disproved by a dilemma regarding the presence or non-presence (of the one in the many); and there is not presented to us any one form running through all the diverse momentary things, mustard-seeds, mountains, and so forth, like the string running[21] through the gems strung upon it. Moreover (we would ask), is the universal omnipresent or present everywhere in its subjicible subjects? If it is everywhere, all things in the universe will be confounded together (chaos will be eternal), and you will be involved in a tenet you reject, since Praśasta-páda has said, "Present in all its subjects." Again (if the universal is present only in its proper subjects), does the universal (the nature of a jar) residing in an already existing jar, on being attached to another jar now in making, come from the one to attach itself to the other, or not come from it? On the first alternative (if it comes), the universal must be a substance (for substances alone underlie qualities and motions); whereas, if it does not come, it cannot attach itself to the new jar. Again (we ask), when the jar ceases to exist, does the universal outlast it, or cease to exist, or go to another place? On the first supposition it will exist without a subject to inhere in; on the second, it will be improper to call it eternal (as you do); on the third, it will follow that it is a substance (or base of qualities and motions). Destroyed as it is by the malign influence of these and the like objections, the universal is unauthenticated.

The assignment of existence to universality, particularity, and co-inhesion doesn’t rely on any unique existence of their own; such a theory is cumbersome and needs too many unique existences. Additionally, the existence of any universal is challenged by a dilemma about whether it is present or absent in the many; and there’s no single form that runs through all the various momentary things, like mustard seeds, mountains, etc., similar to how a string runs through the gems on it. Also, we need to ask, is the universal omnipresent or present everywhere in its subjunctive subjects? If it's everywhere, all things in the universe would be mixed up together (chaos would be eternal), and you’d end up with a belief you reject, since Praśasta-páda said, "Present in all its subjects." On the other hand, if the universal is only present in its specific subjects, does the universal (the nature of a jar) in an existing jar attach itself to another jar being made? If it does attach, the universal must be a substance (because only substances underlie qualities and motions); if it doesn’t, it can’t connect to the new jar. Furthermore, when the jar stops existing, does the universal outlast it, cease to exist, or move somewhere else? If it outlasts it, it would exist without a subject to inhere in; if it ceases to exist, it wouldn’t be correct to call it eternal (as you do); if it moves, it suggests that it is a substance (or foundation of qualities and motions). With these and similar objections, the universal is discredited.

Conformably it has been said—

It has been said—

"Great is the dexterity of that which, existing in one place, engages without moving from that place in producing itself in another place.

"Great is the skill of that which, existing in one place, engages without moving from that place in creating itself in another place."

"This entity (universality) is not connected with that wherein it resides, and yet pervades that which occupies that place: great is this miracle.

"This concept (universality) isn’t tied to what it exists within, yet it fully encompasses everything that occupies that space: this is truly remarkable."

"It goes not away, nor was it there, nor is it subsequently divided, it quits not its former repository: what a series of difficulties!"

"It doesn't go away, it wasn't there, and it isn’t split later; it doesn’t leave its original place: what a series of challenges!"

If you ask: On what does the assurance that the one exists in the many rest? You must be satisfied with the reply that we concede it to repose on difference from that which is different (or exclusion of heterogeneity). We dismiss further prolixity.[22]

If you ask: What does the guarantee that the one exists in the many depend on? You should be satisfied with the answer that we accept it rests on the difference from what is different (or the exclusion of diversity). We won't elaborate further.[22]

That all transmigratory existence is identical with pain is the common verdict of all the founders of institutes, else they would not be found desirous to put a stop to it and engaging in the method for bringing it to an end. We must, therefore, bear in mind that all is pain, and pain alone.

That all life is essentially suffering is the shared conclusion of all the founders of various schools of thought; otherwise, they wouldn't be so eager to end it and dedicated to methods for achieving that goal. We must, therefore, remember that everything is suffering, and suffering alone.

If you object: When it is asked, like what? you must quote an instance,—we reply: Not so, for momentary objects self-characterised being momentary, have no common characters, and therefore it is impossible to say that this is like that. We must therefore hold that all is like itself alone, like itself alone.

If you disagree: When asked, like what? you need to provide an example,—we respond: Not really, because temporary objects, by their nature, are temporary and don’t have shared characteristics, making it impossible to say that this is like that. Therefore, we must conclude that everything is only like itself, only like itself.

In like manner we must hold that all is void, and void alone. For we are conscious of a determinate negation. This silver or the like has not been seen by me in sleeping or waking. If what is seen were (really) existent, then reality would pertain to the corresponding act of vision, to the (nacre, &c.), which is the basis of its particular nature (or haecceity), to the silver, &c., illusorily superposed upon that basis, to the connection between them, to the co-inherence, and so forth: a supposition not entertained by any disputant. Nor is a semi-effete existence admissible. No one imagines that one-half of a fowl may be set apart for cooking, and the other half for laying eggs. The venerated Buddha, then, having taught that of the illusorily superposed (silver, &c.), the basis (nacre, &c.), the connection between them, the act of vision, and the videns, if one or more be unreal it will perforce ensue that all are unreal, all being equally objects of the negation; the Mádhyamikas excellently wise explain as follows, viz., that the doctrine of Buddha terminates in that of a total void (universal baselessness or nihilism) by a slow progression like the intrusive steps of a mendicant, through the position of a momentary flux, and through the (gradual) negation of the illusory assurances of pleasurable sensibility, of universality, and of reality.

In the same way, we have to accept that everything is empty, only emptiness. We are aware of a clear negation. This silver or something similar hasn’t been seen by me whether I’m asleep or awake. If what we see really existed, then reality would be tied to the act of vision, to the (nacre, etc.), which serves as the basis of its specific nature, to the silver, etc., that is falsely placed on that basis, to the connection between them, to the co-inherence, and so on: a claim that no one contests. A partially effective existence isn’t acceptable either. No one thinks that one half of a chicken can be reserved for cooking while the other half is for laying eggs. The revered Buddha taught that if any of the illusory elements (like silver, etc.), the basis (nacre, etc.), their connection, the act of vision, and the videns are unreal, then it must follow that all of them are unreal since they are all equally objects of negation. The Mádhyamikas, who are very wise, explain that the Buddha’s teaching leads to the idea of complete emptiness (universal baselessness or nihilism) through a gradual process like the careful steps of a beggar, moving through the concept of momentary change and the (gradual) rejection of the illusory beliefs in pleasurable feelings, universality, and reality.

The ultimate principle, then, is a void emancipated from[23] four alternatives, viz., from reality, from unreality, from both (reality and unreality), and from neither (reality nor unreality). To exemplify this: If real existence were the nature of a water-pot and the like, the activity of its maker (the potter) would be superfluous.

The ultimate principle, then, is a void freed from[23] four options: from reality, from unreality, from both (reality and unreality), and from neither (reality nor unreality). To illustrate this: If real existence were like a water pot or similar objects, then the work of its creator (the potter) would be unnecessary.

If non-existence be its nature the same objection will accrue; as it is said—

If non-existence is its nature, the same objection will arise; as it is said—

"Necessity of a cause befits not the existent, ether and the like, for instance;

"Necessity of a cause doesn't apply to things that exist, like ether and similar substances;

"No cause is efficacious of a non-existent effect, flowers of the sky and the like, for instance."

"No cause can produce an effect that doesn't exist, like flowers in the sky and similar things."

The two remaining alternatives, as self-contradictory, are inadmissible. It has accordingly been laid down by the venerated Buddha in the Alaṅkárávatára[34]

The two remaining options, being self-contradictory, are not acceptable. Therefore, it has been established by the respected Buddha in the Alaṅkárávatára[34]

"Of things discriminated by intellect, no nature is ascertained;[35]

"Of things differentiated by intellect, no nature is established;[35]

"Those things are therefore shown to be inexplicable and natureless."

"Those things are therefore proven to be unexplainable and unnatural."

And again—

And once more—

"This matter perforce results, which the wise declare, No sooner are objects thought than they are dissipated."

"This situation inevitably leads to what the wise say: as soon as we think about things, they fade away."

That is to say, the objects are not determined by any one of the four alternatives. Hence it is that it has been said—

That is to say, the objects aren't defined by any one of the four options. This is why it's been said—

"A religious mendicant, an amorous man, and a dog have three views of a woman's person, respectively that it is a carcass, that it is a mistress, and that it is a prey."

"A religious beggar, a lovesick guy, and a dog each see a woman differently: one thinks of her as a lifeless body, another sees her as a lover, and the last views her as a target."

In consequence, then, of these four points of view, when all ideas are come to an end, final extinction, which is a void, will result. Accordingly we have overtaken our end, [24]and there is nothing to be taught to us. There consequently remain only two duties to the student—interrogation and acceptance. Of these, interrogation is the putting of questions in order to attain knowledge not yet attained. Acceptance is assent to the matters stated by the sacred teacher. These (Bauddha nihilists) are excellent in assenting to that which the religious teacher enounces, and defective in interrogation, whence their conventional designation of Mádhyamikas (or mediocre).

As a result of these four perspectives, when all thoughts come to a close, we will end up with final extinction, which is a void. Therefore, we have reached our conclusion, [24] and there’s nothing left for us to learn. This leaves the student with two responsibilities—questioning and accepting. Questioning involves asking questions to gain knowledge we haven't acquired yet. Acceptance means agreeing with what the sacred teacher has stated. Those Bauddha nihilists are good at accepting what the religious teacher says but lacking in questioning, which is why they are conventionally referred to as Mádhyamikas (or mediocre).

Certain other Buddhists are styled Yogácháras, because while they accept the four points of view proclaimed by the spiritual guide, and the void of external things, they make the interrogation: Why has a void of the internal (or baselessness of mental phenomena) been admitted? For their technology is as follows:—Self-subsistent cognition must be allowed, or it will follow that the whole universe is blind. It has conformably been proclaimed by Dharmakírti: "To one who disallows perception the vision of objects is not competent."

Certain other Buddhists are called Yogácháras because, while they accept the four viewpoints outlined by the spiritual guide and recognize the emptiness of external things, they question: Why is there an acknowledgment of the emptiness of the internal (or the lack of inherent existence of mental phenomena)? Their reasoning goes like this: self-sufficient awareness must be accepted, or it would mean that the entire universe is oblivious. As Dharmakírti stated, "To someone who denies perception, the understanding of objects is not possible."

An external percipibile is not admissible in consequence of the following dilemma. Does the object cognitively apprehensible arise from an entity or not? It does not result from an entity, for that which is generated has no permanence. Nor is it non-resultant, for what has not come into being is non-existent. Or (we may proceed) do you hold that a past object is cognitively apprehensible, as begetting cognition? If so, this is childish nonsense, because it conflicts with the apparent presentness of the object, and because on such a supposition the sense organs (and other imperceptible things) might be apprehended. Further (we ask), Is the percipibile a simple atom or a complex body? The latter it cannot be, this alternative being ejected by the dilemma as to whether part or whole is perceived. The former alternative is equally impossible, an atom being supersensible, and it not being able to combine simultaneously with six others; as it has been said[25]

An external percipibile isn't allowed due to the following dilemma. Does a cognitively understandable object come from an entity or not? It doesn't come from an entity, because what is generated lacks permanence. Nor is it non-existent, since what hasn't come into being is non-existent. Or (let's consider) do you think that a past object is cognitively understandable, as it produces cognition? If that's the case, that's just childish nonsense, because it contradicts the apparent presentness of the object, and based on that assumption, the sense organs (and other things we can’t perceive) could also be understood. Furthermore (we ask), is the percipibile a simple atom or a complex body? It can't be the latter, as this option is dismissed by the dilemma regarding whether we perceive a part or the whole. The former option is also impossible, since an atom is beyond the senses, and it can't combine with six others at the same time; as it has been said[25]

"If an atom could simultaneously combine with six, it would have six surfaces;

"If an atom could connect with six at the same time, it would have six surfaces;

"And each of these being taken separately, there would be a body of atomic dimension."

"And each of these taken separately would form a body of atomic size."

Intellect, therefore, as having no other percipibile but itself, is shown to be itself its own percipibile, self-subsistent, luminous with its own light, like light. Therefore it has been said—

Intellect, therefore, since it has no other percipibile than itself, is shown to be its own percipibile, independent, and shining with its own light, just like light. Therefore, it has been said—

"There is naught to be objectified by intellect; there is no cognition ulterior thereto;

"There is nothing that can be understood by the intellect; there is no deeper cognition beyond that;"

"There being no distinction between percept and percipient, intellect shines forth of itself alone."

"There's no difference between what we perceive and who perceives it; the intellect stands out on its own."

The identity of percipient and percept is inferrible, thus: That which is cognised by any cognition is not other than that cognition, as soul, for instance, is not other than the cognition of soul; and blue and other momentary objects are cognised by cognitions. For if there were a difference (between percept and percipient), the object could not now have any connection with the cognition, there being no identity to determine a constancy of connection, and nothing to determine the rise of such a connection. As for the appearance of an interval between the object and subject consciousnesses, this is an illusion, like the appearance of two moons when there is only one. The cause of this illusion is ideation of difference in a stream without beginning and without interruption; as it has been said—

The identity of perceiver and perception can be understood like this: What is recognized by any act of knowing is the same as that act of knowing. For example, the soul is not separate from the awareness of the soul; similarly, blue and other temporary objects are recognized through conscious awareness. If there were a distinction between the object and the perceiver, then the object wouldn’t currently have any connection with the awareness, as there would be no commonality to establish a consistent connection, and nothing to explain the emergence of such a connection. The sense of a gap between the object and the conscious experience is an illusion, much like the illusion of two moons when there is only one. The source of this illusion lies in the perception of difference in an uninterrupted stream that has no beginning; as it has been said—

"As invariably cognised together, the blue object and the cognition thereof are identical;

"As we always recognize together, the blue object and our perception of it are the same;"

"And the difference should be accounted for by illusory cognitions, as in the example of the single moon."

"And the difference should be explained by misleading perceptions, like in the case of the single moon."

And again—

And once more—

"Though there is no division, the soul or intellect, by reason of illusory perceptions,

"Though there is no separation, the soul or mind, due to misleading perceptions,

"Appears to possess a duality of cognitions, of percepts and of percipient."

"Seems to have two ways of thinking, of perceptions and of the observer."

Nor must it be supposed that (on this hypothesis) the[26] juice, the energy, and the digestion derivable from an imaginary and an actual sweetmeat will be the same; for it cannot be questioned that though the intellect be in strictness exempt from the modes of object and subject, yet there is competent to it a practical distinction in virtue of the succession of illusory ideas without beginning, by reason of its possessing diverse modes percept and percipient, conformably to its illusory supposition of practical agency, just as to those whose eyes are dim with some morbid affection a hair and another minute object may appear either diverse or identical; as it has been said—

Nor should we think that, based on this idea, the[26] juice, the energy, and the digestion we get from an imaginary treat and a real one will be the same. It's undeniable that while the intellect is technically separate from the concepts of object and subject, it still maintains a practical distinction because of the endless flow of illusory ideas. This happens because it has different ways of perceiving things and being perceived, in line with its false assumption of practical action. Just like for those whose vision is impaired by some condition, a hair and another tiny object might appear either different or the same; as has been said—

"As the intellect, not having object and subject modes, appears, by reason of illusory cognitions,

"As the mind, lacking both object and subject modes, emerges due to misleading perceptions,

"Illuded with the diverse forms of perception, percept and percipient;

"Confused by the various ways of understanding, experienced and observer;

"So when the intellect has posited a diversity, as in the example of the differences of the cognition of a hair and the like,

"So when the intellect has established a variety, like in the example of recognizing differences in a hair and similar things,"

"Then it is not to be doubted that it is characterised as percipient and percept."

"Then it’s clear that it is defined as both perceiving and perceived."

Thus it has been evinced that intellect, as affected by beginningless ideation, manifests itself under diverse forms.

Thus it has been shown that intellect, influenced by endless thought, expresses itself in various forms.

When, therefore, by constancy of reflection (on the four points of view) aforesaid, all ideation has been interrupted, there arises knowledge purged from the illusions which take the form of objects, such illusions being now melted away; and this is technically called Mahodaya (the grand exaltation, emancipation).

When, therefore, through persistent reflection on the four perspectives mentioned, all thought has been halted, knowledge emerges free from the illusions that appear as objects, with those illusions now dissolved; and this is technically referred to as Mahodaya (the great exaltation, liberation).

Others again (the Sautrántikas) hold that the position that there is no external world is untenable, as wanting evidence. Nor (they contend) can it be maintained that invariability of simultaneous cognition is an evidence, for this simultaneous cognition which you accept as proof of the identity of subject and object is indecisive, being found in dubious and in contrary instances. If you rejoin (they[27] proceed): Let there be a proof of this identity, and let this proof be invariability of simultaneous cognition,—we refuse this, because inasmuch as cognition must ultimately have some object, it is manifested in duality, and because such invariability of simultaneity as to time and place is impossible. Moreover (they continue), if the object, blue or whatever it be, were only a form of cognition, it should be presented as Ego, not as Hoc aliquid, because the cognition and the object would be identical. Perhaps you will say: A blue form consisting of cognition is illusorily presented as external and as other than self, and consequently the Ego is not suggested; and so it has been said—

Others (the Sautrántikas) argue that the idea that there is no external world is flawed, as it lacks evidence. They also claim that you can't use the consistency of simultaneous perception as proof since this perception, which you take as evidence of the identity between subject and object, is not definitive, as it can be found in unclear and conflicting situations. If you counter by saying that we should prove this identity through the consistency of simultaneous perception, they reject that argument. They believe that since perception must ultimately have an object, it is evident in duality, and achieving such consistency in terms of time and place is impossible. Furthermore, they assert that if the object, whether blue or anything else, were merely a form of perception, it should be presented as Ego, not as Hoc aliquid, because the perception and the object would be the same. You might respond by saying that a blue form that consists of perception is mistakenly seen as external and separate from the self, and thus the Ego isn't invoked; and this has been stated—

"This side of knowledge which appears external to the other portion,

"This aspect of knowledge that seems separate from the other part,

"This appearance of duality in the unity of cognition is an illusion."

"This display of duality within the unity of understanding is an illusion."

And again—

And once more—

"The principle to be known as internal also manifests itself as if it were external."

"The principle known as internal also appears as if it were external."

To this we reply (say the Sautrántikas): This is untenable, for if there be no external objects, there being no genesis of such, the comparison "as if they were external" is illegitimate. No man in his senses would say, "Vasumitra looks like the son of a childless mother." Again, if the manifestation of identity be proved by the illusoriness of the presentment of duality, and the presentment of duality be proved illusory by the manifestation of identity, you are involved in a logical circle. Without controversy we observe that cognitions take external things, blue or whatever they may be, as their objects, and do not take merely internal modifications as such, and we see that men in their everyday life overlook their internal states. Thus this argument which you adduce to prove that there is difference between subject and object, turns out a mere absurdity, like milky food made of cow-dung. When then you say "as if it were external," you must already suppose[28] an external percipibile, and your own arrow will return upon you and wound you.

To this we respond (say the Sautrántikas): This doesn't hold up, because if there are no external objects, since none can be generated, the comparison "as if they were external" doesn't make sense. No one in their right mind would say, "Vasumitra looks like the son of a childless mother." Furthermore, if the proof of identity comes from the deceptive nature of the perception of duality, and the perception of duality is shown to be deceptive through the proof of identity, you're caught in a logical loop. It's clear that perceptions take external things—blue or whatever they may be—as their objects, not just internal changes, and we see that people in their daily lives ignore their internal states. So, the argument you put forward to claim there's a difference between subject and object ends up being completely nonsensical, like food made of cow dung. When you say "as if it were external," you must already assume[28] an external percipibile, and your own argument will come back to hurt you.

If any one object that the externality of an object synchronous with the cognition is inadmissible, we (Sautrántikas) reply that this objection is inadmissible, inasmuch as the subject in juxtaposition to the sensory imposes its form upon the cognition then in production, and the object is inferrible from the form thus imposed. The interrogation and response on this point have been thus summarised—

If anyone argues that the externality of an object coinciding with perception is unacceptable, we (Sautrántikas) respond that this argument is unacceptable because the subject, in relation to the sensory, shapes the perception during its formation, and the object can be inferred from the form that is imposed. The questions and answers on this matter have been summarized as follows—

"If it be asked, How can there be a past percipibile? They recognise perceptibility,

"If someone asks, how can there be a past percipibile? They acknowledge perceptibility,

"And a competent inferribility of the individual thing is its imposition of its form."

"And a good understanding of an individual thing is its expression of its form."

To exemplify. As nourishment is inferred from a thriving look, as nationality is inferred from language, and as affection is inferred from flurried movements, so from the form of knowledge a knowable may be inferred. Therefore it has been said—

To illustrate. Just as we can tell about someone’s health from their appearance, about their nationality from their language, and about their feelings from their nervous actions, we can also deduce certain things from the nature of the knowledge presented. That is why it has been said—

"With half (of itself) the object moulds (the cognition) without losing the nature of a half;

"With half of itself, the object shapes the understanding without losing the essence of being a half;"

"The evidence, therefore, of the recognition of a knowable is the nature of the knowable."

"The evidence, therefore, of recognizing something knowable is the essence of that knowable thing."

For consciousness of the cognition cannot be the being of the cognition, for this consciousness is everywhere alike, and if indifference were to attach itself to this, it would reduce all things to indifference. Accordingly the formal argument for the existence of external things: Those things which while a thing exists appear only at times, all depend upon something else than that thing; as, for instance, if I do not wish to speak or to walk, presentments of speaking or walking must suppose others desirous of speaking or walking; and in like manner the presentments of activity under discussion, while there exists the recognition of a subject of them, are only at times manifested as blue and so forth. Of these, the recognition of a subject is the presentation of the Ego, the manifestation as blue and[29] so forth is a presentment of activity, as it has been said—

For awareness of thought cannot be the essence of thought itself, because this awareness is always the same, and if apathy were to attach itself to this, it would make everything indifferent. Therefore, the formal argument for the existence of external things is as follows: Those things that seem to exist only sometimes depend on something other than themselves; for example, if I don’t want to talk or walk, the thoughts of talking or walking must assume that someone else wants to talk or walk. Similarly, the thoughts of the activities being discussed, while the recognition of a subject exists, are only sometimes shown as blue and so on. In this, the recognition of a subject is the presentation of the self, while the manifestation as blue and[29] so on represents an expression of activity, as previously mentioned—

"That is a recognition of a subject which is conversant about the Ego:

"That is an acknowledgment of a topic that deals with the Ego:"

"That is a presentment of activity which manifests blue and the rest."

"That is a display of activity that shows blue and the rest."

Over and above, therefore, the complement of subject-recognitions, let it be understood that there is an external object world perceptible, which is the cause of presentments of activity; and that this external world does not rise into being only from time to time on occasion of presentments resulting from ideation.

Furthermore, in addition to recognizing subjects, it's important to understand that there is an external world that we can perceive, which causes our experiences of activity; and this external world doesn't just come into existence occasionally as a result of our ideas.

According to the view of the Sensationalists (vijñánavádin), ideation is a power of generating such and such sensations (or presentments of activity) in subject-recognitions which exist as a single stream. The maturescence of this power is its readiness to produce its effect; of this the result is a presentment (or sensation); the antecedent momentary object (sensation) in the mental train is accepted as the cause, no other mental train being admitted to exercise such causality. It must therefore be stated that all momentary objects (fleeting sensations) in the subject-consciousness are alike able to bring about that maturescence of ideation in the subject-consciousness, which maturescence is productive of presentments of activity. If any one (of these fleeting sensations) had not this power, none would possess it, all existing alike in the stream of subject-recognitions. On the supposition that they all have this power, the effects cannot be diversified, and therefore any intelligent man, however unwilling, if he has a clear understanding, must decide, without putting out of sight the testimony of his consciousness, that to account for the occasional nature (of sense percepts) the six cognitions of sound, touch, colour, taste, and smell, of pleasure, and so forth, are produced on occasion of four conditions. These four conditions are known as (1.) the data, (2.) the suggestion, (3.) the medium, and (4.) the[30] dominant (organ). Of these, the form of blue or the like arises from the condition of blue data in the understanding in which there is a manifestation of blue or the like, which manifestation is styled a cognition. The resuscitation of forms or cognitions arises from suggestion as a condition. The restriction to the apprehension of this or that object arises from the medium, light, for instance, as a condition, and from the dominant, the eye, for example, as another condition. The eye, as determinant of one particular cognition (form) where taste, &c., might have been equally cognised, is able to become dominant; for in everyday life he who determines is regarded as dominant. We must thus recognise four causes of pleasure and the rest which constitute the understanding and its modifications.

According to the Sensationalists (vijñánavádin), ideation is the ability to generate specific sensations (or experiences of action) within the continuous flow of self-awareness. The maturity of this ability refers to its readiness to produce effects; the outcome is a sensation, while the preceding momentary object (sensation) in the mental process is considered the cause, with no other mental process allowed to have that causality. Therefore, it's clear that all momentary objects (fleeting sensations) in self-consciousness can equally trigger this maturation of ideation in the self-consciousness, which leads to the production of experiences of action. If even one of these fleeting sensations lacked this ability, then none would have it since they all exist in the flow of self-awareness. Assuming they all possess this ability, the effects cannot vary; thus, an intelligent person, despite reluctance, must conclude—maintaining awareness of their own consciousness—that to explain the occasional nature of sensory perceptions, the six senses of sound, touch, color, taste, and smell, along with pleasure, arise in response to four conditions. These four conditions are known as (1) the data, (2) the suggestion, (3) the medium, and (4) the[30] dominant (organ). Among these, the perception of blue or similar colors comes from the condition of blue data in understanding, where there is a manifestation of blue, which is called cognition. The revival of forms or cognitions comes from suggestion as a condition. The limitation to perceiving a specific object arises from the medium, such as light, and from the dominant, like the eye, as another condition. The eye, determining a particular cognition (form) when taste, etc., could have been perceived just as well, can assert dominance; in everyday life, the one who determines is viewed as dominant. Therefore, we must acknowledge four causes of pleasure and the others that make up understanding and its variations.

So also the universe, which consists of mind and its modifications, is of five kinds, entitled (1.) the sensational, (2.) the perceptional, (3.) the affectional, (4.) the verbal, and (5.) the impressional. Of these, the sensible world (rúpa-skandha) is the sense organs and their objects, according to the etymology, viz., that objects are discriminated (rúpyante) by these. The perceptional world is the stream of subject-recognitions and of presentments of activity. The affectional world is the stream of feelings of pleasure and pain generated by the two aforesaid worlds. The verbal (or symbolical) world is the stream of cognitions conversant about words—the words "cow," and so forth. The impressional world is the miseries, as desire, aversion, &c., caused by the affectional world, the lesser miseries, as conceit, pride, &c., and merit and demerit.

So the universe, which consists of the mind and its modifications, is made up of five types: (1) the sensational, (2) the perceptional, (3) the affectional, (4) the verbal, and (5) the impressional. Among these, the sensible world (rúpa-skandha) includes the sense organs and their objects, defined by the idea that objects are distinguished (rúpyante) through these senses. The perceptional world is the flow of subject-recognitions and the presentations of activity. The affectional world is the flow of feelings of pleasure and pain arising from the first two worlds. The verbal (or symbolical) world relates to the stream of thoughts about words—like the word "cow," and so on. The impressional world includes the miseries caused by the affectional world, such as desire and aversion, as well as lesser miseries like conceit and pride, along with merit and demerit.

Reflecting, therefore, that this universe is pain, an abode of pain, and an instrument of pain, a man should acquire a knowledge of the principles, the method of suppressing this pain. Hence it has been said—

Reflecting on the fact that this universe is filled with pain, a place of suffering, and a tool for causing pain, a person should seek to understand the principles and methods for alleviating this pain. That's why it has been said—

"The principles sanctioned by Buddha are to the saint the four methods of suppressing the aggregate of pain."[36]

"The principles endorsed by Buddha are for the saint the four ways to alleviate the burden of suffering."[36]

In these words the sense of pain is known to every one; the "aggregate" means the cause of pain. This aggregate is twofold, as (1.) determined by concurrence; or (2.) determined by causation. Of these, there is an aphorism comprising the aggregate determined by concurrence, "which other causes resort to this effect;" the condition of these causes thus proceeding is concurrence; the concurrence of causes is the result of this only, and not of any conscious being,—such is the meaning of the aphorism. To exemplify this. A germ, caused by a seed, is generated by the concurrence of six elements. Of these, earth as an element produces hardness and smell in the germ; water as an element produces viscidity and moisture; light as an element produces colour and warmth; air as an element produces touch and motion; ether as an element produces expansion and sound; the season as an element produces a fitting soil, &c. The aphorism comprising the aggregate determined by causation is: "With the Tathágatas the nature of these conditions is fixed by production, or by non-production; there is continuance as a condition, and determination by a condition, and conformity of the production to the cause;" that is to say, according to the doctrine of the Tathágata Buddhas, the nature of these conditions, that is, the causal relation between the cause and effect, results from production or from non-production. That which comes into being, provided that something exists, is the effect of that as its cause; such is the explanation of the nature (or causal relation). Continuance as a condition is where the effect is not found without its cause. The (abstract) affix tal (in the word sthititā) has the sense of the concrete. Determination by a condition is the determination of the effect by the cause. Here some one might interpose the remark that the relation of cause and effect cannot exist apart from some conscious agent. For this reason it is added that there existing a cause, conformity of the genesis to that cause is the nature which is fixed in conditions (that is, in causes and[32] effects); and in all this no intelligent designer is observed.[37] To illustrate this, the causal determination of a genesis to be gone through is as follows:—From the seed the germ, from the germ the stalk, from the stalk the hollow stem, from the hollow stem the bud, from the bud the spicules, from the spicules the blossom, from the blossom the fruit. In this external aggregate neither the cause, the seed and the rest, nor the effect, the germ and the rest, has any consciousness of bringing a germ into being, or of being brought into being by the seed. In like manner in mental facts two causes are to be recognised. There is a whole ocean of scientific matter before us, but we desist, apprehensive of making our treatise unduly prolix.

In these words, everyone understands the sensation of pain; the "aggregate" refers to the cause of that pain. This aggregate is twofold: (1) determined by concurrence; or (2) determined by causation. Of these, there’s an aphorism that captures the aggregate determined by concurrence: "other causes lead to this effect." The condition of these causes is indeed concurrence; the concurrence of causes results solely from this, not from any conscious being—this is the meaning of the aphorism. To illustrate this, a germ, caused by a seed, forms through the concurrence of six elements. These include earth, which gives the germ hardness and smell; water, which brings viscosity and moisture; light, which provides color and warmth; air, which enables touch and motion; ether, which causes expansion and sound; and the season, which creates a suitable environment, etc. The aphorism that illustrates the aggregate determined by causation states: "With the Tathāgata, the essence of these conditions is set by production or non-production; there is continuity as a condition, determination by a condition, and alignment of the production to the cause." In other words, according to the teachings of the Tathāgata Buddhas, the nature of these conditions—or the causal relationship between cause and effect—results from either production or non-production. That which comes into being, assuming something exists, is the effect of that as its cause; this explains the nature (or causal relationship). Continuity as a condition means that the effect cannot exist without its cause. The (abstract) suffix tal (in the word sthititā) conveys a concrete meaning. Determination by a condition refers to how the effect is shaped by the cause. Here, someone might argue that the relationship of cause and effect cannot exist without a conscious agent. For this reason, it’s stated that when a cause exists, the alignment of the genesis to that cause is the nature that’s fixed within conditions (that is, in causes and[32] effects); and throughout this, no intelligent designer is evident.[37] To illustrate this, the causal sequence of a generation proceeds as follows: from the seed the germ, from the germ the stalk, from the stalk the hollow stem, from the hollow stem the bud, from the bud the spicules, from the spicules the blossom, and from the blossom the fruit. In this external aggregate, neither the cause—the seed and the others—nor the effect—the germ and the others—have any awareness of bringing a germ into existence or of being brought into existence by the seed. Similarly, in mental phenomena, two causes should be acknowledged. There is a vast amount of scientific material before us, but we hold back, worried about making our exposition unnecessarily lengthy.

Emancipation is the suppression of these two causal aggregates, or the rise of pure cognition subsequent to such suppression. The method (path, road) is the mode of suppressing them. And this method is the knowledge of the principles, and this knowledge accrues from former ideas. Such is the highest mystery. The name Sautrántika arose from the fact that the venerated Buddha said to certain of his disciples who asked what was the ultimate purport (anta) of the aphorism (sútra), "As you have inquired the final purport of the aphorism, be Sautrántikas."

Emancipation is the stopping of these two causal groups, or the emergence of pure understanding after that stopping occurs. The method (path, road) is the way to stop them. And this method is the knowledge of the principles, which comes from previous ideas. This is the highest mystery. The term Sautrántika comes from the fact that the respected Buddha told some of his disciples, who asked what the ultimate meaning (anta) of the aphorism (sútra) was, "Since you have asked about the final meaning of the aphorism, be Sautrántikas."

Certain Bauddhas, though there exist the external world, consisting of odours, &c., and the internal, consisting of colours, &c., in order to produce unbelief in these, declared the universe to be a void. These the venerated Buddha styled Práthamika (primary) disciples. A second school, attached to the apprehension of sensations only, maintain that sensation is the only reality. A third school, who [33]contend that both are true (the internal and the external), and maintain that sensible objects are inferrible. Others hold all this to be absurd language (viruddhá bháshá), and are known under the designation of Vaibháshikas. Their technical language springs up as follows:—According to the doctrine of inferrible sensibles, there being no perceptible object, and consequently no object from which a universal rule can be attained, it will be impossible that any illation should take place, and therefore a contradiction will emerge to the consciousness of all mankind. Objects, therefore, are of two kinds, sensible and cogitable. Of these apprehension is a non-discriminative instrument of knowledge as other than mere representation; cognition which is discriminative is not a form of evidence, as being a merely ideal cognition. Therefore it has been said—

Certain Buddhists, while acknowledging the existence of an external world made up of scents, etc., and an internal one consisting of colors, etc., aimed to create doubt about these by claiming the universe is empty. These individuals were referred to by the esteemed Buddha as Práthamika (primary) disciples. A second group, focused solely on the perception of sensations, argues that sensation is the only reality. A third group, who [33] argue that both the internal and external are valid and assert that sensible objects can be inferred. Others consider all of this to be nonsensical language (viruddhá bháshá) and are known as Vaibháshikas. Their technical language develops as follows:—According to the doctrine of inferrible sensibles, since there is no perceivable object, and therefore no object from which a general rule can be derived, it would be impossible for any inference to occur, leading to a contradiction recognized by all of humanity. Objects are therefore categorized into two types: sensible and thinkable. Among these, perception is a non-discriminative means of knowledge that goes beyond mere representation; cognition, which is discriminative, does not qualify as evidence as it is merely an ideal form of understanding. Therefore, it has been said—

"Apprehension, exempt from ideality and not illusory, is non-discriminative. Discrimination, as resulting from the appearances of things, is without controversy an illusion.

"Anxiety, free from the realm of ideals and genuinely real, is non-discriminative. Discrimination, which arises from how things appear, is undoubtedly an illusion."

"The perceptible evidence of things is perception: if it were aught else,

"The noticeable evidence of things is perception: if it were anything else,

"There could neither be things, nor evidence of things derived from verbal communication, inference, or sense."

"There could be no things, nor evidence of things derived from talking, making assumptions, or using our senses."

Here some one may say: If discriminative cognition be unauthentic, how is the apprehension of real objects by one energising thereon and the universal consentiency of mankind to be accounted for? Let it be replied: This question does not concern us, for these may be accounted for by the possibility of an indirect apprehension of objects, just as if we suppose the light of a gem to be a gem (we may yet handle the gem, because it underlies the light, while if we were to take nacre for silver, we could not lay hold of any silver). The rest has been fully discussed in describing the Sautrántikas (cf. p. 27), and therefore need not here be further detailed.

Here someone might ask: If discriminative thinking isn't genuine, how can we explain our understanding of real objects and the general agreement of humanity? The answer is: This question isn't relevant to us, because it can be explained by the idea of indirectly grasping objects. It's like seeing the light of a gem and thinking it's the gem itself (we can still hold the gem because it exists beneath the light), while if we mistake nacre for silver, we wouldn't be able to actually hold any silver. This has already been thoroughly discussed in the section about the Sautrántikas (see p. 27), so it doesn't need to be repeated here.

It should not be contended that a diversity of instruction[34] according to the disciples' modes of thought is not traditional (or orthodox); for it is said in the gloss on the Bodha-chitta—

It shouldn't be argued that a variety of teaching[34] based on the students' ways of thinking isn't traditional (or orthodox); because it is stated in the commentary on the Bodha-chitta—

"The instructions of the leader of mankind (Buddha) accommodating themselves to the character and disposition (of those who are to be taught),

"The teachings of the leader of humanity (Buddha) adjust to the character and temperament of those who are learning,"

"Are said to be diverse in many ways, according to a plurality of methods.

"Are said to be diverse in many ways, according to a variety of methods."

"For as deep or superficial, and sometimes both deep and superficial,

"For as deep or shallow, and sometimes both deep and shallow,

"Instructions are diverse, and diverse is the doctrine of a universal void which is a negation of duality."

"Instructions vary, and so does the idea of a universal void, which rejects duality."

It is well known in Buddhist doctrine that the worship of the twelve inner seats (áyatana) is conducive to felicity.

It is widely recognized in Buddhist teachings that the veneration of the twelve inner seats (áyatana) leads to happiness.

"After acquiring wealth in abundance, the twelve inner seats

"After gaining a lot of wealth, the twelve inner seats

"Are to be thoroughly reverenced; what use of reverencing aught else below?

"Should be deeply respected; what is the point of respecting anything else below?"

"The five organs of knowledge, the five organs of action,

The five senses, the five ways to act,

"The common sensory and the intellect have been described by the wise as the twelve inner seats."

"The common senses and intellect have been referred to by the wise as the twelve inner seats."

The system of the Buddhists is described as follows in the Viveka-vilása:—

The Buddhists' system is outlined like this in the Viveka-vilása:—

"Of the Bauddhas Sugata (Buddha) is the deity, and the universe is momentarily fluxional;

"Among the Buddhists, Buddha is the deity, and the universe is constantly changing;"

"The following four principles in order are to be known by the name of the noble truths:—

"The following four principles are known as the noble truths:—"

"Pain, the inner seats, and from them an aggregate is held,[38]

"Pain, the inner seats, and from them a collective is held,[38]

"And the path (method); of all this let the explication be heard in order.

"And the path (method); let the explanation of all this be heard in order."

"Pain, and the skandhas of the embodied one, which are declared to be five,—

"Pain, and the skandhas of the embodied person, which are said to be five,—

"Sensation, consciousness, name, impression, and form.

Sensation, consciousness, name, impression, and form.

"The five organs of sense, the five objects of sense, sound and the rest, the common sensory,[35]

"The five senses, the five things we experience through our senses, like sound and others, the shared sensory experience,[35]

"And (the intellect) the abode of merit,—these are the twelve inner seats.

"And (the intellect) the place of merit,—these are the twelve inner seats."

"This should be the complement of desire and so forth, when it arises in the heart of man.

"This should be the addition to desire and so on, when it comes up in a person's heart."

"Under the name of soul's own nature, it should be the aggregate.

"Under the name of the soul's own nature, it should be the totality."

"The fixed idea that all impressions are momentary,

"The fixed notion that all impressions are temporary,

"This is to be known as the path, and is also styled emancipation.

"This is known as the path, and is also called emancipation."

"Furthermore, there are two instruments of science, perception and inference.

"Also, there are two tools of science: observation and reasoning."

"The Bauddhas are well known to be divided into four sects, the Vaibháshikas and the rest.

"The Bauddhas are known to be divided into four sects: the Vaibháshikas and the others."

"The Vaibháshika highly esteems an object concomitant to the cognition;

"The Vaibháshika greatly values an object that accompanies the cognition;

"The Sautrántika allows no external object apprehensible by perception;

"The Sautrantika rejects the idea of any external object that can be perceived;

"The Yogáchára admits only intellect accompanied with forms;

"The Yogáchára accepts only the mind alongside forms;

"The Mádhyamikas hold mere consciousness self-subsistent.

The Mádhyamikas see mere consciousness as self-existent.

"All the four (sects of) Bauddhas proclaim the same emancipation,

"All four sects of Buddhists proclaim the same liberation,

"Arising from the extirpation of desire, &c., the stream of cognitions and impressions.

"Emerging from the elimination of desire, etc., the flow of thoughts and impressions."

"The skin garment, the water-pot, the tonsure, the rags, the single meal in the forenoon,

"The clothing made of skin, the water jug, the shaved head, the rags, the single meal in the morning,

"The congregation, and the red vesture, are adopted by the Bauddha mendicants."[39]

"The congregation and the red robes are embraced by the Buddhist monks."[39]

A. E. G.

A.E.G.

FOOTNOTES:

[29] This śloka is quoted in the "Benares Pandit," vol. i. p. 89, with a commentary, and the latter part of the second line is there read more correctly, 'darśanán na na darśanát.

[29] This verse is referenced in the "Benares Pandit," vol. i. p. 89, along with a commentary, and the latter part of the second line is more accurately read as 'darśanán na na darśanát.

[30] Kusumánjali, iii. 7.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Kusumánjali, III. 7.

[31] The Bauddhas are thus divided into—

[31] The Buddhists are thus divided into—

(1.) Mádhyamikas or Nihilists.

Mādhyamikas or Nihilists.

(2.) Yogácháras or Subjective Idealists.

Yogacharas or Subjective Idealists.

(3.) Sautrántikas or Representationists.

Sautrántikas or Representationists.

(4.) Vaibháshikas or Presentationists.

Vaibháshikas or Presentationists.

[32] Cf. Ferrier's Lectures and Remains, vol. i. p. 119.

[32] See Ferrier's Lectures and Remains, vol. i. p. 119.

"Suppose yourself gazing on a gorgeous sunset. The whole western heavens are glowing with roseate hues, but you are aware that within half an hour all these glorious tints will have faded away into a dull ashen grey. You see them even now melting away before your eyes, although your eyes cannot place before you the conclusion which your reason draws. And what conclusion is that? That conclusion is that you never, even for the shortest time that can be named or conceived, see any abiding colour, any colour which truly is. Within the millionth part of a second the whole glory of the painted heavens has undergone an incalculable series of mutations. One shade is supplanted by another with a rapidity which sets all measurement at defiance, but because the process is one to which no measurement applies,... reason refuses to lay an arrestment on any period of the passing scene, or to declare that it is, because in the very act of being it is not; it has given place to something else. It is a series of fleeting colours, no one of which is, because each of them continually vanishes in another."

"Imagine you're watching a stunning sunset. The entire western sky is glowing with pink tones, but you know that in half an hour, all of these beautiful colors will fade into a dull gray. You can see them melting away right before your eyes, even though you can’t quite grasp the conclusion your mind is coming to. And what is that conclusion? It’s that you never see any lasting color, any color that truly exists. In a millionth of a second, the entire beauty of the sky has gone through countless changes. One shade is replaced by another so quickly that it defies measurement, but because this change is beyond measurement,... your mind refuses to hold onto any moment of the scene or to declare that it truly is, because in the very act of existing, it isn’t; it has been replaced by something else. It’s a series of fleeting colors, none of which is, because each one constantly disappears into the next."

[33] Principium exclusi medii inter duo contradictoria.

[33] The principle of excluded middle between two contradictory statements.

[34] Query, Laṅkávatára?

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Query, Lankavatara?

[35] Cf. Ferrier's Institutes of Metaphysic, p. 213. "If every completed object of cognition must consist of object plus the subject, the object without the subject must be incomplete, that is, inchoate—that is, no possible object of knowledge at all. This is the distressing predicament to which matter is reduced by the tactics of speculation; and this predicament is described not unaptly by calling it a flux—or, as we have depicted it elsewhere, perhaps more philosophically, as a never-ending redemption of nonsense into sense, and a never-ending relapse of sense into nonsense."

[35] Cf. Ferrier's Institutes of Metaphysic, p. 213. "If every completed object of understanding must involve the object plus the subject, then the object without the subject must be incomplete, meaning it’s in an early stage—that is, not a possible object of knowledge at all. This is the troubling situation to which matter is reduced by the methods of speculation; and this situation is quite accurately described by calling it a flux—or, as we've described it elsewhere, perhaps more thoughtfully, as a constant transformation of nonsense into sense, and a constant falling back of sense into nonsense."

[36] Cf. Burnouf, Lotus, p. 520.—Should we read samudaya?

[36] See Burnouf, Lotus, p. 520.—Should we read samudaya?

[37] Cf. G. H. Lewes' History of Philosophy, vol. i. p. 85. "We not only see that the architect's plan determined the arrangement of materials in the house, but we see why it must have done so, because the materials have no spontaneous tendency to group themselves into houses; that not being a recognised property of bricks, mortar, wood, and glass. But what we know of organic materials is that they have this spontaneous tendency to arrange themselves in definite forms; precisely as we see chemical substances arranging themselves in definite forms without the intervention of any extra-chemical agency."

[37] Cf. G. H. Lewes' History of Philosophy, vol. i. p. 85. "We don't just see that the architect's plan shapes how the materials are arranged in the house; we also understand why it has to be this way, because materials don’t naturally group themselves into houses—it’s not an inherent property of bricks, mortar, wood, and glass. However, what we know about organic materials is that they do have this natural tendency to arrange themselves into specific forms, just like we see chemical substances forming specific structures without needing any external chemical influence."

[38] These are not the usual four 'sublime truths;' cf. p. 30.

[38] These are not the typical four 'sublime truths;' see p. 30.

[39] Mádhava probably derived most of his knowledge of Buddhist doctrines from Brahmanical works; consequently some of his explanations (as, e.g., that of samudáya or samudaya, &c.) seem to be at variance with those given in Buddhist works.

[39] Mádhava likely gained most of his knowledge of Buddhist teachings from Brahmanical texts; as a result, some of his explanations (for example, that of samudáya or samudaya, etc.) appear to differ from those presented in Buddhist writings.


CHAPTER III.

THE ÁRHATA SYSTEM.

The Gymnosophists[40] (Jainas), rejecting these opinions of the Muktakachchhas,[41] and maintaining continued existence to a certain extent, overthrow the doctrine of the momentariness of everything. (They say): If no continuing soul is accepted, then even the arrangement of the means for attaining worldly fruit in this life will be useless. But surely this can never be imagined as possible—that one should act and another reap the consequences! Therefore as this conviction, "I who previously did the deed, am the person who now reap its consequences," establishes undoubtedly the existence of a continuing soul, which remains constant through the previous and the subsequent period, the discriminating Jaina Arhats reject as untenable the doctrine of momentary existence, i.e., an existence which lasts only an instant, and has no previous or subsequent part.

The Gymnosophists[40] (Jainas), rejecting the views of the Muktakachchhas,[41] and asserting the existence of something continuous to some degree, challenge the idea that everything is momentary. (They argue): If we don’t accept a continuing soul, then even the way we pursue worldly benefits in this life would be pointless. It’s hard to imagine that one person can act while another takes the results! Therefore, this belief, "I who did the deed in the past am the one who now faces the consequences," clearly supports the existence of a continuing soul that exists consistently through both past and future. As a result, the discerning Jaina Arhats find the doctrine of momentary existence—meaning existence that lasts only an instant, with no past or future—to be untenable.

But the opponent may maintain, "The unbroken stream (of momentary sensations) has been fairly proved by argument, so who can prevent it? In this way, since our tenet has been demonstrated by the argument, 'whatever is, is momentary, &c.,' it follows that in each parallel line of successive experiences the previous consciousness is the agent and the subsequent one reaps the fruit. Nor may [37]you object that, 'if this were true, effects might extend beyond all bounds'—[i.e., A might act, and B receive the punishment]—because there is an essentially controlling relation in the very nature of cause and effect. Thus we see that when mango seeds, after being steeped in sweet juices, are planted in prepared soil, there is a definite certainty that sweetness will be found in the shoot, the stalk, the stem, the branches, the peduncle, &c., and so on by an unbroken series to the fruit itself; or again, when cotton seeds have been sprinkled with lac juice, there will be a similar certainty of finding, through the same series of shoot, &c., an ultimate redness in the cotton. As it has been said—

But the opponent might argue, "The continuous flow of momentary sensations has been well established through reasoning, so who can argue against it? Given that our belief has been proven with the statement that 'whatever exists is momentary,' it follows that in each sequence of experiences, the previous consciousness acts, and the next one enjoys the outcome. You can't say that 'if this were true, effects could stretch beyond limits'—[i.e., A could act, and B would face the consequences]—because there is a fundamental controlling relationship in the very nature of cause and effect. For example, when mango seeds are soaked in sweet juices and then planted in prepared soil, there is a clear guarantee that sweetness will be present in the shoot, the stalk, the stem, the branches, the peduncle, etc., and this continues through a continuous series to the fruit itself. Similarly, when cotton seeds are treated with lac juice, there will be an equivalent certainty of observing an ultimate redness in the cotton through the same chain of the shoot, etc. As has been stated—[37]

"'In whatever series of successive states the original impression of the action was produced,

'In whatever series of successive states the original impression of the action was created,

"'There verily accrues the result, just like the redness produced in cotton.

'There truly arises the result, just like the redness that appears in cotton.

"'When lac juice, &c., are poured on the flower of the citron, &c.,

'When lac juice, etc., are poured on the flower of the citron, etc.,

"'A certain capacity is produced in it,—do you not see it?'"

"'Can you see that a certain capacity is created in it?'"

But all this is only a drowning man's catching at a straw, for it is overthrown by the following dilemma:—

But all this is just a drowning person's grasping at a straw, because it is undermined by the following dilemma:—

In the example of the "cloud," &c. [supra, p. 15], was your favourite "momentariness" proved by this very proof or by some other? It could not be the former, because your alleged momentariness is not always directly visible in the cloud, and consequently, as your example is not an ascertained fact, your supposed inference falls to the ground. Nor can it be the latter—because you might always prove your doctrine of momentariness by this new proof (if you had it), and consequently your argument regarding all existence ["whatever is, is momentary," &c.] would become needless. If you take as your definition of "existence" "that which produces an effect," this will not hold, as it would include even the bite of a snake imagined in the rope, since this undoubtedly produces the[38] effect [of fear]. Hence it has been said that the definition of an existence is "that which possesses an origin, an end, and an [intermediate] duration."

In the example of the "cloud," etc. [supra, p. 15], was your favorite concept of "momentariness" demonstrated by this proof or by something else? It couldn't be the first option, because the momentariness you're claiming isn't always directly observable in the cloud, and therefore, since your example isn't a verified fact, your supposed conclusion doesn’t hold. It also can't be the second option—because you could always support your idea of momentariness with this new proof (if you had it), making your argument about all existence ["whatever is, is momentary," etc.] unnecessary. If you define "existence" as "that which produces an effect," this won't work, as it would even include the imagined snake bite in the rope, since that undoubtedly causes the[38] effect [of fear]. Hence, it has been said that the definition of existence is "that which has an origin, an end, and an [intermediate] duration."

As for what was said [in p. 16] that "the momentariness of objects is proved by the fact that the contrary assumption leads to contradictory attributes of capacity and want of capacity existing contemporaneously," that also is wrong—for the alleged contradiction is not proved, as the holders of the Syád-váda[42] doctrine [vide infra] willingly admit the indeterminateness of the action of causes. As for what was said of the example of the cotton, that is only mere words, since no proof is given, and we do not accept even in that instance a separate destruction [at each moment]. And again, your supposed continued series cannot be demonstrated without some subject to give it coherence, as has been said, "In individual things which are of the same class or successively produced or in mutual contact, there may be a continued series; and this series is held to be one [throughout all"].

As for what was said [in p. 16] that "the momentariness of objects is proved by the fact that the opposite assumption leads to contradictory qualities of ability and inability existing at the same time," that is also incorrect—because the supposed contradiction is not proven, as the supporters of the Syád-váda[42] doctrine [vide infra] readily admit the uncertainty of the actions of causes. Regarding the example of cotton, that is just talk, since no proof is provided, and we do not accept even in that case a separate destruction [at each moment]. Furthermore, your supposed ongoing series cannot be demonstrated without some subject to provide continuity, as has been said, "In individual things that are of the same kind or produced in succession or in mutual contact, there can be a continuous series; and this series is considered to be one [throughout all]."

Nor is our objection obviated by your supposed definite relation between causes and effects. For even on your own admission it would follow that something experienced by the teacher's mind might be remembered by that of the pupil whom he had formed, or the latter might experience the fruits of merit which the former had acquired; and thus we should have the twofold fault that the thing done passed away without result, and that the fruit of the thing not done was enjoyed. This has been said by the author of the Siddhasenávákya—

Nor is our objection resolved by your supposed clear connection between causes and effects. Because even by your own admission, it would mean that something the teacher experienced could be remembered by the pupil they shaped, or the pupil could benefit from the merits the teacher had gained; thus, we would have the dual issue of the action being taken without result, and the benefit of an action not taken being enjoyed. This has been stated by the author of the Siddhasenávákya—

"The loss of the thing done,—the enjoyment of the fruit of a thing not done,—the dissolution of all existence,—and the abolition of memory,—bold indeed is the Buddhist antagonist, when, in the teeth of these four objections, he seeks to establish his doctrine of momentary destruction!"[39]

"The loss of what was done, the enjoyment of the outcome of something not done, the end of all existence, and the erasure of memory—it's quite daring of the Buddhist opponent to try to defend his idea of momentary destruction in the face of these four challenges!"[39]

Moreover, (on your supposition of momentary existence), as at the time of the perception (the second moment) the object (of the first moment) does not exist, and similarly at the time of the object's existence the perception does not exist, there can be no such things as a perceiver and a thing perceived, and consequently the whole course of the world would come to an end. Nor may you suppose that the object and the perception are simultaneous, because this would imply that, like the two horns of an animal, they did not stand in the relation of cause and effect [as this relation necessarily involves succession], and consequently the Álambana, or the object's data [supra, p. 29], would be abolished as one of the four concurrent causes (pratyaya).[43]

Moreover, based on your idea of momentary existence, at the time of perception (the second moment), the object (from the first moment) doesn't exist, and likewise, when the object exists, the perception isn't there. Because of this, there can't be a perceiver and something being perceived, and thus, the entire flow of the world would cease. You also can't assume that the object and perception happen simultaneously, because that would mean they do not relate as cause and effect (since this relation necessarily involves a sequence), and as a result, the Álambana, or the object's data [supra, p. 29], would be eliminated as one of the four concurrent causes (pratyaya).[43]

If you say that "the object may still be perceived, inasmuch as it will impress its form on the perception, even though the one may have existed in a different moment from the other," this too will not hold. For if you maintain that the knowledge acquired by perception has a certain form impressed upon it, you are met by the impossibility of explaining how a momentary perception can possess the power of impressing a form; and if you say that it has no form impressed upon it, you are equally met by the fact that, if we are to avoid incongruity, there must be some definite condition to determine the perception and knowledge in each several case. Thus by perception the abstract consciousness, which before existed uninfluenced by the external object, becomes modified under the form of a jar, &c., with a definite reference to each man's personality [i.e., I see the jar], and it is not merely the passive recipient of a reflection like a mirror. Moreover, if the perception only reproduced the form of the object, there would be an end of using such words as "far," "near," &c., of the objects.[44] Nor can you accept this conclusion, "as exactly in accordance with your own [40]views," because, in spite of all our logic, the stubborn fact remains that we do use such phrases as "the mountain is nearer" or "further," "long" or "large." Nor may you say that "it is the object (which supplies the form) that really possesses these qualities of being 'further,' &c., and they are applied by a fashion of speech to the perception [though not really belonging to it]"—because we do not find that this is the case in a mirror [i.e., it does not become a far reflection because it represents a far object.] And again, as the perception produced by an object follows it in assuming the form of blue, so too, if the object be insentient, it ought equally to assume its form and so become itself insentient. And thus, according to the proverb, "wishing to grow, you have destroyed your root," and your cause has fallen into hopeless difficulties.

If you argue that "the object can still be perceived because it leaves an impression of its form on perception, even though one exists at a different time from the other," that won't hold up either. If you insist that the knowledge gained through perception has a particular form impressed upon it, you face the challenge of explaining how a fleeting perception can carry the power to impress a form. And if you claim it has no form impressed upon it, you're confronted with the reality that, to avoid inconsistency, there must be some specific condition that determines perception and knowledge in each case. Thus, through perception, the abstract awareness, which previously existed untouched by the external object, becomes shaped under the form of a jar, etc., with a specific reference to each person's individuality [i.e., I see the jar], and it's not just a passive receiver of an image like a mirror. Furthermore, if perception merely reproduced the object's form, we wouldn't have words like "far," "near," etc., relating to the objects. Nor can you accept this conclusion, "as exactly in line with your own views," because no matter how logical we try to be, the undeniable fact remains that we do use phrases like "the mountain is nearer" or "further," "long" or "large." You also can't claim that "it’s the object (which supplies the form) that actually has these qualities of being 'further,' etc., and they are just a way of speaking applied to perception [though not really belonging to it]"—because this isn’t how mirrors work [i.e., it doesn’t become a far reflection because it shows a far object]. Moreover, just as the perception brought about by an object reflects the form of blue, if the object is insentient, it should also take on this form and thus become insentient itself. So, as the saying goes, "wanting to grow, you've destroyed your root," and your argument has fallen into insurmountable problems.

If, in your wish to escape this difficulty, you assert that "the perception does not follow the object in being insentient," then there would be no perception that the object is insentient,[45] and so it is a case of the proverb, "While he looks for one thing which he has lost, another drops." "But what harm will it be if there is no perception of a thing's being insentient?" [We reply], that if its being insentient is not perceived, while its blue form is perceived, the two may be quite distinct [and as different from each other as a jar and cloth], or it may be a case of "indeterminateness" [so that the two may be only occasionally found together, as smoke with fire]. And again, if insentience is not perceived contemporaneously with the blue form, how could there then be conformity between them [so that both the blue and the insentience should together constitute the character of the thing?] We might just as well maintain that, on perceiving a post, the unperceived universe entered into it as also constituting its character.[46]

If, in your desire to avoid this issue, you claim that "the perception doesn't relate to the object since it is insentient," then there would be no awareness that the object is insentient,[45] and this would illustrate the saying, "While he looks for one thing he has lost, another drops." "But what's the harm if there’s no awareness of something being insentient?" [We respond] that if its insentience is not recognized while its blue form is perceived, the two might be completely separate [and as different from each other as a jar and cloth], or it could represent an instance of "indeterminateness" [where the two are only occasionally found together, like smoke with fire]. Furthermore, if insentience is not recognized at the same time as the blue form, how could there be a connection between them [so that both the blue and the insentience together define the character of the object?] We could just as easily argue that, upon seeing a post, the unperceived universe entered into it, also contributing to its character.[46]

All this collection of topics for proof has been discussed at full length by the Jaina authors, Pratápachandra and others, in the Prameyakamalamártaṇḍa, &c., and is here omitted for fear of swelling the book too much.

All these topics for proof have been thoroughly covered by the Jaina authors, Pratápachandra and others, in the Prameyakamalamártaṇḍa, etc., and are omitted here to avoid making the book too lengthy.

Therefore those who wish for the summum bonum of man must not accept the doctrine of Buddha, but rather honour only the Árhata doctrine. The Arhat's nature has been thus described by Arhachchandra-súri,[47] in his Áptaniśchayálaṅkára.

Therefore, those who seek the highest good of humanity should not embrace the teachings of Buddha, but should instead respect only the Arhat doctrine. The nature of the Arhat has been described by Arhachchandra-súri,[47] in his Áptaniśchayálaṅkára.

"The divine Arhat is the supreme lord, the omniscient one, who has overcome all faults, desire, &c.,—adored by the three worlds, the declarer of things as they are."

"The divine Arhat is the ultimate master, the all-knowing one, who has conquered all shortcomings, desires, etc.—revered by the three worlds, the one who explains things as they are."

But may it not be objected that no such omniscient soul can enter the path of proof, since none of the five affirmative proofs can be found to apply, as has been declared by Tautátita [Bhaṭṭa Kumárila[48]]?

But can it really be argued that no all-knowing soul can pursue the path of proof, since none of the five affirmative proofs seem applicable, as stated by Tautátita [Bhaṭṭa Kumárila[48]]?

1. "No omniscient being is seen by the sense here in this world by ourselves or others; nor is there any part of him seen which might help us as a sign to infer his existence.

1. "No all-knowing being is visible to us or to anyone else in this world; nor is there any part of him that we can see that would help us figure out if he exists."

2. "Nor is there any injunction (vidhi) of scripture which reveals an eternal omniscient one, nor can the meaning of the explanatory passages (arthaváda) be applied here.

2. "There is also no commandment (vidhi) in scripture that reveals an eternal all-knowing being, nor can the explanations in the passages (arthaváda) be applied here."

3. "His existence is not declared by those passages which refer to quite other topics; and it cannot be contained in any emphatic repetitions (anuváda), as it had never been mentioned elsewhere before.

3. "His existence is not stated in those sections that discuss completely different subjects; and it cannot be captured in any strong restatements (anuváda), as it had never been referenced anywhere else before.

4. "An omniscient being who had a beginning can never be the subject of the eternal Veda; and how can he be established by a made and spurious Veda?

4. "An all-knowing being that had a beginning can never be the focus of the eternal Veda; and how can he be validated by a fabricated and false Veda?"

5. "Do you say that this omniscient one is accepted on [42]his own word? How can you establish either when they thus both depend on reciprocal support?

5. "Are you claiming that this all-knowing person is accepted on [42]his own word? How can you prove either when they both rely on each other for support?

6. "[If you say,] 'The saying is true because it was uttered by one omniscient, and this proves the Arhat's existence;' how can either point be established without some previously established foundation?

6. "[If you say,] 'The statement is true because it was made by someone all-knowing, and this proves the Arhat's existence;' how can either claim be established without a previously established foundation?"

7. "But they who accept a [supposed] omniscient on the baseless word of a parviscient know nothing of the meaning of a real omniscient's words.

7. "But those who trust a [supposed] all-knowing person based solely on the unfounded claims of someone with little knowledge understand nothing of the true meaning behind an actual all-knowing person's words.

8. "And again, if we now could see anything like an omniscient being, we might have a chance of recognising him by the [well-known fourth] proof, comparison (upamána).

8. "And again, if we could see anything like an all-knowing being, we might have a chance of recognizing him through the [well-known fourth] proof, comparison (upamána).

9. "And the teaching of Buddha [as well as that of Jina], which embraces virtue, vice, &c., would not be established as authoritative, if there were not in him the attribute of omniscience,[49] and so on."

9. "And the teachings of Buddha [as well as those of Jina], which include virtue, vice, etc., wouldn’t be recognized as authoritative if he didn’t possess the quality of omniscience,[49] and so on."

We reply as follows:—As for the supposed contradiction of an Arhat's existence, derived from the failure of the five affirmative proofs,—this is untenable, because there are proofs, as inference, &c., which do establish[50] his existence. Thus any soul will become omniscient when, (its natural capacity for grasping all objects remaining the same), the hindrances to such knowledge are done away. Whatever thing has a natural capacity for knowing any object, will, when its hindrances to such knowledge are done away, actually know it, just as the sense of vision cognises form, directly the hindrances of darkness, &c., are removed. Now there is such a soul, which has its hindrances done away, its natural capacity for grasping [43]all things remaining unchanged; therefore there is an omniscient being. Nor is the assertion unestablished that the soul has a natural capacity for grasping all things; for otherwise the Mímáṃsist could not maintain that a knowledge of all possible cases can be produced by the authoritative injunction of a text,[51]—nor could there otherwise be the knowledge of universal propositions, such as that in our favourite argument, "All things are indeterminate from the very fact of their existence" [and, of course, a follower of the Nyáya will grant that universal propositions can be known, though he will dispute the truth of this particular one]. Now it is clear that the teachers of the Púrva Mímáṃsá accept the thesis that the soul has a natural capacity for grasping all things; since they allow that a knowledge embracing all things can be produced by the discussion of injunctions and prohibitions, as is said [by Śabara in his commentary on the Sútras, i. 1, 2], "A precept makes known the past, the present, the future, the minute, the obstructed, the distant, &c." Nor can you say that "it is impossible to destroy the obstructions which hinder the soul's knowing all things," because we [Jainas] are convinced that there are certain special means to destroy these obstructions, viz., the three ["gems"], right intuition, &c. By this charm also, all inferior assaults of argument can be put to flight.

We respond as follows:—Regarding the supposed contradiction about the existence of an Arhat, based on the failure of the five affirmative proofs,—this is not valid, because there are proofs, such as inference, that do establish[50] his existence. Thus, every soul will attain omniscience when the obstacles to such knowledge are removed, even though its natural ability to understand all objects remains unchanged. Anything that has a natural ability to know any object will, once its obstacles to such knowledge are gone, actually know it, just like sight perceives forms when the hindrances of darkness, etc., are lifted. Now there is such a soul, which has its obstacles removed, and its natural capacity to grasp [43] all things remains intact; therefore, there is an omniscient being. Additionally, it is not unfounded to assert that the soul has a natural ability to grasp all things; otherwise, the Mímáṃsist could not argue that knowledge of all possible cases can be generated by the authoritative injunction of a text,[51]—nor could universal propositions be known, such as the one in our favorite argument, "All things are indeterminate simply because they exist" [and of course, a follower of the Nyáya will agree that universal propositions can be known, though he will challenge the truth of this specific one]. It's clear that the teachers of the Púrva Mímáṃsá accept the idea that the soul has a natural ability to grasp all things; since they believe that knowledge encompassing all things can be generated through discussions of injunctions and prohibitions, as mentioned [by Śabara in his commentary on the Sútras, i. 1, 2], "A precept reveals the past, present, future, the minute, the obstructed, the distant, etc." Nor can you argue that "it's impossible to eliminate the obstructions that prevent the soul from knowing everything," because we [Jainas] are convinced that there are specific means to remove these obstructions, namely the three ["gems"], right intuition, etc. With this approach, all superficial attacks of argument can also be countered.

But the Naiyáyika may interpose, "You talk of the pure intelligence, which, after all hindrances are done away, sees all objects, having sense-perception at its height; but this is irrelevant, because there can be no hindrance to the omniscient, as from all eternity he has been always liberated." We reply that there is no proof of your eternally liberated being. There cannot be an omniscient who is eternally "liberated," from the very fact of his being "liberated," like other liberated persons,—since the use of the term "liberated" necessarily [44]implies the having been previously bound; and if the latter is absent, the former must be too, as is seen in the case of the ether. "But is not this being's existence definitely proved by his being the maker of that eternal series of effects, the earth, &c.? according to the well-known argument, 'the earth, &c., must have had a maker, because they have the nature of effects, as a jar.'" This argument, however, will not hold, because you cannot prove that they have the nature of effects. You cannot establish this from the fact of their being composed of parts, because this supposition falls upon the horns of a dilemma. Does this "being composed of parts" mean (i.) the being in contact with the parts; or (ii.) "the being in intimate relation to the parts; or (iii.) the being produced from parts;" or (iv.) the being a substance in intimate relation; or (v.) the being the object of an idea involving the notion of parts?

But the Naiyáyika might say, "You talk about pure intelligence, which, after all obstacles are removed, perceives all objects with perfect clarity; but this is irrelevant because there can be no obstacles for the all-knowing, as they have always been liberated since eternity." We reply that there's no evidence for your claim of an eternally liberated being. There can't be an all-knowing entity that's eternally "liberated," since the term "liberated" implies having been previously bound—just like other liberated individuals—because if the binding is absent, then liberation cannot exist either, as seen in the case of ether. "But isn't this being's existence clearly established by being the creator of that eternal series of effects, like the earth, etc.? According to the well-known argument, 'the earth, etc., must have had a creator, because they are effects, just like a jar.'" However, this argument doesn't hold up because you can't prove they are effects. You can't establish this just because they consist of parts, as this assumption leads to a dilemma. Does "being composed of parts" mean (i.) being in contact with the parts; or (ii.) being in an intimate relationship with the parts; or (iii.) being produced from parts; or (iv.) being a substance in close relation; or (v.) being the object of a concept involving the idea of parts?

Not the first, because it would apply too widely, as it would include ether [since this, though not itself composed of parts, is in contact with the parts of other things;] nor the second, because it would similarly include genus, &c. [as this resides in a substance by intimate relation, and yet itself is not composed of parts;] nor the third, because this involves a term ("produced") just as much disputed as the one directly in question;[52] nor the fourth, because its neck is caught in the pillory of the following alternative:—Do you mean by your phrase used above that it is to be a substance, and to have something else in intimate relation to itself,—or do you mean that it must have intimate relation to something else, in order to be valid for your argument? If you say the former, it will equally apply to ether, since this is a substance, and has its qualities resident in it by intimate relation; if you say the latter, your new position involves as much dispute as the original point, since you would have to prove the existence of intimate relation in the parts, or the so-called [45]"intimate causes," which you mean by "something else." We use these terms in compliance with your terminology; but, of course, from our point of view, we do not allow such a thing as "intimate relation," as there is no proof of its existence.

Not the first, because it would apply too broadly, as it would include ether [since this, although not itself made up of parts, is in contact with the parts of other things;] nor the second, because it would similarly include genus, &c. [as this exists in a substance by close relation, and yet is not made up of parts;] nor the third, because this involves a term ("produced") that is just as disputed as the one directly in question;[52] nor the fourth, because its neck is caught in the constraint of the following alternative:—Do you mean by your phrase used above that it is to be a substance, and to have something else in close relation to itself,—or do you mean that it must have a close relation to something else in order to be valid for your argument? If you say the former, it will equally apply to ether, since this is a substance and has its qualities present in it through close relation; if you say the latter, your new position includes as much dispute as the original point, since you would have to prove the existence of close relation in the parts, or the so-called [45]"intimate causes," which you refer to as "something else." We use these terms to align with your terminology; but, of course, from our perspective, we do not accept the concept of "intimate relation," as there is no proof of its existence.

Nor can the fifth alternative be allowed, because this would reach too far, as it would include soul, &c., since soul can be the object of an idea involving the notion of parts, and yet it is acknowledged to be not an effect.[53] Nor can you maintain that the soul may still be indiscerptible in itself, but by reason of its connection with something possessing parts may itself become metaphorically the object of an idea involving the notion of parts, because there is a mutual contradiction in the idea of that which has no parts and that which is all-pervading, just as the atom [which is indiscerptible but not all-pervading].

Nor can the fifth alternative be accepted, because it goes too far by including the soul, etc., since the soul can be the subject of an idea that involves the concept of parts, yet it is acknowledged not to be an effect.[53] You also cannot argue that the soul may still be indivisible in itself, but due to its connection with something that has parts, it may metaphorically become the subject of an idea involving the concept of parts, because there is a clear contradiction in the idea of something that has no parts and that which is all-encompassing, just like the atom [which is indivisible but not all-encompassing].

And, moreover, is there only one maker? Or, again, is he independent?

And, besides, is there just one creator? Or, again, is he self-sufficient?

In the former case your position will apply too far, as it will extend erroneously to palaces, &c., where we see for ourselves the work of many different men, as carpenters, &c., and [in the second case] if all the world were produced by this one maker, all other agents would be superfluous. As it has been said in the Vítarágastuti, or "Praise of Jina"—

In the first case, your argument will go too far because it inaccurately includes palaces, etc., where we can see the contributions of many different people, like carpenters, etc. In the second case, if everything in the world was made by this one creator, then all other agents would be unnecessary. As mentioned in the Vítarágastuti, or "Praise of Jina"—

1. "There is one eternal maker for the world, all-pervading, independent, and true; they have none of these inextricable delusions, whose teacher art thou."

1. "There is one eternal creator of the world, all-encompassing, independent, and true; they are free from these complex illusions, whose teacher you are."

And again—

And again—

2. "There is here no maker acting by his own free will, else his influence would extend to the making of a mat. What would be the use of yourself or all the artisans, if Íśwara fabricates the three worlds?"[46]

2. "There is no creator acting on his own free will here; otherwise, his influence would reach to the making of a mat. What would be the purpose of you or all the craftsmen if Íśwara is the one creating the three worlds?"[46]

Therefore it is right to hold, as we do, that omniscience is produced when the hindrances are removed by the three means before alluded to.

Therefore, we believe it is accurate to say that omniscience occurs when the obstacles are eliminated by the three methods mentioned earlier.

Nor need the objection be made that "right intuition," &c., are impossible, as there is no other teacher to go to,—because this universal knowledge can be produced by the inspired works of former omniscient Jinas. Nor is our doctrine liable to the imputation of such faults as Anyonyáśrayatá,[54] &c., because we accept an eternal succession of revealed doctrines and omniscient teachers, like the endless series of seed springing from shoot and shoot from seed. So much for this preliminary discussion.

Nor should anyone argue that "right intuition," etc., are impossible since there's no other teacher to turn to—because this universal knowledge can be derived from the inspired works of previous all-knowing Jinas. Our doctrine is also free from criticisms like Anyonyáśrayatá,[54] etc., because we acknowledge an eternal succession of revealed doctrines and all-knowing teachers, much like the continuous cycle of seeds sprouting from shoots and shoots coming from seeds. That concludes this introductory discussion.

The well-known triad called the three gems, right intuition, &c., are thus described in the Paramágamasára (which is devoted to the exposition of the doctrines of the Arhats)—"Right intuition, right knowledge, right conduct are the path of liberation." This has been thus explained by Yogadeva:—

The well-known trio called the three gems—right intuition, etc.—are described in the Paramágamasára (which focuses on explaining the teachings of the Arhats): "Right intuition, right knowledge, right conduct are the path to liberation." Yogadeva has clarified this:—

(a.) When the meaning of the predicaments, the soul, &c., has been declared by an Arhat in exact accordance with their reality, absolute faith in the teaching, i.e., the entire absence of any contrary idea, is "right intuition." And to this effect runs the Tattvártha-sútra, "Faith in the predicaments[55] is right 'intuition.'" Or, as another definition gives it, "Acquiescence in the predicaments declared by a Jina is called 'right faith;' it is produced either by natural character or by the guru's instruction." "Natural character" means the soul's own nature, independent of another's teaching; "instruction" is the knowledge produced by the teaching of another in the form of explanation, &c.

(a.) When the meaning of the predicaments, the soul, etc., has been clearly stated by an Arhat in perfect alignment with their reality, total faith in the teaching, i.e., the complete lack of any opposing belief, is considered "right intuition." In this sense, the Tattvártha-sútra states, "Faith in the predicaments[55] is right 'intuition.'" Alternatively, another definition states, "Acceptance of the predicaments laid out by a Jina is referred to as 'right faith;' this is brought about either by inherent character or through the guru's guidance." "Inherent character" refers to the soul's own nature, independent of external teachings; "guidance" is the knowledge that comes from the instruction of another in forms like explanations, etc.

(b.) "Right knowledge" is a knowledge of the predicaments, soul, &c., according to their real nature, undisturbed by any illusion or doubt; as it has been said—

(b.) "Right knowledge" is an understanding of the situations, soul, etc., based on their true nature, free from any illusion or doubt; as it has been said—

"That knowledge, which embraces concisely or in detail the predicaments as they actually are, is called 'right knowledge' by the wise."

"That understanding, which captures the situations as they really are, is referred to as 'right knowledge' by the wise."

This knowledge is fivefold as divided into mati, śruta, avadhi, manas-paryáya, and kevala; as it has been said, "Mati, śruta, avadhi, manas-paryáya, and kevala, these are knowledge." The meaning of this is as follows:—

This knowledge is divided into five categories: mati, śruta, avadhi, manas-paryáya, and kevala; as it has been said, "Mati, śruta, avadhi, manas-paryáya, and kevala, these are knowledge." The meaning of this is as follows:—

1. Mati is that by which one cognises an object through the operation of the senses and the mind, all obstructions of knowledge being abolished.

1. Mati is what allows a person to understand an object through their senses and mind, with all barriers to knowledge removed.

2. Śruta is the clear knowledge produced by mati, all the obstructions of knowledge being abolished.

2. Śruta is the clear understanding generated by mati, with all barriers to knowledge removed.

3. Avadhi is the knowledge of special objects caused by the abolition of hindrances, which is effected by "right intuition," &c.[56]

3. Avadhi is the understanding of specific objects that results from the removal of obstacles, which is achieved through "right intuition," etc.[56]

4. Manas-paryáya is the clear definite knowledge of another's thoughts, produced by the abolition of all the obstructions of knowledge caused by the veil of envy.

4. Manas-paryáya is the clear and direct understanding of someone else's thoughts, resulting from the removal of all knowledge barriers created by the fog of envy.

5. Kevala is that pure unalloyed knowledge for the sake of which ascetics practise various kinds of penance.

5. Kevala is that pure, untainted knowledge that ascetics pursue through different types of penance.

The first of these (mati) is not self-cognised, the other four are. Thus it has been said—

The first of these (mati) isn’t recognized by itself, while the other four are. So it's been said—

"True knowledge is a proof which nothing can overthrow, and which manifests itself as well as its object; it is both supersensuous and itself an object of cognition, as the object is determined in two ways."

"True knowledge is proof that can't be challenged, and it reveals itself just like its object; it's both beyond sensory experience and also something we can understand, as the object is defined in two ways."

But the full account of the further minute divisions must be got from the authoritative treatise above-mentioned.

But the complete details of the smaller divisions can be found in the authoritative document mentioned above.

(c.) "Right conduct" is the abstaining from all actions tending to evil courses by one who possesses faith and knowledge, and who is diligent in cutting off the series of actions and their effects which constitutes mundane existence. This has been explained at length by the Arhat—

(c.) "Right conduct" means avoiding any actions that lead to bad outcomes by someone who has faith and knowledge, and who is committed to breaking the cycle of actions and their consequences that make up everyday life. The Arhat has explained this in detail—

1. "Right conduct is described as the entire relinquishment [48]of blamable impulses; this has been subjected to a fivefold division, as the 'five vows,' ahiṃsá, súnṛita, asteya, brahmacharyá, and aparigraha.[57]

1. "Right conduct is described as the complete giving up of blameworthy impulses; this is broken down into five parts, known as the 'five vows': ahiṃsá, súnṛita, asteya, brahmacharyá, and aparigraha.[57]

2. "The 'vow' of ahiṃsá is the avoidance of injuring life by any act of thoughtlessness in any movable or immovable thing.

2. "The 'vow' of ahiṃsá is the commitment to not harm any life through careless actions towards any living or non-living thing."

3. "A kind, salutary, and truthful speech is called the 'vow' of súnṛita. That truthful speech is not truthful, which is unkind to others and prejudicial.

3. "A kind, helpful, and honest speech is referred to as the 'vow' of súnṛita. That speech cannot be considered honest if it's unkind to others and harmful."

4. "The not taking what is not given is declared to be the 'vow' of asteya; the external life is a man's property, and, when it is killed, it is killed by some one who seizes it.

4. "Not taking what isn't given is referred to as the 'vow' of asteya; a person's external life is their own, and when it is taken away, it is taken by someone who grabs it."

5. "The 'vow' of brahmacharyá (chastity) is eighteen-fold, viz., the abandonment of all desires,[58] heavenly or earthly, in thought, word, and deed, and whether by one's own action or by one's consent, or by one's causing another to act.

5. "The 'vow' of brahmacharyá (chastity) consists of eighteen aspects, which include letting go of all desires,[58] whether they are heavenly or earthly, in thought, word, and action, whether through one's own efforts, by one's agreement, or by encouraging someone else to act."

6. "The 'vow' of aparigraha is the renouncing of all delusive interest in everything that exists not; since bewilderment of thought may arise from a delusive interest even in the unreal.

6. "The 'vow' of aparigraha is letting go of all misleading interest in things that don’t truly exist; as confusion in thought can stem from a misleading interest even in what is not real."

7. "When carried out by the five states of mind in a fivefold order, these great 'vows' of the world produce the eternal abode."

7. "When done by the five states of mind in a fivefold order, these great 'vows' of the world create the eternal home."

The full account of the five states of mind (bhávaná) has been given in the following passage [of which we only quote one śloka]—

The complete description of the five mental states (bhávaná) is provided in the following passage [from which we only quote one verse]—

"Let him carry out the 'vow' of súnṛita uninterruptedly by the abstinence from laughter, greed, fear, and anger, and by the deliberate avoidance of speech,"[59]—and so forth.

"Let him fulfill the 'vow' of súnṛita continuously by refraining from laughter, greed, fear, and anger, and by intentionally avoiding speech,"[59]—and so on.

These three, right intuition, right knowledge, and right conduct, when united, produce liberation, but not severally; just as, in the case of an elixir, it is the knowledge of [49]what it is, faith in its virtues, and the actual application of the medicine,[60] united, which produce the elixir's effect, but not severally.

These three—accurate intuition, correct knowledge, and appropriate actions—when combined, lead to liberation, but not on their own; just like with an elixir, it takes knowing what it is, believing in its benefits, and actually using the medicine,[60] all together to create the effect of the elixir, but not individually.

Here we may say concisely that the tattvas or predicaments are two, jíva and ajíva; the soul, jíva, is pure intelligence; the non-soul, ajíva, is pure non-intelligence. Padmanandin has thus said—

Here we can briefly state that the tattvas or basic principles are two: jíva and ajíva; the soul, jíva, is pure consciousness; the non-soul, ajíva, is pure non-consciousness. Padmanandin has said this—

"The two highest predicaments are 'soul' and 'non-soul;' 'discrimination' is the power of discriminating these two, in one who pursues what is to be pursued, and rejects what is to be rejected. The affection, &c., of the agent are to be rejected; these are objects for the non-discriminating; the supreme light [of knowledge] is alone to be pursued, which is defined as upayoga."

"The two biggest challenges are 'soul' and 'non-soul;' 'discrimination' is the ability to tell these two apart in someone who seeks what should be sought and turns away from what should be rejected. The emotions and so on of the doer should be set aside; these are matters for those who cannot discriminate. Only the supreme light [of knowledge] should be pursued, which is defined as upayoga."

Upayoga [or "the true employment of the soul's activities"] takes place when the vision of true knowledge recognises the manifestation of the soul's innate nature; but as long as the soul, by the bond of pradeśa and the mutual interpenetration of form which it produces [between the soul and the body], considers itself as identified with its actions [and the body which they produce], knowledge should rather be defined as "the cause of its recognising that it is other than these."[61]

Upayoga [or "the true employment of the soul's activities"] occurs when the understanding of genuine knowledge recognizes the expression of the soul's true nature; however, as long as the soul remains bound by pradeśa and the mutual interaction of forms that it creates [between the soul and the body], it perceives itself as being one with its actions [and the body they create]. Knowledge should be seen as "the reason it acknowledges that it is separate from these."[61]

Intelligence (chaitanya) is common to all souls, and is the real nature of the soul viewed as pariṇata [i.e., as it is in itself]; but by the influence of upaśamakshaya and kshayopaśama it appears in the "mixed" form as possessing both,[62] or again, by the influence of actions as they arise, it assumes the appearance of foulness, &c.[63] As has been said by Váchakáchárya [in a sútra]—

Intelligence (chaitanya) is inherent in all souls and represents the true nature of the soul as pariṇata [i.e., as it truly is]; however, due to the effects of upaśamakshaya and kshayopaśama, it presents itself in a "mixed" form, appearing to have both,[62] or alternatively, because of the influence of actions as they occur, it takes on a tainted appearance, &c.[63] As Váchakáchárya has stated [in a sútra]—

"The aupaśamika, the Ksháyika, and the 'mixed' states are the nature of the soul, and also the audayika and the Páriṇámika."

"The aupaśamika, the Ksháyika, and the 'mixed' states are the nature of the soul, along with the audayika and the Páriṇámika."

1. The aupaśamika state of the soul arises when all the effects of past actions have ceased, and no new actions arise [to affect the future], as when water becomes temporarily pure through the defiling mud sinking to the bottom by the influence of the clearing nut-plant,[64] &c.

1. The aupaśamika state of the soul occurs when all the effects of past actions have stopped, and no new actions come up to influence the future, similar to how water becomes momentarily clear when the dirty mud settles at the bottom due to the effect of the clearing nut-plant,[64] &c.

2. The Ksháyika state arises when there is the absolute abolition of actions and their effects, as in final liberation.

2. The Ksháyika state occurs when actions and their effects are completely eliminated, like in ultimate liberation.

3. The "mixed" (miśra) state combines both these, as when water is partly pure.

3. The "mixed" (miśra) state combines both of these, like when water is partially pure.

4. The audayika state is when actions arise [exerting an inherent influence on the future]. The Páriṇámika state is the soul's innate condition, as pure intelligence, &c., and disregarding its apparent states, as (1), (2), (3), (4).[65] This nature, in one of the above-described varieties, is the character of every soul whether happy or unhappy. This is the meaning of the sútra quoted above.

4. The audayika state is when actions emerge [impacting future outcomes]. The Páriṇámika state represents the soul's inherent condition, as pure intelligence, etc., and overlooks its apparent states, such as (1), (2), (3), (4).[65] This nature, in one of the previously described forms, defines the character of every soul, whether it's happy or unhappy. This is the meaning of the sútra mentioned above.

This has been explained in the Svarúpa-sambodhana

This has been explained in the Svarúpa-sambodhana

"Not different from knowledge, and yet not identical with it,—in some way both different and the same,—knowledge is its first and last; such is the soul described to be."

"Not different from knowledge, yet not exactly the same—somehow both different and the same—knowledge is its beginning and end; that’s what the soul is said to be."

If you say that, "As difference and identity are mutually exclusive, we must have one or the other in the case of the soul, and its being equally both is absurd," we reply, that there is no evidence to support you when you characterise it as absurd. Only a valid non-perception[66] can thus preclude a suggestion as absurd; but this is not found in the present case, since (in the opinion of us, the advocates of the Syád-váda) it is perfectly notorious that all things present a mingled nature of many contradictory attributes.

If you say that, "Since difference and identity can't exist together, we must have one or the other when it comes to the soul, and the idea that it could be both is ridiculous," we respond that there’s no proof to back up your claim that it’s ridiculous. Only a valid non-perception[66] can rule out an idea as ridiculous; but that’s not the case here, since (in our view, the supporters of the Syád-váda) it’s well-known that all things have a mixed nature with many contradictory qualities.

Others lay down a different set of tattvas from the two mentioned above, jíva and ajíva; they hold that there are five astikáyas or categories,—jíva, ákáśa, dharma, adharma, and pudgala. To all these five we can apply the idea of "existence" (asti),[67] as connected with the three divisions of time, and we can similarly apply the idea of "body" (káya),[68] from their occupying several parts of space.

Others present a different set of tattvas from the two mentioned above, jíva and ajíva; they argue that there are five astikáyas or categories: jíva, ákáśa, dharma, adharma, and pudgala. We can apply the concept of "existence" (asti),[67] relating it to the three divisions of time, and we can similarly apply the concept of "body" (káya),[68] based on their presence in various areas of space.

The jívas (souls) are divided into two, the "mundane" and the "released." The "mundane" pass from birth to birth; and these are also divided into two, as those possessing an internal sense (samanaska), and those destitute of it (amanaska). The former possesses saṃjñá, i.e., the power of apprehension, talking, acting, and receiving instruction; the latter are those without this power. These latter are also divided into two, as "locomotive" (trasa), or "immovable" (sthávara).

The jívas (souls) are divided into two categories: the "mundane" and the "released." The "mundane" souls are those that go through a cycle of rebirths, and they are further divided into two groups: those with an internal sense (samanaska) and those without it (amanaska). The first group has saṃjñá, meaning they have the ability to perceive, communicate, act, and learn; the second group lacks this ability. The latter group is also divided into two types: "locomotive" (trasa) and "immovable" (sthávara).

The "locomotive" are those possessing at least two senses [touch and taste], as shell-fish, worms, &c., and are thus of four kinds [as possessing two, three, four, or five senses]; the "immovable" are earth, water, fire, air, and trees.[69] But here a distinction must be made. The dust of the road is properly "earth," but bricks, &c., are aggregated "bodies of earth," and that soul by whom this body is appropriated becomes "earthen-bodied," and that soul which will hereafter appropriate it is the "earth-soul." The same four divisions must also be applied to the others, water, &c. Now the souls which have appropriated or will appropriate the earth, &c., as their bodies, are reckoned as "immovable;" but earth, &c., and the "bodies of earth," &c., are not so reckoned, because they are inanimate.[70] These other immovable things, and such as only possess [52]the one sense of touch, are considered as "released," since they are incapable of passing into any other state of existence.

The "locomotive" beings are those that have at least two senses [touch and taste], like shellfish, worms, etc., and they can be categorized into four types [based on having two, three, four, or five senses]; the "immovable" include earth, water, fire, air, and trees.[69] However, it’s important to make a distinction here. The dust on the road is properly called "earth," while bricks, etc., are considered "aggregated bodies of earth." The soul that connects with this body is termed "earthen-bodied," and the soul that will connect with it in the future is called the "earth-soul." The same four categories should also apply to the other elements, like water, etc. Souls that have connected with or will connect with earth, etc., as their bodies, are classified as "immovable;" however, earth, etc., and the "bodies of earth," etc., are not included in that classification since they are inanimate.[70] Other immovable things, as well as those that only have the single sense of touch, are seen as "released," because they cannot transition into any other state of existence.

Dharma, adharma, and ákáśa are singular categories [and not generic], and they have not the attribute of "action," but they are the causes of a substance's change of place.

Dharma, adharma, and ákáśa are unique categories [not generic], and they don’t have the quality of "action," but they are the reasons for a substance's change in location.

Dharma, "merit," and adharma, "demerit," are well known. They assist souls in progressing or remaining stationary in the universally extended[71] sky [or ether] characterised by light, and also called Lokákáśa; hence the presence of the category "merit" is to be inferred from progress, that of "demerit" from stationariness. The effect of ákáśa is seen when one thing enters into the space previously occupied by another.

Dharma, "merit," and adharma, "demerit," are well-known concepts. They help souls either progress or stay still in the vast[71] sky [or ether] filled with light, also called Lokákáśa. Thus, we can infer the presence of "merit" from progress and "demerit" from being stationary. The effect of ákáśa is observable when one thing takes the place of another in the space it used to occupy.

Pudgala, "body," possesses touch, taste, and colour. Bodies are of two kinds, atomic and compound. Atoms cannot be enjoyed;[72] the compounds are the binary and other combinations. Atoms are produced by the separation of these binary and other compounds, while these arise from the conjunction of atoms. Compounds sometimes arise from separation and conjunction [combined]; hence they are called pudgalas, because they "fill" (púr), and "dissolve" (gal). Although "time" is not properly an astikáya, because it does not occupy many separate parts of space [as mentioned in the definition], still it is a dravya [or tattva], as the definition will hold; "substance" (dravya) possesses "qualities and action."[73] Qualities reside [53]in substance but do not themselves possess qualities, as the general qualities, knowledge, &c., of the jíva, form, &c., of the body, and the power of causing progress, stationariness, and motion into a place previously occupied, in the case respectively of "merit," "demerit," and ákáśa. "Action" (paryáya) has thus been defined; the actions (paryáyáḥ) of a substance are, as has been said, its existence, its production, its being what it is, its development, its course to the end, as, e.g., in the jíva, the knowledge of objects, as of a jar, &c., happiness, pain, &c.; in the pudgala, the lump of clay, the jar, &c.; in merit and demerit, the special functions of progress, &c. Thus there are six substances or tattvas [i.e., the five above mentioned and "time"].

Pudgala, meaning "body," has touch, taste, and color. Bodies come in two types: atomic and compound. Atoms can't be experienced; [72] compounds are the combinations of two or more. Atoms are formed by breaking down these combinations, while the combinations come from joining atoms. Sometimes, compounds are created through both breaking down and joining, which is why they’re referred to as pudgalas, since they "fill" (púr) and "dissolve" (gal). Although "time" isn't technically an astikáya because it doesn’t occupy distinct parts of space [as defined], it is still a dravya [or tattva], as the definition permits; "substance" (dravya) has "qualities and action."[73] These qualities exist within [53] the substance but don't possess qualities themselves. For example, the general qualities, knowledge, etc., of the jíva, the form of the body, and the ability to cause progress, stillness, and movement into a previously occupied place relate to "merit," "demerit," and ákáśa respectively. "Action" (paryáya) has been defined in this way; the actions (paryáyáḥ) of a substance include its existence, its production, its essence, its development, and its journey to the end, such as in the jíva, the awareness of objects like a jar, and emotions like happiness or pain; in the pudgala, the lump of clay, the jar, etc.; and in merit and demerit, the specific functions of progress, etc. Therefore, there are six substances or tattvas [i.e., the five mentioned above and "time"].

Others reckon the tattvas as seven, as has been said—

Others consider the tattvas to be seven, as mentioned—

"The tattvas are jíva, ajíva, ásrava, bandha, saṃvara, nirjará, and moksha." Jíva and ajíva have been already described. Ásrava is described as the movement of the soul called yoga,[74] through its participation in the movement of its various bodies, audárika, &c. As a door opening into the water is called ásrava, because it causes the stream to descend through it,[75] so this yoga is called ásrava, because by it as by a pipe actions and their consequences flow in upon the soul. Or, as a wet garment collects the dust brought to it from every side by the wind, so the soul, wet with previous sins, collects, by its manifold points of contact with the body, the actions which are brought to it by yoga. Or as, when water is thrown on a heated lump of iron, the iron absorbs the water altogether, so the jíva, heated by previous sins, receives from every side the actions which are brought by yoga. Kasháya ("sin," "defilement") is so called because it "hurts" (kash) the soul by leading it into evil states; it comprises anger, pride, delusion, and lust. Ásrava is twofold, as good or evil. Thus abstaining from doing injury is a good yoga of the [54]body; speaking what is true, measured, and profitable is a good yoga of the speech.

The tattvas are jíva, ajíva, ásrava, bandha, saṃvara, nirjará, and moksha. Jíva and ajíva have already been discussed. Ásrava refers to the movement of the soul called yoga,[74] which occurs through its engagement with its various bodies, audárika, etc. Just as a door that opens into water is called ásrava because it allows the flow of the stream through it,[75] this yoga is called ásrava because it channels actions and their consequences into the soul. Similarly, like a wet garment that gathers dust from every direction because of the wind, the soul, stained by past sins, collects actions through its many points of contact with the body, as influenced by yoga. Or, when water is tossed onto a heated piece of iron, the iron absorbs the water completely; likewise, the jíva, scorched by previous sins, absorbs the actions brought by yoga from all sides. Kasháya ("sin," "defilement") is called so because it "hurts" (kash) the soul by leading it into negative states; it includes anger, pride, delusion, and lust. Ásrava can be either good or evil. Therefore, refraining from causing harm is a good yoga of the [54]body; speaking truthfully, thoughtfully, and beneficially is a good yoga of speech.

These various subdivisions of ásrava have been described at length in several Sútras. "Ásrava is the impulse to action with body, speech, or mind, and it is good or evil as it produces merit or demerit," &c. Others, however, explain it thus:—"Ásrava is the action of the senses which impels the soul towards external objects; the light of the soul, coming in contact with external objects by means of the senses, becomes developed as the knowledge of form, &c."[76]

These different subdivisions of ásrava have been explained in detail in several Sútras. "Ásrava is the impulse to act with body, speech, or mind, and it's good or bad depending on whether it leads to merit or demerit," etc. Others describe it this way:—"Ásrava is the action of the senses that drives the soul towards external objects; the light of the soul, when it comes into contact with external objects through the senses, develops as the knowledge of form, etc."[76]

Bandha, "bondage," is when the soul, by the influence of "false intuition," "non-indifference," "carelessness," and "sin" (kasháya), and also by the force of yoga, assumes various bodies occupying many parts of space, which enter into its own subtile body, and which are suited to the bond of its previous actions. As has been said—

Bandha, "bondage," is when the soul, influenced by "false intuition," "non-indifference," "carelessness," and "sin" (kasháya), as well as by the force of yoga, takes on various bodies that occupy different spaces. These bodies integrate into its own subtle body and correspond to the bond created by its past actions. As has been said—

"Through the influence of sin the individual soul assumes bodies suitable to its past actions, this is, 'bondage.'"

"Because of sin, each person's soul takes on bodies that reflect their past actions; this is what's known as 'bondage.'"

In this quotation the word "sin" (kasháya) is used to include the other three causes of bondage as well as that properly so termed. Váchakáchárya has thus enumerated the causes of bondage: "The causes of bondage are false intuition, non-indifference, carelessness, and sin."

In this quotation, the term "sin" (kasháya) refers to the other three causes of bondage, as well as the sin itself. Váchakáchárya has listed the causes of bondage as follows: "The causes of bondage are false intuition, lack of indifference, carelessness, and sin."

(a) "False intuition" is twofold,—either innate from one's natural character, as when one disbelieves Jaina doctrines from the influence of former evil actions, irrespectively of another's teaching,—or derived, when learned by another's teaching.

(a) "False intuition" has two aspects—either it's built-in from one's natural disposition, like when someone rejects Jaina doctrines because of past negative actions, regardless of what someone else has taught them—or it's acquired, coming from someone else's teaching.

(b) "Non-indifference" is the non-restraint of the five senses, and the internal organ from the set of six, earth, &c.

(b) "Non-indifference" is the unrestrained use of the five senses, along with the internal organ from the set of six, earth, etc.

(c) "Carelessness" (pramáda) is a want of effort to practise the five kinds of samiti, gupti, [55]&c.

(c) "Carelessness" (pramáda) is a lack of effort to practice the five types of samiti, gupti, [55]&c.

(d) "Sin" consists of anger, &c. Here we must make the distinction that the four things, false intuition, &c., cause those kinds of bondage called sthiti and anubháva; yoga [or ásrava] causes those kinds called prakṛiti and pradeśa.

(d) "Sin" includes anger, etc. Here we need to clarify that the four elements, false intuition, etc., result in types of bondage known as sthiti and anubháva; yoga [or ásrava] leads to types referred to as prakṛiti and pradeśa.

"Bondage" is fourfold, as has been said: "Prakṛiti, sthiti, anubháva, and pradeśa are its four kinds."

"Bondage" has four types, as mentioned: "Prakṛiti, sthiti, anubháva, and pradeśa are its four kinds."

1. Prakṛiti means "the natural qualities," as bitterness or sweetness in the vimba plant or molasses. This may be subdivided into eight múla-prakṛitis.[77]

1. Prakṛiti means "the natural qualities," like bitterness or sweetness found in the vimba plant or molasses. This can be divided into eight múla-prakṛitis.[77]

Thus obstructions (ávaraṇa)[78] cloud the knowledge and intuition, as a cloud obscures the sun or a shade the lamp. This is (a) jnánávaraṇa, or (b) darśanávaraṇa. (c) An object recognised as simultaneously existing or non-existing produces mingled pleasure and pain, as licking honey from a sword's edge,—this is vedaníya. (d) A delusion (mohaníya) in intuition produces want of faith in the Jaina categories, like association with the wicked; delusion in conduct produces want of self-restraint, like intoxication. (e) Áyus produces the bond of body, like a snare.[79] (f) Náman, or "the name," produces various individual appellations, as a painter paints his different pictures. (g) Gotra produces the idea of noble and ignoble, as the potter fashions his pots. (h) Antaráya produces obstacles to liberality, &c., as the treasurer hinders the king by considerations of economy.

Thus, obstructions (ávaraṇa)[78] cloud knowledge and intuition, just as a cloud hides the sun or a shade dims a lamp. This is (a) jnánávaraṇa, or (b) darśanávaraṇa. (c) An object recognized as existing or not existing at the same time brings mixed feelings of pleasure and pain, like licking honey from a sword's edge—this is vedaníya. (d) A delusion (mohaníya) in intuition causes a lack of faith in the Jaina categories, similar to being in bad company; delusion in behavior leads to lack of self-control, like being intoxicated. (e) Áyus creates the bond of body, like a trap.[79] (f) Náman, or "the name," creates various individual names, like a painter creating different artworks. (g) Gotra gives rise to the concept of noble and ignoble, just as a potter shapes his pots. (h) Antaráya brings about obstacles to generosity, etc., just as a treasurer restricts the king for budgetary reasons.

Thus is the prakṛiti-bandha eightfold, being denominated as the eight múla-prakṛitis, with subdivisions according to the different actions of the various subject-matter.

Thus is the prakṛiti-bandha eightfold, being called the eight múla-prakṛitis, with subdivisions based on the different actions of the various subject matter.

And thus has Umáswáti-váchakáchárya[80] declared: "The first kind of bandha consists of obstructions of the knowledge and the intuition, vedaníya, mohaníya, áyus, náman, [56]gotra, and antaráya;" and he has also reckoned up the respective subdivisions of each as five, nine, twenty-eight, four, two, forty, two, and fifteen. All this has been explained at full length in the Vidyánanda and other works, and here is omitted through fear of prolixity.

And so Umáswáti-váchakáchárya[80] stated: "The first type of bandha includes obstacles to knowledge and intuition, vedaníya, mohaníya, áyus, náman, [56]gotra, and antaráya;" and he has also listed the specific subcategories of each as five, nine, twenty-eight, four, two, forty, two, and fifteen. All of this has been detailed extensively in the Vidyánanda and other texts, and is omitted here to avoid being too wordy.

2. Sthiti. As the milk of the goat, cow, buffalo, &c., have continued unswerving from their sweet nature for so long a period, so the first three múla-prakṛitis, jnánávaraṇa, &c., and the last, antaráya, have not swerved from their respective natures even through the period described in the words, "sthiti lasts beyonds crores of crores of periods of time measured by thirty ságaropamas."[81] This continuance is sthiti.

2. Sthiti. Just like the milk from goats, cows, buffaloes, etc., has remained true to its sweet nature for such a long time, the first three múla-prakṛitis, jnánávaraṇa, etc., and the last, antaráya, have not deviated from their respective natures even through the time described by the phrase, "sthiti lasts beyond countless periods measured by thirty ságaropamas." [81] This persistence is sthiti.

3. Anubháva. As in the milk of goats, cows, buffaloes, &c., there exists, by its rich or poor nature, a special capacity for producing[82] its several effects, so in the different material bodies produced by our actions there exists a special capacity (anubháva) for producing their respective effects.

3. Anubháva. Just like the milk from goats, cows, buffaloes, etc., has varying qualities that determine its ability to create specific effects, the different physical bodies produced by our actions also have a unique capacity (anubháva) to produce their own respective effects.

4. Pradeśa. The bandha called pradeśa is the entrance into the different parts of the soul by the masses, made up of an endless number of parts, of the various bodies which are developed by the consequences of actions.

4. Pradeśa. The bandha known as pradeśa is the gateway to the different aspects of the soul, formed by countless components, stemming from the various bodies created by the results of actions.

Saṃvara is the stopping of ásrava—that by which the influence of past actions (karman) is stopped from entering into the soul. It is divided into gupti, samiti, &c. Gupti is the withdrawal of the soul from that "impulse" (yoga) which causes mundane existence,—it is threefold, as relating to body, speech, or mind. Samiti is the acting so as to avoid injury to all living beings. This is divided into five kinds, as íryá,[83] bháshá, &c., as has been explained by Hemachandra.

Saṃvara is the stopping of ásrava—the process that prevents the influence of past actions (karman) from entering the soul. It is divided into gupti, samiti, and others. Gupti involves withdrawing the soul from the "impulse" (yoga) that leads to worldly existence, and it is threefold, relating to body, speech, or mind. Samiti refers to acting in a way that avoids causing harm to all living beings. This is divided into five types, including íryá,[83] bháshá, and others, as explained by Hemachandra.

1. "In a public highway, kissed by the sun's rays, to walk circumspectly so as to avoid injuring living beings, this the good call íryá.

1. "On a public highway, warmed by the sun's rays, to walk carefully to avoid hurting living beings, this is what the good call íryá."

2. "Let him practise[84] a measured utterance in his intercourse with all people; this is called bháshá-samiti, dear to the restrainers of speech.

2. "Let him practice[84] a careful way of speaking in his interactions with everyone; this is known as bháshá-samiti, valued by those who control their speech.

3. "The food which the sage takes, ever free from the forty-two faults which may accrue to alms, is called the eshaṇá-samiti.[85]

3. "The food that the sage eats, always free from the forty-two faults that can come with alms, is called the eshaṇá-samiti.[85]

4. "Carefully looking at it and carefully seating himself upon it, let him take a seat, &c., set it down, and meditate,—this is called the ádána-samiti.

4. "By carefully examining it and taking a seat on it, let him sit down, etc., put it down, and reflect—this is called the ádána-samiti.

5. "That the good man should carefully perform his bodily evacuations in a spot free from all living creatures,[86]—this is the utsarga-samiti.[87] Hence samvara has been etymologically analysed as that which closes (sam + vṛiṇoti) the door of the stream of ásrava,[88] as has been said by the learned, 'Ásrava is the cause of mundane existence, saṃvara is the cause of liberation;[89] this is the Árhat doctrine in a handful; all else is only the amplification of this.'"

5. "A good person should make sure to take care of their bodily functions in a place that is free from all living creatures,[86]—this is the utsarga-samiti.[87] Therefore, samvara has been analyzed etymologically as that which shuts (sam + vṛiṇoti) the door to the flow of ásrava,[88] as the wise have said, 'Ásrava is the cause of worldly existence, saṃvara is the cause of liberation;[89] this is the Árhat doctrine summarized; everything else is just an elaboration of this.'"

Nirjará is the causing the fruit of past actions to decay by self-mortification, &c.; it destroys by the body the merit and demerit of all the previously performed actions, and the resulting happiness and misery; "self-mortification" means the plucking out of the hair, &c. This nirjará is twofold,[90] "temporary" (yathákála) and ancillary (aupakramaṇika). It is "temporary" as when a desire is dormant in consequence of the action having produced its fruit, and at that particular time, from this completion of [58]the object aimed at, nirjará arises, being caused by the consumption of the desire, &c. But when, by the force of asceticism, the sage turns all actions into means for attaining his end (liberation), this is the nirjará of actions. Thus it has been said: "From the decaying of the actions which are the seeds of mundane existence, nirjará arises, which is twofold, sakámá and akámá. That called sakámá belongs to ascetics, the akámá to other embodied spirits."[91]

Nirjará refers to the process of causing the results of past actions to fade away through self-discipline, etc.; it eliminates through the body the good and bad karma from all previous actions, along with the resulting joy and suffering. "Self-mortification" includes actions like pulling out hair, etc. This nirjará has two types,[90] "temporary" (yathákála) and ancillary (aupakramaṇika). It is "temporary" when a desire is dormant as a result of that action having produced its outcome, and at that specific moment, due to the fulfillment of [58] the intended goal, nirjará arises from the subsiding of the desire, etc. However, when a sage uses ascetic practices to turn all actions into a means to achieve his goal (liberation), this represents the nirjará of actions. Thus, it has been stated: "From the decay of actions that are the roots of worldly existence, nirjará emerges, which is twofold: sakámá and akámá. The sakámá pertains to ascetics, while the akámá pertains to other living beings."[91]

Moksha. Since at the moment of its attainment there is an entire absence of all future actions, as all the causes of bondage (false perception, &c.) are stopped,[92] and since all past actions are abolished in the presence of the causes of nirjará, there arises the absolute release from all actions,—this is moksha; as it has been said: "Moksha is the absolute release from all actions by the decay (nirjará) of the causes of bondage and of existence."

Moksha. At the moment it is achieved, there is a complete absence of all future actions, as all the causes of bondage (like false perception, etc.) are halted,[92] and since all past actions are eliminated due to the presence of the causes of nirjará, absolute freedom from all actions occurs—this is moksha; as it has been stated: "Moksha is the total release from all actions through the decay (nirjará) of the causes of bondage and existence."

Then the soul rises upward to the end of the world. As a potter's wheel, whirled by the stick and hands, moves on even after these have stopped, until the impulse is exhausted, so the previous repeated contemplations of the embodied soul for the attainment of moksha exert their influence even after they have ceased, and bear the soul onward to the end of the world; or, as the gourd, encased with clay, sinks in the water, but rises to the surface when freed from its encumbrance, so the soul, delivered from works, rises upward by its isolation,[93] from the bursting of its bonds like the elastic seed of the castor-oil plant, or by its own native tendency like the flame.

Then the soul rises upward to the end of the world. Just as a potter's wheel continues to spin even after the potter's hands and the stick have stopped, until the momentum runs out, the past reflections of the embodied soul aimed at achieving moksha continue to have an effect even after they have ended, propelling the soul onward to the end of the world. Similarly, like a gourd covered in clay that sinks in water but rises when freed from its weight, the soul, released from its actions, ascends by its own detachment,[93] breaking free from its constraints like the resilient seed of the castor-oil plant, or driven by its inherent nature like a flame.

"Bondage" is the condition of being unseparated, with a mutual interpenetration of parts [between the soul and the body]; saṅga is merely mutual contact. This has been declared as follows:—

"Bondage" is the state of being inseparable, with a mutual blending of parts [between the soul and the body]; saṅga is just mutual contact. This has been stated as follows:—

"[Liberation] is unhindered, from the continuance of former impulses, from the absence of saṅga, from the cutting of all bonds, and from the natural development of the soul's own powers of motion, like the potter's wheel, the gourd with its clay removed, the seed of the castor-oil plant, or the flame of fire."

"[Liberation] is free from the ongoing influence of past urges, from the lack of saṅga, from the severing of all ties, and from the natural growth of the soul's own ability to move, like a potter's wheel, a gourd with its clay taken out, the seed of the castor-oil plant, or the flame of fire."

Hence they recite a śloka:—

So they recite a verse:—

"However often they go away, the planets return, the sun, moon, and the rest;

"However often they leave, the planets come back, along with the sun, moon, and the others;

"But never to this day have returned any who have gone to Álokákáśa."

"But to this day, none have returned from Álokákáśa."

Others hold moksha to be the abiding in the highest regions, the soul being absorbed in bliss, with its knowledge unhindered and itself untainted by any pain or impression thereof.

Others believe moksha is residing in the highest realms, where the soul is immersed in bliss, with its knowledge unblocked and untouched by any pain or its effects.

Others hold nine tattwas, adding "merit" and "demerit" to the foregoing seven,—these two being the causes of pleasure and pain. This has been declared in the Siddhánta, "Jíva, ajíva, puṇya, pápa, ásrava, saṃvara, nirjaraṇa, bandha, and moksha, are the nine tattwas." As our object is only a summary, we desist here.

Others recognize nine tattwas, adding "merit" and "demerit" to the previous seven—these two being the reasons for pleasure and pain. This is stated in the Siddhánta: "Jíva, ajíva, puṇya, pápa, ásrava, saṃvara, nirjaraṇa, bandha, and moksha are the nine tattwas." Since our aim is just to provide a summary, we will stop here.

Here the Jainas everywhere introduce their favourite logic called the sapta-bhaṅgí-naya,[94] or the system of the seven paralogisms, "may be, it is," "may be, it is not," "may be, it is and it is not," "may be, it is not predicable," "may be, it is, and yet not predicable," "may be, it is not, and not predicable," "may be, it is and it is not, and not predicable." All this Anantavírya has thus laid down:—

Here, the Jains everywhere present their favorite logic called the sapta-bhaṅgí-naya,[94] or the system of the seven paradoxes: "maybe it is," "maybe it isn't," "maybe it is and it isn't," "maybe it isn't applicable," "maybe it is, and yet not applicable," "maybe it isn't, and not applicable," "maybe it is and it isn't, and not applicable." Anantavírya has explained all of this as follows:—

1. "When you wish to establish a thing, the proper course is to say 'may be, it is;' when you wish to deny it, 'may be, it is not.'

1. "When you want to establish something, the right approach is to say 'maybe it is'; when you want to deny it, say 'maybe it is not.'"

2. "When you desire to establish each in turn, let your [60]procedure likewise embrace both; when you wish to establish both at once, let it be declared 'indescribable' from the impossibility to describe it.

2. "When you want to establish each one in turn, let your [60]procedure also include both; when you want to establish both at the same time, let it be called 'indescribable' because it's impossible to describe."

3. "The fifth process is enjoined when you wish to establish the first as well as its indescribableness; when the second as well as its indescribableness, the occasion for the sixth process arises.

3. "The fifth process is required when you want to define the first and its indescribable quality; when the second and its indescribable quality are addressed, the need for the sixth process comes up."

4. "The seventh is required when all three characters are to be employed simultaneously."

4. "The seventh is needed when all three characters are going to be used at the same time."

Syát, "may be," is here an indeclinable particle in the form of a part of a verb, used to convey the idea of indeterminateness; as it has been said—

Syát, "may be," is an unchangeable word here that acts like a part of a verb, used to express uncertainty; as has been mentioned—

"This particle syát is in the form of a verb, but, from its being connected with the sense, it denotes indeterminateness in sentences, and has a qualifying effect on the implied meaning."

"This particle syát functions as a verb, but because it's linked to meaning, it suggests uncertainty in sentences and has a clarifying effect on the implied meaning."

If, again, the word syát denoted determinateness, then it would be needless in the phrase, "may be, it is;" but since it really denotes indeterminateness, "may be, it is," means "it is somehow;" syát, "may be," conveys the meaning of "somehow," kathaṃchit; and so it is not really useless. As one has said—

If the word syát indicated certainty, then it would be unnecessary in the phrase, "may be, it is;" but since it actually indicates uncertainty, "may be, it is," means "it is somehow;" syát, "may be," implies the idea of "somehow," kathaṃchit; and so it isn't really pointless. As someone has said—

"The doctrine of the syád-váda arises from our everywhere rejecting the idea of the absolute;[95] it depends on the sapta-bhaṅgí-naya, and it lays down the distinction between what is to be avoided and to be accepted."

"The principle of syád-váda comes from our universal rejection of the idea of the absolute;[95] it relies on the sapta-bhaṅgí-naya, and it establishes the difference between what should be avoided and what should be accepted."

If a thing absolutely exists, it exists altogether, always, everywhere, and with everybody, and no one at any time or place would ever make an effort to obtain or avoid it, as it would be absurd to treat what is already present as an object to be obtained or avoided. But if it be relative (or indefinite), the wise will concede that at certain times and in certain places any one may seek or avoid it. Moreover, suppose that the question to be asked is this: "Is being or non-being the real nature of the thing?" The [61]real nature of the thing cannot be being, for then you could not properly use the phrase, "It is a pot" (ghaṭósti), as the two words "is" and "pot" would be tautological; nor ought you to say, "It is not a pot," as the words thus used would imply a direct contradiction; and the same argument is to be used in other questions.[96] As it has been declared—

If something truly exists, it exists completely, all the time, everywhere, and with everyone. No one would ever try to get rid of it or seek it out, since it would make no sense to treat something that's already there as something to acquire or avoid. But if it’s relative (or indefinite), wise people will agree that at certain times and places, anyone might want to seek it or avoid it. Now, let's say the question is: "Is being or non-being the true nature of the thing?" The true nature of the thing cannot be being, because then you couldn't correctly say, "It is a pot" (ghaṭósti), as the words "is" and "pot" would be redundant. You also shouldn't say, "It is not a pot," because that would create a direct contradiction. The same reasoning applies to other questions. [61] As it has been declared—

"It must not be said 'It is a pot,' since the word 'pot' implies 'is;'

"It should not be stated 'It is a pot,' since the term 'pot' implies 'is;'

"Nor may you say 'it is not a pot,' for existence and non-existence are mutually exclusive," &c.

"Nor can you say 'it is not a pot,' because existence and non-existence are mutually exclusive," &c.

The whole is thus to be summed up. Four classes of our opponents severally hold the doctrine of existence, non-existence, existence and non-existence successively, and the doctrine that everything is inexplicable (anirvachaníyatá);[97] three other classes hold one or other of the three first theories combined with the fourth.[98] Now, when they meet us with the scornful questions, "Does the thing exist?" &c., we have an answer always possible, "It exists in a certain way," &c., and our opponents are all abashed to silence, and victory accrues to the holder of the Syád-váda, which ascertains the entire meaning of all things. Thus said the teacher in the Syádváda-mañjarí

The whole thing can be summarized like this. Four groups of our opponents each hold the belief in existence, non-existence, existence and non-existence together, and the belief that everything is inexplicable (anirvachaníyatá);[97] three other groups combine one of the first three theories with the fourth.[98] Now, when they confront us with sneering questions like, "Does the thing exist?" etc., we always have a response ready, "It exists in a certain way," etc., and our opponents are left speechless, leading to victory for the supporter of the Syád-váda, which clarifies the full meaning of all things. Thus stated the teacher in the Syádváda-mañjarí

"A thing of an entirely indeterminate nature is the object only of the omniscient; a thing partly determined is held to be the true object of scientific investigation.[99] When our reasonings based on one point proceed in the revealed way, it is called the revealed Syád-váda, which ascertains the entire meaning of all things."

"A thing that is completely uncertain can only be understood by someone all-knowing; a thing that is somewhat clear is considered the true subject of scientific study.[99] When our reasoning based on one aspect unfolds in a clear manner, it’s referred to as the revealed Syád-váda, which determines the complete meaning of everything."

"All other systems are full of jealousy from their mutual propositions and counter-propositions; it is only the doctrine of the Arhat which with no partiality equally favours all sects."

"All other systems are filled with jealousy due to their conflicting suggestions and counter-suggestions; only the teachings of the Arhat impartially support all sects."

The Jaina doctrine has thus been summed up by Jinadatta-súri—

The Jaina doctrine has been summarized by Jinadatta-súri—

"The hindrances belonging to vigour, enjoyment, sensual pleasure, giving and receiving,—sleep, fear, ignorance, aversion, laughter, liking, disliking, love, hatred, want of indifference, desire, sorrow, deceit, these are the eighteen 'faults' (dosha) according to our system.[100] The divine Jina is our Guru, who declares the true knowledge of the tattwas. The path[101] of emancipation consists of knowledge, intuition, and conduct. There are two means of proof (pramáṇa) in the Syád-váda doctrine,—sense-perception and inference. All consists of the eternal and the non-eternal; there are nine or seven tattwas. The jíva, the ajíva, merit and demerit, ásrava, saṃvara, bandha, nirjará, mukti,—we will now explain each. Jíva is defined as intelligence; ajíva is all other than it; merit means bodies which arise from good actions, demerit the opposite; ásrava is the bondage of actions,[102] nirjará is the unloosing thereof; moksha arises from the destruction of the eight forms of karman or "action". But by some teachers "merit" is included in saṃvara,[103] and "demerit" in ásrava.

"The obstacles related to energy, enjoyment, sensual pleasure, giving and receiving—sleep, fear, ignorance, dislike, laughter, preference, aversion, love, hatred, lack of indifference, desire, sorrow, deceit—these are the eighteen 'faults' (dosha) according to our system.[100] The divine Jina is our Guru, who reveals the true knowledge of the tattwas. The path[101] to liberation consists of knowledge, intuition, and behavior. There are two forms of proof (pramáṇa) in the Syád-váda doctrine—sense perception and inference. All consists of the eternal and the non-eternal; there are nine or seven tattwas. The jíva, the ajíva, merit and demerit, ásrava, saṃvara, bandha, nirjará, mukti—we will now explain each. Jíva is defined as intelligence; ajíva is everything else; merit means forms of existence that arise from good actions, while demerit is the opposite; ásrava refers to the bondage of actions,[102] nirjará is the release from that bondage; moksha comes from the elimination of the eight types of karman or "action." However, some teachers include "merit" in saṃvara,[103] and "demerit" in ásrava.

"Of the soul which has attained the four infinite things[104] and is hidden from the world, and whose eight actions are abolished, absolute liberation is declared by Jina. The Śwetámbaras are the destroyers of all defilement, they live by alms,[105] they pluck out their hair, they practise patience, they avoid all association, and are called the Jaina Sádhus. The Digambaras pluck out their hair, they [63]carry peacocks' tails in their hands, they drink from their hands, and they eat upright in the giver's house,—these are the second class of the Jaina Ṛishis.

"Of the soul that has achieved the four infinite states[104] and is hidden from the world, and whose eight actions have been eliminated, absolute liberation is declared by Jina. The Śwetámbaras are the ones who eliminate all impurities, they live by begging,[105] they shave their heads, they practice patience, they avoid all associations, and are known as the Jaina Sádhus. The Digambaras shave their heads, they [63]carry peacock feathers in their hands, they drink from their hands, and they eat while upright in the donor's house,—these are the second class of the Jaina Ṛishis."

"A woman attains not the highest knowledge, she enters not Mukti,—so say the Digambaras; but there is a great division on this point between them and the Śwetámbaras."[106]

"A woman does not achieve the highest knowledge and does not attain Mukti," say the Digambaras; however, there is a significant disagreement on this issue between them and the Śwetámbaras.[106]

E. B. C.

EBC

FOOTNOTES:

[40] Vivasanas, "without garments."

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Vivasanas, "without clothes."

[41] "The Buddhists are also called Muktakachchhas, alluding to a peculiarity of dress, apparently a habit of wearing the hem of the lower garment untucked."—Colebrooke.

[41] "The Buddhists are also known as Muktakachchhas, referring to a distinctive style of dress, which seems to be a practice of leaving the hem of their lower garment untucked."—Colebrooke.

[42] In p. 26, line 3, read Syád-vádinám.

[42] In p. 26, line 3, read Syád-vádinám.

[43] I propose to read in p. 26, line 5, infra, gráhyasya for agráhyasya.

[43] I suggest reading on page 26, line 5, infra, gráhyasya instead of agráhyasya.

[44] As these terms necessarily relate to the perceiver.

[44] Since these terms are inherently connected to the observer.

[45] I correct the reading tasyágrahaṇaṃ to tasyá grahaṇaṃ (tasyá being jaḍatáyáḥ).

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ I change the reading tasyágrahaṇaṃ to tasyá grahaṇaṃ (tasyá being jaḍatáyáḥ).

[46] I.e., if you say that the avayava may be not seen though the avayavin is seen, then I may say that the post is the avayavin, and the unperceived three worlds its avayava!

[46] That is, if you say that the avayava might not be seen even though the avayavin is visible, then I could argue that the post is the avayavin, and the unseen three worlds are its avayava!

[47] I read arhatsvarúpam arhachchandra in p. 27, line 3, infra.

[47] I read arhatsvarúpam arhachchandra on page 27, line 3, below.

[48] The following passage occurs in some part of Kumárila's writings in an argument against the Jainas. It is curious that in the Sáṅkara-digvijaya, chap. lv., it is mentioned that Kumárila had a little relenting towards the Jainas at the end of his life. He repented of having so cruelly persecuted them, and acknowledged that there was some truth in their teaching. Jainagurumukhát kaśchid vidyáleśo játaḥ.

[48] The following passage appears in some of Kumárila's texts as part of an argument against the Jains. It's interesting that in the Sáṅkara-digvijaya, chapter lv., it’s noted that Kumárila softened a bit towards the Jains near the end of his life. He regretted having been so harsh in his treatment of them and recognized that there was some truth in their teachings. Jainagurumukhát kaśchid vidyáleśo játaḥ.

[49] Kumárila tries to prove that no such being can exist, as his existence is not established by any one of the five recognised proofs,—the sixth, abháva, being negative, is, of course, not applicable. I understand the last śloka as showing the inapplicability of "presumption" or arthá-patti. A Jaina would say, "If the Arhat were not omniscient, his words would not be true and authoritative, but we see that they are, therefore he is omniscient." He answers by retorting that the same argument might be used of Buddha by a Buddhist; and as the Jaina himself would disallow it in that case, it cannot be convincing in his own.

[49] Kumárila attempts to demonstrate that no such being can exist, as his existence is not supported by any of the five recognized proofs—the sixth, abháva, being negative, is clearly not applicable. I interpret the last śloka as illustrating the inapplicability of "presumption" or arthá-patti. A Jaina might say, "If the Arhat were not all-knowing, his words wouldn't be true or authoritative, but we see that they are, so he is all-knowing." He counters by pointing out that the same argument could be made about Buddha by a Buddhist; and since the Jaina would reject this in that case, it cannot be convincing in his own.

[50] In p. 29, line 2, read tatsadbhávávedakasya for tatsadbhávádekasya.

[50] In p. 29, line 2, read tatsadbhávávedakasya instead of tatsadbhávádekasya.

[51] In p. 29, line 9, for nikhilárthajñanát notpatty, I propose to read nikhilárthajñánotpatty.

[51] In p. 29, line 9, instead of nikhilárthajñanát notpatty, I suggest reading nikhilárthajñánotpatty.

[52] Janya is included in Kárya and equally disputed.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Janya is part of Kárya and equally contested.

[53] Thus "I am possessed of a body" (aham Śarírí), "my hand," &c., are all sentences in which a predicate involving the notion of parts is applied to the soul "I."

[53] So "I have a body" (aham Śarírí), "my hand," etc., are all statements where a description that includes the idea of parts is used for the soul "I."

[54] Reasoning in a circle. I suppose the &c. includes the Anavasthádosha or reasoning ad infinitum. He accepts the supposed fault, and holds that it is actually borne out in a case before everybody's eyes.

[54] Circular reasoning. I guess the &c. includes the Anavasthádosha or reasoning ad infinitum. He acknowledges the alleged fault and believes it is evident in a case that everyone can see.

[55] In p. 31, line 5, infra, read tattvárthe for tattvártham.

[55] In p. 31, line 5, infra, read tattvárthe instead of tattvártham.

[56] I read in p. 32, line 9, Samyagdarśanádi for asamyagdarśanádi; but the old text may mean "caused by the abolition of hindrances produced by the qualities, wrong intuition," &c.

[56] I read on page 32, line 9, Samyagdarśanádi instead of asamyagdarśanádi; but the original text might refer to "caused by the removal of obstacles created by the qualities, wrong understanding," etc.

[57] Cf. the five yamas in the Yoga-sútras, ii. 30. Hemachandra (Abhidh 81) calls them yamas.

[57] See the five yamas in the Yoga-sútras, ii. 30. Hemachandra (Abhidh 81) refers to them as yamas.

[58] I read kámánám for kámáṇám in p. 33, line 7 (2 × 3 × 3 = 18).

[58] I read kámánám as kámáṇám on page 33, line 7 (2 × 3 × 3 = 18).

[59] For abháshaṇa, see Hemach. 16.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ For abháshaṇa, see Hemach. 16.

[60] I propose in p. 33, line 17, raśayanajñánaśraddhávacháraṇáni for rasáyaṇajñanaṃ śraddhánávaraṇáni. For avacháraṇa, see Suśruta, vol. ii. p. 157, &c. If anávaraṇa be the true reading, I suppose it must mean "the absence of obstructions."

[60] I suggest on p. 33, line 17, raśayanajñánaśraddhávacháraṇáni instead of rasáyaṇajñanaṃ śraddhánávaraṇáni. For avacháraṇa, refer to Suśruta, vol. ii. p. 157, &c. If anávaraṇa is the correct reading, I think it means "the lack of obstructions."

[61] This is a hard passage, but some light is thrown on it by the scholiast to Hemachandra, Abhidh. 79.

[61] This is a tough section, but the commentary by the scholiast to Hemachandra, Abhidh. 79, provides some clarity.

[62] Or this may mean "by the influence of upaśamakshaya or kshayopaśama, it appears characterised by one or the other."

[62] Or this could mean "through the influence of upaśamakshaya or kshayopaśama, it seems to be defined by one or the other."

[63] I read in p. 34, line 7, kalushádyákáreṇa for kalushányákáreṇa. The upaśamakshaya and kshayopaśama seem to correspond to the aupaśamika and ksháyika states about to be described.

[63] I read on page 34, line 7, kalushádyákáreṇa instead of kalushányákáreṇa. The terms upaśamakshaya and kshayopaśama seem to relate to the aupaśamika and ksháyika states that are about to be described.

[64] Strychnos potatorum.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Strychnos potatorum.

[65] Just as in the Sánkhya philosophy, the soul is not really bound though it seems to itself to be so.

[65] Just like in Sánkhya philosophy, the soul isn't actually trapped, even though it seems that way to itself.

[66] A valid non-perception is when an object is not seen, and yet all the usual concurrent causes of vision are present, such as the eye, light, &c.

[66] A valid non-perception happens when an object isn't seen, even though all the usual factors for vision are there, like the eye, light, etc.

[67] I read in p. 35, line 5, 'stíti for sthiti.

[67] I read on p. 35, line 5, 'stíti instead of sthiti.

[68] Hence the term here used for "category"—astikáya.

[68] Therefore, the term used here for "category" is astikáya.

[69] These (by Hemach. Abhidh. 21), possess only one sense—touch. In p. 35, line 10, I read śaṅkhagaṇḍolakaprabhṛitayas trasáś chaturvidháḥ pṛithivyaptejo.

[69] These (by Hemach. Abhidh. 21) have only one sense—touch. On page 35, line 10, I read śaṅkhagaṇḍolakaprabhṛitayas trasáś chaturvidháḥ pṛithivyaptejo.

[70] In p. 35, line 16, I read teshám ajívatvát for tesháṃ jívatvát. If we keep the old reading we must translate it, "because the former only are animate."

[70] On page 35, line 16, I see teshám ajívatvát instead of tesháṃ jívatvát. If we stick with the original reading, we need to translate it as "because only the former are living beings."

[71] In p. 35, line 3 from bottom, I read sarvatrávasthite for sarvatrávasthiti. In the preceding line I read álokenávachchhinne for álokenávichchhinne.

[71] On page 35, third line from the bottom, I read sarvatrávasthite instead of sarvatrávasthiti. In the previous line, I read álokenávachchhinne instead of álokenávichchhinne.

[72] Cf. Siddhánta-muktávali, p. 27. The vishaya is upabhoga-sádhanam, but it begins with the dvyaṇuka. This category takes up the forms of sthávara which were excluded from jíva.

[72] See Siddhánta-muktávali, p. 27. The vishaya is upabhoga-sádhanam, but it starts with the dvyaṇuka. This category includes the forms of sthávara that were not included in jíva.

[73] It is an interesting illustration how thoroughly Mádhava for the time throws himself into the Jaina system which he is analysing, when we see that he gives the Jaina terminology for this definition of dravya,—cf. Vaiśesh. Sútra, i. 1, 15. Paryáya is explained as karman in Hemach. Anek. Paryáya, in p. 36, line 11 (infra, p. 53, line 9), seems used in a different sense from that which it bears elsewhere. I have taken it doubtingly as in Hemach. Abhidh. 1503, paryáyo 'nukramaḥ kramaḥ.

[73] It's interesting to see how completely Mádhava immerses himself in the Jaina system he’s analyzing when we note that he uses Jaina terminology for this definition of dravya—see Vaiśesh. Sútra, i. 1, 15. Paryáya is explained as karman in Hemach. Anek. Paryáya, on p. 36, line 11 (infra, p. 53, line 9), seems to be used in a different way than it typically is elsewhere. I’ve taken it cautiously as in Hemach. Abhidh. 1503, paryáyo 'nukramaḥ kramaḥ.

[74] Yoga seems to be here the natural impulse of the soul to act.

[74] Yoga appears to be the instinctive drive of the soul to take action.

[75] In line 18, read ásravaṇakáraṇatvád.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ In line 18, read ásravaṇakáraṇatvád.

[76] The jnána is one, but it becomes apparently manifold by its connection with the senses and external objects.

[76] The jnána is one, but it seems to multiply through its relationship with the senses and outside things.

[77] These are also called the eight karmans in Govindánanda's gloss, Ved. Sút., ii. 2, 33.

[77] These are also referred to as the eight karmans in Govindánanda's commentary, Ved. Sút., ii. 2, 33.

[78] The Calcutta MS. reads ádaraṇíyasya for ávaraṇíyasya, in p. 37, last line. But ávaraṇíya may be used for ávarana (Páṇ. iii. 4, 68). Cf. Yoga Sút., ii. 52, where Vyása's Comm. has ávaraṇíya.

[78] The Calcutta manuscript uses ádaraṇíyasya instead of ávaraṇíyasya, in p. 37, last line. However, ávaraṇíya can be used for ávarana (Páṇ. iii. 4, 68). See Yoga Sút., ii. 52, where Vyása's commentary includes ávaraṇíya.

[79] Jálavat? The printed text has jalavat.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Jálavat? The printed text has jalavat.

[80] Umásvámi-?

Umásvámi?

[81] For the ságaropama, see Wilson's Essays, vol. i. p. 309. In p. 38, line 16, I read ityádyuktakálád úrdhvam api for the obscure ityádyuktaṃ káladurddhánavat. I also read at the end of the line prachyutiḥ sthitiḥ for prachyutisthitiḥ.

[81] For the ságaropama, see Wilson's Essays, vol. i. p. 309. On p. 38, line 16, I write ityádyuktakálád úrdhvam api instead of the unclear ityádyuktaṃ káladurddhánavat. I also note at the end of the line prachyutiḥ sthitiḥ for prachyutisthitiḥ.

[82] In p. 38, line 18, read svakáryakaraṇe.

[82] In p. 38, line 18, read svakáryakaraṇe.

[83] In p. 39, line 2 and line 5, for írshyá read íryá,—a bad misreading.

[83] In p. 39, line 2 and line 5, change írshyá to íryá,—which is an incorrect reading.

[84] In p. 39, line 6, I read ápadyetá for ápadyatá.

[84] On page 39, line 6, I saw ápadyetá instead of ápadyatá.

[85] In p. 39, line 9, for seshaṇá read saishaṇá.

[85] In p. 39, line 9, replace seshaṇá with saishaṇá.

[86] In p. 39, line 12, join nirjantu and jagatítale.

[86] In p. 39, line 12, connect nirjantu and jagatítale.

[87] Mádhava omits the remaining divisions of saṃvara. Wilson, Essays, vol. i. p. 311, gives them as parishahá, "endurance," as of a vow; yatidharma, "the ten duties of an ascetic, patience, gentleness," &c.; bhávaná, "conviction," such as that worldly existences are not eternal, &c.; cháritra, "virtuous observance."

[87] Mádhava leaves out the other categories of saṃvara. Wilson, in Essays, vol. i. p. 311, lists them as parishahá, "endurance," like that of a vow; yatidharma, "the ten duties of an ascetic, patience, gentleness," etc.; bhávaná, "conviction," such as the understanding that worldly existences are not eternal, etc.; cháritra, "virtuous observance."

[88] In p. 39, line 14, read ásravasrotaso.

[88] In p. 39, line 14, read ásravasrotaso.

[89] For moha, in line 16, read moksha.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ For moha, in line 16, read moksha.

[90] In p. 39, line 2 infra, I read yathákála- for yathá kála-.

[90] In p. 39, line 2 infra, I read yathákála- instead of yathá kála-.

[91] This passage is very difficult and not improbably corrupt, and my interpretation of it is only conjectural. The ordinary nirjará is when an action attains its end (like the lulling of a passion by the gratification), this lull is temporary. That nirjará is "ancillary" which is rendered by asceticism a means to the attainment of the highest good. The former is akámá, "desireless," because at the moment the desire is satisfied and so dormant; the latter is sakámá, because the ascetic conquers the lower desire under the overpowering influence of the higher desire for liberation.

[91] This passage is quite difficult and likely corrupted, so my interpretation is just a guess. The usual nirjará occurs when an action reaches its goal (like calming a passion through satisfaction), but this calm is only temporary. That nirjará is "ancillary," which is achieved through asceticism as a way to reach the highest good. The first is akámá, "desireless," because, at that moment, the desire is fulfilled and inactive; the second is sakámá, since the ascetic overcomes lower desires with a stronger desire for liberation.

[92] I read nirodhe for nirodhah in p. 40, line 6; cf. p. 37, line 13. The causes of bondage produce the assumption of bodies in which future actions are to be performed.

[92] I read nirodhe as nirodhah on page 40, line 6; see page 37, line 13. The reasons for bondage lead to the belief in bodies that will carry out future actions.

[93] Literally "absence of sanga."

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Literally "absence of sanga."

[94] In p. 41, line 7, read sapta-bhaṅgí-naya, see Ved. S. Gloss., ii. 2, 23.

[94] In p. 41, line 7, read sapta-bhaṅgí-naya, see Ved. S. Gloss., ii. 2, 23.

[95] I cannot understand the words at the end of the first line, kim vṛitatadvidheḥ, and therefore leave them untranslated.

[95] I can't make sense of the words at the end of the first line, kim vṛitatadvidheḥ, so I will leave them untranslated.

[96] Thus Govindánanda applies it (Ved. Sút., ii. 2, 33) to "may be it is one," "may be it is many," &c.

[96] So Govindánanda uses it (Ved. Sút., ii. 2, 33) to say, "it might be one," "it might be many," etc.

[97] 'Ακαταληψἱα This is Śriharsha's tenet in the Khaṇḍana-khaṇḍa-khádya.

[97] 'Akalatā This is Śriharsha's principle in the Khaṇḍana-khaṇḍa-khádya.

[98] In p. 42, line 17, for matenámiśritáni read matena miśritáni.

[98] In p. 42, line 17, change matenámiśritáni to matena miśritáni.

[99] In p. 43, line 2, for na yasya read nayasya.

[99] In p. 43, line 2, replace na yasya with nayasya.

[100] This list is badly printed in the Calcutta edition. It is really identical with that given in Hemachandra's Abhidhána-chintámaṇi, 72, 73; but we must correct the readings to antaráyás, rágadwesháv aviratiḥ smaraḥ, and háso for himsá. The order of the eighteen doshas in the Calcutta edition is given by Hemachandra as 4, 5, 1, 2, 3, 10, 11, 12, 7, 9, 17, 16, 18, 8, 6, 15, 13, 14.

[100] This list is poorly printed in the Calcutta edition. It is actually the same as the one found in Hemachandra's Abhidhána-chintámaṇi, 72, 73; however, we need to correct the readings to antaráyás, rágadwesháv aviratiḥ smaraḥ, and háso for himsá. The order of the eighteen doshas in the Calcutta edition, as given by Hemachandra, is 4, 5, 1, 2, 3, 10, 11, 12, 7, 9, 17, 16, 18, 8, 6, 15, 13, 14.

[101] In p. 43, line 13, for vartini read vartiniḥ.

[101] In p. 43, line 13, replace vartini with vartiniḥ.

[102] This seems corrupt,—a line is probably lost.

[102] This looks messed up—there's likely a line missing.

[103] In last line, for saṃsrave read saṃvare.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ In last line, change saṃsrave to saṃvare.

[104] Does this mean the knowledge of the world, the soul, the liberated and liberation? These are called ananta. See Weber's Bhagavatí, pp. 250, 261-266.

[104] Does this refer to understanding the world, the soul, freedom, and liberation? These are referred to as ananta. See Weber's Bhagavatí, pp. 250, 261-266.

[105] Sarajoharaṇáh is explained by the rajoharaṇadhárin (= vratin) of Haláyudha, ii. 189.

[105] Sarajoharaṇáh is clarified by the rajoharaṇadhárin (= vratin) of Haláyudha, ii. 189.

[106] Cf. Wilson, Essays, i. 340. For strím read strí.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Wilson, Essays, i. 340. For strím read strí.


CHAPTER IV.

THE RÁMÁNUJA SYSTEM.

This doctrine of the Árhatas deserves a rational condemnation, for whereas there is only one thing really existent, the simultaneous co-existence of existence, non-existence and other modes in a plurality of really existing things is an impossibility. Nor should any one say: Granting the impossibility of the co-existence of existence and non-existence, which are reciprocally contradictory, why should there not be an alternation between existence and non-existence? there being the rule that it is action, not Ens, that alternates. Nor let it be supposed that the whole universe is multiform, in reliance upon the examples of the elephant-headed Gaṇeśa and of the incarnation of Vishṇu as half man, half lion; for the elephantine and the leonine nature existing in one part, and the human in another, and consequently there being no contradiction, those parts being different, these examples are inapplicable to the maintenance of a nature multiform as both existent and non-existent in one and the same part (or place). Again, if any one urge: Let there be existence in one form, and non-existence in another, and thus both will be compatible; we rejoin: Not so, for if you had said that at different times existence and non-existence may be the nature of anything, then indeed there would have been no vice in your procedure. Nor is it to be contended: Let the multiformity of the universe be like the length and shortness which pertain[65] to the same thing (in different relations); for in these (in this length and shortness) there is no contrariety, inasmuch as they are contrasted with different objects. Therefore, for want of evidence, existence and non-existence as reciprocally contradictory cannot reside at the same time in the same thing. In a like manner may be understood the refutation of the other bhaṅgas (Árhata tenets).

This doctrine of the Árhatas deserves serious criticism because, while there's only one thing that truly exists, the idea that existence, non-existence, and other states can coexist within multiple real entities is impossible. Nobody should argue that, even if the coexistence of existence and non-existence is impossible since they contradict each other, there could still be a switch between existence and non-existence since it's action, not Ens, that changes. It's also wrong to assume the entire universe is diverse based on examples like the elephant-headed Gaṇeśa or Vishṇu’s incarnation as half man and half lion. The elephant and lion qualities exist in one area, while the human quality exists in another, so there’s no contradiction; these examples don't support having a nature that is both existent and non-existent in the same place. Furthermore, if someone argues that there can be existence in one form and non-existence in another, claiming they can coexist, we respond: no, because if you meant that existence and non-existence could characterize something at different times, then your approach would actually make sense. It also shouldn’t be argued that the variety of the universe can be like length and shortness in relation to the same thing (in different contexts); because in this case (with length and shortness), there’s no contradiction since they're compared with different objects. Thus, without enough proof, existence and non-existence, being mutually contradictory, cannot be present at the same time in the same thing. The same logic applies to refuting the other bhaṅgas (Árhata beliefs).

Again, we ask, is this doctrine of the seven bhaṅgas, which lies at the base of all this, itself uniform (as excluding one contradictory), or multiform (as conciliating contradictories). If it is uniform, there will emerge a contradiction to your thesis that all things are multiform; if it is multiform, you have not proved what you wished to prove, a multiform statement (as both existent and non-existent) proving nothing.[107] In either case, there is rope for a noose for the neck of the Syád-Vádin.

Again, we ask, is the doctrine of the seven bhaṅgas, which forms the foundation of all this, uniform (excluding one contradiction) or multiform (reconciling contradictions)? If it is uniform, it contradicts your argument that all things are multiform; if it is multiform, you haven't proven what you intended to prove, since a multiform statement (being both existent and non-existent) doesn't prove anything.[107] In either case, there is a noose of argument for the neck of the Syád-Vádin.

An admirable author of institutes has the founder of the Árhata system, dear to the gods (uninquiring pietist), proved himself to be, when he has not ascertained whether his result is the settling of nine or of seven principles, nor the investigator who settles them, nor his organon, the modes of evidence, nor the matter to be evidenced, whether it be ninefold or not!

An impressive author of principles, the founder of the Árhata system, beloved by the gods (an unquestioning devotee), has shown himself to be, as he hasn’t figured out whether his outcome is based on nine or seven principles, nor who establishes them, nor his method, the means of proof, nor the subject to be proven, whether it consists of nine parts or not!

In like manner if it be admitted that the soul has (as the Árhatas say), an extension equal to that of the body, it will follow that in the case of the souls of ascetics, who by the efficacy of asceticism assume a plurality of bodies, [66]there is a differentiation of the soul for each of those bodies. A soul of the size of a human body would not (in the course of its transmigrations) be able to occupy the whole body of an elephant; and again, when it laid aside its elephantine body to enter into that of an ant, it would lose its capacity of filling its former frame. And it cannot be supposed that the soul resides successively in the human, elephantine, and other bodies, like the light of a lamp which is capable of contraction and expansion, according as it occupies the interior of a little station on the road-side in which travellers are supplied with water, or the interior of a stately mansion; for it would follow (from such a supposition) that the soul being susceptible of modifications and consequently non-eternal, there would be a loss of merits and a fruition of good and evil unmerited.

Similarly, if we accept that the soul has an extension equal to that of the body, as the Árhatas claim, it follows that in the case of the souls of ascetics, who through their practices take on multiple bodies, [66] there is a distinction of the soul for each of those bodies. A soul that is the size of a human body would not be able to fill the entire body of an elephant during its transitions; and when it leaves its elephant body to enter that of an ant, it would no longer have the capacity to fill its previous form. We cannot assume that the soul moves successively through human, elephant, and other bodies like the light from a lamp that can contract and expand depending on whether it’s illuminating a small water station by the roadside or the interior of a grand mansion; because such a belief would imply that the soul is subject to changes and thus not eternal, leading to a loss of merits and the experience of unearned good or evil.

As if then we had thrown their best wrestler, the redargution of the rest of their categories may be anticipated from this exposition of the manner in which their treatment of the soul has been vitiated.

As if we had just defeated their best wrestler, we can expect a strong counterargument from the rest of their viewpoints based on how flawed their treatment of the soul has been.

Their doctrine, therefore, as repugnant to the eternal, infallible revelation, cannot be adopted. The venerated Vyása accordingly propounded the aphorism (ii. 2, 33), "Nay, because it is impossible in one;" and this same aphorism has been analysed by Rámánuja with the express purpose of shutting out the doctrine of the Jainas. The tenets of Rámánuja are as follows:—Three categories are established, as soul, not-soul, and Lord; or as subject, object, and supreme disposer. Thus it has been said—

Their beliefs, therefore, are conflicting with the eternal, infallible revelation and cannot be accepted. The respected Vyása stated the saying (ii. 2, 33), "No, because it is impossible in one;" and this same saying has been examined by Rámánuja specifically to exclude the beliefs of the Jainas. Rámánuja's principles are as follows:—Three categories are recognized: soul, not-soul, and Lord; or subject, object, and supreme disposer. Thus it has been said—

"Lord, soul, and not-soul are the triad of principles: Hari (Vishṇu)

"Lord, soul, and not-soul are the three key principles: Hari (Vishṇu)"

"Is Lord; individual spirits are souls; and the visible world is not-soul."

"Is Lord; individual spirits are souls; and the visible world is not-soul."

Others, again (the followers of Śaṅkaráchárya), maintain that pure intelligence, exempt from all differences, the absolute, alone is really existent; and that this absolute[67] whose essence is eternal, pure, intelligent, and free, the identity of which with the individuated spirit is learnt from the "reference to the same object" (predication), "That art thou," undergoes bondage and emancipation. The universe of differences (or conditions) such as that of subject and object, is all illusorily imagined by illusion as in that (one reality), as is attested by a number of texts: Existent only, fair sir, was this in the beginning, One only without a second, and so forth. Maintaining this, and acknowledging a suppression of this beginningless illusion by knowledge of the unity (and identity) of individuated spirits and the undifferenced absolute, in conformity with hundreds of texts from the Upanishads, such as He that knows spirit passes beyond sorrow; rejecting also any real plurality of things, in conformity with the text condemnatory of duality, viz., Death after death he undergoes who looks upon this as manifold; and thinking themselves very wise, the Śáṅkaras will not tolerate this division (viz., the distribution of things into soul, not-soul, and Lord). To all this the following counterposition is laid down:—This might be all well enough if there were any proof of such illusion. But there is no such ignorance (or illusion), an unbeginning entity, suppressible by knowledge, testified in the perceptions, I am ignorant, I know not myself and other things. Thus it has been said (to explain the views of the Śáṅkara)—

Others, again (the followers of Śaṅkaráchárya), argue that pure intelligence, free from all differences, the absolute, is the only true existence; and that this absolute[67], which is eternal, pure, intelligent, and free, is connected to the individual spirit through the "reference to the same object" (predication), "That art thou," and undergoes bondage and liberation. The diversity of conditions like subject and object is all an illusion imagined by ignorance within that one reality, as confirmed by various texts: In the beginning, there was only existence, one without a second, and so on. Acknowledging this and recognizing that this beginningless illusion is overcome by the knowledge of the unity (and identity) of individual spirits and the undifferentiated absolute, in line with many texts from the Upanishads, such as "He who knows spirit transcends sorrow," while rejecting any real plurality of things according to the text that criticizes duality, "He experiences death after death who sees this as multiple;" the Śáṅkaras, believing themselves very wise, do not accept this division (specifically, the classification of things into soul, not-soul, and Lord). In response, the counterargument is presented: This might all sound reasonable if there were any proof of such illusion. However, there is no such ignorance (or illusion), nor an unbeginning entity that can be suppressed by knowledge, as demonstrated in the perceptions of "I am ignorant, I do not know myself and other things." Therefore, it has been stated (to clarify the views of the Śáṅkara)—

"Entitative from everlasting, which is dissolved by knowledge,

"Entitative from everlasting, which is dissolved by knowledge,"

"Such is illusion. This definition the wise enunciate."

"That’s what illusion is. This is what the wise people say."

This perception (they would further contend) is not conversant about the absence of knowledge. For who can maintain this, and to whom? One who leans on the arm of Prabhákara, or one to whom Kumárila-bhaṭṭa gives his hand? Not the former, for in the words—

This perception (they would argue) doesn't involve a lack of knowledge. For who can claim this, and to whom? Is it someone who depends on Prabhákara, or someone who receives help from Kumárila-bhaṭṭa? Not the first, because in the words—

"By means of its own and of another's form, eternal in the existent and non-existent,

"Through its own form and that of another, eternal in what exists and what doesn't,"

"Thing is recognised something by some at certain times.[68]

"Sometimes, some people notice things.[68]"

"Non-entity is but another entity by some kind of relation. Non-entity is but another entity, naught else, for naught else is observed."

"Non-entity is just another entity in some way. Non-entity is just another entity, nothing more, because nothing else is observed."

They deny any non-entity ulterior to entity. Non-entity being cognisable by the sixth instrument of knowledge (anupalabdhi), and knowledge being always an object of inference, the absence of knowledge cannot be an object of perception. If, again, any one who maintains non-entity to be perceptible should employ the above argument (from the perceptions, I am ignorant, I know not myself, and other things); it may be replied: "Is there, or is there not, in the consciousness, I am ignorant, an apprehension of self as characterised by an absence, and of knowledge as the thing absent or non-existent? If there is such apprehension, consciousness of the absence of knowledge will be impossible, as involving a contradiction. If there is not, consciousness of the absence of knowledge, which consciousness presupposes a knowledge of the subject and of the thing absent, will not readily become possible." Inasmuch (the Śáṅkaras continue) as the foregoing difficulties do not occur if ignorance (or illusion) be entitative, this consciousness (I am ignorant, I know not myself, and other things) must be admitted to be conversant about an entitative ignorance.

They deny any existence beyond what can be defined as an entity. Non-entity, which can be recognized by the sixth means of knowledge (anupalabdhi), and since knowledge can always be inferred, the absence of knowledge cannot be something we perceive. If someone claims that non-entity can be perceived and uses the argument (from the perceptions, "I am ignorant," "I don’t know myself," and other similar thoughts), the response could be: "In the consciousness where I acknowledge my ignorance, is there an awareness of self that recognizes this absence and knowledge as what is missing or non-existent? If such awareness exists, then recognizing the absence of knowledge is impossible because it creates a contradiction. If it doesn't exist, then being aware of the absence of knowledge—which relies on knowing both the subject and the absent thing—won't easily be achievable." Since the previously mentioned challenges do not arise if ignorance (or illusion) is considered an entity, the consciousness where we say "I am ignorant, I don’t know myself," must be understood as relating to an actual form of ignorance.

All this (the Rámánuja replies) is about as profitable as it would be for a ruminant animal to ruminate upon ether; for an entitative ignorance is not more supposable than an absence of knowledge. For (we would ask), is any self-conscious principle presented as an object and as a subject (of ignorance) as distinct from cognition? If it is presented, how, since ignorance of a thing is terminable by knowledge of its essence, can the ignorance continue? If none such is presented, how can we be conscious of an ignorance which has no subject and no object? If you say: A pure manifestation of the spiritual essence is revealed only by the cognition opposed to ignorance (or illusion), and thus there is no absurdity in the consciousness of ignorance[69] accompanied with a consciousness of its subject and object; then we rejoin:—Unfortunately for you, this (consciousness of subject) must arise equally in the absence of knowledge (for such we define illusion to be), notwithstanding your assertion to the contrary. It must, therefore, be acknowledged that the cognition, I am ignorant, I know not myself and other things, is conversant about an absence of cognition allowed by us both.

All this (the Rámánuja replies) is about as useful as it would be for a grazing animal to think about the ether; because fundamental ignorance is no more conceivable than a complete lack of knowledge. So, we would ask, is there any self-aware principle that is presented as an object and also as a subject (of ignorance) that is separate from understanding? If it is presented, then how can the ignorance persist, since ignorance of something can be resolved through understanding its essence? If there is no such thing presented, how can we be aware of an ignorance that has neither a subject nor an object? If you say: A pure manifestation of spiritual essence is revealed only by the understanding that contradicts ignorance (or illusion), and so there is no contradiction in being aware of ignorance[69] while also being aware of its subject and object; then we respond:—Unfortunately for you, this (awareness of the subject) must arise even in the absence of knowledge (which we define as illusion), regardless of your assertion to the contrary. Therefore, it must be accepted that the awareness, I am ignorant, I do not know myself and other things, relates to a lack of understanding that we both acknowledge.

Well, then (the Śáṅkaras may contend), let the form of cognition evidentiary of illusion, which is under disputation, be inference, as follows:—Right knowledge must have had for its antecedent another entity (sc. illusion), an entity different from mere prior non-existence of knowledge, which envelops the objects of knowledge, which is terminable by knowledge, which occupies the place of knowledge, inasmuch as it (the right knowledge) illuminates an object not before illuminated, like the light of a lamp springing up for the first time in the darkness. This argument (we reply) will not stand grinding (in the dialectic mill); for to prove the (antecedent) illusion, you will require an ulterior illusion which you do not admit, and a violation of your own tenets will ensue, while if you do not so prove it, it may or may not exist; and, moreover, the example is incompatible with the argument, for it cannot be the lamp that illumines the hitherto unillumined object, since it is knowledge only that illumines; and an illumination of objects may be effected by knowledge even without the lamp, while the light of the lamp is only ancillary to the visual organ which effectuates the cognition, ancillary mediately through the dispulsion of the obstruent darkness. We dismiss further prolixity.

Well, then (the Śáṅkaras might argue), let the form of knowledge that indicates illusion, which is being debated, be inferred as follows:—Right knowledge must come from another entity (i.e., illusion), which is different from just the previous absence of knowledge, that covers the objects of knowledge, that can be ended by knowledge, and that takes the place of knowledge, since it (right knowledge) illuminates an object that wasn’t lit before, like a lamp turning on for the first time in the dark. This argument (we respond) does not hold up under scrutiny; to prove the (preceding) illusion, you would need an additional illusion that you don’t accept, and that would contradict your own principles. If you fail to prove it, then it may or may not exist; furthermore, the example doesn’t fit the argument, as it can't be the lamp that lights up the previously unlit object, because it’s knowledge that illuminates. Knowledge can light up objects even without a lamp, while the light of the lamp only assists the eye that makes the cognition happen, working indirectly by removing the obstructive darkness. We won’t go on any longer.

The counterposition (of the Rámánujas) is as follows:—The illusion under dispute does not reside in Brahman, who is pure knowledge, because it is an illusion, like the illusion about nacre, &c. If any one ask: Has not the self-conscious entity that underlies the illusion about nacre, &c., knowledge only for its nature? they reply:[70] Do not start such difficulties; for we suppose that consciousness by its bare existence has the nature of creating conformity to the usage about (i.e., the name and notion of) some object; and such consciousness, also called knowledge, apprehension, comprehension, intelligence, &c., constitutes the soul, or knowledge, of that which acts and knows. If any one ask: How can the soul, if it consists of cognition, have cognition as a quality? they reply: This question is futile; for as a gem, the sun, and other luminous things, existing in the form of light, are substances in which light as a quality inheres—for light, as existing elsewhere than in its usual receptacle, and as being a mode of things though a substance, is still styled and accounted a quality derived from determination by that substance,—so this soul, while it exists as a self-luminous intelligence, has also intelligence as its quality. Accordingly the Vedic texts: A lump of salt is always within and without one entire mass of taste, so also this soul is within and without an entire mass of knowledge; Herein this person is itself a light; Of the knowledge of that which knows there is no suspension; He who knows, smells this; and so also, This is the soul which, consisting of knowledge, is the light within the heart; For this person is the seer, the hearer, the taster, the smeller, the thinker, the understander, the doer; The person is knowledge, and the like texts.

The counterargument (of the Rámánujas) is as follows:—The illusion in question does not exist in Brahman, who is pure knowledge, because it is an illusion, similar to the illusion of nacre, etc. If someone asks: Does the self-aware entity that underlies the illusion of nacre, etc., not have knowledge as its nature? they reply: [70] Don’t trouble yourself with such questions; we believe that consciousness, by its mere existence, inherently creates a connection to the typical understanding of some object (i.e., its name and concept); and this consciousness, also referred to as knowledge, understanding, comprehension, intelligence, etc., makes up the soul, or the awareness, of that which acts and knows. If someone asks: How can the soul, if it consists of cognition, have cognition as a quality? they reply: This question is pointless; for just as a gem, the sun, and other luminous entities exist as light, which is a quality that resides in those substances—because light existing outside its usual source, while being a mode of things yet still a substance, is considered a quality derived from that substance—so too does this soul, while it exists as a self-luminous intelligence, also possess intelligence as a quality. Thus, the Vedic texts state: A lump of salt is always fully present in its entirety regarding taste, similarly, this soul is entirely present in all knowledge; Here, this person is itself a light; Of the knowledge of that which knows, there is no interruption; He who knows perceives this; and likewise, This is the soul that, comprised of knowledge, is the light within the heart; For this person is the seer, the hearer, the taster, the smeller, the thinker, the comprehender, the doer; The person is knowledge, among other such texts.

It is not to be supposed that the Veda also affords evidence of the existence of the cosmical illusion, in the text, Enveloped in untruth (anṛita); for the word untruth (anṛita) denotes that which is other than truth (ṛita). The word ṛita has a passive sense, as appears from the words, Drinking ṛita. Ṛita means works done without desire of fruit; having as its reward the attainment of the bliss of the Supreme Spirit through his propitiation. In the text in question, untruth (anṛita) designates the scanty fruit enjoyed during transmigratory existence as opposed to that (which results from propitiation of the Supreme Spirit),[71] which temporal fruit is obstructive to the attainment of supreme existence (brahman); the entire text (when the context is supplied) being: They who find not this supreme sphere (brahma-loka) are enveloped in untruth. In such texts, again, as Let him know illusion (máyá) to be the primary emanative cause (prakṛiti), the term (máyá) designates the emanative cause, consisting of the three "cords" (guṇa), and creative of the diversified universe. It does not designate the inexplicable illusion (for which the Śáṅkaras contend).

It shouldn't be assumed that the Veda also provides evidence of the existence of cosmological illusion, in the phrase, Enveloped in untruth (anṛita); because the term untruth (anṛita) indicates something different from truth (ṛita). The word ṛita has a passive connotation, as shown in the phrase, Drinking ṛita. Ṛita refers to actions performed without the desire for reward, which leads to the bliss of the Supreme Spirit through his favor. In this context, untruth (anṛita) refers to the limited benefits experienced during the cycle of rebirth, as opposed to those resulting from pleasing the Supreme Spirit,[71] where these temporal benefits hinder the achievement of ultimate existence (brahman); the full passage (when the context is provided) states: Those who do not reach this supreme realm (brahma-loka) are enveloped in untruth. Additionally, in texts like Let him recognize illusion (máyá) as the primary creative cause (prakṛiti), the term (máyá) signifies the creative cause, made up of the three "cords" (guṇa), which gives rise to the diverse universe. It does not refer to the inexplicable illusion (which some, like the Śáṅkaras, argue about).

In such passages as, By him the defender of the body of the child, moving rapidly, the thousand illusions (máyá) of the barbarian were swooped upon as by a hawk, we observe that the word "illusion" (máyá) designates the really existent weapon of a Titan, capable of projective diversified creation. The Veda, then, never sets out an inexplicable illusion. Nor (is the cosmical illusion to be inferred from the "grand text," That art thou), inasmuch as the words, That art thou, being incompetent to teach unity, and indicating a conditionate Supreme Spirit, we cannot understand by them the essential unity of the mutually exclusive supreme and individual spirits; for such a supposition (as that they are identical) would violate the law of excluded middle. To explain this. The term That denotes the Supreme Spirit exempt from all imperfections, of illimitable excellence, a repository of innumerable auspicious attributes, to whom the emanation, sustentation, retractation of the universe is a pastime;[108] such being the Supreme Spirit, spoken of in such texts as, That desired, let me be many, let me bring forth. Perhaps the word Thou, referring to the same object (as the word That), denotes the Supreme Spirit characterised by consciousness, having all individual spirits as his body; for a "reference to the same object" designates one thing determined by two modes. Here, perhaps, an Advaita-vádin may reply: Why [72]may not the purport of the reference to the same object in the words, That art thou, be undifferenced essence, the unity of souls, these words (That and thou) having a (reciprocally) implicate power by abandonment of opposite portions of their meaning; as is the case in the phrase, This is that Devadatta. In the words, This is that Devadatta, we understand by the word That, a person in relation to a different time and place, and by the word This, a person in relation to the present time and place. That both are one and the same is understood by the form of predication ("reference to the same object"). Now as one and the same thing cannot at the same time be known as in different times and places, the two words (This and That) must refer to the essence (and not to the accidents of time and place), and unity of essence can be understood. Similarly in the text, That art thou, there is implicated an indivisible essence by abandonment of the contradictory portions (of the denotation), viz., finite cognition (which belongs to the individual soul or Thou), and infinite cognition (which belongs to the real or unindividual soul). This suggestion (the Rámánujas reply) is unsatisfactory, for there is no opposition (between This and That) in the example (This is that Devadatta), and consequently not the smallest particle of "implication" (lakshaṇá, both This and That being used in their denotative capacity). The connection of one object with two times past and present involves no contradiction. And any contradiction supposed to arise from relation to different places may be avoided by a supposed difference of time, the existence in the distant place being past, and the existence in the near being present. Even if we concede to you the "implication," the (supposed) contradiction being avoidable by supposing one term (either That or Thou) to be implicative, it is unnecessary to admit that both words are implicative. Otherwise (if we admit that both words are implicative), if it be granted that the one thing may be recognised, with the concomitant assurance that it differs as this and[73] as that, permanence in things will be inadmissible, and the Buddhist assertor of a momentary flux of things will be triumphant.

In passages like, "By him, the defender of the child’s body, moving swiftly, the countless illusions (máyá) of the barbarian were captured like a hawk," we see that the term "illusion" (máyá) refers to a genuinely existing weapon of a Titan, capable of creating diverse projections. The Veda does not present an incomprehensible illusion. Nor should the cosmological illusion be inferred from the "great text," "That art thou," because the phrase "That art thou," cannot convey unity and only points to a conditioned Supreme Spirit. Therefore, we can't interpret this as indicating the essential unity of the separate supreme and individual spirits; assuming they are identical would violate the principle of excluded middle. To clarify, "That" signifies the Supreme Spirit, free from all flaws, of limitless excellence, and a holder of countless auspicious qualities, for whom the emanation, maintenance, and retraction of the universe is merely a pastime; such is the Supreme Spirit referred to in texts like, "That desired, let me be many, let me create." Perhaps "Thou," referring to the same entity (as "That"), represents the Supreme Spirit characterized by consciousness, having all individual spirits as His form; since a "reference to the same object" indicates one thing seen in two different ways. Here, an Advaita-vádin might ask: Why [72] can’t the meaning of the reference to the same object in "That art thou" be an undivided essence, the unity of souls, with "That" and "Thou" having an interconnected meaning by shedding opposing parts of their definitions, much like in the phrase, "This is that Devadatta"? In "This is that Devadatta," we understand "That" to relate to an individual at a different time and place, while "This" refers to an individual in relation to the current time and place. It is understood that both refer to the same person through the structure of the statement ("reference to the same object"). Since the same entity cannot simultaneously be known as existing in different times and places, the two words ("This" and "That") must refer to essence rather than the circumstances of time and place, allowing us to grasp the unity of essence. Similarly, in the text "That art thou," there exists an implied indivisible essence by shedding the contradictory elements (of meaning), specifically finite understanding (which belongs to the individual soul or "Thou") and infinite understanding (which belongs to the real or non-individual soul). This proposition (the Rámánujas reply) is unsatisfactory because there is no opposition (between "This" and "That") in the example ("This is that Devadatta"), thus not even the slightest hint of "implication" (lakshaṇá, with both "This" and "That" being used literally). The connection of one object with two different times, past and present, carries no contradiction. Any presumed contradiction due to differing locations can be resolved by assuming a change in time, with the existence in the distant location being past, and the existence in the nearby location being present. Even if we concede to you the "implication," the (supposed) contradiction can be avoided by assuming that either term (either "That" or "Thou") holds an implicative meaning, making it unnecessary to agree that both words are implicative. Otherwise (if we claim both words are implicative), if it’s acknowledged that the singular entity can be understood, while also maintaining that it differs as this and [73] as that, then the permanence of things will be untenable, and the Buddhist argument for a constant flux of existence will prevail.

We have, therefore (the Rámánujas continue), laid it down in this question that there is no contradiction in the identity of the individual and the Supreme Spirit, the individual spirits being the body and the Supreme Spirit the soul. For the individual spirit as the body, and therefore a form, of the Supreme Spirit, is identical with the Supreme Spirit, according to another text, Who abiding in the soul, is the controller of the soul, who knows the soul, of whom soul is the body.

We have, therefore (the Rámánujas continue), established in this discussion that there is no conflict in the relationship between the individual and the Supreme Spirit, with individual spirits being the body and the Supreme Spirit being the soul. The individual spirit, as the body and thus a form of the Supreme Spirit, is the same as the Supreme Spirit, according to another text, which states that He, residing in the soul, controls the soul, knows the soul, and of whom the soul is the body.

Your statement of the matter, therefore, is too narrow. All words are designatory of the Supreme Spirit. They are not all synonymous, a variety of media being possible; thus as all organised bodies, divine, human, &c., are forms of individual spirits, so all things (are the body of Supreme Spirit), all things are identical with Supreme Spirit. Hence—

Your explanation of the situation is too limited. All words represent the Supreme Spirit. They aren't all the same, as there are many ways to express this; just as all structured beings, whether divine or human, are manifestations of individual spirits, everything (is the body of the Supreme Spirit), everything is connected with the Supreme Spirit. Therefore—

God, Man, Yaksha, Piśácha, serpent, Rákshasa, bird, tree, creeper, wood, stone, grass, jar, cloth,—these and all other words, be they what they may, which are current among mankind as denotative by means of their base and its suffixes, as denoting those things, in denoting things of this or that apparent constitution, really denote the individual souls which assumed to them such body, and the whole complexus of things terminating in the Supreme Spirit ruling within. That God and all other words whatsoever ultimately denote the Supreme Spirit is stated in the Tattva-muktávalí and in the Chaturantara—

God, man, yaksha, piśácha, serpent, rákshasa, bird, tree, vine, wood, stone, grass, jar, cloth—these and all other terms used by people to express various ideas, whether they refer to physical objects or concepts, really point to the individual souls that inhabit those forms, as well as the entire collection of things that culminate in the Supreme Spirit governing everything. The idea that God and all other terms ultimately refer to the Supreme Spirit is mentioned in the Tattva-muktávalí and the Chaturantara—

"God, and all other words, designate the soul, none else than That, called the established entity,

"God, and all other words, refer to the soul, and nothing else but that, known as the established entity,

"Of this there is much significant and undoubted exemplification in common speech and in the Veda;

"There's a lot of clear and important examples of this in everyday language and in the Veda;

"Existence when dissociated from spirit is unknown; in the form of gods, mortals, and the rest[74]

"Existence, when separated from spirit, is a mystery; in the form of gods, humans, and everything else[74]

"When pervading the individual spirit, the infinite has made a diversity of names and forms in the world."

"When it fills the individual spirit, the infinite has created a variety of names and forms in the world."

In these words the author, setting forth that all words, God, and the rest, designate the body, and showing in the words, "No unity in systems," &c., the characteristic of body, and showing in the words, "By words which are substitutes for the essence of things," &c., that it is established that nothing is different from the universal Lord, lays down in the verses, Significant of the essence, &c., that all words ultimately designate the Supreme Spirit. All this may be ascertained from that work. The same matter has been enforced by Rámánuja in the Vedártha-saṅgraha, when analysing the Vedic text about names and forms.

In these words, the author explains that all words, God, and everything else refer to the body, and points out with the phrase, "No unity in systems," that this is a characteristic of the body. Additionally, by saying, "By words which are substitutes for the essence of things," it is established that nothing is separate from the universal Lord. In the verses, Significant of the essence, it is stated that all words ultimately refer to the Supreme Spirit. All of this can be found in that work. Rámánuja also emphasizes the same point in the Vedártha-saṅgraha when analyzing the Vedic text regarding names and forms.

Moreover, every form of evidence having some determinate object, there can be no evidence of an undetermined (unconditionate) reality. Even in non-discriminative perception it is a determinate (or conditioned) thing that is cognised. Else in discriminative perception there could not be shown to be a cognition characterised by an already presented form. Again, that text, That art thou, is not sublative of the universe as rooted in illusion, like a sentence declaratory that what was illusorily presented, as a snake is a piece of rope; nor does knowledge of the unity of the absolute and the soul bring (this illusory universe) to an end; for we have already demonstrated that there is no proof of these positions.

Moreover, since every form of evidence has a specific object, there can't be evidence of an undefined (unconditioned) reality. Even in non-discriminative perception, it's a specific (or conditioned) thing that is recognized. Otherwise, in discriminative perception, there wouldn't be a cognition characterized by a previously presented form. Also, the phrase "That art thou" does not negate the universe as rooted in illusion, like saying what was mistakenly seen, such as a snake, is actually a piece of rope; nor does understanding the unity of the absolute and the soul bring an end to this illusory universe; because we have already shown that there is no proof of these claims.

Nor is there an absurdity (as the Śáṅkaras would say), on the hypothesis enunciatory of the reality of the universe, in affirming that by a cognition of one there is a cognition of all things: for it is easily evinced that the mundane egg, consisting of the primary cause (prakṛiti), intellect, self-position, the rudimentary elements, the gross elements, the organs (of sense and of action), and the fourteen worlds, and the gods, animals, men, immovable things, and so forth, that exist within it, constituting a complex of all forms, is all an effect, and that from the single cognition[75] of absolute spirit as its (emanative) cause, when we recognise that all this is absolute spirit (there being a tautology between cause and effect), there arises cognition of all things, and thus by cognition of one cognition of all. Besides, if all else than absolute spirit were unreal, then all being non-existent, it would follow that by one cognition all cognition would be sublated.

Nor is there any absurdity (as the Śáṅkaras would claim) in the idea that by understanding one thing, we can understand everything, given the reality of the universe. It's clear that the mundane egg, which includes the primary cause (prakṛiti), intellect, self-position, the basic elements, the physical elements, the organs (of sense and action), and the fourteen worlds along with the gods, animals, humans, immovable objects, and so on—all together creating a complex of every form— is simply an effect. From the single understanding[75] of absolute spirit as its (emanative) cause, when we recognize that all of this is absolute spirit (where cause and effect are essentially the same), we gain knowledge of everything. Therefore, by knowing one thing, we also know all. Additionally, if everything except absolute spirit were unreal, then if nothing exists, it would mean that through one understanding, all understanding would be negated.

It is laid down (by the Rámánujas) that retractation into the universe (pralaya) is when the universe, the body whereof consists of souls and the originant (prakṛiti), returns to its imperceptible state, unsusceptible of division by names and forms, existing as absolute spirit the emanative cause; and that creation (or emanation) is the gross or perceptible condition of absolute spirit, the body whereof is soul and not soul divided by diversity of names and forms, in the condition of the (emanative) effect of absolute spirit. In this way the identity of cause and effect laid down in the aphorism (of Vyása) treating of origination, is easily explicable. The statements that the Supreme Spirit is void of attributes, are intended (it is shown) to deny thereof phenomenal qualities which are to be escaped from by those that desire emancipation. The texts which deny plurality are explained as allowed to be employed for the denial of the real existence of things apart from the Supreme Spirit, which is identical with all things, it being Supreme Spirit which subsists under all forms as the soul of all, all things sentient and unsentient being forms as being the body of absolute Spirit.[109]

It’s established (by the Rámánujas) that the retraction into the universe (pralaya) occurs when the universe, made up of souls and the source (prakṛiti), goes back to its unnoticeable state, not divided by names and forms, existing as pure spirit, the original cause; and that creation (or emanation) represents the tangible or noticeable condition of pure spirit, where the essence is soul and not soul divided by the diversity of names and forms, in the state of the (emanative) effect of pure spirit. This way, the unity of cause and effect, as mentioned in the aphorism (of Vyása) about origination, is easily understood. The claims that the Supreme Spirit is free from attributes are meant to reject the phenomenal qualities that those seeking liberation should avoid. The texts denying plurality are interpreted as being acceptable to express the denial of the real existence of things separate from the Supreme Spirit, which is identical to all things, as it is the Supreme Spirit that exists under all forms as the essence of everything; all sentient and non-sentient things are forms that constitute the body of pure Spirit.[109]

What is the principle here involved, pluralism or monism, or a universe both one and more than one? Of these alternatives monism is admitted in saying that Supreme Spirit alone subsists in all forms as all is its body; both unity and plurality are admitted in saying that one only Supreme Spirit subsists under a plurality of forms diverse as soul and not-soul; and plurality is admitted in saying [76]that the essential natures of soul, not-soul, and the Lord, are different, and not to be confounded.

What is the principle at play here, pluralism or monism, or a universe that is both one and more than one? Among these options, monism is acknowledged by stating that the Supreme Spirit exists in all forms since everything is its body; both unity and plurality are recognized when we say that there is only one Supreme Spirit existing in many different forms, such as soul and not-soul; and plurality is acknowledged when we say that the essential natures of soul, not-soul, and the Lord are distinct and should not be mixed up.

Of these (soul, not-soul, and the Lord), individual spirits, or souls, consisting of uncontracted and unlimited pure knowledge, but enveloped in illusion, that is, in works from all eternity, undergo contraction and expansion of knowledge according to the degrees of their merits. Soul experiences fruition, and after reaping pleasures and pains proportionate to merits and demerits, there ensues knowledge of the Lord, or attainment of the sphere of the Lord. Of things which are not-soul, and which are objects of fruition (or experience of pleasure and pain), unconsciousness, unconduciveness to the end of man, susceptibility of modification, and the like, are the properties. Of the Supreme Lord the attributes are subsistence, as the internal controller (or animator) of both the subjects and the objects of fruition; the boundless glory of illimitable knowledge, dominion, majesty, power, brightness, and the like, the countless multitude of auspicious qualities; the generation at will of all things other than himself, whether spiritual or non-spiritual; various and infinite adornment with unsurpassable excellence, singular, uniform, and divine.

Of these (soul, not-soul, and the Lord), individual spirits, or souls, consist of uncontracted and unlimited pure knowledge but are surrounded by illusion, meaning they are involved in actions from all eternity. They experience the contraction and expansion of knowledge based on their merits. The soul goes through experiences, and after enjoying pleasures and facing pains according to its merits and demerits, it gains knowledge of the Lord, or reaches the realm of the Lord. The things that are not-soul, which are objects of experience (or the enjoyment of pleasure and pain), have properties like unconsciousness, lack of ability to fulfill man’s purpose, and susceptibility to change. The attributes of the Supreme Lord include existence as the internal controller (or animator) of both the subjects and objects of experience; the infinite glory of boundless knowledge, authority, greatness, power, radiance, and countless other auspicious qualities; the ability to create all things other than Himself, whether spiritual or not; and various, endless adornments of unsurpassed excellence, unique, consistent, and divine.

Veṅkaṭa-nátha has given the following distribution of things:—

Veṅkaṭa-nátha has provided the following breakdown of items:—

"Those who know it have declared the principle to be twofold, substance and non-substance;

"Those who understand it have said the principle has two parts: substance and non-substance;

"Substance is dichotomised as unsentient and sentient; the former being the unevolved (avyakta), and time.

"Substance is divided into two categories: non-sentient and sentient; the former being the undeveloped (avyakta), and time."

"The latter is the 'near' (pratyak) and the 'distant' (parák); the 'near' being twofold, as either soul or the Lord;

"The latter is the 'near' (pratyak) and the 'distant' (parák); the 'near' has two forms, either the soul or the Lord;

"The 'distant' is eternal glory and intelligence; the other principle some have called the unsentient primary."

"The 'distant' represents eternal glory and knowledge; the other principle has been referred to by some as the unconscious primary."

Of these[77]

Of these

"Substance undergoes a plurality of conditions; the originant is possessed of goodness and the other cords;

"Substance goes through various conditions; the origin has goodness and the other ties;

"Time has the form of years, &c.; soul is atomic and cognisant; the other spirit is the Lord;

"Time comes in years, and so on; the soul is made up of atoms and is aware; the other spirit is the Lord;

"Eternal bliss has been declared as transcending the three cords (or modes of phenomenal existence), and also as characterised by goodness;

"Eternal happiness has been described as surpassing the three cords (or modes of sensational existence), and also as defined by goodness;

"The cognisable manifestation of the cognisant is intelligence; thus are the characteristics of substance summarily recounted."

"The noticeable expression of awareness is intelligence; this is a brief overview of the traits of substance."

Of these (soul, not-soul, and the Lord), individual spirits, called souls, are different from the Supreme Spirit and eternal. Thus the text: Two birds, companions, friends, &c. (Rig-Veda, i. 164, 20). Accordingly it is stated (in the aphorisms of Kaṇáda, iii. 2, 20), Souls are diverse by reason of diversity of conditions. The eternity of souls is often spoken of in revelation—

Of these (soul, not-soul, and the Lord), individual spirits, referred to as souls, are distinct from the Supreme Spirit and are eternal. Therefore, the text says: Two birds, companions, friends, etc. (Rig-Veda, i. 164, 20). It is also noted (in the aphorisms of Kaṇáda, iii. 2, 20) that souls are different due to the variety of conditions. The eternity of souls is frequently mentioned in revelation—

"The soul is neither born, nor dies, nor having been shall it again cease to be;

"The soul is never born, never dies, and will not stop existing once it has been."

"Unborn, unchanging, eternal, this ancient of days is not killed when the body is killed" (Bhagavad-gítá, ii. 20).

"Unborn, unchanging, eternal, this ancient of days does not die when the body dies" (Bhagavad-gítá, ii. 20).

Otherwise (were the soul not eternal) there would follow a failure of requital and a fruition (of pleasures and pains) unmerited. It has accordingly been said (in the aphorisms of Gautaṃa, iii. 25): Because no birth is seen of one who is devoid of desire. That the soul is atomic is well known from revelation—

Otherwise (if the soul were not eternal) there would be an absence of justice and a fulfillment of (pleasures and pains) that isn't deserved. It has been stated (in the aphorisms of Gautaṃa, iii. 25): Because no birth is observed for someone who lacks desire. It is widely acknowledged from revelation that the soul is atomic—

"If the hundredth part of a hair be imagined to be divided a hundred times,

"If you imagine the hundredth part of a hair divided a hundred times,

"The soul may be supposed a part of that, and yet it is capable of infinity."

"The soul might be considered a part of that, and yet it can hold infinite potential."

And again—

And once more—

"Soul is of the size of the extremity of the spoke of a wheel. Spirit is to be recognised by the intelligence as atomic."

"Soul is about the size of the tip of a wheel's spoke. Spirit should be understood by the mind as atomic."

The visible, unsentient world, designated by the term not-soul, is divided into three, as the object, the instrument, or the site of fruition. Of this world the efficient and substantial cause is the Deity, known under the names Purushottama (best of spirits), Vásudeva (a patronymic of Kṛishṇa), and the like.

The visible, non-sentient world, referred to as not-soul, is divided into three categories: the object, the tool, or the place of fulfillment. The efficient and substantial cause of this world is the Deity, known by names such as Purushottama (the best of spirits) and Vásudeva (a name for Kṛishṇa), among others.

"Vásudeva is the supreme absolute spirit, endowed with auspicious attributes,

"Vásudeva is the ultimate absolute spirit, characterized by positive qualities,

"The substantial cause, the efficient of the worlds, the animator of spirits."

"The significant cause, the driving force of the worlds, the inspirer of souls."

This same Vásudeva, infinitely compassionate, tender to those devoted to him, the Supreme Spirit, with the purpose of bestowing various rewards apportioned to the deserts of his votaries in consequence of pastime, exists under five modes, distinguished as "adoration" (archá), "emanation" (vibhava), "manifestation" (vyúha), "the subtile" (súkshma), and the "internal controller." (1.) "Adoration" is images, and so forth. (2.) "Emanation" is his incarnation, as Ráma, and so forth. (3.) His "manifestation" is fourfold, as Vásudeva, Saṅkarshaṇa, Pradyumna, and Aniruddha. (4.) "The subtile" is the entire Supreme Spirit, with six attributes, called Vásudeva. His attributes are exemption from sin, and the rest. That he is exempt from sin is attested in the Vedic text: Passionless, deathless, without sorrow, without hunger, desiring truth, true in purpose. (5.) The "internal controller," the actuator of all spirits, according to the text: Who abiding in the soul, rules the soul within. When by worshipping each former embodiment a mass of sins inimical to the end of the soul (i.e., emancipation) have been destroyed, the votary becomes entitled to practise the worship of each latter embodiment. It has, therefore, been said—

This same Vásudeva, endlessly compassionate and kind to his devotees, the Supreme Spirit, exists in five forms to grant various rewards based on the merits of his followers due to their past actions. These forms are called "adoration" (archá), "emanation" (vibhava), "manifestation" (vyúha), "the subtile" (súkshma), and the "internal controller." (1.) "Adoration" refers to images and similar representations. (2.) "Emanation" pertains to his incarnations, such as Ráma, among others. (3.) His "manifestation" is in four forms: Vásudeva, Saṅkarshaṇa, Pradyumna, and Aniruddha. (4.) "The subtile" encompasses the entire Supreme Spirit, known as Vásudeva, who possesses six attributes, including being free from sin. The Vedic text affirms that he is passionless, deathless, without sorrow, without hunger, truth-seeking, and genuine in purpose. (5.) The "internal controller" is the influencer of all spirits, as described in the text: Who, residing in the soul, governs the soul from within. When the devotee's worship of these earlier forms has helped eliminate a significant amount of sins that obstruct the soul's liberation (i.e., emancipation), they become eligible to practice devotion to the subsequent forms. Hence, it has been stated—

"Vásudeva, in his tenderness to his votaries, gives, as desired by each,

"Vásudeva, in his kindness to his devotees, gives, as requested by each,"

"According to the merits of his qualified worshippers, large recompense.[79]

According to the worth of his dedicated followers, great rewards. [79]

"For that end, in pastime he makes to himself his five embodiments;

"For that purpose, in his free time he creates five versions of himself;

"Images and the like are 'adoration;' his incarnations are 'emanations;'

"Images and similar things are 'adoration;' his incarnations are 'emanations;'

"As Saṅkarshaṅa, Vásudeva, Pradyumna, Aniruddha, his manifestation is to be known to be fourfold; 'the subtile' is the entire six attributes;

"As Saṅkarshaṅa, Vásudeva, Pradyumna, Aniruddha, his manifestation is recognized as fourfold; 'the subtle' encompasses all six attributes;

"That self-same called Vásudeva is styled the Supreme Spirit;

"That same person known as Vásudeva is referred to as the Supreme Spirit;

"The internal controller is declared as residing in the soul, the actuator of the soul,

"The internal controller is said to be located in the soul, acting as its driver,"

"Described in a multitude of texts of the Upanishads, such as 'Who abiding in the soul.'

"Described in a variety of texts from the Upanishads, like 'Who lives in the soul.'"

"By the worship of 'adoration,' a man casting off his defilement becomes a qualified votary;

"Through the practice of 'adoration,' a person sheds their impurities and becomes a worthy devotee;

"By the subsequent worship of 'emanation,' he becomes qualified for the worship of 'manifestation;' next,

"By the later worship of 'emanation,' he becomes ready for the worship of 'manifestation;' next,"

"By the worship thereafter of 'the subtile,' he becomes able to behold the 'internal controller.'"

"By worshiping 'the subtle' afterwards, he becomes able to see the 'inner controller.'"

The worship of the Deity is described in the Pañcha-rátra as consisting of five elements, viz., (1.) the access, (2.) the preparation, (3.) oblation, (4.) recitation, (5.) devotion. Of these, access is the sweeping, smearing, and so forth, of the way to the temple. The preparation is the provision of perfumes, flowers, and the like appliances of worship. Oblation is worship of the deities. Recitation is the muttered ejaculation of sacred texts, with attention to what they mean, the rehearsal of hymns and lauds of Vishṇu, the commemoration of his names, and study of institutes which set forth the truth. Devotion is meditation on the Deity. When the vision of the visible world has been brought to a close by knowledge accumulated by the merit of such worship, the infinitely compassionate Supreme Spirit, tender to his votaries, bestows upon the votary devoted to his lord and absorbed in his lord, his own sphere infinite and endless, marked by consciousness[80] of being like him, from which there is no future return (to the sorrows of transmigratory existence). So the traditionary text—

The worship of the Deity is described in the Pañcha-rátra as consisting of five elements: (1.) access, (2.) preparation, (3.) oblation, (4.) recitation, (5.) devotion. Access involves cleaning and preparing the way to the temple. Preparation includes providing perfumes, flowers, and other items used in worship. Oblation refers to the worship of the deities. Recitation is the quiet chanting of sacred texts, with an understanding of their meanings, the reciting of hymns and praises of Vishṇu, the remembering of his names, and studying the teachings that reveal the truth. Devotion is the meditation on the Deity. When the understanding of the visible world comes to an end through the knowledge gained from such worship, the infinitely compassionate Supreme Spirit, who is gentle with his devotees, grants the devoted votary, who is focused on his lord, an infinite and eternal realm, characterized by the consciousness of being like him, from which there is no return to the sufferings of rebirth. So the traditional text—

"When they have come to me, the high-souled no longer undergo future birth, a receptacle of pain, transitory, having attained to the supreme consummation.

"When they come to me, the high-souled no longer experience future birth, a source of pain, temporary, having achieved the ultimate fulfillment."

"Vásudeva, having found his votary, bestows upon him his own mansion, blissful, undecaying, from whence there is no more return."

"Vásudeva, upon finding his follower, grants him his own mansion, filled with happiness and everlasting, from which there is no turning back."

After laying up all this in his heart, leaning upon the teaching of the great Upanishad, and finding the gloss on the Vedánta aphorisms by the venerated Bodháyanachárya too prolix, Rámánuja composed a commentary on the Śárírakamímánsá (or Vedánta theosophy). In this the sense of the first aphorism, "Then hence the absolute must be desired to be known," is given as follows:—The word then in this aphorism means, after understanding the hitherto-current sacred rites. Thus the glossator writes: "After learning the sacred rites," he desires to know the absolute. The word hence states the reason, viz., because one who has read the Veda and its appendages and understands its meaning is averse from sacred rites, their recompense being perishable. The wish to know the absolute springs up in one who longs for permanent liberation, as being the means of such liberation. By the word absolute is designated the Supreme Spirit, from whom are essentially excluded all imperfections, who is of illimitable excellence, and of innumerable auspicious attributes. Since then the knowledge of sacred rites and the performance of those rites is mediately through engendering dispassionateness, and through putting away the defilement of the understanding, an instrument of the knowledge of the absolute; and knowledge of sacred rites and knowledge of the absolute being consequently cause and effect, the former and the latter Mímánsá constitute one system of institutes. On this account the glossator has described[81] this system as one with the sixteenfold system of Jaimini. That the fruit of sacred rites is perishable, and that of the knowledge of the absolute imperishable, has been laid down in virtue of Vedic texts, such as: Scanning the spheres gained by rites, let him become passionless; Not wrought by the rite performed, accompanied with inference and disjunctive reasoning. Revelation, by censuring each when unaccompanied by the other, shows that it is knowledge together with works that is efficacious of emancipation, in the words: Blind darkness they enter who prefer illusion, and a greater darkness still do they enter who delight in knowledge only; knowledge and illusion, he who knows these both, he passing beyond death together with illusion, tastes immortality by knowledge. Conformably it is said in the Pañcharátra-rahasya—

After taking all this to heart, relying on the teachings of the great Upanishad, and finding the commentary on the Vedánta aphorisms by the esteemed Bodháyanachárya to be too lengthy, Rámánuja wrote a commentary on the Śárírakamímánsá (or Vedánta theosophy). In this, the meaning of the first aphorism, "Then hence the absolute must be desired to be known," is explained as follows:—The word then in this aphorism refers to the moment after understanding the previously established sacred rites. Thus, the commentator states: "After learning the sacred rites," one wishes to know the absolute. The word hence indicates the reason, namely, that someone who has read the Veda and its texts and understands their meaning is turned away from sacred rites because their rewards are temporary. The desire to know the absolute arises in someone who seeks lasting liberation, as it is the means to achieve such liberation. The term absolute refers to the Supreme Spirit, from whom all imperfections are essentially absent, who possesses unlimited excellence and countless auspicious qualities. Because the knowledge of sacred rites and their practice ultimately leads to dispassion and the cleansing of the mind, they serve as a means to understand the absolute; thus, knowledge of sacred rites and knowledge of the absolute act as cause and effect, with both Mímánsá being part of a unified system. For this reason, the commentator has characterized[81] this system as aligned with the sixteenfold system of Jaimini. It has been established through Vedic texts, such as: Scanning the realms attained through rites, let him be free from passion; Not produced by the performed rite, accompanied by inference and logical reasoning. Revelation, by criticizing one when lacking the other, indicates that it is knowledge along with actions that leads to liberation, as expressed in the saying: Blind darkness they enter who prefer illusion, and an even greater darkness they enter who take delight in knowledge alone; he who understands both knowledge and illusion, passing beyond death with illusion, experiences immortality through knowledge. Accordingly, it is stated in the Pañcharátra-rahasya—

"That ocean of compassion, the Lord, tender to his votaries,

"That vast sea of compassion, the Lord, gentle with his followers,"

"For his worshipper's sake takes five embodiments upon him.

"For the sake of his follower, he takes on five forms."

"These are styled Adoration, Emanation, Manifestation, the Subtile, the Internal Controller,

"These are called Adoration, Emanation, Manifestation, the Subtle, the Inner Controller,

"Resorting whereto souls attain to successive stages of knowledge.

"Resorting to which souls reach different levels of understanding."

"As a man's sins are worn away by each successive worship,

"As a man's sins are gradually removed with every act of worship,

"He becomes qualified for the worship of each next embodiment.

"He becomes qualified to worship each subsequent embodiment."

"Thus day by day, according to religion, revealed and traditional,

"Thus day by day, following both revealed and traditional religion,

"By the aforesaid worship Vásudeva becomes propitious to mankind.

"Through the worship mentioned above, Vásudeva becomes favorable to humanity."

"Hari, when propitiated by devotion in the form of meditation,

"Hari, when pleased by devotion expressed through meditation,

"At once brings to a close that illusion which is the aggregate of works.

"At once ends that illusion which is the totality of works."

"Then in souls the essential attributes, from which transmigration has vanished,[82]

"Then in souls the essential attributes, from which transmigration has vanished,[82]

"Are manifested, auspicious, omniscience, and the rest.

"Are shown, favorable, all-knowing, and the rest."

"These qualities are common to the emancipated spirits and the Lord,

"These qualities are common to the free spirits and the Lord,

"Universal efficiency alone among them is peculiar to the Deity.

"Only the Deity possesses universal efficiency among them."

"Emancipated spirits are ulterior to the infinite absolute, which is unsusceptible of aught ulterior;

"Emancipated spirits are beyond the infinite absolute, which isn't affected by anything beyond it;

"They enjoy all beatitudes together with that Spirit."

"They experience all blessings along with that Spirit."

It is therefore stated that those who suffer the three kinds of pain must, for the attainment of immortality, investigate the absolute spirit known under such appellations as the Highest Being. According to the maxim: The base and the suffix convey the meaning conjointly, and of these the meaning of the suffix takes the lead, the notion of desire is predominant (in the word jijñásitavya), and desired knowledge is the predicate (in the aphorism, Then hence the absolute must be desired to be known). Knowledge is cognition designated by such terms as meditation, devotion; not the merely superficial knowledge derived from verbal communication, such being competent to any one who hears a number of words and understands the force of each, even without any predication; in conformity with such Vedic texts as: Self indeed it is that is to be seen, to be heard, to be thought, to be pondered; He should meditate that it is self alone; Having known, let him acquire excellent wisdom; He should know that which is beyond knowledge. In these texts "to be heard" is explanatory, hearing being understood (but not enounced) in the text about sacred study (viz., shaḍaṅgena vedo'dhyeyo jñeyaścha, the Veda, with its six appendages, is to be studied and known); so that a man who has studied the Veda must of his own accord, in acquiring the Veda and its appendages, engage in "hearing," in order to ascertain the sense by examining it and the occasion of its enouncement. The term "to be thought" (or "to be inferred") is also explanatory, cogitation (or inference) being understood[83] as the complementary meaning of hearing, according to the aphorism: Before its signification is attained the system is significant. Meditation is a reminiscence consisting of an unbroken succession of reminiscences like a stream of oil, it being revealed in the text, in continuity of reminiscence there is a solution of all knots,—that it is unintermittent reminiscence that is the means of emancipation. And this reminiscence is tantamount to intuition.

It is therefore stated that those who experience the three types of suffering must, in order to achieve immortality, explore the ultimate spirit referred to as the Highest Being. According to the principle: The base and the suffix convey meaning together, with the suffix taking precedence, the concept of desire is dominant (in the word jijñásitavya), and the sought-after knowledge is the main idea (in the saying, Thus, the absolute must be desired to be known). Knowledge is understood through concepts like meditation and devotion; it is not just superficial knowledge gained from spoken words, which anyone can understand by hearing various words without any deeper meaning; in line with Vedic texts that say: Self, indeed, is what must be seen, heard, thought about, and contemplated; one should meditate on the idea that it is the self alone; having understood, one should attain profound wisdom; one should realize that which transcends knowledge. In these texts, "to be heard" is clarifying, with hearing being implied (but not stated) in the text concerning sacred study (i.e., shaḍaṅgena vedo'dhyeyo jñeyaścha, the Veda and its six limbs must be studied and understood); thus, an individual who has studied the Veda must, voluntarily, in acquiring the Veda and its limbs, engage in "hearing" to grasp the meaning by examining it and the context of its expression. The phrase "to be thought" (or "to be inferred") is also clarifying, with thought (or inference) understood as the complementary meaning of hearing, according to the saying: Before its meaning is grasped, the system holds significance. Meditation is a continuous flow of recollections, much like a stream of oil, as indicated in the text; in the flow of remembrance, all knots are untangled—this uninterrupted remembrance is the path to liberation. And this remembrance is equivalent to intuition.

"Cut is his heart's knot, solved are all his doubts,

"Cut is the knot of his heart, all his doubts are resolved,"

"And exhausted are all his works, when he has seen the Highest and Lowest,"

"And all his works are done when he has seen the Highest and the Lowest,"

because he becomes one with that Supreme. So also in the words, Self indeed is to be seen, it is predicated of this reminiscence that it is an intuition. Reminiscence becomes intuitional through the vivacity of the representations. The author of the Vákya has treated of all this in detail in the passage beginning Cognition is meditation. The characters of this meditation are laid out in the text: This soul is not attainable by exposition, nor by wisdom, nor by much learning; Whom God chooses by him God may be attained. To him this self unfolds its own nature. For it is that which is dearest which is choice-worthy, and as the soul finds itself most dear, so the Lord is of Himself most dear, as was declared by the Lord Himself—

because he becomes one with that Supreme. Similarly, in the words, Self is indeed to be recognized, it's stated that this remembrance is an insight. Remembrance becomes insightful through the vividness of the representations. The author of the Vákya has discussed all this in detail in the passage starting with Cognition is meditation. The aspects of this meditation are outlined in the text: This soul cannot be reached through explanation, or wisdom, or extensive learning; Whomever God chooses can attain God. To him, this self reveals its own nature. For it is that which is most precious that is worthy of choice, and just as the soul finds itself most precious, so the Lord is most precious to Himself, as was declared by the Lord Himself—

"To them always devoted, who worship me with love,

"To those who are always devoted to me and worship me with love,

"I give the devotion of understanding whereby they come to me."

"I provide the commitment to understanding that brings them to me."

And again—

And again—

"That Supreme Spirit, Arjuna, is attainable by faith unwavering."

"That ultimate Spirit, Arjuna, can be reached through unwavering faith."

But devotion (or faith) is a kind of cognition which admits no other motive than the illimitable beatitude, and is free from all other desires; and the attainment of this devotion is by discrimination and other means. As is said by the author of the Vákya: Attainment thereof[84] results from discrimination (viveka), exemption (vimoka), practice (abhyása), observance (kriyá), excellence (kalyáṇa), freedom from despondency (anavasáda), satisfaction (anuddharsha), according to the equivalence (of the definition), and the explication (of these terms). Of these means, discrimination is purity of nature, resultant from eating undefiled food, and the explication (of discrimination) is From purity of diet, purity of understanding, and by purity of understanding the unintermittent reminiscence. Exemption is non-attachment to sensuous desires; the explication being, Let the quietist meditate. Practice is reiteration; and of this a traditionary explication is quoted (from the Bhagavad-gítá) by (Rámánuja) the author of the commentary: For ever modified by the modes thereof. Observance is the performance of rites enjoined in revelation and tradition according to one's ability; the explication being (the Vedic text), He who has performed rites is the best of those that know the supreme. The excellences are veracity, integrity, clemency, charity (alms-giving), and the like; the explication being, It is attained by veracity. Freedom from despondency is the contrary of dejection; the explication being, This soul is not attained by the faint-hearted. Satisfaction is the contentment which arises from the contrary of dejection; the explication being, Quiescent, self-subdued. It has thus been shown that by the devotion of one in whom the darkness has been dispelled by the grace of the Supreme Spirit, propitiated by certain rites and observances, which devotion is meditation transformed into a presentative manifestation of soul, without ulterior motive, as incessantly and illimitably desired, the sphere of the Supreme Spirit (Vaikuṇṭha) is attained. Thus Yámuna says: Attainable by the final and absolute devotion of faith in one internally purified by both (works and knowledge); that is, in one whose internal organ is rectified by the devotion of works and knowledge.

But devotion (or faith) is a form of understanding that has no motive other than infinite joy and is free from all other desires. Achieving this devotion comes through discernment and various other means. As stated by the author of the Vákya: Attainment of it[84] results from discernment (viveka), liberation (vimoka), practice (abhyása), observance (kriyá), excellence (kalyáṇa), freedom from despair (anavasáda), and satisfaction (anuddharsha), according to the definition and explanation of these terms. Among these means, discernment is the purity of nature, resulting from consuming pure food, and the explanation of discernment includes purity of diet, clarity of understanding, and through clarity of understanding, continuous reflection. Liberation means non-attachment to sensual desires; the explanation is to let the quietist meditate. Practice is repetition; and a traditional explanation of this is quoted (from the Bhagavad-gítá) by (Rámánuja), the author of the commentary: Always influenced by its various modes. Observance is performing the rites prescribed in revelation and tradition according to one's capacity; the explanation being (the Vedic text), He who has performed the rites is the best among those who understand the supreme. The qualities include honesty, integrity, kindness, charity (almsgiving), and similar virtues; the explanation being, It is achieved through honesty. Freedom from despair is the opposite of dejection; the explanation being, This soul is not reached by the timid. Satisfaction is the contentment that arises from overcoming dejection; the explanation being, Calm and self-controlled. Thus, it has been demonstrated that through the devotion of someone whose darkness has been lifted by the grace of the Supreme Spirit, made favorable through certain rites and observances, this devotion is meditation transformed into a direct experience of the soul, without ulterior motives, as endlessly and infinitely desired, the realm of the Supreme Spirit (Vaikuṇṭha) is attained. Thus, Yámuna states: Achievable through the ultimate and supreme devotion of faith in one who is internally purified by both actions and knowledge; that is, in one whose inner being is refined by the devotion of actions and knowledge.

In anticipation of the inquiry, But what absolute is to[85] be desired to be known? the definition is given (in the second aphorism). From which the genesis, and so forth, of this. The genesis, and so forth, the creation (emanation), sustentation, and retractation (of the universe). The purport of the aphorism is that the emanation, sustentation, and retractation of this universe, inconceivably multiform in its structure, and interspersed with souls, from Brahmá to a tuft of grass, of determinate place, time, and fruition, is from this same universal Lord, whose essence is contrary to all qualities which should be escaped from, of illimitable excellences, such as indefeasible volition, and of innumerable auspicious attributes, omniscient, and omnipotent.

In preparation for the investigation, what absolute thing is to[85] be understood? The definition is provided (in the second aphorism). From this, we discuss the origin, and so on, of this. The origin, and so on, refers to the creation (emanation), maintenance, and retraction (of the universe). The main point of the aphorism is that the emanation, maintenance, and retraction of this universe, unimaginably diverse in its composition and filled with souls, from Brahmá to a blade of grass, each with its specific place, time, and purpose, comes from this same universal Lord, whose essence is free from all the qualities that should be avoided, possessing boundless excellences, such as unwavering will, and countless favorable attributes, being all-knowing and all-powerful.

In anticipation of the further inquiry, What proof is there of an absolute of this nature? It is stated that the system of institutes itself is the evidence (in the third aphorism): Because it has its source from the system. To have its source from the system is to be that whereof the cause or evidence is the system. The system, then, is the source (or evidence) of the absolute, as being the cause of knowing the self, which is the cause of knowing the absolute. Nor is the suspicion possible that the absolute may be reached by some other form of evidence. For perception can have no conversancy about the absolute since it is supersensible. Nor can inference, for the illation, the ocean, and the rest, must have a maker, because it is an effect like a water-pot, is worth about as much as a rotten pumpkin. It is evinced that it is such texts as, Whence also these elements, that prove the existence of the absolute thus described.

In anticipation of the further inquiry, what proof is there of an absolute of this nature? It is stated that the system of institutes itself is the evidence (in the third aphorism): because it originates from the system. To originate from the system means that the cause or evidence is the system. The system, then, is the source (or evidence) of the absolute, as it causes the knowledge of the self, which in turn causes the knowledge of the absolute. There is no doubt that the absolute could be reached through any other form of evidence. Perception cannot relate to the absolute since it is beyond the senses. Nor can inference work, because the illation, the ocean, and the rest must have a maker, as they are effects like a water pot, which is worth no more than a rotten pumpkin. It is shown that texts such as, "Whence also these elements," prove the existence of the absolute as described.

Though the absolute (it may be objected) be unsusceptible of any other kind of proof, the system, did it not refer to activity and cessation of activity, could not posit the absolute aforesaid. To avoid by anticipation any queries on this point, it is stated (in the fourth aphorism): But that is from the construction. This is intended to exclude the doubt anticipated. The evidence, then, of the[86] system is the only evidence that can be given of the absolute. Why? Because of the construction, that is because the absolute, that is, the highest end for man, is construed as the subject (of the first aphorism, viz., Then thence the absolute is to be desired to be known). Moreover, a sentence which has nothing to do either with activity or with cessation of activity is not therefore void of purpose, for we observe that sentences merely declaratory of the nature of things, such as, A son is born to you, This is not a snake, convey a purpose, viz., the cessation of joy or of fear. Thus there is nothing unaccounted for. We have here given only a general indication. The details may be learnt from the original (viz., Rámánuja's Bháshya on the Vedánta aphorisms); we therefore decline a further treatment, apprehensive of prolixity; and thus all is clear.[110]

Though it might be argued that the absolute can't be proven in any other way, the system wouldn't be able to establish that absolute unless it referenced action and the stopping of action. To preempt any questions about this, it is mentioned (in the fourth aphorism): But that is from the construction. This aims to eliminate the anticipated doubt. Therefore, the only proof of the absolute we can provide is the evidence from the system. Why? Because of the construction, which means that the absolute, or the ultimate goal for humanity, is viewed as the subject (of the first aphorism, i.e., Then thence the absolute is to be desired to be known). Additionally, a statement that doesn't relate to either action or inactivity still serves a purpose, as we see that purely declarative statements about the nature of things, such as "A son is born to you" or "This is not a snake," have a purpose, namely, to end joy or fear. Hence, nothing remains unexplained. We have provided just a general outline here. You can find the details in the original text (i.e., Rámánuja's Bháshya on the Vedánta aphorisms); therefore, we will refrain from further discussion to avoid being overly lengthy, and so everything is clear.[110]

A. E. G.

A.E.G.

FOOTNOTES:

[107] Cf. "The argument in defence of the Maxim of Contradiction is that it is a postulate employed in all the particular statements as to matters of daily experience that a man understands and acts upon when heard from his neighbours; a postulate such that, if you deny it, no speech is either significant or trustworthy to inform and guide those who hear it. You may cite innumerable examples both of speech and action in the detail of life, which the Herakleitean must go through like other persons, and when, if he proceeded upon his own theory, he could neither give nor receive information by speech, nor ground any action upon the beliefs which he declares to co-exist in his own mind. Accordingly the Herakleitean Kratylus (so Aristotle says) renounced the use of affirmative speech, and simply pointed with his finger."—Grote's Aristotle, vol. ii. pp. 297, 298.

[107] Cf. "The argument defending the Maxim of Contradiction is that it is a fundamental principle used in all the specific statements about everyday experiences that a person understands and acts on when they hear them from others; a principle that, if you deny it, makes any speech neither meaningful nor reliable for informing and guiding those who listen. You can provide countless examples of both speech and actions in daily life, which the Herakleitean must navigate like everyone else, and if he were to follow his own theory, he wouldn’t be able to give or receive information through speech or base any actions on the beliefs he claims are present in his own mind. As a result, the Herakleitean Kratylus (as Aristotle notes) gave up using affirmative speech and simply pointed with his finger."—Grote's Aristotle, vol. ii. pp. 297, 298.

[108] Cf. the dictum of Herakleitus: Making worlds is Zeus's pastime; and that of Plato (Laws, Book vii. p. 803): Man is made to be the plaything of God.

[108] See what Herakleitus said: Creating worlds is Zeus's hobby; and Plato's view (Laws, Book vii. p. 803): Humans are meant to be God's toys.

[109] "Whose body nature is, and God the soul."—Pope.

[109] "Whose body is nature, and whose soul is God."—Pope.

[110] For further details respecting Rámánuja and his system, see Wilson's Works, vol. i. pp. 34-46; and Banerjea's Dialogues, ix. The Tattva-muktávalí was printed in the Pandit for September 1871; but the lines quoted in p. 73 are not found there.

[110] For more information about Rámánuja and his teachings, check out Wilson's Works, vol. i, pp. 34-46, and Banerjea's Dialogues, ix. The Tattva-muktávalí was published in the Pandit in September 1871, but the lines quoted on p. 73 aren't included there.


CHAPTER V.

THE SYSTEM OF PURNA-PRAJNA.

Ánanda-tírtha (Púrṇa-prajña, or Madhva) rejected this same Rámánuja system, because, though like his own views, it teaches the atomic size of the soul, the servitude of the soul, the existence of the Veda without any personal author, the authenticity of the Veda, the self-evidence of the instruments of knowledge, the triad of evidences, dependency upon the Pañcha-rátra, the reality of plurality in the universe, and so forth,—yet, in accepting three hypotheses as to reciprocally contradictory divisions, &c., it coincides with the tenets of the Jainas. Showing that He is soul, That art thou, and a number of other texts of the Upanishads bear a different import under a different explanation, he set up a new system under the guise of a new explication of the Brahma-Mímáṇsá (or Vedánta).

Ánanda-tírtha (Púrṇa-prajña, or Madhva) rejected the Rámánuja system because, although it aligns with some of his views, it teaches that the soul is atomic, that the soul is in servitude, that the Veda exists without a personal author, that the Veda is authentic, that the instruments of knowledge are self-evident, that there are three types of evidence, that there is dependency on the Pañcha-rátra, and that plurality in the universe is real, among other things. However, by accepting three hypotheses that contradict each other, it aligns with the beliefs of the Jainas. By explaining that "He is soul," "That art thou," and several other texts from the Upanishads in a different way, he established a new system through a new interpretation of Brahma-Mímáṇsá (or Vedánta).

For in his doctrine ultimate principles are dichotomised into independent and dependent; as it is stated in the Tattva-viveka:—

For in his teachings, ultimate principles are divided into independent and dependent; as stated in the Tattva-viveka:—

"Independent and dependent, two principles are received;

"Independent and dependent, two principles are accepted;

"The independent is Vishṇu the Lord, exempt from imperfections, and of inexhaustible excellences."

"The independent one is Vishṇu the Lord, free from flaws, and full of infinite virtues."

Here it will be urged (by the Advaita-vádins): Why predicate of the absolute these inexhaustible excellences in the teeth of the Upanishads, which lay down that the absolute principle is void of homogeneity and heterogeneity, and of all plurality in itself? To this be it[88] replied: Not so, for these texts of the Upanishads, as contradictory of many proofs positive of duality, cannot afford proof of universal unity; perception, for example, in the consciousness, This is different from that, pronounces a difference between things, blue and yellow, and so forth. The opponent will rejoin: Do you hold that perception is cognisant of a perceptional difference, or of a difference constituted by the thing and its opposite? The former alternative will not hold: for without a cognition of the thing and its opposite, the recognition of the difference, which presupposes such a cognition, will be impossible. On the latter alternative it must be asked, Is the apprehension of the difference preceded by an apprehension of the thing and its contrary, or are all the three (the thing, its contrary, and the contrariety) simultaneously apprehended? It cannot be thus preceded, for the operation of the intellect is without delay (or without successive steps), and there would also result a logical seesaw (apprehension of the difference presupposing apprehension of the thing and its contrary, and apprehension of the thing and its contrary presupposing apprehension of the difference). Nor can there be a simultaneous apprehension (of the thing, its contrary, and the difference); for cognitions related as cause and effect cannot be simultaneous, and the cognition of the thing is the cause of the recognition of the difference; the causal relation between the two being recognised by a concomitance and non-concomitance (mutual exclusion), the difference not being cognised even when the thing is present, without a cognition of its absent contrary. The perception of difference, therefore (the opponent concludes), is not easily admissible. To this let the reply be as follows:—Are these objections proclaimed against one who maintains a difference identical with the things themselves, or against one who maintains a difference between things as the subjects of attributes? In the former case, you will be, as the saying runs, punishing a respectable Bráhman for the offence of a thief, the objections[89] you adduce being irrelevant. If it be urged that if it is the essence of the thing that is the difference, then it will no longer require a contrary counterpart; but if difference presuppose a contrary counterpart, it will exist everywhere; this statement must be disallowed, for while the essence of a thing is first known as different from everything else, the determinate usage (name and notion) may be shown to depend upon a contrary counterpart; for example, the essence of a thing so far as constituted by its dimensions is first cognised, and afterwards it becomes the object of some determinate judgment, as long or short in relation to some particular counterpart (or contrasted object). Accordingly, it is said in the Vishṇu-tattva-nirṇaya: "Difference is not proved to exist by the relation of determinant and determinate; for this relation of determinant and determinate (or predicate and subject) presupposes difference; and if difference were proved to depend upon the thing and its counterpart, and the thing and its counterpart to presuppose difference, difference as involving a logical circle could not be accounted for; but difference is itself a real predicament (or ultimate entity). For this reason (viz., because difference is a thing) it is that men in quest of a cow do not act (as if they had found her) when they see a gayal, and do not recall the word cow. Nor let it be objected that (if difference be a real entity and as such perceived) on seeing a mixture of milk and water, there would be a presentation of difference; for the absence of any manifestation of, and judgment about, the difference, may be accounted for by the force of (the same) obstructives (as hinder the perception of other things), viz., aggregation of similars and the rest." Thus it has been said (in the Sáṅkhya-káriká, v. vii.)—

Here it will be argued (by the Advaita-vádins): Why attribute these endless qualities to the absolute when the Upanishads state that the absolute principle is devoid of sameness, difference, and all multiplicity within itself? To this, it is[88] replied: Not so, because these texts from the Upanishads, contradicting many positive proofs of duality, cannot provide evidence of universal unity. For instance, perception in our consciousness, stating, "This is different from that," acknowledges a difference between things, like blue and yellow. The opponent will respond: Do you believe that perception acknowledges a perceptual difference or a difference created by the thing and its opposite? The first option doesn't hold: without recognizing the thing and its opposite, understanding the difference that relies on such recognition would be impossible. In the second option, we must ask, is the recognition of the difference preceded by recognizing the thing and its opposite, or are all three (the thing, its opposite, and the difference) recognized simultaneously? It cannot be preceded, as the intellect operates instantly (or without sequential steps), leading to a logical seesaw (the recognition of the difference requires acknowledging the thing and its opposite, while recognizing the thing and its opposite requires acknowledging the difference). There also can't be simultaneous recognition (of the thing, its opposite, and the difference); because cognitions that are causally related can't be simultaneous, with the cognition of the thing being the cause of the recognition of the difference; this causal relationship between the two is recognized through a conjunction and exclusion (they cannot exist together), meaning the difference isn't recognized even when the thing is present, without recognizing its absent opposite. Therefore, the opponent concludes that the perception of difference isn't easily accepted. To this, let's respond: Are these objections directed at someone who claims a difference identical to the things themselves, or someone who argues for a difference between things as the subjects of attributes? In the first case, as the saying goes, you would be punishing a respectable Brahmin for a thief's offense, as the objections[89] you raise are irrelevant. If it's stated that if it’s the essence of the thing that constitutes the difference, then it won't need a contrary counterpart; but if difference relies on a contrary counterpart, it will exist everywhere; this claim must be rejected. While the essence of a thing is initially known as different from everything else, the specific usage (name and concept) can be shown to depend on a contrary counterpart; for instance, the essence of a thing, as defined by its dimensions, is first recognized, and only afterwards does it become the subject of some definitive judgment, such as being long or short in relation to a particular counterpart (or contrasting object). As stated in the Vishṇu-tattva-nirṇaya: "Difference is not proven to exist by the relationship of determinant and determined; for this relationship presupposes difference; if difference were shown to depend on the thing and its counterpart, and the thing and its counterpart were to presuppose difference, then difference would lead to a logical circle and could not be understood; yet difference is itself a real state (or ultimate entity). For this reason (because difference is a thing), people searching for a cow don’t act (as if they found her) when they see a gayal, nor do they remember the word cow. Neither should it be argued that (if difference is a real entity and thus perceived) seeing a mix of milk and water would reveal a difference; for the lack of any manifestation of, and judgment about, the difference can be explained by the same obstructive forces (that hinder the perception of other things), like the aggregation of similarities, and so forth." Thus it has been stated (in the Sáṅkhya-káriká, v. vii.)—

"From too great remoteness, from too great nearness, from defect in the organs, from instability of the common sensory,

"Due to excessive distance, excessive closeness, problems with the senses, or instability in our shared perception,"

"From subtilty, from interposition, from being overpowered, and from aggregation of similars."

"From cleverness, from interference, from being overwhelmed, and from grouping of similar things."

There is no perception respectively of a tree and the like on the peak of a mountain, because of its too great remoteness; of collyrium applied to the eyes, and so forth, because of too great proximity; of lightning and the like, because of a defect in the organs; of a jar or the like in broad daylight, by one whose common sensory is bewildered by lust and other passions, because of instability of the common sensory; of an atom and the like, because of their subtility; of things behind a wall, and so forth, because of interposition; of the light of a lamp and the like, in the day-time, because of its being overpowered; of milk and water, because of the aggregation of similars.

There’s no way to perceive a tree or anything similar at the top of a mountain due to how far away it is; or to see something applied to the eyes, like eye drops, because it’s too close; or to notice lightning and related phenomena because of a problem with our senses; or to recognize a jar or similar object in broad daylight if someone’s senses are confused by desires and other emotions, due to the instability of perception; or to detect an atom or similar objects because they are too small; or to see things behind a wall because they’re blocked; or to notice the light from a lamp or similar items during the day because it gets overwhelmed; or to distinguish between milk and water because they look too similar.

Or let the hypothesis of difference in qualities be granted, and no harm is done; for given the apprehension of a subject of attributes and of its contrary, the presentation of difference in their modes is possible. Nor let it be supposed that on the hypothesis of difference in the modes of things, as each difference must be different from some ulterior difference, there will result an embarrassing progression to infinity, there being no occasion for the occurrence of the said ulterior difference, inasmuch as we do not observe that men think and say that two things are different as differenced from the different. Nor can an ulterior difference be inferred from the first difference, for there being no difference to serve as the example in such inference, there cannot but be a non-occurrence of inference. And thus it must be allowed that in raising the objection you have begged for a little oil-cake, and have had to give us gallons of oil. If there be no difference for the example the inference cannot emerge. The bride is not married for the destruction of the bridegroom. There being, then, no fundamental difficulty, this infinite progression presents no trouble.

Or let's accept the idea that there are differences in qualities, and that’s fine; because once we understand a subject's attributes and their opposites, we can present those differences in various ways. Also, let's not assume that if we consider differences in the nature of things, and each difference must be distinct from some further difference, it will lead to an endless chain of differences. There’s no need for the existence of this further difference, since we don’t see people thinking or saying that two things are different in relation to that further distinction. Plus, we can't conclude a further difference from the initial difference, because without a difference to use as an example in such reasoning, inference simply can't happen. So, in raising this objection, it’s like asking for a small piece of cake when you've ended up giving us tons of batter. If there are no differences to use as examples, the inference can't arise. The bride doesn’t get married by eliminating the bridegroom. Therefore, with no fundamental issue at hand, this endless progression isn’t a problem.

Difference (duality) is also ascertained by inference. Thus the Supreme Lord differs from the individual soul as the object of its obedience; and he who is to be obeyed by any person differs from that person, a king, for instance,[91] from his attendant. For men, desiring as they do the end of man, Let me have pleasure, let me not have the slightest pain, if they covet the position of their lord, do not become objects of his favour, nay, rather, they become recipients of all kinds of evil. He who asserts his own inferiority and the excellence of his superior, he it is who is to be commended; and the gratified superior grants his eulogist his desire. Therefore it has been said:—

Difference (duality) is also understood through reasoning. The Supreme Lord is different from the individual soul as the object of its obedience; and the one who is to be obeyed by anyone differs from that person, like a king, for example,[91] differs from his servant. People, wanting the ultimate goal of humanity—“I want pleasure and I don’t want any pain”—if they envy the position of their lord, do not gain his favor; instead, they just end up facing all sorts of troubles. The person who recognizes his own inferiority and the superiority of his superior is the one who deserves praise; and a satisfied superior grants his admirer what they desire. Therefore, it is said:—

"Kings destroy those who assert themselves to be kings,

"Kings take down those who claim to be kings,

"And grant to those who proclaim their kingly pre-eminence all that they desire."

"And give those who declare their royal superiority everything they wish for."

Thus the statement of those (Advaita-vádins) in their thirst to be one with the Supreme Lord, that the supreme excellence of Vishṇu is like a mirage, is as if they were to cut off their tongues in trying to get a fine plantain, since it results that through offending this supreme Vishṇu they must enter into the hell of blind darkness (andha-tamasa). The same thing is laid down by Madhya-mandira in the Mahábhárata-tátparya-nirṇaya:—

Thus, the claim by those (Advaita-vádins) who desire to merge with the Supreme Lord, that the supreme greatness of Vishṇu is like an illusion, is like cutting off their tongues in an attempt to get a good banana, since offending this supreme Vishṇu leads them to the hell of complete darkness (andha-tamasa). This point is also made by Madhya-mandira in the Mahábhárata-tátparya-nirṇaya:—

"O Daityas, enemies of the eternal, Vishṇu's anger is waxed great;

"O Daityas, foes of the eternal, Vishṇu's anger has grown strong;

"He hurls the Daityas into the blind darkness, because they decide blindly."

"He throws the Daityas into the complete darkness because they make their choices without thinking."

This service (or obedience of which we have spoken) is trichotomised into (1.) stigmatisation, (2.) imposition of names, (3.) worship.

This service (or obedience we discussed) is divided into (1.) labeling, (2.) assigning names, (3.) worship.

Of these, (1.) stigmatisation is (the branding upon oneself) of the weapons of Náráyaṇa (or Vishṇu) as a memorial of him, and as a means of attaining the end which is needful (emancipation). Thus the sequel of the Sákalya-samhitá:—

Of these, (1.) stigmatisation is (the marking on oneself) of the weapons of Náráyaṇa (or Vishṇu) as a remembrance of him and a way to achieve the necessary goal (liberation). Thus the sequel of the Sákalya-samhitá:—

"The man who bears branded in him the discus of the immortal Vishṇu, which is the might of the gods,

"The man who carries the mark of the immortal Vishṇu's discus, which is the power of the gods,

"He, shaking off his guilt, goes to the heaven (Vaiku[92]ṇṭha) which ascetics, whose desires are passed away, enter into:

"He, shaking off his guilt, goes to heaven (Vaiku[92]ṇṭha) that ascetics, free from desires, enter into:"

"The discus Sudarśana by which, uplifted in his arm, the gods entered that heaven;

"The discus Sudarśana, which he raised in his arm, allowed the gods to enter that heavenly realm;

"Marked wherewith the Manus projected the emanation of the world, that weapon Bráhmans wear (stamped upon them);

"Marked by which the Manus projected the emanation of the world, that weapon Bráhmans wear (stamped upon them);

"Stigmatised wherewith they go to the supreme sphere of Vishṇu;

"Stigmatized as they ascend to the highest realm of Vishṇu;

"Marked with the stigmas of the wide-striding (Vishṇu), let us become beatified."

"Marked with the signs of the wide-striding (Vishṇu), let us be blessed."

Again, the Taittiríyaka Upanishad says: "He whose body is not branded, is raw, and tastes it not: votaries bearing it attain thereto." The particular parts to be branded are specified in the Ágneya-puráṇa:—

Again, the Taittiríyaka Upanishad says: "He whose body is not branded is unrefined and cannot savor it: those who bear it will reach this state." The specific areas to be branded are outlined in the Ágneya-puráṇa:—

"On his right hand let the Bráhman wear Sudarśana,

"On his right hand let the Bráhman wear Sudarśana,

"On his left the conch-shell: thus have those who know the Veda declared."

"On his left was the conch shell: this is what those who understand the Veda have declared."

In another passage is given the invocation to be recited on being branded with the discus:—

In another section, there's a prayer to say when you're branded with the discus:—

"Sudarśana, brightly blazing, effulgent as ten million suns,

"Sudarśana, shining brightly, radiant like ten million suns,

"Show unto me, blind with ignorance, the everlasting way of Vishṇu.

"Show me, blind with ignorance, the eternal path of Vishṇu."

"Thou aforetime sprangest from the sea, brandished in the hand of Vishṇu,

"Once, you emerged from the sea, wielded by Vishṇu,

"Adored by all the gods; O Páṅchajanya, to thee be adoration."

"Beloved by all the gods; O Páṅchajanya, we worship you."

(2.) Imposition of names is the appellation of sons and others by such names as Keśava, as a continual memorial of the name of the Supreme Lord.

(2.) Giving names is the act of naming sons and others with names like Keśava, serving as a constant reminder of the name of the Supreme Lord.

(3.) Worship is of ten kinds, viz., with the voice, (1.) veracity, (2.) usefulness, (3.) kindliness, (4.) sacred study; with the body, (5.) alms-giving, (6.) defence, (7.) protection; with the common sensory, (8.) mercy, (9.) longing, and (10.) faith. Worship is the dedication to Náráyaṇa of each of these as it is realised. Thus it has been said:[93]

(3.) Worship comes in ten forms: with the voice, (1.) honesty, (2.) being helpful, (3.) kindness, (4.) studying the sacred texts; with the body, (5.) giving to charity, (6.) defending, (7.) providing protection; with the senses, (8.) compassion, (9.) desire, and (10.) faith. Worship is the act of dedicating each of these to Náráyaṇa as they are realized. It's been said:[93]

"Stigmatisation, imposition of names, worship; the last is of ten kinds."

"Stigmatization, labeling, worship; the last comes in many forms."

Difference (or duality between the Supreme Being and the universe) may also be inferred from cognisability and other marks. So also difference (or duality) may be understood from revelation, from texts setting out duality in emancipation and beatitude, such as: "All rejoice over truth attained; truthful, and celebrating the gift of the divine Indra, they recount his glory;" "Sarva, among those that know the truth, O Bráhman, is in the universe, true spirit; true is individual spirit; truth is duality, truth is duality, in me is illusion, in me illusion, in me illusion."

Difference (or the separation between the Supreme Being and the universe) can also be seen through what we can understand and other signs. We can also grasp this difference (or separation) through revelation and texts that describe duality in liberation and happiness, such as: "Everyone celebrates the truth they’ve found; those who are truthful and honor the divine Indra share his glory;" "Sarva, among those who know the truth, O Bráhman, exists in the universe, true spirit; the individual spirit is true; truth is duality, truth is duality, in me is illusion, in me illusion, in me illusion."

Again:—

Again:—

"After attaining this knowledge, becoming like unto me,

"After gaining this knowledge, becoming like me,

"In creation they are not born again, in retractation they perish not" (Bhagavad-gítá, xiv. 2).

"In creation they are not reborn; in retraction they do not die" (Bhagavad-gítá, xiv. 2).

According also to such aphorisms as, "Excepting cosmical operation because of occasion, and because of non-proximity."

According to sayings like, "Except for cosmic events due to circumstances and because of distance."

Nor should suggestion be made that individual spirit is God in virtue of the text, He that knows the absolute becomes the absolute; for this text is hyperbolically eulogistic, like the text, Worshipping a Bráhman devoutly a Śúdra becomes a Bráhman, i.e., becomes exalted.

Nor should the suggestion be made that the individual spirit is God based on the text, "He who knows the absolute becomes the absolute"; for this text is hyperbolically flattering, similar to the text, "By worshiping a Bráhman devoutly, a Śúdra becomes a Bráhman," meaning they become exalted.

If any one urge that according to the text:—

If anyone argues that based on the text:—

"If the universe existed it would doubtless come to an end,"

"If the universe existed, it would definitely come to an end,"

this duality is merely illusory, and in reality a unity, and that duality is learnt to be illusorily imagined; it may be replied: What you say is true, but you do not understand its meaning; for the real meaning is, If this world had been produced, it would, without doubt, come to an end; therefore this universe is from everlasting, a fivefold dual universe; and it is not non-existent, because it is mere illusion. Illusion is defined to be the will of[94] the Lord, in virtue of the testimony of many such passages as:—

this duality is just an illusion, and in reality, it’s a unity. This duality is learned to be falsely imagined; it can be replied: What you say is true, but you don’t understand its meaning; for the real meaning is, If this world had been created, it would inevitably come to an end; therefore, this universe exists forever, as a fivefold dual universe; and it is not non-existent because it is merely an illusion. Illusion is defined as the will of[94] the Lord, as supported by many passages such as:—

"The great illusion, ignorance, necessity, the bewilderment,

"The big illusion, ignorance, necessity, the confusion,

"The originant, ideation,—thus is thy will called, O Infinite.

"The origin, creation,—this is your will called, O Infinite."

"The originant, because it originates greatly; ideation, because it produces ideas;

"The originator, because it creates significantly; ideation, because it generates ideas;"

"The illusion of Hari, who is called a, is termed (avidyá) ignorance:

"The illusion of Hari, who is called a, is referred to as (avidyá) ignorance:"

"Styled (máyá) illusion, because it is pre-eminent, for the name máyá is used of the pre-eminent;

"Styled (máyá) illusion, because it is the most important, for the name máyá is used for the most important;"

"The excellent knowledge of Vishṇu is called, though one only, by these names;

"The great knowledge of Vishṇu is known, although it has just this one name;"

"For Hari is excellent knowledge, and this is characterised by spontaneous beatitude."

"For Hari is great knowledge, and this is marked by natural bliss."

That in which this excellent knowledge produces knowledge and effects sustentation thereof, that is pure illusion, as known and sustained, therefore by the Supreme Lord duality is not illusorily imagined. For in the Lord illusory imagination of the universe is not possible, illusory imagination arising from non-perception of differences (which as an imperfection is inconsistent with the divine nature).

That knowledge that creates understanding and supports itself is nothing but an illusion, as has been recognized and established. Therefore, in the Supreme Lord, duality is not mistakenly imagined. In the Lord, the illusion of the universe cannot exist, as any false perception coming from not recognizing differences is inconsistent with divine nature.

If it be asked how then that (illusory duality) is predicated, the answer is that in reality there is a non-duality, that is in reality, Vishṇu being better than all else, has no equal and no superior. Accordingly, the grand revelation:—

If someone asks how this (illusory duality) is stated, the answer is that in reality, there is a non-duality; in other words, Vishṇu, being superior to everything else, has no equal and no one above him. Therefore, the grand revelation:—

"A difference between soul and the Lord, a difference between the unsentient and the Lord,

"A difference between the soul and the Lord, a difference between the non-sentient and the Lord,

"A difference among souls, and a difference of the unsentient and the soul each from the other.

A difference between souls, and a difference between the non-sentient and the soul from one another.

"Also the difference of unsentient things from one another, the world with its five divisions.

"Also, the differences between lifeless things from each other, the world with its five sections."

"This same is real and from all eternity; if it had had a beginning it would have an end:[95]

"This is real and has existed for all time; if it had a beginning, it would have an end:[95]

"Whereas it does not come to an end; and it is not illusorily imagined:

"Whereas it never ends; and it is not just a false illusion:"

"For if it were imagined it would cease, but it never ceases.

"For if it were imagined, it would stop, but it never stops."

"That there is no duality is therefore the doctrine of those that lack knowledge;

"Believing that there is duality is, therefore, the teaching of those who are uninformed;

"For this the doctrine of those that have knowledge is known and sustained by Vishṇu."

"For this reason, the teachings of those who are knowledgeable are acknowledged and supported by Vishnu."

The purpose, then, of all revelations is to set out the supreme excellence of Vishṇu. With this in view the Lord declared:—

The purpose of all revelations is to highlight the supreme greatness of Vishṇu. With this in mind, the Lord declared:—

"Two are these persons in the universe, the perishable and the imperishable;

"Two types of people exist in the universe: the temporary and the eternal;"

"The perishable is all the elements, the imperishable is the unmodified.

"The perishable includes all the elements, while the imperishable refers to the unmodified."

"The other, the most excellent person, called the Supreme Spirit,

"The other, the most amazing person, called the Supreme Spirit,

"Is the undecaying Lord, who pervading sustains the three worlds.

"Is the eternal Lord, who continuously supports the three worlds."

"Since transcending the perishable, I am more excellent than the imperishable (soul),

"Since going beyond what can perish, I am superior to the imperishable (soul),"

"Hence I am celebrated among men and in the Veda as the best of persons (Purushottama);

"Hence I am celebrated among people and in the Veda as the best of individuals (Purushottama);

"He who uninfatuated knows me thus the best of persons, he all-knowing worships me in every wise.

"He who knows me without obsession understands me as the best of people; he who knows everything worships me in every way."

"Thus this most mysterious institute is declared, blameless (Arjuna):

"Thus this most mysterious institute is declared, blameless (Arjuna):

"Knowing this a man may be wise, and may have done what he has to do, O Bhárata" (Bhagavad-gítá, xv. 16-20).

"Understanding this, a person can be wise and can accomplish what is necessary, O Bhárata" (Bhagavad-gítá, xv. 16-20).

So in the Mahá-varáha—

So in the Mahá-varáha—

"The primary purport of all the Vedas relates to the supreme spouse of Śrī;

"The main point of all the Vedas is about the supreme partner of Śrī;

"Its purport regarding the excellence of any other deity must be subordinate."

"Its meaning about the superiority of any other god must be secondary."

It is reasonable that the primary purport should regard the supreme excellence of Vishṇu. For emancipation is[96] the highest end of all men, according to the text of the Bhállaveya Upanishad: While merit, wealth, and enjoyment are transitory, emancipation is eternal; therefore a wise man should strive unceasingly to attain thereto. And emancipation is not won without the grace of Vishṇu, according to the text of the Náráyaṇa Upanishad: Through whose grace is the highest state, through whose essence he is liberated from transmigration, while inferior men propitiating the divinities are not emancipated; the supreme object of discernment to those who desire to be liberated from this snare of works. According also to the words of the Vishṇu-puráṇa—

It makes sense that the main focus should be on the supreme greatness of Vishṇu. Emancipation is[96] the ultimate goal for everyone, according to the Bhállaveya Upanishad: While merit, wealth, and enjoyment are temporary, emancipation is everlasting; therefore, a wise person should strive tirelessly to achieve it. And emancipation cannot be attained without the grace of Vishṇu, as stated in the Náráyaṇa Upanishad: Through whose grace one reaches the highest state, and through whose essence one is freed from the cycle of rebirth, while those of lesser standing who worship the deities do not achieve emancipation; it is the ultimate goal for those who wish to escape this trap of actions. As also mentioned in the Vishṇu-puráṇa—

"If he be propitiated, what may not here be won? Enough of all wealth and enjoyments. These are scanty enough. On climbing the tree of the supreme essence, without doubt a man attains to the fruit of emancipation."

"If he is appeased, what can’t be achieved here? All the wealth and pleasures you could want. These are limited enough. By climbing the tree of the ultimate essence, a person undoubtedly reaches the fruit of liberation."

And it is declared that the grace of Vishṇu is won only through the knowledge of his excellence, not through the knowledge of non-duality. Nor is there in this doctrine any confliction with texts declaratory of the identity (of personal and impersonal spirit) such as, That art thou (for this pretended identity) is mere babbling from ignorance of the real purport.

And it is stated that the grace of Vishṇu can only be attained through understanding his greatness, not through the concept of non-duality. Additionally, this doctrine doesn't contradict texts that describe the identity of personal and impersonal spirit; phrases like "That art thou" are just empty talk stemming from a misunderstanding of the true meaning.

"The word That, when undetermined, designates the eternally unknown,

"The word That, when undefined, refers to the eternally unknown,

"The word Thou designates a knowable entity; how can these be one?"

"The word 'You' refers to a recognizable being; how can these be one?"

And this text (That art thou) indicates similarity (not identity) like the text, The sun is the sacrificial post. Thus the grand revelation:—

And this text (That art thou) shows similarity (not exactness) like the text, The sun is the sacrificial post. So, the big revelation:—

"The ultimate unity of the individual soul is either similarity of cognition,

"The ultimate unity of the individual soul is either similarity of understanding,

"Or entrance into the same place, or in relation to the place of the individual;

"Or entry into the same place, or concerning the individual’s location;

"Not essential unity, for even when it is emancipated it is different,[97]

"Not essential unity, for even when it is free, it is different,[97]

"The difference being independence and completeness (in the Supreme Spirit), and smallness and dependence (in the individual spirit)."

"The difference is independence and wholeness (in the Supreme Spirit), versus smallness and dependence (in the individual spirit)."

Or to propose another explanation of the text, Átmá tat tvam asi, That art thou, it may be divided, átmá tat tvam asi. He alone is soul as possessing independence and other attributes, and thou art not-that (atat) as wanting those attributes; and thus the doctrine of unity is utterly expelled. Thus it has been said:—

Or to suggest another interpretation of the text, Átmá tat tvam asi, That art thou, it can be broken down into átmá tat tvam asi. He alone is the soul, possessing independence and other qualities, while you are not that (atat) since you lack those qualities; therefore, the principle of unity is completely rejected. Hence, it has been stated:—

"Or the division may be Atat tvam, and thus unity will be well got rid of."

"Or the division may be Atat tvam, and so unity will be easily discarded."

According, therefore, to the Tattva-váda-rahasya, the words in the nine examples (in the Chhándogya Upanishad), He like a bird tied with a string, &c., teach unity with the view of giving an example of non-duality. Accordingly the Mahopanishad:—

According to the Tattva-váda-rahasya, the phrases in the nine examples (in the Chhándogya Upanishad), "He like a bird tied with a string," etc., illustrate unity to show a non-dual perspective. Similarly, the Mahopanishad:—

"Like a bird and the string; like the juices of various trees;

"Like a bird and a string; like the sap from different trees;

"Like rivers and the sea; like fresh and salt water;

"Like rivers and the ocean; like fresh and saltwater;

"Like a robber and the robbed; like a man and his energy;

"Like a thief and the victim; like a person and their energy;

"So are soul and the Lord diverse, for ever different.

"So are soul and the Lord distinct, always different."

"Nevertheless from subtilty (or imperceptibility) of form, the supreme Hari

"Nevertheless, from the subtlety (or imperceptibility) of form, the supreme Hari

"Is not seen by the dim-sighted to be other than the individual spirit, though he is its actuator;

"Is not seen by the short-sighted as anything other than the individual spirit, even though he is the one who drives it;

"On knowing their diversity a man is emancipated: otherwise he is bound."

"By understanding their diversity, a person is liberated; otherwise, they are trapped."

And again—

And again—

"Brahmá, Śiva, and the greatest of the gods decay with the decay of their bodies;

"Brahmá, Śiva, and the greatest of the gods fade away as their bodies deteriorate;

"Greater than these is Hari, undecaying, because his body is for the sustentation of Lakshmí.

"Even greater than these is Hari, who never decays, because his body supports Lakshmí."

"By reason of all his attributes, independence, power, knowledge, pleasure, and the rest,

"Because of all his qualities—independence, power, knowledge, pleasure, and the others,"

"All they, all the deities, are in unlimited obedience to him."

"All of them, all the gods, are completely obedient to him."

And again:—

And again:—

"Knowing Vishṇu, full of all excellences, the soul, exempted from transmigration,

"Knowing Vishnu, who embodies all virtues, the soul, free from rebirth,

"Rejoices in his presence for ever, enjoying painless bliss.

"Rejoices in his presence forever, experiencing pure bliss without pain."

"Vishṇu is the refuge of liberated souls, and their supreme ruler.

"Vishṇu is the safe haven for liberated souls and their ultimate ruler."

"Obedient to him are they for ever; he is the Lord."

"They will always obey him; he is the Lord."

That by knowledge of one thing there is knowledge of all things may be evinced from its supremacy and causality, not from the falsity of all things. For knowledge of the false cannot be brought about by knowledge of real existence. As we see the current assurance and expression that by knowing or not knowing its chief men a village is known or not known; and as when the father the cause is known, a man knows the son; (so by knowing the supreme and the cause, the inferior and the effect is known). Otherwise (on the doctrine of the Advaita-vádins that the world is false and illusory) the words one and lump in the text, By one lump of clay, fair sir, all that is made of clay is recognised, would be used to no purpose, for the text must be completed by supplying the words, By reason of clay recognised. For the text, Utterance with the voice, modification, name, clay (or other determinate object),—these alone are real, cannot be assumed to impart the falsity of things made; the reality of these being admitted, for what is meant is, that of which utterance with the voice is a modification, is unmodified, eternal; and a name such as clay, such speech is true. Otherwise it would result that the words name and alone would be otiose. There is no proof anywhere, then, that the world is unreal. Besides (we would ask) is the statement that the world is false itself true or false. If the statement is true, there is a violation of a real non-duality. If the statement is untrue, it follows that the world is true.

That knowledge of one thing leads to knowledge of all things can be proven through its importance and cause, not through the falsehood of everything. Knowledge of what is false cannot come from knowledge of what is real. For example, we understand that a village is known or not known by recognizing its key people; similarly, when we know the father, we recognize the son; (thus, by knowing the supreme and the cause, we also understand the inferior and the effect). Otherwise, according to the Advaita-vádins' belief that the world is false and an illusion, the terms one and lump in the phrase, "By one lump of clay, fair sir, all that is made of clay is recognized," would be pointless, because the phrase must be completed with "By reason of clay recognized." The expression, "Utterance with the voice, modification, name, clay (or other specific object),"—these alone are real—cannot be assumed to convey the falsehood of created things; acknowledging their reality implies that what is meant by utterance with the voice is a modification of something that is unmodified and eternal; and a name like clay makes such speech true. Otherwise, the terms name and alone would be unnecessary. Therefore, there is no evidence anywhere that the world is unreal. Additionally, we must ask: is the claim that the world is false itself true or false? If the claim is true, it contradicts real non-duality; if the claim is false, then it follows that the world is indeed true.

Perhaps it may be objected that this dilemma is a kind of fallacious reasoning, like the dilemma: Is transitoriness[99] permanent or transitory? There is a difficulty in either case. As it is said by the author of the Nyáya-nirváṇa: The proof of the permanence of the transitory, as being both permanent and transitory, is a paralogism. And in the Tárkika-rakshá—

Perhaps someone might argue that this dilemma is a form of faulty reasoning, similar to the dilemma: Is transience[99] permanent or temporary? There’s a challenge in either situation. As stated by the author of the Nyáya-nirváṇa: The argument for the permanence of the transitory, as being both permanent and temporary, is a fallacy. And in the Tárkika-rakshá—

"When a mode cannot be evinced to be either such and such, or not such and such,

"When a way cannot be shown to be either this or that,

"The denial of a subject characterised by such a mode is called Nitya-sama."

"The rejection of a subject defined by this way is called Nitya-sama."

With the implied mention of this same technical expression it is stated in the Prabodha-siddhi: Equality of characteristic modes results from significancy. If it be said, This then is a valid rejoinder, we reply, This is a mere scaring of the uninstructed, for the source of fallacy has not been pointed out. This is twofold, general and particular: of these, the former is self-destructive, and the latter is of three kinds, defect of a requisite element, excess of an element not requisite, and residence in that which is not the subjicible subject. Of these (two forms of the fallacy), the general form is not suspected, no self-pervasion being observed in the dilemma in question (viz., Is the statement that the world is unreal itself true or false? &c.) So likewise the particular; for if a water-jar be said to be non-existent, the affirmation of its non-existence is equally applicable to the water-jar as that of its existence.

With the implied reference to this same technical term, it is stated in the Prabodha-siddhi: The equality of characteristic modes arises from significance. If someone claims, "This is a valid response," we reply, "This is just an intimidation tactic for those who lack knowledge, as the source of the fallacy hasn’t been identified." This fallacy comes in two forms: general and particular. The general form is self-defeating, while the particular form consists of three types: missing a necessary element, including an unnecessary element, and relying on something that isn't the subject in question. Among these two types of fallacy, the general form goes unnoticed since no self-contradiction is seen in the dilemma posed (for instance, is the statement that the world is unreal itself true or false?). The same applies to the particular form; if a water jar is said to be non-existent, the claim of its non-existence is just as valid as the claim of its existence.

If you reply: We accept the unreality (or falsity) of the world, not its non-existence; this reply is about as wise as the procedure of the carter who will lose his head rather than pay a hundred pieces of money, but will at once give five score; for falsity and non-existence are synonymous. We dismiss further prolixity.

If you respond: We acknowledge the falsehood (or untruth) of the world, not that it doesn’t exist; this response is just as foolish as the carter who would rather lose his head than pay a hundred coins, but will quickly hand over a hundred for something else; because falsehood and non-existence mean the same thing. We’ll avoid going on about this.

The meaning of the first aphorism, viz., Then hence the absolute is to be desired to be known, is as follows:—The word then is allowed to purport auspiciousness, and to designate subsequency to the qualification (of the aspirant). The word hence indicates a reason.[100]

The meaning of the first aphorism, namely, "Then hence the absolute is to be desired to be known," is as follows:—The word then is understood to signify good fortune and to indicate a following stage in the aspirant's qualifications. The word hence points to a reason.[100]

Accordingly it is stated in the Gáruḍa-puráṇa:—

Accordingly, it is stated in the Gáruḍa-puráṇa:—

"All the aphorisms begin with the words Then and Hence regularly; what then is the reason of this?

"All the sayings start with the words Then and Hence regularly; so what’s the reason for this?"

"And what is the sense of those words, O sage? Why are those the most excellent?

"And what do those words mean, O wise one? Why are they the best?"

"Tell me this, Brahmá, that I may know it truly."

"Tell me this, Brahmá, so I can truly understand."

Thus addressed by Nárada, the most excellent Brahmá replied:—

Thus addressed by Nárada, the most excellent Brahmá replied:—

"The word Then is used of subsequency and of competency, and in an auspicious sense,

"The word Then is used for sequences and for suitability, and in a positive sense,"

"And the word Thence is employed to indicate the reason."

"And the word 'Thence' is used to show the reason."

It is laid down that we must institute inquiries about the absolute, because emancipation is not attained without the grace of Náráyana, and his grace is not attained without knowledge. The absolute, about which the inquiry is to be instituted, is described in the words (of the second aphorism): From which the genesis, and so forth, of this. The meaning of the sentence is that the absolute is that from which result emanation, sustentation, and retractation; according to the words of the Skanda-puráṇa—

It is stated that we need to investigate the absolute, because liberation cannot be achieved without the grace of Náráyana, and his grace cannot be attained without knowledge. The absolute, which we need to inquire about, is described in the second aphorism: From which comes the creation, and so on, of this. The meaning of this statement is that the absolute is what causes creation, maintenance, and dissolution; according to the words of the Skanda-puráṇa—

"He is Hari the sole ruler, the spirit from whom are emanation, sustentation, retractation, necessity, knowledge, involution (in illusion), and bondage and liberation;"

"He is Hari, the one true ruler, the spirit from whom come creation, sustenance, dissolution, necessity, knowledge, entanglement (in illusion), and both bondage and liberation;"

and according to such Vedic texts, From which are these. The evidence adducible for this is described (in the third aphorism): Because it has its source from the system. That the absolute should be reached by way of inference is rejected by such texts as, He that knows not the Veda cogitates not that mighty one; Him described in the Upanishads. Inference, moreover, is not by itself authoritative, as is said in the Kaurma-puráṇa—

and according to these Vedic texts, this is where they come from. The evidence supporting this is explained (in the third aphorism): Because it stems from the system. The idea that the absolute should be understood solely through inference is dismissed by texts such as, "He who does not know the Veda does not contemplate that great one; Him described in the Upanishads." Moreover, inference alone is not considered authoritative, as stated in the Kaurma-puráṇa—

"Inference, unaccompanied by revelation, in no case

Inference, without any revelation, in no situation

"Can definitely prove a matter, nor can any other form of evidence;[101]

"Can definitely prove a matter, nor can any other form of evidence;[101]

"Whatsoever other form of evidence, companioned by revelation and tradition,

"What other type of evidence, accompanied by revelation and tradition,

"Acquires the rank of probation, about this there can be no hesitation."

"Achieves the status of probation; there should be no doubt about this."

What a Śástra (or system of sacred institutes) is, has been stated in the Skanda-puráṇa:—

What a Śástra (or system of sacred institutes) is, has been stated in the Skanda-puráṇa:—

"The Rig-veda, the Yajur-veda, the Sáma-veda, the Atharva-veda, the Mahábhárata, the Pañcha-rátra, and the original Rámáyaṇa, are called Śástras.

"The Rigveda, the Yajurveda, the Samaveda, the Atharvaveda, the Mahabharata, the Pancharatra, and the original Ramayana are referred to as Shastras."

"That also which is conformable to these is called Śástra.

"That which aligns with these is also called Śástra."

"Any aggregate of composition other than this is a heterodoxy."

"Any combination of elements other than this is a deviation from the norm."

According, then, to the rule that the sense of the sacred institutes is not to be taken from other sources than these, the Monist view, viz., that the purport of the texts of the Veda relates not to the duality learnt from those but to non-duality, is rejected: for as there is no proof of a God from inference, so there is no proof of the duality between God and other things from inference. Therefore there can be in these texts no mere explanation of such duality, and the texts must be understood to indicate the duality. Hence it is that it has said:—

According to the rule that the meaning of sacred texts should only come from these sources, the Monist view—that the meaning of the Veda texts relates not to the duality learned from them but to non-duality—is rejected. Just as there is no proof of God based on inference, there is also no evidence of duality between God and other things based on inference. Therefore, these texts cannot simply explain such duality; instead, they must be understood as indicating duality. For this reason, it has been stated:—

"I ever laud Náráyaṇa, the one being to be known from genuine revelation, who transcends the perishable and the imperishable, without imperfections, and of inexhaustible excellences."

"I always praise Náráyaṇa, the one true being to be known from authentic revelation, who goes beyond what is temporary and what is eternal, flawless, and full of endless greatness."

It has thus been evinced that the sacred institutes are the evidence of (the existence of) this (ultimate reality, Brahman). (The fourth aphorism is): But that is from the construction. In regard to this, the commencement and other elements are stated to be the marks of the construction, in the Bṛihat-saṃhitá:—

It has been demonstrated that the sacred institutions are proof of (the existence of) this (ultimate reality, Brahman). (The fourth aphorism is): However, that is derived from the structure. Concerning this, the beginning and other components are referred to as the signs of the structure in the Bṛihat-saṃhitá:—

"Commencement, conclusion, reiteration, novelty, profit, eulogy, and demonstration, are the marks by which the purport is ascertained."

"Beginning, ending, repetition, newness, benefit, tribute, and proof are the signs by which the meaning is determined."

It is thus stated that in accordance with the purport of[102] the Upanishads the absolute is to be apprehended only from the sacred institutes. We have here given merely a general indication. What remains may be sought from the Ánandatírtha-bháshya-vyákhyána (or exposition of the Commentary of Ánanda-tírtha). We desist for fear of giving an undue prolixity to our treatise. This mystery was promulgated by Púrṇa-prajña Madhya-mandira, who esteemed himself the third incarnation of Váyu:—

It is stated that, according to the meaning of [102] the Upanishads, the ultimate reality can only be understood through the sacred teachings. Here, we've only provided a general overview. The details can be found in the Ánandatírtha-bháshya-vyákhyána (or explanation of Ánanda-tírtha's Commentary). We will refrain from going into excessive detail in our text. This mystery was revealed by Púrṇa-prajña Madhya-mandira, who considered himself the third incarnation of Váyu:—

"The first was Hanumat, the second Bhíma,

"The first was Hanumat, the second was Bhíma,

"The third Púrṇa-prajña, the worker of the work of the Lord."

"The third Pūrṇa-prajña, the doer of the Lord's work."

After expressing the same idea in various passages, he has written the following stanza at the conclusion of his work:—

After sharing the same idea in different sections, he has written the following stanza at the end of his work:—

"That whereof the three divine forms are declared in the text of the Veda, sufficiently

That which the three divine forms are stated in the text of the Veda, sufficiently

"Has that been set forth; this is the whole majesty in the splendour of the Veda;

"Has that been established; this is the entire majesty in the glory of the Veda;

"The first incarnation of the Wind-god was he that bowed to the words of Ráma (Hanumat); the second was Bhíma;

"The first version of the Wind-god was the one who listened to the words of Ráma (Hanumat); the second was Bhíma;

"By this Madhva, who is the third, this book has been composed in regard to Keśava."

"By this Madhva, who is the third, this book has been written about Keśava."

The import of this stanza may be learnt by considering various Vedic texts.

The meaning of this stanza can be understood by looking at different Vedic texts.

The purport of this is that Vishṇu is the principle above all others in every system of sacred institutes. Thus all is clear.[111]

The main point here is that Vishṇu is the top principle in every system of sacred institutions. So, everything is clear.[111]

A. E. G.

A. E. G.

FOOTNOTES:

[111] For a further account of Ánanda-tírtha or Madhva see Wilson, Works, vol. i. pp. 138-150. His Commentary on the Brahma-sútras has been printed in Calcutta.

[111] For more information about Ánanda-tírtha or Madhva, see Wilson, Works, vol. i. pp. 138-150. His Commentary on the Brahma-sútras has been published in Calcutta.


CHAPTER VI.

THE PÁŚUPATA SYSTEM OF NAKULÍŚA.

Certain Máheśvaras disapprove of this doctrine of the Vaishṇavas known by its technicalities of the servitude of souls and the like, inasmuch as bringing with it the pains of dependence upon another, it cannot be a means of cessation of pain and other desired ends. They recognise as stringent such arguments as, Those depending on another and longing for independence do not become emancipated, because they still depend upon another, being destitute of independence like ourselves and others; and, Liberated spirits possess the attributes of the Supreme Deity, because at the same time, that they are spirits they are free from the germ of every pain as the Supreme Deity is. Recognising these arguments, these Máheśvaras adopt the Páśupata system, which is conversant about the exposition of five categories, as the means to the highest end of man. In this system the first aphorism is: Now then we shall expound the Páśupata union and rites of Paśupati. The meaning is as follows:—The word now refers to something antecedent, and this something antecedent is the disciple's interrogation of the spiritual teacher. The nature of a spiritual teacher is explicated in the Gaṇakáriká:—

Certain Máheśvaras reject the Vaishṇava belief regarding the servitude of souls and similar concepts, arguing that since it involves the pain of depending on someone else, it can't truly lead to the cessation of pain or other desirable outcomes. They argue that those who rely on others and yearn for independence cannot achieve liberation, as they remain dependent and lack true independence, just like everyone else. Moreover, liberated spirits have the attributes of the Supreme Deity because, while they are spirits, they are free from the root of all pain, just as the Supreme Deity is. Acknowledging these points, these Máheśvaras follow the Páśupata system, which focuses on the explanation of five categories as the path to the ultimate goal of humanity. The first aphorism in this system states: Now then, we shall explain the Páśupata union and the rites of Paśupati. The term now indicates something that has come before, which is the disciple's question to the spiritual teacher. The nature of a spiritual teacher is detailed in the Gaṇakáriká:—

"But there are eight pentads to be known, and a group, one with three factors;

"But there are eight sets of five to understand, and a group, one with three components;"

"He that knows this ninefold aggregate is a self-purifier, a spiritual guide.[104]

"He who understands this ninefold collection is a self-cleanser, a spiritual leader.[104]

"The acquisitions, the impurities, the expedients, the localities, the perseverance, the purifications,

"The acquisitions, the impurities, the methods, the places, the determination, the cleanings,

"The initiations, and the powers, are the eight pentads; and there are three functions."

"The initiations and the powers are the eight groups of five, and there are three functions."

The employment in the above line of the neuter numeral three (tríṇi), instead of the feminine three (tisraḥ), is a Vedic construction.

The use of the neuter numeral three (tríṇi) instead of the feminine three (tisraḥ) is a Vedic construction.

(a.) Acquisition is the fruit of an expedient while realising, and is divided into five members, viz., knowledge, penance, permanence of the body, constancy, and purity. Thus Haradattáchárya says: Knowledge, penance, permanence, constancy, and purity as the fifth.

(a.) Acquisition is the result of a practical method while understanding, and it is divided into five parts: knowledge, discipline, stability of the body, persistence, and purity. Thus, Haradattáchárya states: Knowledge, discipline, stability, persistence, and purity as the fifth.

(b.) Impurity is an evil condition pertaining to the soul. This is of five kinds, false conception and the rest. Thus Haradatta also says:—

(b.) Impurity is a harmful state related to the soul. It comes in five forms, including false beliefs and others. Haradatta also mentions:—

"False conception, demerit, attachment, interestedness, and falling,

"False perception, shortcomings, attachment, vested interest, and decline,

"These five, the root of bondage, are in this system especially to be shunned."

"These five, the source of oppression, should be particularly avoided in this system."

(c.) An expedient is a means of purifying the aspirant to liberation.

(c.) An expedient is a way to help the seeker of liberation become pure.

These expedients are of five kinds, use of habitation, and the rest. Thus he also says:—

These methods are of five types: use of living space, and the others. So he also says:—

"Use of habitation, pious muttering, meditation, constant recollection of Rudra,

"Use of living space, thoughtful reflection, meditation, and constant remembrance of Rudra,

"And apprehension, are determined to be the five expedients of acquirements."

"And anxiety are set to be the five methods of gaining knowledge."

(d.) Locality is that by which, after studying the categories, the aspirant attains increase of knowledge and austerity, viz., spiritual teachers and the rest. Thus he says:—

(d.) Locality is what allows the learner, after exploring the categories, to gain more knowledge and discipline, specifically from spiritual teachers and others. So he states:—

"The spiritual teachers, a cavern, a special place, the burning-ground, and Rudra only."

"The spiritual guides, a cave, a unique spot, the cremation ground, and Rudra only."

(e.) Perseverance is the endurance in one or other of these pentads until the attainment of the desired end, and is distributed into the differenced and the rest. Thus it is said:[105]

(e.) Perseverance is the ability to keep going through one of these five categories until you reach your goal, and it can be divided into different types and the remainder. So it's said:[105]

"The differenced, the undifferenced, muttering, acceptance, and devotion as the fifth."

"The different, the same, murmuring, acceptance, and devotion as the fifth."

(f.) Purification is the putting away, once for all, of false conception and the other four impurities. It is distributed into five species according to the five things to be put away. Thus it is said—

(f.) Purification is the permanent removal of false beliefs and the other four impurities. It is divided into five types based on the five things that need to be eliminated. Therefore, it is said—

"The loss of ignorance, of demerit, of attachment, of interestedness,

"The loss of ignorance, of shortcomings, of attachment, of self-interest,

"And of falling, is declared to be the fivefold purification of the state of bondage."

"And falling is said to be the fivefold cleansing of the state of being trapped."

(g.) The five initiations are thus enumerated:—

(g.) The five initiations are listed as follows:—

"The material, the proper time, the rite, the image, and the spiritual guide as the fifth."

"The material, the right time, the ritual, the symbol, and the spiritual guide as the fifth."

(h.) The five powers are as follow:—

(h.) The five powers are as follows:—

"Devotion to the spiritual guide, clearness of intellect, conquest of pleasure and pain,

"Commitment to the spiritual mentor, clarity of mind, mastery over pleasure and pain,"

"Merit and carefulness, are declared the five heads of power."

"Merit and carefulness are said to be the five key elements of power."

The three functions are the modes of earning daily food consistent with propriety, for the diminution of the five impurities, viz., mendicancy, living upon alms, and living upon what chance supplies. All the rest is to be found in the standard words of this sect.

The three functions are ways to earn daily food in a proper manner, aimed at reducing the five impurities: begging, living on alms, and relying on whatever luck provides. Everything else can be found in the core teachings of this sect.

In the first aphorism above recited, the word now serves to introduce the exposition of the termination of pain (or emancipation), that being the object of the interrogation about the putting away of pain personal, physical, and hyperphysical. By the word paśu we are to understand the effect (or created world), the word designating that which is dependent on something ulterior. By the word pati we are to understand the cause (or principium), the word designating the Lord, who is the cause of the universe, the pati, or ruler. The meaning of the words sacrifices and rites every one knows.

In the first aphorism mentioned above, the word now introduces the discussion about the end of suffering (or liberation), which is the focus of the question regarding the removal of personal, physical, and spiritual pain. The term paśu refers to the effect (or created world), indicating that which relies on something deeper. The term pati refers to the cause (or principium), signifying the Lord, who is the creator of the universe, the pati, or ruler. Everyone understands the meaning of the terms sacrifices and rituals.

In this system the cessation of pain is of two kinds, impersonal and personal. Of these, the impersonal consists in the absolute extirpation of all pains; the personal[106] in supremacy consisting of the visual and active powers. Of these two powers the visual, while only one power, is, according to its diversity of objects, indirectly describable as of five kinds, vision, audition, cogitation, discrimination, and omniscience. Of these five, vision is cognition of every kind of visual, tactual, and other sensible objects, though imperceptible, intercepted, or remote. Audition is cognition of principles, conversant about all articulate sounds. Cogitation is cognition of principles, conversant about all kinds of thoughts. Discrimination is cognition of principles conversant about the whole system of institutes, according to the text and according to its significance. Omniscience is cognition of principles ever arising and pervaded by truth, relative to all matters declared or not declared, summary or in detail, classified and specialised. Such is this intellectual power.

In this system, the end of pain comes in two forms: impersonal and personal. The impersonal form involves completely eliminating all pains; the personal form involves mastery represented by the visual and active abilities. Among these two abilities, the visual is singular but can be described in five ways based on the variety of objects: vision, hearing, thinking, discrimination, and omniscience. Of these five, vision involves understanding all types of visual, tactile, and other sensory objects, whether they are unseen, blocked, or distant. Hearing involves understanding principles related to all articulated sounds. Thinking involves understanding principles related to all types of thoughts. Discrimination involves understanding principles related to the entire system of guidelines, based on the text and its meaning. Omniscience involves understanding principles that are constantly emerging and grounded in truth, related to all matters, whether stated or unstated, summarized or detailed, categorized and specialized. This defines the intellectual power.

The active power, though one only, is indirectly describable as of three kinds, the possession of the swiftness of thought, the power of assuming forms at will, and the faculty of expatiation. Of these, the possession of the swiftness of thought is ability to act with unsurpassable celerity. The power of assuming forms at will is the faculty of employing at pleasure, and irrespective of the efficacy of works, the organs similar and dissimilar of an infinity of organisms. The faculty of expatiation is the possession of transcendent supremacy even when such organs are not employed. Such is this active power.

The active power, while essentially one, can be described in three ways: the ability to think quickly, the power to take on different forms at will, and the capability for expansion. Among these, the ability to think quickly means acting with unmatched speed. The power to take on different forms at will is the ability to freely use both similar and different organs from countless organisms, regardless of the effectiveness of the actions. The capability for expansion signifies having exceptional superiority, even when those organs are not in use. This is what this active power entails.

All that is effected or educed, depending on something ulterior, it is threefold, sentiency, the insentient, and the sentient. Of these, sentiency is the attribute of the sentients. It is of two degrees according to its nature as cognitive or incognitive. Cognitive sentiency is dichotomised as proceeding discriminately and as proceeding indiscriminately. The discriminate procedure, manifestable by the instruments of knowledge, is called the cogitative. For by the cogitant organ every sentient being is[107] cognisant of objects in general, discriminated or not discriminated, when irradiated by the light which is identical with the external things. The incognitive sentiency, again, is either characterised or not characterised by the objects of the sentient soul.

All that is affected or brought out, depending on something else, can be divided into three parts: awareness, the unresponsive, and the responsive. Of these, awareness is an attribute of the responsive beings. It has two levels based on its nature: cognitive or non-cognitive. Cognitive awareness is further divided into two types: one that is discerning and one that is non-discerning. The discerning process, shown through the tools of knowledge, is called thinking. Through the thinking organ, every aware being is[107] aware of objects in general, whether they are distinguished or not, when illuminated by the light that is the same as the external things. Non-cognitive awareness, on the other hand, can either be characterized by or not characterized by the objects of the aware soul.

The insentient, which while unconscious is dependent on the conscious, is of two kinds, as styled the effect and as styled the cause. The insentient, styled the effect, is of ten kinds, viz., the earth and the other four elements, and their qualities, colour, and the rest. The insentient, called the causal insentient, is of thirteen kinds, viz., the five organs of cognition, the five organs of action, and the three internal organs, intellect, the egoising principle, and the cogitant principle, which have for their respective functions ascertainment, the illusive identification of self with not-self, and determination.

The insentient, which is unconscious and relies on the conscious, comes in two types: what we call the effect and what we call the cause. The insentient referred to as the effect has ten types: the earth and the other four elements, along with their qualities like color and others. The insentient known as the causal insentient consists of thirteen types: the five organs of perception, the five organs of action, and the three internal organs—intellect, the ego, and the thinking principle—which serve the functions of perception, the misleading identification of self with what is not self, and making decisions.

The sentient spirit, that to which transmigratory conditions pertain, is also of two kinds, the appetent and non-appetent. The appetent is the spirit associated with an organism and organs; the non-appetent is the spirit apart from organism and organs. The details of all this are to be found in the Pañchártha-bháshyadípiká and other works. The cause is that which retracts into itself and evolves the whole creation. This though one is said to be divided according to a difference of attributes and actions (into Maheśvara, Vishṇu, &c.) The Lord is the possessor of infinite, visual, and active power. He is absolutely first as connected eternally with this lordship or supremacy, as possessing a supremacy not adventitious or contingent. This is expounded by the author of the Ádarśa, and other institutional authorities.

The aware spirit, which relates to the conditions of reincarnation, comes in two types: appetent and non-appetent. The appetent spirit is linked to an organism and its organs, while the non-appetent spirit exists separately from them. You can find detailed information on this in the Pañchártha-bháshyadípiká and other texts. The cause is what pulls back into itself and creates the entire universe. Though it is one, it is described as divided based on differences in qualities and actions (like Maheśvara, Vishṇu, etc.). The Lord possesses infinite visual and active power. He is fundamentally first, connected eternally to this authority or supremacy, which is not conditional or random. This is explained by the author of the Ádarśa and other established authorities.

Union is a conjunction of the soul with God through the intellect, and is of two degrees, that characterised by action, and that characterised by cessation of action. Of these, union characterised by action consists of pious muttering, meditation, and so forth; union characterised by cessation of action is called consciousness, [108]&c.

Union is the connection of the soul with God through the mind and comes in two forms: one marked by action and the other by the absence of action. The union defined by action includes prayer, meditation, and similar practices; the union defined by the cessation of action is referred to as awareness, [108]&c.

Rite or ritual is activity efficacious of merit as its end. It is of two orders, the principal and the subsidiary. Of these, the principal is the direct means of merit, religious exercise. Religious exercise is of two kinds, acts of piety and postures. The acts of piety are bathing with sand, lying upon sand, oblations, mutterings, and devotional perambulation. Thus the revered Nakulíśa says:—

Rites or rituals are activities that effectively lead to merit as their goal. There are two types: the main ones and the secondary ones. The main ones are the direct way to attain merit, which include religious practices. Religious practices come in two forms: acts of devotion and physical postures. The acts of devotion involve bathing in sand, lying on sand, offerings, chants, and devotional walks. So, as the respected Nakulíśa states:—

"He should bathe thrice a day, he should lie upon the dust. Oblation is an observance divided into six members."

"He should bathe three times a day, he should lie on the ground. Offering is a practice divided into six parts."

Thus the author of the aphorisms says:—

Thus the author of the sayings says:—

"He should worship with the six kinds of oblations, viz., laughter, song, dance, muttering hum, adoration, and pious ejaculation."

"He should worship with six types of offerings: laughter, song, dance, humming hum, adoration, and heartfelt expression."

Laughter is a loud laugh, Aha, Aha, by dilatation of the throat and lips. Song is a celebration of the qualities, glories, &c., of Maheśvara, according to the conventions of the Gandharva-śástra, or art of music. The dance also is to be employed according to the ars saltatoria, accompanied with gesticulations with hands and feet, and with motions of the limbs, and with outward indications of internal sentiment. The ejaculation hum is a sacred utterance, like the bellowing of a bull, accomplished by a contact of the tongue with the palate, an imitation of the sound hudung, ascribed to a bull, like the exclamation Vashat. Where the uninitiated are, all this should be gone through in secret. Other details are too familiar to require exposition.

Laughter is a loud "Aha, Aha," produced by the opening of the throat and lips. Song celebrates the qualities and glories of Maheśvara, following the rules of the Gandharva-śástra, or the art of music. Dance should also be performed according to the ars saltatoria, with movements of the hands and feet, as well as motions of the limbs and visible expressions of inner feelings. The sound hum is a sacred utterance, similar to the roar of a bull, made by the tongue touching the roof of the mouth, mimicking the sound hudung, which is associated with a bull, just like the exclamation Vashat. Where the uninitiated are present, all this should be done in secret. Other details are too well-known to need explanation.

The postures are snoring, trembling, limping, wooing, acting absurdly, talking nonsensically. Snoring is showing all the signs of being asleep while really awake. Trembling is a convulsive movement of the joints as if under an attack of rheumatism. Limping is walking as if the legs were disabled. Wooing is simulating the gestures of an innamorato on seeing a young and pretty woman. Acting absurdly is doing acts which every one dislikes, as if bereft of all sense of what should and what should not[109] be done. Talking nonsensically is the utterance of words which contradict each other, or which have no meaning, and the like.

The postures include snoring, trembling, limping, flirting, acting ridiculous, and speaking gibberish. Snoring shows all the signs of being asleep while actually being awake. Trembling is a convulsive movement of the joints, as if affected by rheumatism. Limping is walking as if the legs are injured. Flirting mimics the gestures of someone infatuated when seeing a young and attractive woman. Acting ridiculous means doing things that everyone dislikes, as if completely oblivious to what's appropriate and what's not[109]. Speaking gibberish involves saying words that contradict each other or have no real meaning, and similar things.

The subsidiary religious exercise is purificatory subsequent ablution for putting an end to the sense of unfitness from begging, living on broken food, &c. Thus it is said by the author of the aphorisms: Bearing the marks of purity by after-bathing.

The additional religious practice is a cleansing ritual after bathing to overcome feelings of unworthiness from begging, eating leftovers, etc. As the author of the sayings notes: Showing signs of purity through post-bath rituals.

(It has been stated above that omniscience, a form of the cognitive power, is cognition of principles ever arising and pervaded by truth, relative to all matters declared or not declared, summary, or in detail). The summary is the enouncement of the subjects of attributes generally. This is accomplished in the first aphorism: (Now then we shall expound the Páśupata union and rites of Paśupati). Detail is the fivefold enouncement of the five categories according to the instruments of true knowledge. This is to be found in the Ráśíkara-bháshya. Distribution is the distinct enouncement of these categories, as far as possible according to definitions. It is an enumeration of these according to their prevailing characters, different from that of other recognised systems. For example, the cessation of pain (or emancipation) is in other systems (as in the Sānkhya) the mere termination of miseries, but in this system it is the attainment of supremacy or of the divine perfections. In other systems the create is that which has become, and that which shall become, but in this system it is eternal, the spirits, and so forth, the sentient and insentient. In other systems the principium is determined in its evolution or creative activity by the efficacy of works, whereas in this system the principium is the Lord not thus determined. In other institutes union results in isolation, &c., while in these institutes it results in cessation of pains by attainment of the divine perfections. In other systems paradise and similar spheres involve a return to metempsychosis, but in this system they result in nearness to the Supreme Being, either[110] followed or not followed by such return to transmigratory experiences.

(It has been mentioned earlier that omniscience, a type of cognitive power, is the understanding of principles that are always arising and filled with truth, related to all matters whether declared or not, briefly or in detail). The summary is the general statement of the subjects of attributes. This is explained in the first aphorism: (Now we will explain the Páśupata union and the rites of Paśupati). Detail is the fivefold explanation of the five categories according to the means of true knowledge. This can be found in the Ráśíkara-bháshya. Distribution is the clear statement of these categories as much as possible based on definitions. It is an enumeration according to their predominant characteristics, which differs from other recognized systems. For example, the cessation of pain (or liberation) in other systems (like the Sānkhya) is simply the end of suffering, but in this system, it is the achievement of supremacy or divine perfections. In other systems, the created refers to what has come into being and what will come into being, but in this system, it is eternal, involving spirits and so forth, both sentient and insentient. In other systems, the principium is defined by the effectiveness of actions in its evolution or creative activity, while in this system, the principium is the Lord, not defined in that way. In other institutes, union leads to isolation, etc., while in these institutes, it leads to the cessation of pain through the attainment of divine perfections. In other systems, paradise and similar realms imply a return to metempsychosis, but in this system, they lead to closeness to the Supreme Being, either[110] followed or not followed by such return to transmigratory experiences.

Great, indeed, an opponent may say, is this aggregate of illusions, since if God's causality be irrespective of the efficacy of works, then merits will be fruitless, and all created things will be simultaneously evolved (there being no reason why this should be created at one time, and that at another), and thus there will emerge two difficulties. Think not so, replies the Páśupata, for your supposition is baseless. If the Lord, irrespective of the efficacy of works, be the cause of all, and thus the efficacy of works be without results, what follows? If you rejoin that an absence of motives will follow, in whom, we ask, will this absence of motives follow? If the efficacy of works be without result, will causality belong to the doer of the works as to the Lord? It cannot belong to the doer of the works, for it is allowed that the efficacy of works is fruitful only when furthered by the will of the creator, and the efficacy so furthered may sometimes be fruitless, as in the case of the works of Yayáti, and others. From this it will by no means follow that no one will engage in works, for they will engage in them as the husbandman engages in husbandry, though the crop be uncertain. Again, sentient creatures engage in works because they depend on the will of the creator. Nor does the causality pertain to the Lord alone, for as all his desires are already satisfied, he cannot be actuated by motives to be realised by works. As for your statement, continues the Páśupata, that all things will be simultaneously evolved, this is unreasonable, inasmuch as we hold that causal efficiency resides in the unobstructed active power which conforms itself to the will of the Lord, whose power is inconceivable. It has accordingly been said by those versed in sacred tradition:—

Sure, an opponent might argue, this collection of illusions is significant, because if God's causality doesn’t depend on the effectiveness of actions, then no one will gain anything from their merits, and all created things would come into existence at once (since there would be no reason for this to be created at one time and that at another), leading to two problems. Don't think so, replies the Páśupata, because your assumption is unfounded. If the Lord is the cause of everything, regardless of how actions work, and thus the effectiveness of actions yields no results, what then? If you argue that this means there will be a lack of motivation, we ask, where will this lack of motivation occur? If the effectiveness of actions leads to no results, will causality belong to the doer of the actions in the same way it belongs to the Lord? It cannot belong to the doer of the actions, because it is accepted that the effectiveness of actions is only fruitful when supported by the will of the creator, and even that effectiveness can sometimes be fruitless, as seen with the actions of Yayáti and others. This does not mean that no one will act, as people will still work like farmers do, even if their harvest is uncertain. Additionally, sentient beings perform actions because they rely on the will of the creator. Moreover, causality does not belong solely to the Lord, as all his desires are already fulfilled, so he cannot be motivated by the need for results from actions. Regarding your point, the Páśupata continues, that everything will come into existence at the same time, this is unreasonable, since we believe that causal efficiency lies in the unblocked active power that aligns with the will of the Lord, whose power is beyond comprehension. It has thus been noted by those knowledgeable in sacred tradition:—

"Since he, acting according to his will, is not actuated by the efficacy of works,

"Since he, acting on his own will, is not driven by the effectiveness of actions,

"For this reason is he in this system the cause of all causes."

"For this reason, he is in this system the cause of all causes."

Some one may urge: In another system emancipation is attained through a knowledge of God, where does the difference lie? Say not so, replies the Páśupata, for you will be caught in a trilemma. Is the mere knowledge of God the cause of emancipation, or the presentation, or the accurate characterisation, of God? Not the mere knowledge, for then it would follow that the study of any system would be superfluous, inasmuch as without any institutional system one might, like the uninstructed, attain emancipation by the bare cognition that Mahádeva is the lord of the gods. Nor is presentation or intuition of the deity the cause of emancipation, for no intuition of the deity is competent to sentient creatures burdened with an accumulation of various impurities, and able to see only with the eyes of the flesh. On the third alternative, viz., that the cause of emancipation is an accurate characterisation of the deity, you will be obliged to consent to our doctrine, inasmuch as such accurate characterisation cannot be realised apart from the system of the Páśupatas. Therefore it is that our great teacher has said:—

Someone might argue: In another system, freedom is achieved through knowledge of God; what’s the difference? Don’t say that, responds the Páśupata, because you’ll end up in a trilemma. Is mere knowledge of God the reason for liberation, or the presentation, or the precise description of God? It’s not just knowledge, because that would imply that studying any system is unnecessary, since anyone, even without guidance, could achieve liberation just by knowing that Mahádeva is the lord of the gods. Nor is the presentation or perception of the deity the reason for liberation, because no perception of the deity can be grasped by sentient beings weighed down by various impurities, who can only see with physical eyes. As for the third option—that the cause of freedom is an accurate description of the deity—you’ll have to agree with our view since such an accurate description can’t be achieved without the Páśupata system. That’s why our great teacher has said:—

"If by mere knowledge, it is not according to any system, but intuition is unattainable;

"If it's just knowledge, it's not based on any system, but intuition can't be reached;

"There is no accurate characterisation of principles otherwise than by the five categories."

"There’s no accurate way to describe principles except through the five categories."

Therefore those excellent persons who aspire to the highest end of man must adopt the system of the Páśupatas, which undertakes the exposition of the five categories.

Therefore, those exceptional individuals who aim for the highest purpose of humanity must adopt the system of the Páśupatas, which explains the five categories.

A. E. G.

A. E. G.


CHAPTER VII.

THE ŚAIVA-DARŚANA.

[The seventh system in Mádhava's Sarva-darśana-saṅgraha is the Śaiva-darśana. This sect is very prevalent in the South of India, especially in the Tamil country; it is said to have arisen there about the eleventh century a.d. Several valuable contributions have been lately made to our knowledge of its tenets in the publications of the Rev. H. R. Hoisington and the Rev. T. Foulkes. The former especially, by his excellent articles in the American Oriental Society's Journal, has performed a great service to the students of Hindu philosophy. He has there translated the Tattuva-Kaṭṭalei, or law of the Tattwas, the Śiva-Gnánapotham, or instruction in the knowledge of God, and the Śiva-Pirakásam, or light of Śiva, and the three works shed immense light on the outline as given by Mádhava. One great use of the latter is to enable us to recognise the original Sanskrit names in their Tamil disguise, no easy matter occasionally, as aṛul for anugraha and tíḍchei for díkshá may testify.

[The seventh system in Mádhava's Sarva-darśana-saṅgraha is the Śaiva-darśana. This sect is quite popular in southern India, especially in Tamil Nadu; it’s said to have originated there around the eleventh century A.D. Recently, several valuable contributions have been made to our understanding of its principles through the works of Rev. H. R. Hoisington and Rev. T. Foulkes. The former, in particular, has provided a tremendous service to students of Hindu philosophy with his excellent articles in the Journal of the American Oriental Society. He has translated the Tattuva-Kaṭṭalei, or law of the Tattwas, the Śiva-Gnánapotham, or teachings on the knowledge of God, and the Śiva-Pirakásam, or light of Śiva. These three works greatly illuminate the framework presented by Mádhava. One significant benefit of the latter is that it helps us identify the original Sanskrit terms that have been adapted into Tamil, which can sometimes be quite challenging, as aṛul for anugraha and tíḍchei for díkshá demonstrate.]

The Śaivas have considerable resemblance to the Theistic Sánkhya; they hold that God, souls, and matter are from eternity distinct entities, and the object of philosophy is to disunite the soul from matter and gradually to unite it to God. Śiva is the chief deity of the system, and the relation between the three is quaintly expressed by the allegory of a beast, its fetters, and its owner. Paśupati is a well-known name of Śiva, as the master or creator of all things.[113]

The Śaivas are quite similar to Theistic Sánkhya; they believe that God, souls, and matter are eternally distinct entities, and the goal of philosophy is to separate the soul from matter and gradually bring it closer to God. Śiva is the main deity in this system, and the relationship between the three is uniquely illustrated by the metaphor of a beast, its chains, and its owner. Paśupati is a well-known name for Śiva, signifying him as the master or creator of all things.[113]

There seem to be three different sets of so-called Saiva sútras. One is in five books, called by Colebrooke the Paśupati-śástra, which is probably the work quoted by Mádhava in his account of the Nakulíśa Páśupatas; another is in three books, with a commentary by Kshemarája, with its first sútra, chaítanyam átmá. The third was commented on by Abhinava-gupta, and opens with the śloka given in the Sarva-Darśana-Saṅgraha, p. 91, lines 1-4. The MS. which I consulted in Calcutta read the first words—

There seem to be three different groups of texts known as Saiva sútras. One is in five volumes, referred to by Colebrooke as the Paśupati-śástra, which is likely the work that Mádhava cites in his account of the Nakulíśa Páśupatas; another consists of three volumes with a commentary by Kshemarája, starting with the first sútra, chaítanyam átmá. The third was commented on by Abhinava-gupta and begins with the verse given in the Sarva-Darśana-Saṅgraha, p. 91, lines 1-4. The manuscript I consulted in Calcutta read the first words—

Serving Maheshvara somehow.

None of these works, however, appear to be the authority of the present sect. They seem chiefly to have relied on the twenty-eight Ágamas and some of the Puráṇas. A list of the Ágamas is given in Mr. Foulkes' "Catechism of the Śaiva Religion;" and of these the Kiraṇa and Karaṇa are quoted in the following treatise.]

None of these works, however, seem to be the official texts of the current sect. They primarily appear to rely on the twenty-eight Ágamas and some of the Puráṇas. A list of the Ágamas is provided in Mr. Foulkes' "Catechism of the Śaiva Religion;" and among these, the Kiraṇa and Karaṇa are referenced in the following treatise.

THE ŚAIVA-DARŚANA.

Certain, however, of the Máheśvara sect receiving the system of truth authoritatively laid down in the Śaiva Ágama,[112] reject the foregoing opinion that "the Supreme Being is a cause as independent of our actions, &c.," on the ground of its being liable to the imputation of partiality and cruelty. They, on the contrary, hold the opinion that "the Supreme Being is a cause in dependence on our actions, &c.;" and they maintain that there are three categories distinguished as the Lord, the soul, and the world (or literally "the master," "the cattle," and "the fetter"). As has been said by those well versed in the Tantra doctrines—

Certain, however, of the Máheśvara sect that accept the system of truth established in the Śaiva Ágama,[112] reject the earlier view that "the Supreme Being is a cause independent of our actions, etc.," because it can be seen as biased and cruel. Instead, they believe that "the Supreme Being is a cause dependent on our actions, etc.;" and they argue that there are three categories: the Lord, the soul, and the world (or literally "the master," "the cattle," and "the fetter"). As has been stated by those knowledgeable in the Tantra doctrines—

"The Guru of the world, having first condensed in one sútra the great tantra, possessed of three categories and four feet, has again declared the same at full length."

"The Guru of the world, after summarizing the great tantra into one sutra, which has three categories and four pillars, has once again explained it in detail."

The meaning of this is as follows:—Its three categories are the three before mentioned; its four feet are learning, ceremonial action, meditation, and morality, hence it is called the great Tantra, possessed of three categories and four feet. Now the "souls" are not independent, and the "fetters" are unintelligent, hence the Lord, as being different from these, is first declared; next follows the account of the souls as they agree with him in possessing intelligence; lastly follow the "fetters" or matter, such is the order of the arrangement.[113] Since the ceremony of initiation is the means to the highest human end, and this cannot be accomplished without knowledge which establishes the undoubted greatness of the hymns, the Lords of the hymns, &c., and is a means for the ascertainment of the real nature of the "cattle," the "fetter," and the "master," we place as first the "foot" of knowledge (jñána) which makes known all this unto us.[114] Next follows the "foot" of ceremonial action (kriyá) which declares the various rules of initiation with the divers component parts thereof. Without meditation the end cannot be attained, hence the "foot" of meditation (yoga) follows next, which declares the various kinds of yoga with their several parts. And as meditation is worthless without practice, i.e., the fulfilling what is enjoined and the abstaining from what is [115]forbidden, lastly follows the fourth "foot" of practical duty (charyá), which includes all this.

The meaning of this is as follows: Its three categories are the three mentioned earlier; its four pillars are learning, ceremonial action, meditation, and morality, hence it is called the great Tantra, consisting of three categories and four pillars. Now, the "souls" are not independent, and the "fetters" lack intelligence, so the Lord, being different from these, is declared first; next is the explanation of the souls, which agree with him in having intelligence; finally, the "fetters" or matter follow, establishing this order of arrangement.[113] Since the initiation ceremony is the means to the highest human goal, and this cannot be achieved without knowledge that confirms the undeniable greatness of the hymns, the Lords of the hymns, etc., and serves to clarify the true nature of the "cattle," the "fetter," and the "master," we present first the "pillar" of knowledge (jñána) that reveals all this to us.[114] Next comes the "pillar" of ceremonial action (kriyá), which lays out the various rules of initiation and its different components. Without meditation, the goal cannot be reached, so the "pillar" of meditation (yoga) follows, explaining the various types of yoga and their parts. And because meditation is ineffective without practice, i.e., doing what is required and avoiding what is forbidden, the fourth "pillar" of practical duty (charyá), which encompasses all of this, comes last.

Now Śiva is held to be the Lord (or master). Although participation in the divine nature of Śiva belongs to liberated souls and to such beings as Vidyeśvara, &c., yet these are not independent, since they depend on the Supreme Being; and the nature of an effect is recognised to belong to the worlds, &c., which resemble him, from the very fact of the orderly arrangement of their parts. And from their thus being effects we infer that they must have been caused by an intelligent being. By the strength of this inference is the universal acknowledgment of a Supreme Being confirmed.

Now Śiva is considered the Lord (or master). While sharing in the divine nature of Śiva is a trait of liberated souls and beings like Vidyeśvara, these beings are not independent; they rely on the Supreme Being. The nature of an effect is understood to belong to the worlds and other entities that resemble him, simply because of how their parts are organized. Since they are indeed effects, we conclude that there must have been an intelligent cause behind them. This reasoning supports the widespread recognition of a Supreme Being.

"But may we not object that it is not proved that the body is thus an effect? for certainly none has ever, at any time or place, seen a body being made by any one." We grant it: yet it is not proper to deny that a body has some maker on the ground that its being made has not been seen by any one, since this can be established from inference [if not from actual perception]. Bodies, &c., must be effects, because they possess an orderly arrangement of parts, or because they are destructible, as jars, &c.; and from their being effects it is easy to infer that they must have been caused by an intelligent being. Thus the subject in the argument [sc. bodies, &c.] must have had a maker, from the fact that it is an effect, like jars, &c.; that which has the afore-mentioned middle term (sádhana) must have the afore-mentioned major (sádhya); and that which has not the former will not have the latter, as the soul, &c.[115] The argument which establishes the authority of the original inference to prove a Supreme Being has been given elsewhere, so we refrain from giving it at length here. In fact, that God is the universal agent, but not irrespective of the actions done by living beings, is proved by the current verse[116]

"But can we really argue that it's not proven that the body is an effect? Because, clearly, no one has ever witnessed a body being created by anyone." We acknowledge this: however, it’s not reasonable to claim that a body has no creator just because no one has seen it being made, since we can reach this conclusion through reasoning [even if not through direct observation]. Bodies, etc., must be effects because they have an organized arrangement of parts, or because they are subject to destruction, like jars, etc.; and from the fact that they are effects, it’s easy to conclude that they must have been caused by an intelligent being. Therefore, the subject in the argument [i.e., bodies, etc.] must have had a creator, since it is an effect, just like jars, etc.; that which possesses the aforementioned middle term (sádhana) must have the previously mentioned major term (sádhya); and that which lacks the former will not possess the latter, like the soul, etc.[115] The argument that establishes the validity of the original inference to demonstrate the existence of a Supreme Being has been presented elsewhere, so we won't elaborate on it here. Indeed, that God is the universal agent, though not independent of the actions performed by living beings, is demonstrated by the current verse[116]

"This ignorant jívátman, incapable of its own true pleasures or pains, if it were only under God's direction [and its own merits not taken into account], would always go to heaven or always to hell."[117]

"This unaware jívátman, unable to recognize its own real joys or sorrows, if it were solely guided by God [and not considering its own actions], would always end up in heaven or always in hell."[117]

Nor can you object that this opinion violates God's independence, since it does not really violate an agent's independence to allow that he does not act irrespectively of means; just as we say that the king's bounty shows itself in gifts, but these are not irrespective of his treasurer. As has been said by the Siddha Guru—

Nor can you argue that this opinion undermines God's independence, since it doesn't actually compromise an agent's independence to accept that they do not act without considering means; just as we say that the king's generosity is seen in gifts, but these are not made without the treasurer's involvement. As the Siddha Guru has stated—

"It belongs to independence to be uncontrolled and itself to employ means, &c.;

"It is a part of independence to be unrestricted and to use its own means, etc.;"

"This is an agent's true independence, and not the acting irrespectively of works, &c."

"This is an agent's real independence, and not the acting without regard to works, etc."

And thus we conclude that inference (as well as Śruti) establishes the existence of an agent who knows the various fruits [of action], their means, material causes, &c., according to the laws of the various individual merits. This has been thus declared by the venerable Bṛihaspati—

And so we conclude that inference (as well as Śruti) confirms the existence of an agent who understands the different outcomes of actions, their methods, material causes, etc., based on the principles of individual merits. This has been stated by the esteemed Bṛihaspati—

"He who knows the fruits to be enjoyed, their means and material causes,—

"He who understands the fruits to be enjoyed, their means and material causes,—

"Apart from him this world knows not how the desert that resides in accumulated actions should ripen."—

"Apart from him, this world doesn't understand how the desert created by our accumulated actions should mature."—

"The universe is the subject of our argument, and it must have had an intelligent maker,

"The universe is the focus of our discussion, and it must have been created by an intelligent designer,

"This we maintain from its being an effect, just as we see in any other effect, as jars, &c."

"This we argue comes from it being an effect, just like we see in any other effect, like jars, etc."

God's omniscience also is proved from his being identical with everything, and also from the fact that an ignorant being cannot produce a thing.[118] This has been said by the illustrious Mṛigendra[119]

God's all-knowing nature is also shown by the fact that He is one with everything, and by the understanding that an ignorant being cannot create anything.[118] This was stated by the renowned Mṛigendra[119]

"He is omniscient from his being the maker of all things: for it is an established principle

"He knows everything because He is the creator of all things: for it is an established principle"

"That he only can make a thing who knows it with its means, parts, and end."

"Only someone who understands a thing, including its resources, components, and purpose, can create it."

"Well," our opponents may say, "we concede that God is an independent maker, but then he has no body.[120] Now experience shows that all effects, as jars, &c., are produced by beings possessed of bodies, as potters, &c.; but if God were possessed of a body, then he would be like us subject to trouble, and no longer be omniscient or omnipotent." We, however, deny this, for we see that the incorporeal soul does still produce motion, &c., in its associated body; moreover, even though we conceded that God did possess a body, we should still maintain that the alleged defects would not necessarily ensue. The Supreme Being, as he has no possible connection with the fetters of matter, such as mala,[121] action, &c., cannot have a material body, but only a body of pure energy (Sákta),[122] since we know that his body is composed of the five hymns which are forms of Śakti, according to the well-known text: "The Supreme has the Iśána as his head, the Tatpurusha as his mouth, the Aghora as his heart, the Vámedeva as his secret parts, and the Sadyojáta as his feet."[123] And this body, created according to his own will, is not like our bodies, but is the cause of the five operations of the Supreme, which are respectively grace, obscuration, destruction, preservation, and production.[124] This has been said in the Śrímat Mṛigendra—

"Well," our opponents might argue, "we admit that God is a creator who stands on his own, but that means he has no physical form.[120] Experience shows that all effects, like jars, etc., are produced by beings with physical bodies, such as potters, etc.; however, if God had a physical body, he would be like us, subject to limitations, and would no longer be all-knowing or all-powerful." We, on the other hand, disagree, as we observe that the non-physical soul can still create movement, etc., in its connected body; furthermore, even if we accepted that God did have a body, we would still argue that the supposed limitations would not necessarily follow. The Supreme Being, as he has no connection to the constraints of matter, such as mala,[121] action, etc., cannot have a physical body, but only a body of pure energy (Sákta),[122] since we know that his body is made up of the five hymns that represent forms of Śakti, based on the well-known text: "The Supreme has the Iśána as his head, the Tatpurusha as his mouth, the Aghora as his heart, the Vámedeva as his private parts, and the Sadyojáta as his feet."[123] This body, formed by his own will, is not like our bodies but is the source of the five operations of the Supreme, which are grace, obscuration, destruction, preservation, and production.[124] This has been mentioned in the Śrímat Mṛigendra—

"From the impossibility of its possessing mala, &c., the body of the Supreme is of pure energy, and not like ours."

"From the impossibility of it having mala, etc., the body of the Supreme is pure energy, unlike ours."

And it has also been said elsewhere—

And it has also been said elsewhere—

"His body is composed of the five mantras which are subservient to the five operations,

"His body is made up of the five mantras that serve the five operations,

"And his head, &c., are formed out of the Ísa, Tatpurusha, Aghora, Váma, and other hymns."

"And his head, etc., is made from the Ísa, Tatpurusha, Aghora, Váma, and other hymns."

If you object to this view that "such passages in the Ágamas as 'He is five-faced and fifteen-eyed,' assert prominently the fact that the Supreme Being is endowed with a body, organs, &c.," we concede what you say, but we maintain that there is no contradiction in his assuming such forms to show his mercy to his devoted servants, since meditation, worship, &c., are impossible towards a Being entirely destitute of form. This has been said in the Paushkara—

If you disagree with the idea that "passages in the Ágamas like 'He is five-faced and fifteen-eyed' clearly state that the Supreme Being has a body, organs, etc.," we acknowledge your point, but we argue that there's no conflict in him taking on such forms to demonstrate his mercy to his devoted servants, since meditation, worship, etc., aren't possible towards a Being that has no form. This has been stated in the Paushkara—

"This form of his is mentioned for the preservation of the devotee."

"This version of him is noted for the sake of the devotee."

And similarly elsewhere—

And similarly in other places—

"Thou art to be worshipped according to rule as possessed of form;

"You're meant to be worshipped according to the rules as someone with form;

"For the understanding cannot reach to a formless object."

"For understanding cannot grasp a formless object."

Bhojarája[125] has thus detailed the five operations—

Bhojarāja[125] has thus described the five operations—

"Fivefold are his operations, creation, preservation, destruction, and obscuration,

"His actions come in five forms: creation, preservation, destruction, and obscuration,"

"And to these must be added the active grace of him who is eternally exalted."

"And we must also include the active grace of the one who is eternally elevated."

Now these five operations, in the view of the pure Path, are held to be performed directly by Śiva, but in that of the toilsome Path they are ascribed to Ananta,[126] as is declared in the Śrímat Karaṇa[127]

Now, these five actions, according to the pure Path, are seen as directly carried out by Śiva, but from the perspective of the toilsome Path, they are attributed to Ananta,[126] as stated in the Śrímat Karaṇa[127]

"In the Pure Path Śiva is declared to be the only agent, but Ananta in that which is opposed to the One Supreme."

"In the Pure Path, Śiva is acknowledged as the sole agent, while Ananta represents what stands in opposition to the One Supreme."

It must here be understood that the word Śiva includes in its proper meaning "the Lord," all those who have attained to the state of Śiva, as the Lords of the Mantras, Maheśwara, the emancipated souls who have become Śivas, and the inspired teachers (váchakas), together with all the various means, as initiation, &c., for obtaining the state of Śiva. Thus has been explained the first category, the Lord (pati).

It should be understood that the word Śiva, in its true sense, means "the Lord," referring to everyone who has reached the state of Śiva, including the Lords of the Mantras, Maheśwara, liberated souls who have become Śivas, and the inspired teachers (váchakas), along with all the different methods, like initiation, for achieving the state of Śiva. This explains the first category, the Lord (pati).

We now proceed to explain the second category, the soul (paśu). The individual soul which is also known by such synonyms as the non-atomic,[128] the Kshetrajña, or knower of the body,[129] &c., is the Paśu. For we must not say with the Chárvákas that it is the same as the body, since on this view we could not account for memory, as there is a proverb that one man cannot remember what another has seen. Nor may we say with the Naiyáyikas that it is cognisable by perception,[130] as this would involve an ad infinitum regressus. As has been said—

We will now explain the second category, the soul (paśu). The individual soul, which is also referred to by other names like the non-atomic,[128] the Kshetrajña, or the knower of the body,[129] etc., is the Paśu. We cannot agree with the Chárvákas that it is the same as the body, because if that were true, we wouldn’t be able to explain memory; as the saying goes, one person cannot remember what another has seen. Nor can we accept the Naiyáyikas' claim that it can be known through perception,[130] as that would lead to an ad infinitum regression. As has been said—

"If the soul were cognisable, there would need to be again a second knower;[131]

"If the soul could be known, then there would have to be a second knower;[131]

"And this would require another still, if the second were itself to be known."

"And this would need another still, if the second one was also to be known."

Nor must we hold it non-pervading with the Jainas, nor momentary with the Bauddhas, since it is not limited by space or time. As has been said—

Nor should we consider it non-pervading with the Jains, nor momentary with the Buddhists, since it is not restricted by space or time. As has been said—

"That object which is unlimited in its nature by space or time,

"That object that is limitless in its nature by space or time,

"They hold to be eternal and pervading,—hence the soul's all-pervadingness and eternity."

"They believe it to be eternal and everywhere present—hence the soul's all-encompassing nature and timelessness."

Nor may we say with the Vedántin that it is only one, since the apportionment of different fruits proves that there are many individual souls; nor with the Sánkhyas that it is devoid of action, since, when all the various "fetters" are removed, Śruti informs us of a state of identity with Śiva, which consists in intelligence in the form of an eternal and infinite vision and action.[132] This has been declared in the Śrímat Mṛigendra—

Nor can we agree with the Vedántin that it's just one, because the different outcomes show that there are many individual souls; nor with the Sánkhyas that it's inactive, since when all the various "fetters" are removed, the scripture tells us about a state of unity with Śiva, which involves an eternal and infinite awareness and action.[132] This has been stated in the Śrímat Mṛigendra—

"It is revealed that identity with Śiva results when all fetters are removed."

"It’s revealed that being one with Śiva happens when all constraints are lifted."

And again—

And once more—

"Intelligence consists in vision and action, and since in his soul

"Intelligence is about seeing and doing, and since in his soul"

"This exists always and on every side, therefore, after liberation, Śruti calls it that which faces every way."

"This is always present and in every direction, so after liberation, Śruti refers to it as that which faces all ways."

It is also said in the Tattva-prakáśa—

It is also mentioned in the Tattva-prakáśa—

"The liberated souls are themselves Śivas, but these are liberated by his favour;

"The liberated souls are themselves Śivas, but they are freed by his grace;

"He is to be known as the one eternally liberated, whose body is the five Mantras."

"He is known as the one who is eternally free, whose body represents the five Mantras."

Now the souls are threefold, as denominated vijñánákaláḥ, pralayákaláḥ, and sakaláḥ.[133] (a.) The first are those who are under the influence of mala only, since their actions are cancelled by receiving their proper fruits, or [121]by abstraction, contemplation, and knowledge, and since they have no "fetters" in the form of enjoyments, such as kalá, &c. (which fetters would, however, be the cause of cancelling actions by bringing about their proper fruit). (b.) The second are those who are under the influence of mala and karman, since in their case kalá, &c., are destroyed by mundane destructions, hence their name pralayákala. (c.) The third are those who are bound in the three fetters of mala, máyá, and karman, hence their name sakala. The first class are again subdivided into samápta-kalusháḥ and asamápta-kalusháḥ, according as their inherent corruption is perfectly exhausted or not. The former,—having received the mature penalties of their corruptions,—are now, as foremost of men and worthy of the privilege, raised by Śiva's favour to the rank of the Lords of Knowledge (the Vidyeśvaras), Ananta, and the rest. This ogdoad of the Lords of Knowledge is described in the Bahudaivatya—

Now, the souls are categorized into three types: vijñánákaláḥ, pralayákaláḥ, and sakaláḥ.[133] (a.) The first group consists of those who are influenced only by mala, as their actions are nullified by receiving their appropriate rewards, or through abstraction, contemplation, and knowledge, and because they have no "fetters" in the form of pleasures like kalá, etc. (these fetters would, however, be responsible for nullifying actions by leading to their appropriate outcomes). (b.) The second group includes those affected by both mala and karman, as their kalá, etc., are eliminated through worldly destruction, giving them the name pralayákala. (c.) The third group is composed of those bound by the three fetters of mala, máyá, and karman, hence they are called sakala. The first group is further divided into samápta-kalusháḥ and asamápta-kalusháḥ, depending on whether their inherent corruption is completely exhausted or not. The first group—having faced the full consequences of their corruptions—are now, as the foremost among people and deserving of the honor, elevated by Śiva's grace to the status of the Lords of Knowledge (the Vidyeśvaras), Ananta, and others. This group of eight Lords of Knowledge is described in the Bahudaivatya—

"Ananta, and Súkshma, and Śivottama,

Ananta, Súkshma, and Śivottama,

"Ekanetra, and again Ekarudra and Trimúrttika,

Ekanetra, and also Ekarudra and Trimúrttika,

"Śríkaṇṭha and Śikhaṇḍin,—these are declared to be the Vidyeśvaras."

"Śríkaṇṭha and Śikhaṇḍin—these are identified as the Vidyeśvaras."

The latter Śiva, in his mercy, raises to the rank of the seventy million Mantras.[134] All this is explained in the Tattva-prakáśa.[135] Similarly Soma-Śambhu has said—

The latter Śiva, in his mercy, elevates to the status of seventy million Mantras.[134] All this is detailed in the Tattva-prakáśa.[135] Likewise, Soma-Śambhu has stated—

"One class is named vijñánákala, the second pralayákala,

"One class is called vijñánákala, the second pralayákala,"

"The third sakala,—these are the three whom the Śástra regards as objects of mercy.

"The third sakala,—these are the three that the Śástra considers as deserving of mercy."

"The first is united to mala alone, the second to mala and karma,

"The first is connected to mala only, the second to both mala and karma,"

"The third are united to all the tattvas beginning with kalá and ending with 'earth.'"[136]

"The third group is connected to all the elements starting with kalá and ending with 'earth.'" [136]

The Pralayákaláḥ are also twofold, as being pakvapáśadvaya or not, i.e., those in whom the two remaining fetters are matured, and those in whom they are not. The former attain liberation, but the latter, by the power of karman, are endowed with the puryashṭaka[137] body, and pass through various births. As has been said in the Tattva-prakáśa—

The Pralayákaláḥ are also divided into two categories: pakvapáśadvaya or not, i.e., those who have fully matured the two remaining fetters and those who have not. The first group achieves liberation, while the second, due to the influence of karman, receive the puryashṭaka[137] body and go through various lifetimes. As mentioned in the Tattva-prakáśa—

"Those among the Pralayákalas whose karman and mala are immature,

"Those among the Pralayákalas whose karman and mala are not fully developed,

"Go, united with the puryashṭaka body, into many births by the power of karman."

"Go, joined with the puryashṭaka body, through multiple lives by the force of karman."

The puryashṭaka is also thus described in the same work—

The puryashṭaka is also described in the same work—

"The puryashṭaka is composed of the internal organ, thought (dhí), karman, and the instruments."

"The puryashṭaka is made up of the internal organ, thought (dhí), karman, and the instruments."

This is thus explained by Aghora Śiva Áchárya, "the puryashṭaka is a subtile body apportioned to each individual soul, which continues from the creation until the close of the kalpa, or until liberation: it is composed of the thirty[138] tattvas beginning with 'earth' and ending with kalá." As has been said in the Tattva-sangraha—

This is explained by Aghora Śiva Áchárya: "the puryashṭaka is a subtle body assigned to each individual soul, which lasts from creation until the end of the kalpa, or until liberation. It consists of the thirty[138] tattvas, starting with 'earth' and concluding with kalá." As mentioned in the Tattva-sangraha—

"This set of tattvas, commencing with 'earth' and ending with kalá, is assigned to each soul,

"This set of principles, starting with 'earth' and ending with kalá, is assigned to each soul,

"And wanders by the law of karman through all the bodies produced by the world."

"And moves according to the law of karman through all the forms created by the world."

The following is the full meaning of this passage:—The word "internal organ," which properly includes "mind," "intelligence," "egoism," and "reason,"[139] includes also the seven tattvas which enter into the production of enjoyment [or experience], viz., those called kalá, time, fate, knowledge, concupiscence, nature, and quality;[140] the [123]words "thought" (dhí) and karman signify the five cognisable gross elements, and their originators, the subtile rudiments. By the word "instruments" are comprehended the ten organs of sense and action.

The following is the full meaning of this passage:—The term "internal organ," which includes "mind," "intelligence," "egoism," and "reason,"[139] also encompasses the seven tattvas involved in producing enjoyment [or experience], namely, those known as kalá, time, fate, knowledge, desire, nature, and quality;[140] the [123]terms "thought" (dhí) and karman refer to the five recognizable gross elements and their sources, the subtle rudiments. By the term "instruments" are included the ten sense and action organs.

"But is it not declared in the Śrímat Kálottara that 'The set of five, sound, touch, form, taste and smell, intelligence, mind and egoism, these constitute the puryashṭaka?'"

"But is it not stated in the Śrímat Kálottara that 'The five senses—sound, touch, form, taste, and smell—along with intelligence, mind, and ego, make up the puryashṭaka?'"

How, then, can any different account be maintained? We grant this, and hence the venerable Ráma Kaṇṭha has explained that sútra in its literal meaning [i. e., as puryashṭaka, is derived from ashṭa, "eight"], so why should we be prolix in the discussion? Still, if you ask how we can reconcile our account with the strict nominal definition of puryashṭaka, we reply that there is really no contradiction, as we maintain that it is composed of a set of eight in the following manner:—(1.) The five elements; (2.) the five rudiments; (3.) the five organs of knowledge; (4.) those of action; (5.) the fourfold internal organ; (6.) their instrument;[141] (7.) nature [prakṛiti]; and (8.) the class composed of the five, beginning with kalá, which form a kind of case.[142]

How can we maintain any different explanation? We acknowledge this, and so the respected Ráma Kaṇṭha has clarified that the term 'sútra' in its literal meaning [i. e., as puryashṭaka, is derived from ashṭa, "eight"], so why should we go on for too long in our discussion? However, if you ask how we can align our explanation with the strict definition of puryashṭaka, we respond that there is actually no contradiction, as we hold that it consists of a group of eight in the following way:—(1.) The five elements; (2.) the five rudiments; (3.) the five organs of knowledge; (4.) those of action; (5.) the four internal organs; (6.) their instruments;[141] (7.) nature [prakṛiti]; and (8.) the category made up of the five, starting with kalá, which form a kind of case.[142]

Now in the case of some of those souls who are joined to the puryashṭaka body, Maheśvara Ananta having compassionated them as possessed of peculiar merit, constitutes them here as lords of the world; as has been said—

Now for some of those souls who are connected to the puryashṭaka body, Maheśvara Ananta, out of compassion for their unique merits, establishes them here as rulers of the world; as has been stated—

"Maheśvara pities some and grants them to be lords of the world."

"Maheśvara feels sorry for some and makes them rulers of the world."

The class called sakala is also divided into two, as pakvakalusha and apakvakalusha. As for the former, the Supreme Being, in conformity with their maturity (paripáka), [124]puts forth a power agreeable thereto, and transfers them to the position of the hundred and eighteen Lords of the Mantras, signified by the words Maṇḍalí, &c., as has been said—

The class called sakala is also split into two categories: pakvakalusha and apakvakalusha. For the first one, the Supreme Being, according to their level of maturity (paripáka), [124]offers a corresponding power and elevates them to the status of the hundred and eighteen Lords of the Mantras, represented by the term Maṇḍalí, and so on, as previously mentioned—

"The rest are denominated sakala, from their connection with Kalá, &c., seized by time whose mouths are days;

The rest are called sakala, because of their link to Kalá, etc., taken by time whose mouths are days;

"The Supreme of his own will makes one hundred and eighteen of these the Lords of the Mantras.

"The Supreme of his own will makes one hundred and eighteen of these the Lords of the Mantras."

"Eight of these are called Maṇḍalins; eight again are Krodha, &c.;

"Eight of these are called Maṇḍalins; eight more are Krodha, etc.;"

"Víreśa, Śríkaṇṭha, and the hundred Rudras,—these together are the hundred and eighteen."

"Viresha, Shrikanta, and the hundred Rudras—these together make up the hundred and eighteen."

In their case again, the Supreme, having assumed the form of a teacher, stops the continued accession of maturity and contracts his manifested power, and ultimately grants to them liberation by the process of initiation; as has been said—

In their case again, the Supreme, taking on the role of a teacher, halts the ongoing growth of maturity and limits his displayed power, ultimately granting them freedom through the process of initiation; as has been said—

"These creatures whose mala is matured, by putting forth a healing power,

"These creatures whose mala is matured, by putting forth a healing power,

"He, assuming the form of a teacher, unites by initiation to the highest principle."

"He takes on the role of a teacher and connects through initiation to the highest principle."

It is also said in the Srímad Mṛigendra—

It is also said in the Srímad Mṛigendra—

"He removes from that infinitesimal soul all the bonds which previously exerted a contrary influence over it."[143]

"He frees that tiny soul from all the ties that once held it back."[143]

All this has been explained at great length by Náráyaṇa-Kaṇṭha, and there it is to be studied; but we are obliged to pass on through fear of prolixity.

All of this has been thoroughly explained by Náráyaṇa-Kaṇṭha, and it should be studied there; however, we must move on to avoid being too wordy.

But as for the second class, or those called apakvakalusha, the Supreme Being, as impelled by the desert of their respective actions, appoints them, as bound and endued with infinitesimal bodies, to enjoy the rewards of their previous actions.[144] As has been said—

But for the second category, or those known as apakvakalusha, the Supreme Being, driven by the consequences of their actions, assigns them, as constrained and equipped with minuscule forms, to experience the outcomes of their past deeds.[144] As mentioned—

"The other souls, bound [in their material bonds] he appoints to enjoy their various deserts,

"The other souls, tied down by their material attachments, he assigns to experience the rewards they've earned."

"According to their respective actions: such are the various kinds of souls."

"Based on their actions, these are the different types of souls."

We now proceed to describe the third category, matter (or páśa). This is fourfold, mala,[1] karman, máyá, and rodha-śakti.[145] But it may be objected, "Is it not said in the Śaiva Ágamas that the chief things are the Lord, souls, and matter? Now the Lord has been shown to mean Śiva, 'souls' mean atoms (or beings endowed with atomic bodies), and matter (or 'bond') is said to be the pentad,[146] hence matter will be fivefold. How then is it now reckoned to be only fourfold?" To this we reply as follows:—Although the vindu or nasal dot, which is the germinal atom of máyá, and is called a Śiva-tattva, may be well regarded as material in comparison with the highest liberation as defined by the attainment of the state of Śiva, still it cannot really be considered as matter when we remember that it is a secondary kind of liberation as causing the attainment of the state of such deities as Vidyeśvara, &c. Thus we see [126]there is no contradiction. Hence it has been said in the Tattva-prakáśa—

We now move on to describe the third category, matter (or páśa). This is classified into four types: mala,[1] karman, máyá, and rodha-śakti.[145] But one might argue, "Isn't it stated in the Śaiva Ágamas that the main entities are the Lord, souls, and matter? Now, we’ve established that the Lord refers to Śiva, 'souls' mean atoms (or beings with atomic bodies), and matter (or 'bond') is referred to as the pentad,[146] so why is matter considered only fourfold?" To this, we reply: Although the vindu or nasal dot, which is the fundamental atom of máyá and is known as a Śiva-tattva, may be viewed as material compared to the highest liberation defined by the attainment of the state of Śiva, it cannot truly be regarded as matter when we remember that it is a secondary form of liberation that leads to the state of deities like Vidyeśvara, etc. Thus, we see [126] there is no contradiction. Therefore, it is stated in the Tattva-prakáśa—

"The bonds of matter will be fourfold."

"The connections of matter will be fourfold."

And again in the Srímad Mṛigendra—

And again in the Srímad Mṛigendra—

"The enveloper-controller (mala), the overpowerer (rodha), action, and the work of Máyá,

"The enveloper-controller (mala), the overpowerer (rodha), action, and the work of Máyá,"

"These are the four 'bonds,' and they are collectively called by the name of 'merit.'"

"These are the four 'bonds,' and they are all referred to as 'merit.'"

The following is the meaning of this couplet:—

The following is the meaning of this couplet:—

(1.) "Enveloping," because mala exceedingly obscures and veils the soul's powers of vision and action; "controlling," because mala, a natural impurity, controls the soul by its independent influence. As has been said—

(1.) "Enveloping," because mala greatly clouds and hides the soul's ability to see and act; "controlling," because mala, a natural impurity, influences the soul on its own. As mentioned—

"Mala, though itself one, by manifold influence interrupts the soul's vision and action;

"Mala, while being one, disrupts the soul's perception and actions in many ways;

"It is to be regarded as the husk in rice or rust on copper."[147]

"It should be seen as the outer layer of rice or rust on copper."[147]

(2.) The "overpowerer" is the obscuring power; this is called a "bond" [or matter] in a metaphorical sense, since this energy of Śiva obscures the soul by superintending matter [rather than by itself partaking of the nature of matter].

(2.) The "overpowerer" is the force that obscures; this is referred to as a "bond" [or matter] in a metaphorical sense, as this energy of Śiva hides the soul by overseeing matter [instead of directly being part of the nature of matter].

Thus it has been said—

So it's been said—

"Of these I am the chief energy, and the gracious friend of all,

"Of these, I am the main source of energy and the kind friend to everyone,"

"I am metaphorically called páśa,[148] because I follow desert."

"I am metaphorically called páśa,[148] because I follow a desert."

(3.) Action [or rather its consequences, karman] as being performed by those who desire the fruit. It is in the form of merit or demerit, like the seed and shoot, and it is eternal in a never-beginning series. As has been said in the Śrímat Kiraṇa—

(3.) Action [or rather its consequences, karman] is carried out by those who seek the rewards. It takes the form of merit or demerit, similar to a seed and its shoot, and it exists eternally in a never-ending cycle. As mentioned in the Śrímat Kiraṇa—

"As Mala has no beginning, its least actions are beginningless:

"As Mala has no beginning, even its smallest actions are without a start:

"If an eternal character is thus established, then what cause could produce any change therein?"

"If a permanent character is established like this, then what reason could cause any change in it?"

(4.) "Máyá," because herein as an energy of the Divine Being all the world is potentially contained (máti) at a mundane destruction, and again at a creation it all comes (yáti) into manifestation, hence the derivation of the name. This has been said in the Śrímat Saurabheya—

(4.) "Máyá," because within it, as an energy of the Divine Being, all of existence is potentially contained (máti) during worldly destruction, and once more during creation, everything comes (yáti) into manifestation, hence the origin of the name. This has been stated in the Śrímat Saurabheya—

"The effects, as a form of the Divine energy, are absorbed therein at a mundane destruction,

"The effects, as a form of Divine energy, are absorbed there at a common destruction,

"And again at a renovation it is manifested anew in the form of effects as kalá, &c."[149]

"And again at a renovation, it is revealed once more in the form of effects as kalá, etc." [149]

Although much more might be added on this topic, yet we stop here through fear of extending this treatise too far. Thus have the three categories been declared,—the Lord, the soul, and matter.

Although we could say much more about this topic, we’ll stop here to avoid making this discussion too lengthy. So, we have covered the three categories: the Lord, the soul, and matter.

A different mode of treating the subject is found in the Jñánaratnávalí, &c., in such lines as—

A different way of discussing the topic is seen in the Jñánaratnāvalī, etc., in lines such as—

"The Lord, knowledge, ignorance, the soul, matter, and the cause

"The Lord, knowledge, ignorance, the soul, matter, and the cause"

"Of the cessation thereof,—these are collectively the six categories."

"Regarding its cessation, these are the six categories as a whole."

But our readers must seek for full information from the work itself. Thus our account of the system is complete.

But our readers need to look for all the information in the work itself. So our explanation of the system is finished.

E. B. C.

E. B. C.

FOOTNOTES:

[112] Colebrooke speaks of the Paśupati-sástra (Maheśvara-siddhánta or Sivágama), as the text-book of the Páśupata sect. The Ágamas are said to be twenty-eight (see their names in the Rev. T. Foulkes' "Catechism of the Śaiva Religion").

[112] Colebrooke refers to the Paśupati-sástra (Maheśvara-siddhánta or Sivágama) as the main text of the Páśupata sect. The Ágamas are said to be twenty-eight (see their names in Rev. T. Foulkes' "Catechism of the Śaiva Religion").

[113] "There must be three eternal entities, Deity, soul, matter;" "as the water is co-eternal with the sea and the salt with the water, so soul is co-eternal with the Deity, and páśa is eternally co-existent with soul" (J. A. O. S. iv. pp. 67, 85). In p. 58 we find the advaita of the Vedánta attacked. In p. 62 it is said that the soul is eternally entangled in matter, and God carries on his five operations (see infra) to disentangle it, bringing out all that is required for previous desert.

[113] "There must be three eternal entities: God, soul, and matter;" "just as water is co-eternal with the sea and salt with water, the soul is co-eternal with God, and páśa is eternally co-existing with the soul" (J. A. O. S. iv. pp. 67, 85). On page 58, we see a critique of the advaita of Vedánta. On page 62, it is stated that the soul is eternally trapped in matter, and God performs his five operations (see infra) to free it, bringing out all that is necessary for previous merit.

[114] These four feet are the four stages of religious life (see J. A. O. S. iv. pp. 135, 180), called in Tamil sarithei, kirikei, yokam, and gnánam. The first is the stage of practical piety and performance of the prescribed duties and rites; the second is that of the "confirmatory sacrament" and the five purifications involved in true pújá; the third is that of the eight observances of the yogin; the fourth is that of knowledge which prepares the soul for intimate union with God.

[114] These four stages represent the four phases of religious life (see J. A. O. S. iv. pp. 135, 180), known in Tamil as sarithei, kirikei, yokam, and gnánam. The first phase focuses on practical piety and fulfilling prescribed duties and rituals; the second involves the "confirmatory sacrament" and the five purifications associated with true pújá; the third encompasses the eight observances of the yogin; the fourth relates to knowledge that prepares the soul for a close connection with God.

[115] Cf. Colebrooke, Essays (2d ed.), vol. i. p. 315.

[115] See Colebrooke, Essays (2nd ed.), vol. i. p. 315.

[116] Nyáyena may here mean "argument."

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Nyáyena may mean "argument."

[117] Scil. if there were only one cause there would be only one invariable effect. The very existence of various effects proves that there must be other concurrent causes (as human actions) necessary. The argument seems to me to require here this unnatural stress to be laid on eva, but this is certainly not the original meaning of the passage; it occurs Mahábhárata, iii. 1144 (cf. Gauḍapáda, S. Kár. 61).

[117] Scil. If there was only one cause, there would be only one consistent effect. The fact that there are different effects proves that there must be additional causes happening at the same time (like human actions) that are necessary. The argument seems to overemphasize eva here, but that's definitely not the original meaning of the passage; it appears in the Mahábhárata, iii. 1144 (see Gauḍapáda, S. Kár. 61).

[118] In p. 82, line 3, infra, I read Karaṇásambhaváchcha.

[118] In p. 82, line 3, infra, I read Karaṇásambhaváchcha.

[119] This may be the same with the Meykáṇḍa of the Tamil work in J. A. O. S. His poem was called the Mṛigendra(?).

[119] This might be similar to the Meykáṇḍa from the Tamil work in J. A. O. S. His poem was titled Mṛigendra(?).

[120] Should we read távad anaśaríraḥ in p. 83, line 2?

[120] Should we read távad anaśaríraḥ on page 83, line 2?

[121] I retain this word, see infra.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ I keep this word, see below.

[122] "Máyá (or Prakṛiti) is the material, Śakti the instrumental, and Deity the efficient cause" (J. A. O. S. iv. p. 55).

[122] "Máyá (or Prakṛiti) is the material, Śakti is the instrument, and Deity is the effective cause" (J. A. O. S. iv. p. 55).

[123] These are the five first names of the eleven mantras which are included in the five kalás (J. A. O. S. iv. pp. 238-243). The Śivalinga (the visible object of worship for the enlightened) is composed of mantras, and is to be regarded as the body of Śiva (see J. A. O. S. iv. p. 101). These five mantras are given in the inverse order in Taitt. Áraṇyaka, x. 43-47 (cf. Nyáyá-málávist. p. 3).

[123] These are the five first names of the eleven mantras that are part of the five kalás (J. A. O. S. iv. pp. 238-243). The Śivalinga (the visible object of worship for the enlightened) consists of mantras and should be viewed as the body of Śiva (see J. A. O. S. iv. p. 101). These five mantras are listed in reverse order in Taitt. Áraṇyaka, x. 43-47 (cf. Nyáyá-málávist. p. 3).

[124] These are the operations of the five manifestations of Śiva (see J. A. O. S. iv. 8, 18) which in their descending order are Sáthákkiyam (i.e., Sadákshaya?) or Sadá-Śiva, who is Śiva and Śakti combined, and the source of grace to all souls; Ichchuran or Mayesuran, the obscure; Sutta-vittei (Śuddhavidyá) which is properly the Hindu triad, Rudra, Vishṇu, and Brahma. They are respectively symbolised by the náda, vindu, m, u, and a of Om.

[124] These describe the five forms of Śiva (see J. A. O. S. iv. 8, 18) which, in order from highest to lowest, are Sáthákkiyam (i.e., Sadákshaya?) or Sadá-Śiva, who represents the union of Śiva and Śakti and is the source of grace for all souls; Ichchuran or Mayesuran, the mysterious one; Sutta-vittei (Śuddhavidyá), which refers to the Hindu triad of Rudra, Vishṇu, and Brahma. They are symbolized by the náda, vindu, m, u, and a of Om.

[125] In Wilson's Mackenzie Cat. i. p. 138, we find a Tántrik work, the Narapati-jaya-charyá, ascribed to Bhoja the king of Dhár.

[125] In Wilson's Mackenzie Cat. i. p. 138, we find a Tántrik work, the Narapati-jaya-charyá, credited to Bhoja, the king of Dhár.

[126] Ananta is a name of Śiva in the Atharva-śiras Upanishad (see Indische Stud. i. 385).

[126] Ananta is one of the names of Shiva in the Atharva-śiras Upanishad (see Indische Stud. i. 385).

[127] This is the fourth of the twenty-eight Ágamas (see Foulkes' Catechism).

[127] This is the fourth of the twenty-eight Ágamas (see Foulkes' Catechism).

[128] Aṇu? "The soul, when clothed with these primary things (desire, knowledge, action, &c.), is an exceedingly small body" (Foulkes). Anaṇu is used as an epithet of Brahman in Bṛihad Ar. Up. iii. 8. 8.

[128] Aṇu? "The soul, when wrapped in these fundamental elements (desire, knowledge, action, etc.), is an incredibly tiny entity" (Foulkes). Anaṇu is referred to as a title of Brahman in Bṛihad Ar. Up. iii. 8. 8.

[129] See Ind. Studien, i. 301.

[129] See Ind. Studies, vol. 1, p. 301.

[130] The mind or internal sense perceives soul (see Bháshá Parichchheda, śloka 49).

[130] The mind or inner sense recognizes the soul (see Bháshá Parichchheda, śloka 49).

[131] Delete the iti in p. 84, line 5, infra.

[131] Delete the iti on p. 84, line 5, below.

[132] Cf. the Nakulíśa Páśupatas, p. 76, 4 (supra, p. 103).

[132] See the Nakulíśa Páśupatas, p. 76, 4 (above, p. 103).

[133] For these three classes see J. A. O. S. iv. pp. 87, 137. They are there described as being respectively under the influence of áṇavam malam only, or this with kanmam malam, or these with mayei malam. The áṇavam is described as original sin, or that source of evil which was always attached to the soul; kanmam is that fate which inheres in the soul's organism and metes out its deserts; mayei is matter in its obscuring or entangling power, the source of the senses. Mádhava uses "kalá," &c., for máyá. The reason is to be found in J. A. O. S. p. 70, where it is said that the five vidyátattvas (kalá, vidyá, rága, niyati, and kalá) and the twenty-four átmatattvas (sc. the gross and subtile elements, and organs of sense and action, with the intellectual faculties manas, buddhi, ahaṃkára, and chitta), are all developed from máyá. This exactly agrees with the quotation from Soma Śambhu, infra. We may compare with it what Mádhava says, p. 77, in his account of the Nakulíśa Páśupatas, where he describes kalá as unintelligent, and composed of the five elements, the five tanmátras, and the ten organs, with buddhi, ahaṃkára and manas.

[133] For these three classes, see J. A. O. S. iv. pp. 87, 137. They’re described as being under the influence of áṇavam malam only, or this along with kanmam malam, or these with mayei malam. The áṇavam is referred to as original sin, or the inherent source of evil always associated with the soul; kanmam is the fate that is part of the soul's structure and determines its consequences; mayei refers to matter in its obscuring or entangling nature, which is the source of the senses. Mádhava uses "kalá" and others in place of máyá. The reason for this is in J. A. O. S. p. 70, where it states that the five vidyátattvas (kalá, vidyá, rága, niyati, and kalá) and the twenty-four átmatattvas (i.e., the gross and subtle elements, sensory and action organs, along with the intellectual faculties manas, buddhi, ahaṃkára, and chitta) all originate from máyá. This aligns perfectly with the quote from Soma Śambhu, infra. We can compare this with what Mádhava states, p. 77, regarding the Nakulíśa Páśupatas, where he describes kalá as unintelligent and made up of the five elements, the five tanmátras, and the ten organs, alongside buddhi, ahaṃkára, and manas.

[134] See J. A. O. S. iv. p. 137. I read anugrahakaraṇát in p. 86, line 3.

[134] See J. A. O. S. iv. p. 137. I read anugrahakaraṇát on p. 86, line 3.

[135] I omit the quotation, as it only repeats the preceding. It, however, names the three classes as vijñána-kevala, pralaya-kevala, and sakala.

[135] I’ll skip the quote since it just repeats what was said before. However, it does mention the three categories as vijñána-kevala, pralaya-kevala, and sakala.

[136] I.e., thus including five of the vidyátattvas and all the twenty-four átmatattvas.

[136] That is, which includes five of the vidyátattvas and all twenty-four átmatattvas.

[137] This term seems to be derived from purí, "body" (cf. puriśaya for purusha, Bṛihad Ár. Up. ii. 5, 18), and ashṭaka (cf. also the Sánkhya Pravachana Bháshya, p. 135).

[137] This term appears to come from purí, meaning "body" (see puriśaya for purusha, Bṛihad Ár. Up. ii. 5, 18), and ashṭaka (also see the Sánkhya Pravachana Bháshya, p. 135).

[138] Or rather thirty-one?

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Or maybe thirty-one?

[139] Manas, buddhi, ahaṃkára, chitta.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Manas, buddhi, ego, mind.

[140] These are the seven viḍyá-tattvas, kalá, kála, niyati (fate), vidyá, rága, prakṛiti, and guṇa. Hoisington, however, puts purushan "the principle of life," instead of guṇa, which seems better, as the three guṇas are included in prakṛiti. He translates kalá by "continency," and describes it as "the power by which the senses are subdued and the carnal self brought into subjection."

[140] These are the seven viḍyá-tattvas, kalá, kála, niyati (fate), vidyá, rága, prakṛiti, and guṇa. Hoisington, however, uses purushan "the principle of life," instead of guṇa, which seems to make more sense, since the three guṇas are included in prakṛiti. He translates kalá as "continency," defining it as "the power through which the senses are controlled and the physical self is subdued."

[141] This "instrument" (karaṇa) seems to mean what Hoisington calls purushan or "the principle of life which establishes or supports the whole system in its operation;" he makes it one of the seven vidyátattvas. According to Mádhava, it should be what he calls guṇa.

[141] This "instrument" (karaṇa) appears to refer to what Hoisington describes as purushan or "the principle of life that establishes or supports the entire system in its operation;" he lists it as one of the seven vidyátattvas. According to Mádhava, it should be what he refers to as guṇa.

[142] The thirty-one tattvas are as follow:—Twenty-four átmatattvas, five elements, five tanmátras, ten organs of sense and action, four organs of the antaḥkaraṇa, and seven vidyátattvas as enumerated above. (See J. A. O. S. iv. pp. 16-17.)

[142] The thirty-one tattvas are as follows:—Twenty-four átmatattvas, five elements, five tanmátras, ten sensory and action organs, four antaḥkaraṇa organs, and seven vidyátattvas as listed above. (See J. A. O. S. iv. pp. 16-17.)

[143] I take aṇu in this verse as the soul, but it may mean the second kind of mala mentioned by Hoisington. The first kind of mala is the máyá-mala, the second áṇava-mala, the third kanma-mala (karman).

[143] I interpret aṇu in this line as the soul, but it could refer to the second type of mala mentioned by Hoisington. The first type of mala is máyá-mala, the second is áṇava-mala, and the third is kanma-mala (karman).

[144] "The soul, when clothed with these primary things (desire, knowledge, action, the kaládipanchaka, &c.), is an exceedingly small body" (Foulkes). One of the three malas is called áṇava, and is described as the source of sin and suffering to souls.

[144] "The soul, when wrapped in these fundamental aspects (desire, knowledge, action, the kaládipanchaka, etc.), is a very small entity" (Foulkes). One of the three malas is referred to as áṇava, and it's described as the root of sin and suffering for souls.

[145] The first three are the three kinds of mala in the J. A. O. S., viz., áṇavam, kanmam, and máyei, the last is the "obscuring" power of Máyesuran (cf. vol. iv. pp. 13, 14). The Śaivas hold that Páśa, like the Sánkhya Prakṛiti, is in itself eternal, although its connection with any particular soul is temporary (see J. A. O. S. iv. p. 228).

[145] The first three refer to the three types of mala in the J. A. O. S., specifically áṇavam, kanmam, and máyei; the last one is the "obscuring" power of Máyesuran (see vol. iv, pp. 13, 14). The Śaivas believe that Páśa, like the Sánkhya Prakṛiti, is eternal in itself, although its relationship with any specific soul is temporary (refer to J. A. O. S. iv, p. 228).

[146] These are the five, vindu, mala, karman, máyá, and rodhaśakti. Vindu is described in Foulkes' translation of the Śiva-prakáśa-patalai: "A sound proceeds out of the mystical syllable om;... and in that sound a rudimentary atom of matter is developed. From this atom are developed the four sounds, the fifty-one Sanskrit letters, the Vedas, Mantras, &c., the bodily, intellectual, and external enjoyments of the soul that have not attained to spiritual knowledge at the end of each period of the world's existence, and have been swept away by the waters of the world-destroying deluge; after these the three stages of heavenly happiness are developed, to be enjoyed by the souls that have a favourable balance of meritorious deeds, or have devoted themselves to the service of God or the abstract contemplation of the Deity, viz., (1.) the enjoyment of the abode of Śiva; (2.) that of near approach to him; (3.) that of union with him." Vindu is similarly described, J. A. O. S. iv. pp. 152, 153 (cf. also Weber, Rámatápanyía Up. pp. 312-315).

[146] These are the five: vindu, mala, karman, máyá, and rodhaśakti. Vindu is explained in Foulkes' translation of the Śiva-prakáśa-patalai: "A sound emerges from the mystical syllable om;... and from that sound, a basic atom of matter forms. From this atom, the four sounds, the fifty-one Sanskrit letters, the Vedas, Mantras, etc., as well as the physical, intellectual, and external pleasures of the soul that hasn't achieved spiritual knowledge by the end of each cycle of the universe and has been swept away by the waters of the world-ending flood; after these come the three levels of heavenly bliss that are experienced by souls with a positive balance of good deeds or those who have devoted themselves to serving God or deeply contemplating the Deity, which are: (1.) the enjoyment of the realm of Śiva; (2.) the privilege of being close to him; (3.) the experience of unity with him." Vindu is similarly discussed in J. A. O. S. iv. pp. 152, 153 (see also Weber, Rámatápanyía Up. pp. 312-315).

[147] See the same illustrations in J. A. O. S. iv. p. 150.

[147] Check out the same illustrations in J. A. O. S. iv. p. 150.

[148] Some forced derivation seems here intended as of páśa from paśchát.

[148] Some kind of forced connection appears to be suggested between páśa and paśchát.

[149] In p. 90, line 2, read sá káryeṇa.

[149] In p. 90, line 2, read sá káryeṇa.


CHAPTER VIII.

THE PRATYABHIJNA-DARSANA, OR RECOGNITIVE SYSTEM.

Other Máheśvaras are dissatisfied with the views set out in the Śaiva system as erroneous in attributing to motiveless and insentient things causality (in regard to the bondage and liberation of transmigrating spirits). They therefore seek another system, and proclaim that the construction of the world (or series of environments of those spirits) is by the mere will of the Supreme Lord. They pronounce that this Supreme Lord, who is at once other than and the same with the several cognitions and cognita, who is identical with the transcendent self posited by one's own consciousness, by rational proof, and by revelation, and who possesses independence, that is, the power of witnessing all things without reference to aught ulterior, gives manifestation, in the mirror of one's own soul, to all entities[150] as if they were images reflected upon it. Thus looking upon recognition as a new method for the attainment of ends and of the highest end, available to all men alike, without any the slightest trouble and exertion, such as external and internal worship, suppression of the breath, and the like, these Máheśvaras set forth the system of recognition (pratyabhijñá). The extent of this system is thus described by one of their authorities—

Other Máheśvaras are unhappy with the views presented in the Śaiva system, considering them wrong for attributing causality to things that lack motivation and awareness (in relation to the bondage and liberation of souls in the cycle of rebirth). As a result, they look for an alternative system and assert that the creation of the world (or the various environments of those souls) is simply the will of the Supreme Lord. They declare that this Supreme Lord, who is both different from and identical with various perceptions and objects of perception, who is the same as the transcendent self recognized through one's own consciousness, by reasoned proof, and by revelation, and who has independence—the ability to witness everything without reference to anything beyond—manifests all entities in the mirror of one’s own soul, as if they were images reflected in it. Therefore, viewing recognition as a new approach to reach goals and the ultimate goal, accessible to everyone without any effort or trouble, such as external or internal worship, breath control, and similar practices, these Máheśvaras present the system of recognition (pratyabhijñá). The scope of this system is explained by one of their authorities—

"The aphorisms, the commentary, the gloss, the two explications, the greater and the less,[129]

"The sayings, the commentary, the explanation, the two interpretations, the greater and the lesser,[129]

"The five topics, and the expositions,—such is the system of recognition."

"The five topics and the explanations—that’s the recognition system."

The first aphorism in their text-book is as follows[151]:—

The first saying in their textbook is as follows[151]:—

"Having reached somehow or other the condition of a slave of Maheśvara, and wishing also to help mankind,

"After somehow becoming a slave of Maheśvara and wanting to help humanity,"

"I set forth the recognition of Maheśvara, as the method of attaining all felicity."

"I present the acknowledgment of Maheśvara as the means to achieve all happiness."

[This aphorism may be developed as follows]:—

[This saying can be expanded as follows]:—

"Somehow or other," by a propitiation, effected by God, of the lotus feet of a spiritual director identical with God, "having reached," having fully attained, this condition, having made it the unintercepted object of fruition to myself. Thus knowing that which has to be known, he is qualified to construct a system for others: otherwise the system would be a mere imposture.

"Somehow," through a blessing from God, at the feet of a spiritual guide who is one with God, "having reached" and fully achieved this state, and having made it the clear goal of my life. By knowing what needs to be known, he is equipped to create a system for others; otherwise, the system would just be a fraud.

Maheśvara is the reality of unintermitted self-luminousness, beatitude, and independence, by portions of whose divine essence Vishṇu, Viriñchi, and other deities are deities, who, though they transcend the fictitious world, are yet implicated in the infinite illusion.

Maheśvara is the ultimate reality of constant self-illuminating awareness, bliss, and independence. From portions of this divine essence, deities like Vishṇu and Viriñchi emerge. They transcend the illusionary world but are still affected by the endless illusion.

The condition of being a slave to Maheśvara is the being a recipient of that independence or absoluteness which is the essence of the divine nature, a slave being one to whom his lord grants all things according to his will and pleasure (i.e., dásya, from ).

The state of being a slave to Maheśvara means being someone who receives that independence or completeness which is at the core of the divine nature, with a slave being someone to whom their lord gives everything based on his will and desire (i.e., dásya, from ).

The word mankind imports that there is no restriction of the doctrine to previously qualified students. Whoever he may be to whom this exposition of the divine nature is made, he reaps its highest reward, the emanatory principium itself operating to the highest end of the transmigrating souls. It has been accordingly laid down in the Śiva-dṛishṭi by that supreme guide the revered Sománandanátha—

The term mankind implies that this doctrine isn't limited to only certain qualified students. Anyone who receives this explanation of the divine nature can gain its greatest benefit, with the emanatory principium working towards the ultimate goal of the souls that are moving through cycles of rebirth. This has been established in the Śiva-dṛishṭi by the esteemed guide, the revered Sománandanátha—

"When once the nature of Śiva that resides in all things [130]has been known with tenacious recognition, whether by proof or by instruction in the words of a spiritual director,

"When the nature of Śiva, which exists in everything, [130] is understood with strong awareness, either through evidence or through guidance from a spiritual teacher,

"There is no further need of doing aught, or of any further reflection. When he knows Suvarṇa (or Śiva) a man may cease to act and to reflect."

"There’s no need to do anything else or to think any more. Once a person understands Suvarṇa (or Śiva), they can stop acting and reflecting."

The word also excludes the supposition that there is room in self which has recognised the nature of Maheśvara, and which manifests to itself its own identity with him, and is therefore fully satisfied, for any other motive than felicity for others. The well-being of others is a motive, whatever may be said, for the definition of a motive applies to it: for there is no such divine curse laid upon man that self-regard should be his sole motive to the exclusion of a regard for others. Thus Akshapáda (i. 24) defines a motive: A motive is that object towards which a man energises.

The word also excludes the idea that there is a part of oneself which has recognized the nature of Maheśvara, and which acknowledges its own identity with him, and is therefore completely satisfied, for any reason other than wanting happiness for others. The well-being of others is a motive, despite what may be claimed, because the definition of a motive applies here: there isn't any divine curse on humanity that would make self-interest the only motive, leaving no room for consideration of others. Thus, Akshapáda (i. 24) defines a motive: A motive is the goal towards which a person directs their efforts.

The preposition upa in upapádayami (I set forth) indicates proximity: the result is the bringing of mankind near unto God.

The preposition upa in upapádayami (I set forth) signifies closeness: the result is bringing humanity closer to God.

Hence the word all in the phrase the method of attaining all felicities. For when the nature of the Supreme Being is attained, all felicities, which are but the efflux thereof, are overtaken, as if a man acquired the mountain Rohaṇa (Adam's Peak), he would acquire all the treasures it contains. If a man acquire the divine nature, what else is there that he can ask for? Accordingly Utpaláchárya says—

Hence the word all in the phrase the method of attaining all felicities. Because when you reach the essence of the Supreme Being, you achieve all the blessings that flow from it, just like if someone were to conquer Mount Rohaṇa (Adam's Peak), they would gain all the treasures it holds. If someone attains the divine nature, what else could they possibly desire? Therefore, Utpaláchárya says—

"What more can they ask who are rich in the wealth of devotion? What else can they ask who are poor in this?"

"What more can they ask for if they are wealthy in devotion? What else can they ask for if they lack this?"

We have thus explained the motive expressed in the words the method of attaining all felicities, on the supposition that the compound term is a Tatpurusha genitively constructed. Let it be taken as a Bahuvríhi or relative compound. Then the recognition of Maheśvara, the knowing him through vicarious idols, has for its motive the full attainment, the manifestation, of all felicities, of every[131] external and internal permanent happiness in their proper nature. In the language of everyday life, recognition is a cognition relative to an object represented in memory: for example, This (perceived) is the same (as the remembered) Chaitra. In the recognition propounded in this system,—there being a God whose omnipotence is learnt from the accredited legendaries, from accepted revelation, and from argumentation,—there arises in relation to my presented personal self the cognition that I am that very God,—in virtue of my recollection of the powers of that God.

We have explained the motivation behind the phrase the method of attaining all felicities, assuming that the compound term is a Tatpurusha constructed in a genitive form. If we consider it as a Bahuvríhi or relative compound, then recognizing Maheśvara and understanding him through intermediary idols has the goal of fully achieving and manifesting all kinds of happiness, both external and internal, in their true form. In everyday language, recognition is a mental connection to an object stored in memory: for instance, "This (what I see) is the same as the (what I remember) Chaitra." In the recognition proposed in this system—where there is a God whose power we learn about from established legends, accepted scriptures, and logical reasoning—I come to the realization regarding my personal self that I am that very God, due to my awareness of that God’s powers.

This same recognition I set forth. To set forth is to enforce. I establish this recognition by a stringent process which renders it convincing. [Such is the articulate development of the first aphorism of the Recognitive Institutes.]

This same recognition I present. To present is to enforce. I establish this recognition through a rigorous process that makes it convincing. [Such is the clear development of the first aphorism of the Recognitive Institutes.]

Here it may be asked: If soul is manifested only as consubstantial with God, why this laboured effort to exhibit the recognition? The answer is this:—The recognition is thus exhibited, because though the soul is, as you contend, continually manifested as self-luminous (and therefore identical with God), it is nevertheless under the influence of the cosmothetic illusion manifested as partial, and therefore the recognition must be exhibited by an expansion of the cognitive and active powers in order to achieve the manifestation of the soul as total (the self being to the natural man a part, to the man of insight the whole, of the divine pleroma). Thus, then, the syllogism: This self must be God, because it possesses cognitive and active powers; for so far forth as any one is cognitive and active, to that extent he is a lord, like a lord in the world of everyday life, or like a king, therefore the soul is God. The five-membered syllogism is here employed, because so long as we deal with the illusory order of things, the teaching of the Naiyáyikas may be accepted. It has thus been said by the son of Udayákara—

Here it's worth asking: If the soul is only shown to be the same as God, why go through the effort to prove this recognition? The answer is: The recognition is demonstrated because, even though the soul is, as you argue, always apparent as self-luminous (and therefore identical with God), it is still affected by the illusion of the cosmos, which appears partial. Therefore, the recognition must be expanded through cognitive and active abilities to reveal the soul as whole (the self being a part for the ordinary person, but the entirety for the insightful one, of the divine fullness). Thus, the reasoning goes: This self must be God, because it has cognitive and active powers; to the extent that someone is cognitive and active, they are a lord, much like a lord in everyday life or a king. Hence, the soul is God. The five-part reasoning is used here because as long as we deal with the illusory nature of things, the teachings of the Naiyáyikas can be accepted. As the son of Udayákara has stated—

"What self-luminous self can affirm or deny that self-[132]active and cognitive is Maheśvara the primal being?

"What self-luminous self can affirm or deny that self-[132]active and cognitive is Maheśvara the primal being?

"Such recognition must be effected by an expansion of the powers, the self being cognised under illusion, and imperfectly discerned."

"Such recognition must come from expanding the powers, with the self being understood through illusion and seen imperfectly."

And again—

And once more—

"The continuance of all living creatures in this transmigratory world lasts as long as their respiratory involucrum; knowledge and action are accounted the life of living creatures.

"The survival of all living beings in this ever-changing world lasts as long as their ability to breathe; knowledge and action are considered the essence of life for these beings."

"Of these, knowledge is spontaneously developed, and action (or ritual), which is best at Káśi,

"Of these, knowledge develops naturally, and action (or ritual), which is best in Káśi,"

"Is indicated by others also: different from these is real knowledge."

"Others also indicate this: real knowledge is different from these."

And also—

And also—

"The knowledge of these things follows the sequence of those things:

"The understanding of these matters follows the order of those things:

"The knower, whose essence is beatitude and knowledge without succession, is Maheśvara."

"The one who knows, whose nature is bliss and knowledge without interruption, is Maheśvara."

Sománandanátha also says—

Sománandanátha also states—

"He always knows by identity with Śiva: he always knows by identity with the real."

"He always understands through his connection with Śiva: he always understands through his connection with reality."

Again at the end of the section on knowledge—

Again at the end of the section on knowledge—

"Unless there were this unity with Śiva, cognitions could not exist as facts of daily life:

"Without this connection with Śiva, our perceptions couldn't exist as part of everyday reality:"

"Unity with God is proved by the unity of light. He is the one knower (or illuminator of cognitions).

"Being united with God is shown through the unity of light. He is the one who knows (or brings understanding to knowledge)."

"He is Maheśvara, the great Lord, by reason of the unbroken continuity of objects:

"He is Maheśvara, the great Lord, because of the unbroken continuity of things:"

"Pure knowledge and action are the playful activity of the deity."

"True knowledge and action are the playful activities of the divine."

The following is an explanation of Abhinava-gupta:—The text, "After that as it shines shines the all of things, by the light of that shines diversely this All," teaches that God illumines the whole round of things by the glory of His luminous intelligence, and that the diversity or plurality of the object world, whereby the light[133] which irradiates objects is a blue, a yellow light, and the like, arises from diversity of tint cast upon the light by the object. In reality, God is without plurality or difference, as transcending all limitations of space, time, and figure. He is pure intelligence, self-luminousness, the manifester; and thus we may read in the Śaiva aphorisms, "Self is intelligence." His synonymous titles are Intelligential Essence, Unintermitted Cognition, Irrespective Intuition, Existence as a mass of Beatitude, Supreme Domination. This self-same existing self is knowledge.

The following is an explanation of Abhinava-gupta:—The text, "After that, as it shines, shines everything, by the light of that shines differently this All," teaches that God illuminates everything through the glory of His radiant intelligence, and that the variety or diversity of the world we see, where the light[133] radiating objects appears as blue, yellow, and so on, comes from the different colors reflected by the objects. In truth, God is without plurality or difference, as He transcends all limitations of space, time, and form. He is pure intelligence, self-luminous, the manifester; and thus we may read in the Śaiva aphorisms, "Self is intelligence." His synonymous titles include Intelligential Essence, Uninterrupted Cognition, Irrespective Intuition, Existence as a mass of Beatitude, and Supreme Domination. This same existing self is knowledge.

By pure knowledge and action (in the passage of Sománandanátha cited above) are meant real or transcendent cognition and activity. Of these, the cognition is self-luminousness, the activity is energy constructive of the world or series of spheres of transmigratory experience. This is described in the section on activity—

By pure knowledge and action (in the passage of Sománandanátha cited above) are meant real or transcendent understanding and activity. Of these, the understanding is self-illuminating, while the activity is the energy that builds the world or the series of cycles of rebirth experiences. This is explained in the section on activity—

"He by his power of bliss gives light unto these objects, through the efficacy of his will: this activity is creativeness."

"He uses his power to bring joy and illuminate these things through the effectiveness of his will: this action is creativity."

And at the close of the same section—

And at the end of that section—

"The mere will of God, when he wills to become the world under its forms of jar, of cloth, and other objects, is his activity worked out by motive and agent.

"The simple will of God, when He decides to become the world through forms like stone, fabric, and other objects, is His activity carried out by intention and agent."

"This process of essence into emanation, whereby if this be that comes to be, cannot be attributed to motiveless, insentient things."

"This process of essence becoming manifestation, where what comes into being cannot be linked to unmotivated, insentient things."

According to these principles, causality not pertaining either to the insentient or to the non-divine intelligence, the mere will of Maheśvara, the absolute Lord, when he wills to emanate into thousands of forms, as this or that difference, this or that action, this or that modification of entity, of birth, continuance, and the like, in the series of transmigratory environments,—his mere will is his progressively higher and higher activity, that is to say, his universal creativeness.[134]

According to these principles, causality is not related to either the unconscious or to the non-divine intellect. The simple will of Maheśvara, the supreme Lord, manifests in countless forms—whether it be this difference, that action, or any change in existence, birth, continuity, and so on, within the cycle of rebirths. His mere will represents his increasingly higher activity, in other words, his universal creativity.[134]

How he creates the world by his will alone is clearly exhibited in the following illustration—

How he creates the world just by his will is clearly shown in the following example—

"The tree or jar produced by the mere will of thaumaturgists, without clay, without seed, continues to serve its proper purpose as tree or jar."

"The tree or jar created solely by the will of magicians, without clay or seed, still fulfills its intended purpose as a tree or jar."

If clay and similar materials were really the substantial cause of the jar and the rest, how could they be produced by the mere volition of the thaumaturgist? If you say: Some jars and some plants are made of clay, and spring from seeds, while others arise from the bare volition of the thaumaturgist; then we should inform you that it is a fact notorious to all the world that different things must emanate from different materials.

If clay and similar materials were actually the main reason for the jar and everything else, how could they be created just by the will of the magician? If you argue that some jars and some plants are made of clay and come from seeds, while others come from the mere will of the magician, we need to point out that it's widely known that different things must come from different materials.

As for those who say that a jar or the like cannot be made without materials to make it of, and that when a thaumaturgist makes one he does so by putting atoms in motion by his will, and so composing it: they may be informed that unless there is to be a palpable violation of the causal relation, all the co-efficients, without exception, must be desiderated; to make the jar there must be the clay, the potter's staff, the potter's wheel, and all the rest of it; to make a body there must be the congress of the male and female, and the successive results of that congress. Now, if that be the case, the genesis of a jar, a body, or the like, upon the mere volition of the thaumaturgist, would be hardly possible.

As for those who claim that a jar or something similar can't be made without materials to create it, and that when a magician makes one, he does so by moving atoms with his will, they should be reminded that if we want to avoid a clear violation of cause and effect, all necessary factors must be accounted for; to create the jar, there needs to be clay, a potter's staff, a potter's wheel, and everything else involved; to create a living being, there must be the union of male and female, along with the subsequent outcomes of that union. So, if that's the case, the creation of a jar, a living body, or anything similar, based solely on the magician's will, would be nearly impossible.

On the other hand, there is no difficulty in supposing that Mahádeva, amply free to remain within or to over-step any limit whatever, the Lord, manifold in his operancy, the intelligent principle, thus operates. Thus it is that Vasuguptáchárya says—

On the other hand, it's easy to imagine that Mahádeva, fully free to stay within or go beyond any limits, the Lord who acts in many ways, the intelligent force, operates like this. That's how Vasuguptáchárya puts it—

"To him that painted this world-picture without materials, without appliances, without a wall to paint it on,—to him be glory, to him resplendent with the lunar digit, to him that bears the trident."

"To the one who created this world-image without any materials, without tools, without a surface to paint it on—let there be glory for him, the one shining with the moon's light, the one who wields the trident."

It may be asked: If the supersensible self be no other[135] than God, how comes this implication in successive transmigratory conditions? The answer is given in the section treating of accredited institution—

It might be asked: If the non-physical self is nothing more than God, why does this imply different forms of reincarnation? The answer is provided in the section that discusses recognized institution—

"This agent of cognition, blinded by illusion, transmigrates through the fatality of works:

"This thinking agent, deceived by illusion, moves through the consequences of actions:

"Taught his divine nature by science, as pure intelligence, he is enfranchised."

"Taught about his divine nature through knowledge, as pure intellect, he is free."

It may be asked: If the subject and the object are identical, what difference can there be between the self bound and the self liberated in regard to the objects cognisable by each? The answer to this question is given in a section of the Tattvártha-Saṅgraha—

It might be questioned: If the subject and the object are the same, what difference exists between the bound self and the liberated self regarding the objects each can perceive? The answer to this question is provided in a section of the Tattvártha-Saṅgraha—

"Self liberated cognises all that is cognisable as identical with itself, like Maheśvara free from bondage: the other (or unliberated) self has in it infinite plurality."

"Self-liberated recognizes everything that can be known as being the same as itself, like Maheśvara who is free from bondage: the other (or unliberated) self contains infinite diversity."

An objection may be raised: If the divine nature is essential to the soul, there can be no occasion to seek for this recognition; for if all requisites be supplied, the seed does not fail to germinate because it is unrecognised. Why, then, this toilsome effort for the recognition of the soul? To such an objection we reply: Only listen to the secret we shall tell you. All activity about objects is of two degrees, being either external, as the activity of the seed in developing the plant, or internal, as the activity which determines felicity, which consists in an intuition which terminates in the conscious self. The first degree of activity presupposes no such recognition as the system proposes, the second does presuppose it. In the Recognitive System the peculiar activity is the exertion of the power of unifying personal and impersonal spirit, a power which is the attainment of the highest and of mediate ends, the activity consisting in the intuition I am God. To this activity a recognition of the essential nature of the soul is a pre-requisite.

An objection might be raised: If the divine nature is essential to the soul, there’s no need to seek this recognition; because if all necessary conditions are met, a seed will still grow even if it isn’t recognized. So, why the struggle for the recognition of the soul? To answer this objection, we say: Just listen to the secret we’re about to share. All activity concerning objects has two levels: it’s either external, like the activity of a seed growing into a plant, or internal, like the activity that brings about happiness, which involves an understanding that connects to the conscious self. The first level of activity doesn’t require the kind of recognition that the system suggests, but the second level does. In the Recognitive System, the unique activity is the effort to unify personal and impersonal spirit, a power that achieves the highest and intermediate goals, where the activity reflects the intuition I am God. For this activity, recognizing the essential nature of the soul is a prerequisite.

It may be urged that peculiar activity terminating in the conscious self is observed independent of recognition.[136] To this it is replied: A certain damsel, hearing of the many good qualities of a particular gallant, fell in love with him before she had seen him, and agitated by her passion and unable to suffer the pain of not seeing him, wrote to him a love-letter descriptive of her condition. He at once came to her, but when she saw him she did not recognise in him the qualities she had heard about; he appeared much the same as any other man, and she found no gratification in his society. So soon, however, as she recognised those qualities in him as her companions now pointed them out, she was fully gratified. In like manner, though the personal self be manifested as identical with the universal soul, its manifestation effects no complete satisfaction so long as there is no recognition of those attributes; but as soon as it is taught by a spiritual director to recognise in itself the perfections of Maheśvara, his omniscience, omnipotence, and other attributes, it attains the whole pleroma of being.

It can be argued that unique actions leading to self-awareness occur without recognition.[136] In response, consider a young woman who, hearing about the many great qualities of a particular man, fell in love with him before ever meeting him. Overwhelmed by her feelings and unable to bear the pain of not seeing him, she wrote him a love letter expressing how she felt. He came to her immediately, but when she finally saw him, she didn’t recognize any of the qualities she had heard about; he seemed just like every other man, and she found no joy in his company. However, once she recognized those qualities in him with the help of her friends, she was completely satisfied. Similarly, although the personal self is shown to be the same as the universal soul, true satisfaction isn’t achieved until one recognizes those qualities. But as soon as a spiritual teacher helps one see the perfections of Maheśvara—his all-knowing nature, all-powerful presence, and other attributes—they experience the fullness of being.

It is therefore said in the fourth section—

It is therefore stated in the fourth section—

"As the gallant standing before the damsel is disdained as like all other men, so long as he is unrecognised, though he humble himself before her with all manner of importunities: In like manner the personal self of mankind, though it be the universal soul, in which there is no perfection unrealised, attains not its own glorious nature; and therefore this recognition thereof must come into play."

"As the brave man standing in front of the woman is looked down upon like every other man, as long as he remains unrecognized, even if he humbles himself before her in every possible way: Similarly, the personal self of humanity, even though it is part of the universal soul, which holds all potential for perfection, does not achieve its own glorious nature; hence, this recognition must come into play."

This system has been treated in detail by Abhinava-gupta and other teachers, but as we have in hand a summary exposition of systems, we cannot extend the discussion of it any further lest our work become too prolix. This then may suffice.[152]

This system has been explained in detail by Abhinava-gupta and other scholars, but since we have a summary discussion of the systems at hand, we can’t delve deeper into it without making our work too lengthy. This should be enough.[152]

A. E. G.

A. E. G.

FOOTNOTES:

[150] Read bháván for bhávát.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Read bháván for bhávát.

[151] Cf. supra, p. 113. Mádhava here condenses Abhinava Gupta's commentary. Abhinava Gupta lived in the beginning of the eleventh century (see Bühler's Tour in Cashmere, pp. 66, 80).

[151] See above, p. 113. Mádhava summarizes Abhinava Gupta's commentary here. Abhinava Gupta lived at the start of the eleventh century (refer to Bühler's Tour in Cashmere, pp. 66, 80).

[152] I have seen in Calcutta a short Comm. on the Śiva sútras by Utpala, the son of Udayákara (cf. pp. 130, 131).—E. B. C.

[152] I have seen in Kolkata a brief commentary on the Śiva sutras by Utpala, the son of Udayákara (cf. pp. 130, 131).—E. B. C.


CHAPTER IX.

THE RASEŚVARA-DARŚANA OR MERCURIAL SYSTEM.[153]

Other Máheśvaras there are who, while they hold the identity of self with God, insist upon the tenet that the liberation in this life taught in all the systems depends upon the stability of the bodily frame, and therefore celebrate the virtues of mercury or quicksilver as a means of strengthening the system. Mercury is called párada, because it is a means of conveyance beyond the series of transmigratory states. Thus it has been said—

Other Máheśvaras believe that while they identify the self with God, they maintain that achieving liberation in this life, as taught in all systems, relies on the stability of the body. Therefore, they highlight the benefits of mercury or quicksilver as a way to strengthen the body. Mercury is referred to as párada because it serves as a pathway beyond the cycle of rebirths. Thus it has been said—

"It gives the farther shore of metempsychosis: it is called párada."

"It shows the distant shore of reincarnation: it's called párada."

And again in the Rasárṇava—

And once more in the Rasárṇava—

"It is styled párada because it is employed for the highest end by the best votaries.

"It is called párada because it is used for the highest purpose by the best devotees."

"Since this in sleep identical with me, goddess, arises from my members, and is the exudation of my body, it is called rasa."

"Since this in sleep, which is the same as me, goddess, comes from my being, and is the secretion of my body, it is called rasa."

It may be urged that the literal interpretation of these words is incorrect, the liberation in this life being explicable in another manner. This objection is not allowable, liberation being set out in the six systems as subsequent to the death of the body, and upon this there can be no reliance, and consequently no activity to attain to it free from misgivings. This is also laid down in the same treatise[138]

It might be argued that the literal meaning of these words is wrong, as liberation in this life can be understood differently. This objection isn’t valid, as liberation is described in the six systems as occurring after the body dies, and on this, there can be no certainty, and therefore no effort to achieve it without doubts. This is also stated in the same treatise[138]

"Liberation is declared in the six systems to follow the death of the body.

Liberation is announced in the six systems after the body dies.

"Such liberation is not cognised in perception like an emblic myrobalan fruit in the hand.

"Such freedom is not recognized through perception like holding an emblic myrobalan fruit in your hand."

"Therefore a man should preserve that body by means of mercury and of medicaments."

"Therefore, a person should take care of their body using mercury and medications."

Govinda-bhagavat also says—

Govinda-bhagavat also says—

"Holding that the enjoyments of wealth and of the body are not permanent, one should strive

"Holding that the enjoyment of wealth and physical pleasures are not lasting, one should strive"

"After emancipation; but emancipation results from knowledge, knowledge from study, and study is only possible in a healthy body."

"After emancipation; but emancipation comes from knowledge, knowledge comes from study, and study is only possible in a healthy body."

The body, some one may say, is seen to be perishable, how can its permanency be effected? Think not so, it is replied, for though the body, as a complexus of six sheaths or wrappers of the soul, is dissoluble, yet the body, as created by Hara and Gaurí under the names of mercury and mica, may be perdurable. Thus it is said in the Rasahṛidaya—

The body may seem perishable, but how can it last forever? Don't think that way, it’s said, because even though the body, which consists of six layers or coverings of the soul, can break down, the body created by Hara and Gaurí under the names of mercury and mica can endure. As mentioned in the Rasahṛidaya—

"They who, without quitting the body, have attained to a new body, the creation of Hara and Gaurí,

"They who, without leaving their physical form, have achieved a new body, the creation of Hara and Gaurí,"

"They are to be lauded, perfected by mercury, at whose service is the aggregate of magic texts."

"They deserve praise, enhanced by mercury, which serves the collection of magical texts."

The ascetic, therefore, who aspires to liberation in this life should first make to himself a glorified body. And inasmuch as mercury is produced by the creative conjunction of Hara and Gaurí, and mica is produced from Gaurí, mercury and mica are severally identified with Hara and Gaurí in the verse—

The ascetic who seeks liberation in this life should first create a glorified body for themselves. Since mercury comes from the creative union of Hara and Gaurí, and mica comes from Gaurí, both mercury and mica are separately associated with Hara and Gaurí in the verse—

"Mica is thy seed, and mercury is my seed;

"Mica is your seed, and mercury is my seed;

"The combination of the two, O goddess, is destructive of death and poverty."

"The mix of the two, oh goddess, destroys death and poverty."

This is very little to say about the matter. In the Raseśvara-siddhánta many among the gods, the Daityas, the Munis, and mankind, are declared to have attained to liberation in this life by acquiring a divine body through the efficacy of quicksilver.[139]

This offers very little to say about the issue. In the Raseśvara-siddhánta, many gods, the Daityas, the Munis, and humans are said to have achieved liberation in this life by obtaining a divine body through the power of quicksilver.[139]

"Certain of the gods, Maheśa and others; certain Daityas, Śukra and others;

"Some of the gods, Maheśa and others; some of the Daityas, Śukra and others;

"Certain Munis, the Bálakhilyas and others; certain kings, Someśvara and others;

"Certain Munis, the Bálakhilyas and others; certain kings, Someśvara and others;

"Govinda-bhagavat, Govinda-náyaka,

Govinda-devotee, Govinda-leader,

"Charvaṭi, Kapila, Vyáli, Kápáli, Kandaláyana,

Charvaṭi, Kapila, Vyáli, Kápáli, Kandaláyana,

"These and many others proceed perfected, liberated while alive,

"These and many others continue to evolve, free while living,"

"Having attained to a mercurial body, and therewith identified."

"Having reached a fluid state, and thus identified."

The meaning of this, as explicated by Parameśvara to Parameśvarí, is as follows:—

The meaning of this, as explained by Parameśvara to Parameśvarí, is as follows:—

"By the method of works is attained, O supreme of goddesses, the preservation of the body;

"Through the way of actions, O greatest of goddesses, the body is preserved;

"And the method of works is said to be twofold, mercury and air,

"And the method of works is said to have two parts: mercury and air,

"Mercury and air swooning carry off diseases, dead they restore to life,

"Mercury and air in a dizzying dance take away diseases, bringing the dead back to life,"

"Bound they give the power of flying about."

"Bound, they give the power to fly around."

The swooning state of mercury is thus described—

The way mercury behaves when it’s in a liquid state is described like this—

"They say quicksilver to be swooning when it is perceived, as characterised thus—

"They say mercury seems to be swooning when it's observed, defined like this—

"Of various colours, and free from excessive volatility.

"Of various colors, and stable without excessive volatility."

"A man should regard that quicksilver as dead, in which the following marks are seen—

"A man should consider that quicksilver as dead if he sees the following marks—"

"Wetness, thickness, brightness, heaviness, mobility."

"Wet, thick, bright, heavy, mobile."

The bound condition is described in another place as follows:—

The bound condition is described elsewhere as follows:—

"The character of bound quicksilver is that it is—

"The nature of bound quicksilver is that it is—

"Continuous, fluent, luminous, pure, heavy, and that it parts asunder under friction."

"Constant, flowing, bright, clean, dense, and that it splits apart with friction."

Some one may urge: If the creation of mercury by Hara and Gaurí were proved, it might be allowed that the body could be made permanent; but how can that be proved? The objection is not allowable, inasmuch as that can be proved by the eighteen modes of elaboration. Thus it is stated by the authorities[140]

Some might argue: If the creation of mercury by Hara and Gaurí could be proven, it could be accepted that the body could become permanent; but how can that be proven? This objection isn't valid, as it can be proven through the eighteen methods of elaboration. This is stated by the authorities[140]

"Eighteen modes of elaboration are to be carefully discriminated,

"Eighteen ways of elaboration need to be clearly distinguished,

"In the first place, as pure in every process, for perfecting the adepts."

"In the beginning, as pure in every step, for perfecting the skilled."

And these modes of elaboration are enumerated thus—

And these methods of elaboration are listed as follows—

"Sweating, rubbing, swooning, fixing, dropping, coercion, restraining,

Sweating, rubbing, fainting, adjusting, dropping, forcing, holding back,

"Kindling, going, falling into globules, pulverising, covering,

"Kindling, moving, breaking into small droplets, crushing, covering,"

"Internal flux, external flux, burning, colouring, and pouring,

"Internal flow, external flow, burning, coloring, and pouring,"

"And eating it by parting and piercing it,—are the eighteen modes of treating quicksilver."

"And eating it by breaking it apart and piercing it—these are the eighteen ways to handle mercury."

These treatments have been described at length by Govinda-bhagavat, Sarvajña-rámeśvara and the other ancient authorities, and are here omitted to avoid prolixity.

These treatments have been thoroughly described by Govinda-bhagavat, Sarvajña-rámeśvara, and other ancient authorities, and are omitted here to avoid being too wordy.

The mercurial system is not to be looked upon as merely eulogistic of the metal, it being immediately, through the conservation of the body, a means to the highest end, liberation. Thus it is said in the Rasárṇava—

The mercurial system shouldn’t be seen just as praise for the metal; it is, through the preservation of the body, a way to achieve the ultimate goal, freedom. As noted in the Rasárṇava—

"Declare to me, O god, that supremely efficacious destruction of the blood, that destruction of the body, imparted by thee, whereby it attained the power of flying about in the sky. Goddess (he replied), quicksilver is to be applied both to the blood and to the body. This makes the appearance of body and blood alike. A man should first try it upon the blood, and then apply it to the body."

"Tell me, O god, about that incredibly effective way to destroy blood, that destruction of the body, given by you, which grants the ability to fly in the sky. Goddess (he replied), you should use quicksilver on both the blood and the body. This makes the blood and body appear the same. A person should first test it on the blood, and then use it on the body."

It will be asked: Why should we make this effort to acquire a celestial body, seeing that liberation is effected by the self-manifestation of the supreme principle, existence, intelligence, and beatitude? We reply: This is no objection, such liberation being inaccessible unless we acquire a healthy body. Thus it is said in the Rasahṛidaya—

It will be asked: Why should we bother to obtain a celestial body, considering that liberation comes from the self-manifestation of the supreme principle, existence, intelligence, and bliss? We respond: This is not a valid objection, as such liberation is unreachable unless we attain a healthy body. Thus it is said in the Rasahṛidaya—

"That intelligence and bliss set forth in all the systems in which a multitude of uncertainties are melted away,

"That intelligence and happiness found in all the systems where a lot of uncertainties are resolved,

"Though it manifest itself, what can it effect for beings whose bodies are unglorified?

"Even though it shows itself, what can it do for beings whose bodies are not glorified?"

"He who is worn out with decrepitude, though he be free from cough, from asthma, and similar infirmities,

"He who is exhausted from old age, even if he doesn't suffer from a cough, asthma, or similar ailments,

"He is not qualified for meditation in whom the activities of the cognitive organs are obstructed.

"He is not suited for meditation if the functions of the mind are blocked."

"A youth of sixteen addicted to the last degree to the enjoyment of sensual pleasures,

"A sixteen-year-old completely consumed by the pursuit of sensual pleasures,

"An old man in his dotage, how should either of these attain to emancipation?"

"An old man in his old age, how could either of these achieve freedom?"

Some one will object: It is the nature of the personal soul to pass through a series of embodiments, and to be liberated is to be extricated from that series of embodiments; how, then, can these two mutually exclusive conditions pertain to the same bodily tenement? The objection is invalid, as unable to stand before the following dilemmatic argument:—Is this extrication, as to the nature of which all the founders of institutes are at one, to be held as cognisable or as incognisable? If it is incognisable, it is a pure chimera; if it is cognisable, we cannot dispense with life, for that which is not alive cannot be cognisant of it. Thus it is said in the Rasasiddhánta—

Some might argue: It's the nature of the personal soul to go through a series of lifetimes, and being liberated means breaking free from that cycle; so how can these two opposing states exist in the same body? This objection is not valid, as it fails to hold up against the following argument:—Is this liberation, which all the founders of teachings agree on, to be considered knowable or unknowable? If it's unknowable, it's just an illusion; if it's knowable, we can't ignore life, since something that isn't alive can't understand it. Thus, it’s stated in the Rasasiddhánta—

"The liberation of the personal soul is declared in the mercurial system, O subtile thinker.

"The freedom of the personal soul is stated in the changing system, O insightful thinker."

"In the tenets of other schools which repose on a diversity of argument,

"In the beliefs of other schools that rely on various arguments,

"Know that this knowledge and knowable is allowed in all sacred texts;

"Know that this knowledge and what can be known is permitted in all sacred texts;

"One not living cannot know the knowable, and therefore there is and must be life."

"Someone who isn't alive can't know what can be known, so there is and has to be life."

And this is not to be supposed to be unprecedented, for the adherents of the doctrine of Vishṇu-svámin maintain the eternity of the body of Vishṇu half-man and half-lion. Thus it is said in the Sákára-siddhi[142]

And this shouldn't be considered unprecedented, because the followers of the Vishṇu-svámin doctrine believe in the eternal existence of Vishṇu's body, which is half-man and half-lion. As stated in the Sákára-siddhi[142]

"I glorify the man-lion set forth by Vishṇu-svámin,

"I praise the man-lion presented by Vishṇu-svámin,

"Whose only body is existence, intelligence, and eternal and inconceivably perfect beatitude."

"Whose only form is existence, intelligence, and eternal, unimaginable perfection in happiness."

If the objection be raised that the body of the man-lion, which appears as composite and as coloured, is incompatible with real existence, it may be replied: How can the body of the man-lion be otherwise than really existent, proved as it is by three kinds of proof: (1.) by the intuition of Śanaka and others; (2.) by Vedic texts such as, A thousand heads has Purusha; and (3.) by Puráṇic texts such as, That wondrous child, lotus-eyed, four-armed, armed with the conch-shell, the club, and other weapons? Real existence and other like predicates are affirmed also by Śríkánta-miśra, the devoted adherent of Vishṇu-svámin. Let, then, those who aspire to the highest end of personal souls be assured that the eternity of the body which we are setting forth is by no means a mere innovation. It has thus been said—

If someone argues that the man-lion’s body, which looks both mixed and colorful, can't truly exist, the response is: How can the man-lion’s body be anything but real, especially considering three types of evidence: (1.) the insights of Śanaka and others; (2.) Vedic texts like, "Purusha has a thousand heads"; and (3.) Puráṇic texts such as, "That amazing child, with lotus-like eyes, four arms, armed with a conch-shell, club, and other weapons"? Real existence and similar claims are also supported by Śríkánta-miśra, a dedicated follower of Vishṇu-svámin. So, those who seek the ultimate goal for personal souls can be confident that the eternal nature of the body we are discussing is not just a new idea. It has been stated—

"What higher beatitude is there than a body undecaying, immortal,

"What greater happiness is there than an undying, immortal body,

"The repository of sciences, the root of merit, riches, pleasure, liberation?"

"The collection of knowledge, the source of value, wealth, joy, freedom?"

It is mercury alone that can make the body undecaying and immortal, as it is said—

It’s mercury alone that can make the body unaging and immortal, as they say—

"Only this supreme medicament can make the body undecaying and imperishable."

"Only this ultimate medicine can make the body unaging and everlasting."

Why describe the efficacy of this metal? Its value is proved even by seeing it, and by touching it, as it is said in the Rasárṇava—

Why describe the effectiveness of this metal? Its worth is demonstrated just by seeing it and touching it, as mentioned in the Rasárṇava—

"From seeing it, from touching it, from eating it, from merely remembering it,

"From seeing it, from touching it, from eating it, from just remembering it,"

"From worshipping it, from tasting it, from imparting it, appear its six virtues.

"From worshiping it, from experiencing it, from sharing it, its six virtues emerge."

"Equal merit accrues from seeing mercury as accrues from seeing all the phallic emblems

"Equal value comes from recognizing mercury as comes from recognizing all the phallic symbols."

"On earth, those at Kedára, and all others whatsoever."

"On earth, those in Kedára, and everyone else."

In another place we read—

We read somewhere else—

"The adoration of the sacred quicksilver is more beatific than the worship of all the phallic emblems at Káśi and elsewhere,

"The worship of the holy mercury is more blissful than the reverence for all the phallic symbols in Káśi and beyond,

"Inasmuch as there is attained thereby enjoyment, health, exemption from decay, and immortality."

"As long as it brings enjoyment, health, freedom from decay, and immortality."

The sin of disparaging mercury is also set out—

The sin of belittling mercury is also mentioned—

"The adept on hearing quicksilver heedlessly disparaged should recall quicksilver to mind.

"The skilled person, upon hearing quicksilver carelessly criticized, should remember quicksilver."

"He should at once shun the blasphemer, who is by his blasphemy for ever filled with sin."

"He should immediately avoid the blasphemer, who is constantly consumed by his own sin."

The attainment, then, of the highest end of the personal soul takes place by an intuition of the highest principle by means of the practice of union (ἕνωσις after the acquisition of a divine body in the manner we have described. Thereafter—

The achievement of the ultimate goal of the personal soul occurs through an understanding of the highest principle by practicing unity (ἕνωσις after gaining a divine body as we have explained. After that—

"The light of pure intelligence shines forth unto certain men of holy vision,

"The light of pure intelligence shines upon certain men with a holy vision,

"Which, seated between the two eyebrows, illumines the universe, like fire, or lightning, or the sun:

"Which, positioned between the two eyebrows, lights up the universe, like fire, lightning, or the sun:

"Perfect beatitude, unalloyed, absolute, the essence whereof is luminousness, undifferenced,

"Perfect happiness, pure and absolute, the essence of which is brightness, undivided,"

"From which all troubles are fallen away, knowable, tranquil, self-recognised:

"From which all troubles have faded away, understandable, calm, self-aware:"

"Fixing the internal organ upon that, seeing the whole universe manifested, made of pure intelligence,

"Fixing the internal organ on that, seeing the entire universe revealed, made of pure intelligence,

"The aspirant even in this life attains to the absolute, his bondage to works annulled."

"The seeker, even in this life, reaches the ultimate, free from the shackles of their actions."

A Vedic text also declares: That is Rasa (mercury), having obtained this he becomes beatitude.

A Vedic text also states: That is Rasa (mercury), and by obtaining this, one achieves bliss.

Thus, then, it has been shown that mercury alone is the means of passing beyond the burden of transmigratory pains. And conformably we have a verse which sets forth the identity between mercury and the supreme self—

Thus, it has been demonstrated that mercury alone is the way to move beyond the weight of reincarnational suffering. And accordingly, we have a verse that expresses the connection between mercury and the supreme self—

"May that mercury, which is the very self, preserve us from dejection and from the terrors of metempsychosis,[144]

"May that mercury, which is our true essence, protect us from sadness and the fears of reincarnation,[144]

"Which is naturally to be applied again and again by those that aspire to liberation from the enveloping illusion,

"Which should naturally be applied repeatedly by those who seek to break free from the surrounding illusion,"

"Which perfected endures, which plays not again when the soul awakes,

"Which perfected lasts, which doesn’t play again when the soul awakens,

"Which, when it arises, pains no other soul, which shines forth by itself from itself."

"Which, when it comes up, hurts no one else, which shines on its own from itself."

A. E. G.

A.E.G.

FOOTNOTES:

[153] Cf. Marco Polo's account of the Indian yogís in Colonel Yule's edit. vol. ii. p. 300. Párada-pána is one of the practices of the Siddhopásakas in the Śaṅkara-digvijaya, § 49, to obviate apamṛityu, akálamṛityu, &c.

[153] See Marco Polo's account of the Indian yogis in Colonel Yule's edition, vol. ii, p. 300. Párada-pána is one of the practices of the Siddhopásakas in the Śaṅkara-digvijaya, § 49, to prevent apamṛityu, akálamṛityu, etc.


CHAPTER X.

THE VAIŚESHIKA OR AULÚKYA DARŚANA.[154]

Whoso wishes to escape the reality of pain, which is established by the consciousness of every soul through its being felt to be essentially contrary to every rational being, and wishes therefore to know the means of such escape,—learns that the knowledge of the Supreme Being is the true means thereof, from the authority of such passages as these (Śvetáśvatara Upan. vi. 20)—

Whosoever wants to escape the reality of pain, recognized by every soul as fundamentally opposed to every rational being, and therefore wants to know how to achieve this escape, learns that understanding the Supreme Being is the real way to do so, based on sources like these (Śvetáśvatara Upan. vi. 20)—

"When men shall roll up the sky as a piece of leather,

"When people roll up the sky like it's a piece of leather,

"Then shall there be an end of pain without the knowledge of Śiva."

"Then there will be an end to pain without the knowledge of Śiva."

Now the knowledge of the Supreme is to be gained by hearing (śravaṇa), thought (manana), and reflection (bhávaná), as it has been said—

Now the understanding of the Supreme is to be acquired through listening (śravaṇa), contemplation (manana), and reflection (bhávaná), as it has been stated—

"By scripture, by inference, and by the force of repeated meditation,—

"Through scripture, by suggestion, and through the power of regular reflection,—

"By these three methods producing knowledge, he gains the highest union (yoga)."

"Through these three methods of gaining knowledge, he achieves the highest union (yoga)."

Here thought depends on inference, and inference depends on the knowledge of the vyápti (or universal proposition), and the knowledge of the vyápti follows the right understanding of the categories,—hence the saint Kaṇáda[155] establishes the six categories in his tenfold [146]treatise, commencing with the words, "Now, therefore, we shall explain duty."

Here, thinking relies on reasoning, and reasoning is based on the understanding of the vyápti (or universal statement), and the understanding of the vyápti comes from a correct grasp of the categories. Therefore, the sage Kaṇáda[155] outlines the six categories in his tenfold [146] treatise, starting with the words, "Now, we will explain duty."

In the first book, consisting of two daily lessons, he describes all the categories which are capable of intimate relation. In the first áhnika he defines those which possess "genus" (játi), in the second "genus" (or "generality") itself and "particularity." In the similarly divided second book he discusses "substance," giving in the first áhnika the characteristics of the five elements, and in the second he establishes the existence of space and time. In the third book he defines the soul and the internal sense, the former in the first áhnika, the latter in the second. In the fourth book he discusses the body and its adjuncts, the latter in the first áhnika, and the former in the second. In the fifth book he investigates action; in the first áhnika he considers action as connected with the body, in the second as belonging to the mind. In the sixth book he examines merit and demerit as revealed in Śruti; in the first áhnika he discusses the merit of giving, receiving gifts, &c., in the second the duties of the four periods of religious life. In the seventh book he discusses quality and intimate relation; in the first áhnika he considers the qualities independent of thought, in the second those qualities which are related to it, and also intimate relation. In the eighth book he examines "indeterminate" and "determinate" perception, and means of proof. In the ninth book he discusses the characteristics of intellect. In the tenth book he establishes the different kinds of inference.[156]

In the first book, which has two daily lessons, he outlines all the categories that can have a close relationship. In the first áhnika, he defines those that have "genus" (játi), and in the second, he discusses "genus" (or "generality") itself and "particularity." In the similarly arranged second book, he explores "substance," detailing the characteristics of the five elements in the first áhnika, and in the second, he confirms the existence of space and time. In the third book, he defines the soul and the internal sense, the former in the first áhnika and the latter in the second. In the fourth book, he examines the body and its adjuncts, discussing the latter in the first áhnika and the former in the second. In the fifth book, he investigates action; in the first áhnika, he considers action related to the body, and in the second, he addresses action belonging to the mind. In the sixth book, he looks into merit and demerit as presented in Śruti; in the first áhnika, he talks about the merit of giving and receiving gifts, etc., and in the second, he covers the responsibilities of the four stages of religious life. In the seventh book, he explores quality and close relationships; in the first áhnika, he examines qualities independent of thought, and in the second, he covers qualities that are related to thought, including close relationships. In the eighth book, he looks at "indeterminate" and "determinate" perception, as well as methods of proof. In the ninth book, he discusses the features of intellect. In the tenth book, he outlines different types of inference.[156]

The method of this system is said to be threefold, "enunciation," "definition," and "investigation."[157] "But," it may be objected, "ought we not to include 'division,' [147]and so make the method fourfold, not threefold?" We demur to this, because "division" is really included in a particular kind of enunciation. Thus when we declare that substance, quality, action, generality, particularity, and intimate relation are the only six positive categories,—this is an example of enunciation. If you ask "What is the reason for this definite order of the categories?" we answer as follows:—Since "substance" is the chief, as being the substratum of all the categories, we enounce this first; next "quality," since it resides in its generic character in all substances [though different substances have different qualities]; then "action," as it agrees with "substance" and "quality" in possessing "generality;"[158] then "generality," as residing in these three; then "particularity," inasmuch as it possesses "intimate relation;"[159] lastly, "intimate relation" itself; such is the principle of arrangement.

The method of this system is considered to be threefold: "enunciation," "definition," and "investigation."[157] "However," one might argue, "shouldn't we include 'division' as well,[147] making the method fourfold instead of threefold?" We disagree with this because "division" is actually part of a specific kind of enunciation. For instance, when we state that substance, quality, action, generality, particularity, and intimate relation are the only six positive categories—this is an example of enunciation. If you ask, "What is the reason for this specific order of the categories?" we respond as follows: Since "substance" is the primary category, being the foundation for all the others, we mention this first; then "quality," because it exists in its generic form in all substances [even though different substances have different qualities]; after that, "action," as it aligns with "substance" and "quality" in having "generality;"[158] then "generality," as it finds a place within these three; next comes "particularity," since it has "intimate relation;"[159] and finally "intimate relation" itself; this is the principle behind the arrangement.

If you ask, "Why do you say that there are only six categories since 'non-existence' is also one?" we answer: Because we wish to speak of the six as positive categories, i.e., as being the objects of conceptions which do not involve a negative idea. "Still," the objector may retort, "how do you establish this definite number 'only six'? for either horn of the alternative fails. For, we ask, is the thing to be thus excluded already thoroughly ascertained or not? If it is thoroughly ascertained, why do you exclude it? and still more so, if it is not thoroughly ascertained? What sensible man, pray, spends his strength in denying that a mouse has horns? Thus your definite number 'only six' fails as being inapplicable." This, however, we cannot admit; if darkness, &c., are allowed to form certainly a seventh category (as "non-existence"), we thus (by our definite number) deny it to be one of the six positive categories,—and if others attempt to include [148]"capacity," "number," &c., which we allow to be certainly positive existences, we thus deny that they make a seventh category. But enough of this long discussion.

If you ask, "Why do you say there are only six categories since 'non-existence' is also one?" we respond: Because we want to talk about the six as positive categories, i.e., as objects of concepts that don’t involve a negative idea. "But," the objector might counter, "how do you establish this specific number of 'only six'? The reasoning seems to fail either way. We ask, is the thing to be excluded already confirmed or not? If it's confirmed, why exclude it? And even more so, if it’s not confirmed? What sensible person, pray, wastes their energy denying that a mouse has horns? So, your specific number of 'only six' seems unworkable." However, we cannot accept this; if darkness, etc., are considered to form a seventh category (as "non-existence"), we thus deny it to be one of the six positive categories by our specific count,—and if others try to include [148]"capacity," "number," etc., which we agree are certainly positive existences, we would then deny that they create a seventh category. But that's enough of this lengthy discussion.

Substantiality, &c. (dravyatvádi), i.e., the genera of substance, quality, and action, are the definition of the triad substance, quality, and action respectively. The genus of substance (dravyatva) is that which, while it alike exists with intimate relation in the (eternal) sky and the (transitory) lotus, is itself eternal,[160] and does not exist with intimate relation in smell.[161]

Substantiality, etc. (dravyatvádi), meaning the categories of substance, quality, and action, define the trio of substance, quality, and action respectively. The category of substance (dravyatva) is something that, while it exists in close relation in both the (eternal) sky and the (temporary) lotus, is itself eternal,[160] and does not have a close relation to smell.[161]

The genus of quality (guṇatva) is that which is immediately subordinate to the genus existence, and exists with intimate relation in whatever is not an intimate or mediate cause.[162] The genus of action (karmatva) is that which is immediately subordinate to the genus existence, and is not found with intimate relation in anything eternal.[163] Generality (or genus, sámánya) is that which is found in many things with intimate relation, and can never be the counter-entity to emergent non-existence.[164] Particularity[165] (viśesha) exists with intimate relation, but it is destitute [149]of generality, which stops mutual non-existence.[166] Intimate relation (samaváya) is that connection which itself has not intimate relation.[167] Such are the definitions of the six categories.

The category of quality (guṇatva) is the one that is directly subordinate to the category of existence and is closely related to anything that is not a direct or indirect cause.[162] The category of action (karmatva) is the one that is directly subordinate to the category of existence and is not closely related to anything eternal.[163] Generality (or category, sámánya) is what is found in many things with close relations and can never be the opposing force to arising non-existence.[164] Particularity[165] (viśesha) exists with close relations, but it lacks generality, which prevents mutual non-existence.[166] Intimate relation (samaváya) is that connection which itself has no close relation.[167] These are the definitions of the six categories.

Substance is ninefold,—earth, water, fire, air, ether, time, space, soul, and mind. The genera of earth, &c. (pṛithivítva), are the definitions of the first four. The genus of earth is that generality which is immediately subordinate to substance, and resides in the same subject with colour produced by baking.[168]

Substance comes in nine forms: earth, water, fire, air, ether, time, space, soul, and mind. The categories of earth, etc. (pṛithivítva), are the definitions for the first four. The category of earth is the general characteristic that is directly under substance and exists in the same context as color created by baking.[168]

The genus of water is that generality which is found with intimate relation in water, being also found in intimate relation in river and sea. The genus of fire is that generality which is found with intimate relation in fire, being also found with intimate relation in the moon and gold. The genus of air is that which is immediately subordinate to substance, and is found with intimate relation in the organ of the skin.[169]

The concept of water is a general idea that closely relates to water itself, as well as to rivers and the sea. The concept of fire is a general idea that closely relates to fire, and is also found in relation to the moon and gold. The concept of air is directly tied to substance and is closely related to the sense of touch. [169]

As ether, space, and time, from their being single, cannot be subordinate genera, their several names stand respectively for their technical appellations. Ether is the abode of particularity, and is found in the same subject with the non-eternal (janya) special quality which is not produced by contact.[170]

As ether, space, and time are unique and can't be grouped under a common category, their individual names serve as their specific terms. Ether is the realm of individuality and exists alongside the non-eternal (janya) special quality that isn't created by contact.[170]

Time is that which, being a pervading substance, is the abode of the mediate cause[171] of that idea of remoteness [150](paratva) which is not found with intimate relation in space;[172] while space is that pervading substance which possesses no special qualities and yet is not time.[173] The general terms átmatva and manastva are the respective definitions of soul (átman) and mind (manas). The general idea of soul is that which is subordinate to substance, being also found with intimate relation in that which is without form[174] (amúrtta). The general idea of mind is that which is subordinate to substance, being also found existing with intimate relation in an atom, but [unlike other atoms] not the intimate cause of any substance. There are twenty-four qualities; seventeen are mentioned directly in Kaṇáda's Sútras (i. 1, 6), "colour, taste, smell, touch, number, quantity, severalty, conjunction, disjunction, remoteness, proximity, intelligence, pleasure, pain, desire, aversion, and effort;" and, besides these, seven others are understood in the word "and," viz., gravity, fluidity, viscidity, faculty, merit, demerit, and sound. Their respective genera (rúpatva, &c.) are their several definitions. The class or genus of "colour" is that which is subordinate to quality and exists with intimate relation in blue. In the same way may be formed the definitions of the rest.

Time is a pervasive substance that serves as the foundation for the indirect cause of the concept of remoteness (paratva), which doesn’t have a close association with space; while space is that pervasive substance without specific qualities and is still not time. The general terms átmatva and manastva define soul (átman) and mind (manas) respectively. The general idea of the soul is something that is dependent on substance, also found in a close association with that which is formless (amúrtta). The general idea of the mind is also dependent on substance, existing closely related to an atom, but unlike other atoms, it is not the direct cause of any substance. There are twenty-four qualities; seventeen are directly mentioned in Kaṇáda's Sútras (i. 1, 6): "color, taste, smell, touch, number, quantity, distinction, conjunction, disjunction, remoteness, proximity, intelligence, pleasure, pain, desire, aversion, and effort;" in addition to these, seven others are understood in the word "and," which include gravity, fluidity, viscosity, ability, merit, demerit, and sound. Their respective categories (rúpatva, etc.) serve as their definitions. The category or genus of "color" is one that depends on quality and exists closely related to blue. Similarly, the definitions of the other qualities can be formed.

"Action" is fivefold, according to the distinction of throwing upwards, throwing downwards, contracting, expanding, and going: revolution, evacuating, &c., being included under "going." The genus of throwing upwards, &c., will be their respective definitions. The genus of throwing upwards is a subordinate genus to action; it exists with intimate relation, and is to be known as the mediate cause of conjunction with a higher place. In the same manner are to be made the definitions of throwing downwards, &c. Generality (or genus) is twofold, extensive and non-extensive; existence is extensive as found with intimate connection in substance and quality, [151]or in quality and action; substance, &c., are non-extensive. The definition of generality has been given before. Particularity and intimate relation cannot be divided,—in the former case in consequence of the infinite number of separate particularities, in the latter from intimate relation being but one; their definitions have been given before.

"Action" has five categories: throwing upwards, throwing downwards, contracting, expanding, and moving; with revolution, evacuation, etc., falling under "moving." The general category of throwing upwards will include its specific definitions. Throwing upwards is a specific type of action; it closely relates to and is considered the indirect cause of connection with a higher position. The same approach applies to defining throwing downwards, etc. Generality (or genus) can be divided into two types: extensive and non-extensive; existence is extensive, as it is closely related to substance and quality, [151]or in quality and action; substance, etc., are non-extensive. The definition of generality has been provided earlier. Particularity and close relation cannot be separated—partly because of the infinite number of distinct particulars, and partly because close relation remains singular; their definitions have been provided earlier.

There is a popular proverb—

There's a well-known saying—

"Duality, change produced by baking, and disjunction produced by disjunction,—he whose mind vacillates not in these three is the true Vaiśeshika;" and therefore we will now show the manner of the production of duality, &c.

"Duality, change caused by baking, and disconnection created by disjunction—someone whose mind doesn’t waver in these three is the true Vaiśeshika; and so, we will now explain how duality, etc., comes about."

There is here first the contact of the organ of sense with the object; thence there arises the knowledge of the genus unity; then the distinguishing perception apekshábuddhi [by which we apprehend "this is one," "this is one," &c.]; then the production of duality, dvitva (in the object);[175] then the knowledge of the abstract genus of duality (dvitvatva); then the knowledge of the quality duality as it exists in the two things; then imagination[176] (saṃskára).[177]

First, there is the interaction of the sense organ with the object; from that, we gain knowledge of the unified category; then comes the distinguishing perception apekshábuddhi [by which we recognize "this is one," "this is one," etc.]; next, the emergence of duality, dvitva (in the object);[175] then the understanding of the abstract concept of duality (dvitvatva); following that is the recognition of the quality of duality as it is present in the two things; and finally, imagination[176] (saṃskára).[177]

But it may here be asked what is the proof of duality, &c., being thus produced from apekshábuddhi? The great doctor (Udayana) maintained that apekshábuddhi must be the producer of duality, &c., because duality is never found separated from it, while, at the same time, we cannot hold apekshábuddhi as the cause only of its being known [and therefore it follows that it must be the cause of its being produced[178]], just as contact is with regard to sound. We, however, maintain the same opinion by a [152]different argument; duality, &c., cannot be held to be made known (jñápya) by that non-eternal apprehension whose object is two or more individual unities (i.e., apekshábuddhi), because these are qualities which reside in a plurality of subjects [and not in any one individual[179]] just as "severalty" does [and, therefore, as apekshábuddhi is not their jñápaka, it must be their janaka].

But one might wonder what the proof is for duality, etc., arising from apekshábuddhi? The great doctor (Udayana) argued that apekshábuddhi must be the source of duality, etc., because duality is never found apart from it. At the same time, we cannot regard apekshábuddhi as solely the cause of its being known [and therefore it follows that it must be the cause of its being produced[178]], similar to how contact relates to sound. However, we hold the same view through a different argument; duality, etc., cannot be considered made known (jñápya) by that transient awareness which focuses on two or more individual units (i.e., apekshábuddhi), because these qualities pertain to a plurality of subjects [and not to any single individual[179]] just as "severalty" does [and, therefore, since apekshábuddhi is not their jñápaka, it must be their janaka].

Next we will describe the order of the successive destructions. From apekshábuddhi arises, simultaneously with the production of duality (dvitva), the destruction of the knowledge of the genus of unity; next from the knowledge of the genus of duality (dvitvatva) arises, simultaneously with the knowledge of the quality duality, the destruction of apekshábuddhi; next from the destruction of apekshábuddhi arises, simultaneously with the knowledge of the two substances, the destruction of the duality; next from the knowledge of the two substances arises, simultaneously with the production of imagination (saṃskára), the destruction of the knowledge of the quality; and next from imagination arises the destruction of the knowledge of the substances.

Next, we will describe the sequence of the successive destructions. From apekshábuddhi, along with the emergence of duality (dvitva), comes the loss of the understanding of the unity type; then, from the understanding of the duality type (dvitvatva), which arises with the understanding of quality duality, comes the loss of apekshábuddhi; next, with the loss of apekshábuddhi, the knowledge of the two substances emerges, leading to the loss of duality; after that, from the knowledge of two substances, the imagination (saṃskára) arises, resulting in the loss of the understanding of quality; finally, imagination leads to the loss of the knowledge of the substances.

The evidence for the destruction of one kind of knowledge by another, and for the destruction of another knowledge by imagination, is to be found in the following argument; these knowledges themselves which are the subjects of the discussion are successively destroyed by the rise of others produced from them, because knowledge, like sound, is a special quality of an all-pervading substance, and of momentary duration.[180] I may briefly add, that when you have the knowledge of the genus of unity simultaneously with an action in one of the two things themselves, producing that separation which is the opposite [153]to the conjunction that produced the whole, in that case you have the subsequent destruction of duality produced by the destruction of its abiding-place (the two things); but where you have this separate action taking place simultaneously with the rise of apekshábuddhi, there you have the destruction of duality produced by the united influence of both.[181]

The evidence for one type of knowledge being overshadowed by another, and for another type of knowledge being overshadowed by imagination, can be found in the following argument; these knowledges that are the focus of the discussion are successively diminished by the emergence of others that come from them, because knowledge, like sound, is a specific quality of a pervasive substance and lasts for a brief moment.[180] I can briefly add that when you have knowledge of the unity genus at the same time as an action occurring in one of the two things themselves, creating a separation that is the opposite [153] of the union that created the whole, then you have the eventual destruction of duality resulting from the loss of its foundational place (the two things); but when this separate action occurs simultaneously with the emergence of apekshábuddhi, there you have the destruction of duality caused by the combined influence of both.[181]

Apekshábuddhi is to be considered as that operation of the mind which is the counter-entity to that emergent non-existence (i.e., destruction) which itself causes a subsequent destruction.[182]

Apekshábuddhi refers to the mental process that acts as the opposite of emerging non-existence (i.e., destruction), which in turn leads to further destruction.[182]

Next we will inquire in how many moments, commencing with the destruction of the compound of two atoms (the dvyaṇuka), another compound of two atoms is produced, having colour, &c. In the course of this investigation the mode of production will be explained. First, the compound of two atoms is gradually destroyed by the series of steps commencing with the contact of fire;[183] secondly, from the conjunction of fire arises the destruction of the qualities black, &c., in the single atom; thirdly, from another conjunction of fire arises the production of red, &c., in the atom; fourthly, from conjunction with a soul possessing merit arises an action[184] in the atom for the production of a substance; fifthly, by that action is produced a separation of that atom from its former place; sixthly, there is produced thereby the destruction of its conjunction with that former place; seventhly, is produced the conjunction with another atom; eighthly, from these two atoms arises the compound of two atoms; ninthly, from the qualities, &c., of the causes (i.e., the atoms) are produced colour, &c., the qualities of the effect (i.e., the dvyaṇuka). Such is the order of the series of nine moments. The other two series,[185] that of the ten and that of the eleven moments, are omitted for fear of prolixity. Such is the mode of production, if we hold (with the Vaiśeshikas) that the baking process takes place in the [155]atoms of the jar.[186] The Naiyáyikas, however, maintain that the baking process takes place in the jar.

Next, we will explore how many steps, starting with the destruction of the compound of two atoms (the dvyaṇuka), lead to the creation of another compound of two atoms that has color, etc. During this investigation, we'll explain the production method. First, the compound of two atoms is gradually destroyed through a series of steps that begins with the contact of fire;[183] second, from the combination with fire, the qualities black, etc., are eliminated from the single atom; third, another combination with fire leads to the production of red, etc., in the atom; fourth, when combined with a soul that has merit, an action[184] occurs in the atom to produce a substance; fifth, this action causes the separation of that atom from its original position; sixth, this results in the destruction of its connection to that original place; seventh, a conjunction with another atom is formed; eighth, from these two atoms, a compound of two atoms arises; ninth, from the qualities, etc., of the causes (i.e., the atoms), color, etc., the qualities of the effect (i.e., the dvyaṇuka) are produced. This outlines the order of the nine steps. The other two series,[185] that of the ten and that of the eleven steps, are left out to avoid excessive detail. This describes the method of production, assuming (as the Vaiśeshikas do) that the baking process occurs in the [155]atoms of the jar.[186] However, the Naiyáyikas argue that the baking process occurs in the jar itself.

"Disjunction produced by disjunction" is twofold,—that produced by the disjunction of the intimate [or material] causes only, and that produced by the disjunction of the intimate cause and the non-cause [i.e., the place]. We will first describe the former kind.

"Disjunction created by disjunction" has two aspects—one that comes from the disjunction of the intimate [or material] causes alone, and another that comes from the disjunction of the intimate cause and the non-cause [i.e., the place]. We will first discuss the former type.

It is a fixed rule that when the action of breaking arises in the [material] cause which is inseparably connected with the effect [i.e., in one of the two halves of the pot], and produces a disjunction from the other half, there is not produced at that time a disjunction from the place or point of space occupied by the pot; and, again, when there is a disjunction from that point of space occupied by the pot, the disjunction from the other half is not contemporary with it, but has already taken place. For just as we never see smoke without its cause, fire, so we never see that effect of the breaking in the pot which we call the disjunction from the point of space,[187] without there having previously been the origination of that disjunction of the halves which stops the conjunction whereby the pot was brought into being. Therefore the action of breaking in the parts produces the disjunction of one part from another, but not the disjunction from the point of space; next, this disjunction of one part from another produces the destruction of that conjunction which had brought the pot into existence; and thence arises the destruction of the pot, according to the principle, cessante causâ cessat effectus. The pot being thus destroyed, that disjunction, which [156]resides in both the halves (which are the material or intimate causes of the pot) during the time that is marked by the destruction of the pot or perhaps having reference only to one independent half, initiates, in the case of that half where the breaking began, a disjunction from the point of space which had been connected with the pot; but not in the case of the other half, as there is no cause to produce it.[188]

It is a set rule that when breaking occurs in the [material] cause that is closely linked to the effect [i.e., in one of the two halves of the pot], creating a separation from the other half, there is not simultaneously a separation from the location or space occupied by the pot; and, conversely, when there is a separation from that space occupied by the pot, the separation from the other half has already happened. Just as we never see smoke without its cause, fire, we never observe the effect of breaking in the pot, which we refer to as the separation from the point of space,[187] without there first being the initiation of that separation of the halves that ends the connection that created the pot. Therefore, the breaking of the parts results in the separation of one part from another but not the separation from the point of space; next, this separation of one part from another causes the destruction of the connection that brought the pot into being; and thus arises the destruction of the pot, in accordance with the principle, cessante causâ cessat effectus. Once the pot is destroyed, the separation that [156]resides in both halves (which are the material or immediate causes of the pot) during the period marked by the pot's destruction, or possibly only regarding one independent half, triggers, in the case of the half where the breaking started, a separation from the point of space that was linked to the pot; but not in the case of the other half, as there is no cause to create it.[188]

But the second kind is as follows:—As action which arises in the hand, and causes a disjunction from that with which it was in contact, initiates a disjunction[189] from the points of space in which the original conjunction took place; and this is "the disjunction of the intimate cause and the non-cause." When the action in the hand produces an effect in relation to any points of space, it initiates also in the same direction a disjunction of the intimate effect and the non-effect; thus the disjunction of the body [the intimate effect] and the points of space arises from the disjunction of the hand and the points of space [the hand being an intimate or material cause of the body, but the points of space being not a cause]. This second disjunction is not produced by the action of the body, because the body is supposed to be at the time inactive; nor is it produced by the action of the hand, because it is impossible that an action residing in some other place [as the hand] should produce the effect of disjunction [in the body]. Therefore we conclude by exhaustion that we must accept the view—that it is the disjunction of the intimate cause and the [157]non-cause[190] which causes the second disjunction of the body and the points of space.

But the second type is as follows:—When an action occurs in the hand and causes a separation from what it was in contact with, it creates a separation from the points in space where the original connection happened; this is called "the separation of the intimate cause and the non-cause." When the action in the hand produces an effect related to any points in space, it also creates a separation in the same direction between the intimate effect and the non-effect; thus, the separation of the body [the intimate effect] and the points in space comes from the separation of the hand and the points in space [the hand being an intimate or material cause of the body, but the points in space not being a cause]. This second separation is not caused by the action of the body, because the body is assumed to be inactive at the time; nor is it caused by the action of the hand, because it’s impossible for an action happening in another place [like the hand] to produce the effect of separation [in the body]. Therefore, we conclude through exclusion that we must accept the viewpoint—that it is the separation of the intimate cause and the non-cause which leads to the second separation of the body and the points in space.

But an opponent may here object that "what you formerly stated (p. 147) as to existence being denied of darkness, &c., is surely unreasonable; for, in fact, there are no less than four different opinions maintained on this point,—thus (a.) the Bháṭṭa Mímáṃsakas and the Vedántins hold that darkness is a substance; (b.) Śrídhara Áchárya[191] holds that the colour of dark blue is imposed [and thus darkness will be a quality]; (c.) some of the Prábhákara Mímáṃsakas hold that it is the absence of the cognition of light; (d.) the Naiyáyikas, &c., hold that it is the absence of light." In reply, we assert that as for the first alleged opinion (a.) it is quite out of the question, as it is consistent with neither of the two possible alternatives; for if darkness is a substance, it must either be one of the nine well-known substances, earth, &c.,[192] or some different one. But it cannot be any one of the nine, since, under whichever one you would place it, all the qualities of that substance should certainly be found in it; nor can you, on the other hand, assert that it is some substance different from these nine, since, being in itself destitute of qualities, it cannot properly be a substance at all [the very definition of substance being "that which is the substratum of qualities"], and therefore, of course, it cannot be a different substance from the nine. But you may ask, "How can you say that darkness is destitute of qualities, when it is perceived as possessed of the dark blue of the tamála blossom?" We reply, that this is merely an error, as when men say that the [colourless] sky is blue. But enough of this onslaught on ancient sages.[193] (b.) Hence it follows that darkness cannot have its colour imposed upon it, since you cannot have an imposition of colour without supposing some substratum [158]to receive it;[194] and again, we cannot conceive the eye as capable of imposing a colour when deprived of the concurrent cause, the external light. Nor can we accept that it is an impression independent of the eye [i.e., produced by the internal sense, mind], because the concurrence of the eye is not a superfluous but an indispensable condition to its being produced. Nor can you maintain that "absence or non-existence (abháva[195]) is incapable of being expressed by affirmative tense affixes [and, therefore, as we do use such phrases as tenebræ oriuntur, darkness cannot be a mere non-existence"]; because your assertion is too broad, as it would include such cases of non-existence as a mundane collapse, destruction, inattention,[196] &c. [and yet we all know that men do speak of any of these things as past, present, or future, and yet all are cases of abháva]. (c.) Hence darkness cannot be the absence of the cognition of light, since, by the well-known rule that that organ which perceives a certain object can also perceive its absence, it would follow that darkness would be perceived by the mind [since it is the mind which perceives cognitions].[197] Hence we conclude that the fourth or remaining opinion must be the true one, viz., that darkness is only the absence of light. And it need not be objected that it is very difficult to account for the attribution to non-existence of the qualities of existence, for we all see that the quality happiness is attributed to the absence of pain, and the idea of separation is connected with the absence of conjunction. And you need not assert that "this absence of light must be the object of a cognition produced by the eye in dependence on light, since it is the absence of an object possessing colour,[198] as we see in the case of a jar's [159]absence," because by the very rule on which you rely, viz., that that on which the eye depends to perceive an object, it must also depend on to perceive that object's absence, it follows that as there is no dependence of the eye on light to perceive light, it need not depend thereon to perceive this light's absence. Nor need our opponent retort that "the cognition of darkness [as the absence of light] necessitates the cognition of the place where the absence resides [and this will require light]," as such an assertion is quite untenable, for we cannot admit that in order to have a conception of absence it is necessary to have a conception of the place where the absence resides, else we could not have the perception of the cessation of sound, as is implied in such an expression as "the tumult has ceased."[199] Hence, having all these difficulties in his mind, the venerable Kaṇáda uttered his aphorism [as an ipse dixit to settle the question]: "Dravya-guṇa-karma-nish-patti-vaidharmyád abhávas tamas" (Vaiś. Sút. v. 2, 19), "Darkness is really non-existence, since it is dissimilar to the production of substances, qualities, or actions." The same thing has been also established by the argument that darkness is perceived by the eye[200] [without light, whereas all substances, if perceptible at all, require the presence of light as well as of the eye to be visible].

But an opponent might argue that "what you previously claimed (p. 147) about darkness being denied existence, etc., is clearly unreasonable; there are at least four different views on this issue. First, the Bháṭṭa Mímáṃsakas and the Vedántins believe that darkness is a substance. Second, Śrídhara Áchárya holds that the color of dark blue is imposed on it, making darkness a quality. Third, some of the Prábhákara Mímáṃsakas claim it's the absence of the perception of light. Fourth, the Naiyáyikas and others argue that it is merely the absence of light." In response, we assert that the first view is completely off the table, as it contradicts both possible alternatives; if darkness is a substance, it must either be one of the nine recognized substances—like earth, etc.—or something else entirely. But it can't be one of those nine, because whatever category you put it in should certainly exhibit all the qualities of that substance. On the other hand, you cannot claim that it's some other substance that differs from these nine, as being devoid of qualities means it can't really be considered a substance at all (the very definition of substance being "that which serves as the foundation for qualities"), so it obviously can't be a different substance from the nine. You might ask, "How can you say that darkness lacks qualities when it seems to have the dark blue of the tamála blossom?" We respond that this is just a misconception, similar to when people say the [colorless] sky is blue. But let's move on from this criticism of ancient thinkers. Therefore, it follows that darkness can’t have its color imposed upon it, as you cannot impose a color without assuming some underlying substance to receive it; furthermore, we can't picture the eye as imposing a color when it's lacking the external light that serves as a concurrent cause. Likewise, we can't accept that it's an impression independent of the eye (i.e., produced by the internal sense, mind), since the eye's involvement isn't optional but absolutely necessary for its emergence. You also cannot maintain that "absence or non-existence (abháva) cannot be expressed with affirmative tense affixes (and thus, since we do use phrases like tenebræ oriuntur, darkness cannot simply be non-existence)"; your argument is too broad because it would include instances of non-existence like a mundane collapse, destruction, inattention, etc. We all know people talk about these things as past, present, or future, and yet all qualify as abháva. Hence, darkness cannot be the absence of the perception of light, because, according to the well-known principle that an organ which perceives a certain object can also perceive its absence, it would follow that the mind would perceive darkness (since it’s the mind that perceives cognitions). Therefore, we conclude that the fourth or remaining opinion must be the correct one: that darkness is simply the absence of light. And there’s no need to argue that it’s difficult to explain how we attribute qualities of existence to non-existence. We all see that the quality of happiness is attributed to the lack of pain, and the idea of separation is linked to the absence of conjunction. You shouldn't argue that "this absence of light must be something the eye perceives with the help of light, since it's lacking a color-possessing object, as we see in the absence of a jar," because, based on the very principle you’re leaning on, that which the eye relies on to perceive an object must also be depended upon to perceive that object’s absence; thus, since the eye doesn’t rely on light to perceive light, it doesn’t need to rely on it to recognize light’s absence. Nor should our opponent retort that "the perception of darkness [as the absence of light] requires perceiving the location of that absence [and this would necessitate light]," because that claim is untenable. We cannot accept that understanding absence necessitates knowing the place where absence exists, otherwise, we wouldn’t be able to perceive sound’s cessation, as suggested by the expression "the tumult has ceased." Having all these challenges in mind, the esteemed Kaṇáda expressed his aphorism [as an ipse dixit to resolve the matter]: "Dravya-guṇa-karma-nish-patti-vaidharmyád abhávas tamas" (Vaiś. Sút. v. 2, 19), "Darkness is fundamentally non-existence, as it is different from the production of substances, qualities, or actions." The same conclusion has been supported by the argument that darkness can be perceived by the eye without light, while all substances, if they are visible at all, require both light and the eye to be seen.

Non-existence (abháva) is considered to be the seventh category, as established by negative proofs. It may be concisely defined as that which, itself not having intimate relation, is not intimate relation;[201] and this is twofold, "relative non-existence"[202] and "reciprocal non-existence."

Non-existence (abháva) is seen as the seventh category, defined through negative proofs. It can be briefly described as something that, by not having a close relationship, is not a close relationship;[201] and this is divided into "relative non-existence"[202] and "reciprocal non-existence."

The former is again divided into "antecedent," "emergent," and "absolute." "Antecedent" is that non-existence which, though without any beginning, is not everlasting; "emergent" is that which, though having a beginning, is everlasting; "absolute" is that non-existence which abides in its own counter-entity;[203] "reciprocal non-existence" is that which, being different from "absolute," has yet no defined limit [i.e., no terminus ad quem nor terminus a quo, as "antecedent" and "emergent" have].

The first is divided into "antecedent," "emergent," and "absolute." "Antecedent" refers to non-existence that, while it doesn't have a beginning, isn't eternal; "emergent" is what has a beginning but is eternal; "absolute" is that non-existence that exists in its own counter-entity; [203] "reciprocal non-existence" is different from "absolute" but still lacks a specific limit [i.e. no terminus ad quem or terminus a quo, like "antecedent" and "emergent" do].

If you raise the objection that "'reciprocal non-existence' is really the same as 'absolute non-existence,'" we reply that this is indeed to lose one's way in the king's highroad; for "reciprocal non-existence" is that negation whose opposite is held to be identity, as "a jar is not cloth;" but "absolute non-existence" is that negation whose opposite is connection, as "there is no colour in the air."[204] Nor need you here raise the objection that "abháva can never be a means of producing any good to man," for we maintain that it is his summum bonum, in the form of final beatitude, which is only another term for the absolute abolition of all pain [and therefore comes under the category of abháva].

If you argue that "'reciprocal non-existence' is basically the same as 'absolute non-existence,'" we would say you're missing the point; "reciprocal non-existence" refers to a negation that is understood in contrast to identity, as in "a jar is not cloth," whereas "absolute non-existence" is a negation that relates to connection, like "there is no color in the air."[204] You also shouldn’t claim that "abháva can never lead to any good for humanity," because we argue that it is humanity's summum bonum, manifested as ultimate happiness, which is just another way to describe the complete removal of all suffering [and therefore falls under the category of abháva].

E. B. C.

E. B. C.

FOOTNOTES:

[154] The Vaiśeshikas are called Aulúkyáḥ in Hemachandra's Abhidhána-chintámaṇi; in the Váyu-puráṇa (quoted in Aufrecht's Catal. p. 53 b, l. 23), Akshapáda, Kaṇáda, Ulúka, and Vatsa are called the sons of Śiva.

[154] The Vaiśeshikas are referred to as Aulúkyáḥ in Hemachandra's Abhidhána-chintámaṇi; in the Váyu-puráṇa (quoted in Aufrecht's Catal. p. 53 b, l. 23), Akshapáda, Kaṇáda, Ulúka, and Vatsa are described as the sons of Śiva.

[155] He is here called by his synonym Kaṇabhaksha.

[155] He is referred to here by his other name, Kaṇabhaksha.

[156] It is singular that this is inaccurate. The ninth book treats of that perception which arises from supersensible contact, &c., and inference. The tenth treats of the mutual difference of the qualities of the soul, and the three causes.

[156] It's strange that this is incorrect. The ninth book discusses the understanding that comes from non-physical contact, etc., and reasoning. The tenth book covers the differences between the qualities of the soul and the three causes.

[157] For this extract from the old bháshya of Vátsyáyana, see Colebrooke's Essays (new edition), vol. i. p. 285.

[157] For this excerpt from the ancient bháshya of Vátsyáyana, check out Colebrooke's Essays (new edition), vol. i. p. 285.

[158] Cf. Bháshá-parichchheda, śloka 14.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Bháshá-parichchheda, verse 14.

[159] "Particularity" (viśesha) resides by "intimate relation" in the eternal atoms, &c.

[159] "Particularity" (viśesha) exists through "close connection" within the eternal atoms, etc.

[160] This clause is added, as otherwise the definition would apply to "duality" and "conjunction."

[160] This clause is included because otherwise, the definition would apply to "duality" and "conjunction."

[161] This is added, as otherwise the definition would apply to "existence" (sattá), which is the summum genus, to which substance, quality, and action are immediately subordinate.

[161] This is included, because otherwise the definition would refer to "existence" (sattá), which is the highest category, to which substance, quality, and action are directly subordinate.

[162] Existence (sattá) is the genus of dravya, guṇa, and kriyâ. Dravya alone can be the intimate cause of anything; and all actions are the mediate (or non-intimate) cause of conjunction and disjunction. Some qualities (as saṃyoga, rúpa, &c.) may be mediate causes, but this is accidental and does not belong to the essence of guṇa, as many gunas can never be mediate causes.

[162] Existence (sattá) is the category of dravya, guṇa, and kriyâ. Only dravya can be the direct cause of anything, while all actions serve as the indirect (or non-direct) cause of coming together or separating. Some qualities (like saṃyoga, rúpa, etc.) can be indirect causes, but this is incidental and not a fundamental aspect of guṇa, as there are many gunas that can never be indirect causes.

[163] As all karmas are transitory, karmatva is only found in the anitya. I correct in p. 105, line 20, nityá-samavetatva; this is the reading of the MS. in the Calcutta Sanskrit College Library.

[163] Since all actions are temporary, karmatva exists only in the anitya. I made a correction on p. 105, line 20, nityá-samavetatva; this is the reading in the manuscript from the Calcutta Sanskrit College Library.

[164] I.e., it can never be destroyed. Indestructibility, however, is found in time, space, &c.; to exclude these, therefore, the former clause of the definition is added.

[164] That is, it can never be destroyed. Indestructibility, however, exists in time, space, etc.; to exclude these, the earlier part of the definition is included.

[165] "Particularity" (whence the name Vaiśeshika) is not "individuality, as of this particular flash of lightning,"—but it is the individuality either of those eternal substances which, being single, have no genus, as ether, time, and space; or of the different atomic minds; or of the atoms of the four remaining substances, earth, water, fire, and air, these atoms being supposed to be the ne plus ultra, and as they have no parts, they are what they are by their own indivisible nature. Ballantyne translated viśesha as "ultimate difference." I am not sure whether the individual soul has viśesha.

[165] "Particularity" (where the name Vaiśeshika comes from) does not refer to "individuality, like this specific lightning bolt"—rather, it signifies the individuality of those eternal substances that, being singular, have no category, such as ether, time, and space; or the distinct atomic minds; or the individual atoms of the four other substances: earth, water, fire, and air. These atoms are considered to be the ne plus ultra, and since they have no parts, they exist by their own indivisible nature. Ballantyne translated viśesha as "ultimate difference." I'm not sure if the individual soul possesses viśesha.

[166] Mutual non-existence (anyonyábháva) exists between two notions which have no property in common, as a "pot is not cloth;" but the genus is the same in two pots, both alike being pots.

[166] Mutual non-existence (anyonyábháva) exists between two concepts that don’t share any common characteristics, just like “a pot isn’t cloth;” however, the category is the same for two pots, as both are still pots.

[167] "Samaváyasambandábhávát samaváyo na játiḥ," Siddh. Mukt. (Saṃyoga being a guṇa has guṇatva existing in it with intimate relation).

[167] "Because of the connection of conjunction, a conjunction is not a type," Siddh. Mukt. (Conjunction is a quality that contains quality-ness within it in a close relationship).

[168] The feel or touch of earth is said to be "neither hot nor cold, and its colour, taste, smell, and touch are changed by union with fire" (Bháshá-parichchheda, sl. 103, 104).

[168] The texture or sensation of earth is described as "neither hot nor cold, and its color, taste, smell, and feel are altered by combining with fire" (Bháshá-parichchheda, sl. 103, 104).

[169] The organ of touch is an aërial integument.—Colebrooke.

[169] The sense of touch is a kind of air-filled skin.—Colebrooke.

[170] Sound is twofold,—"produced from contact," as the first sound, and "produced from sound," as the second. Janya is added to exclude God's knowledge, while saṃyogájanya excludes the soul's, which is produced by contact, as of the soul and mind, mind and the senses, &c.

[170] Sound has two types— "created by contact," which is the first type of sound, and "created from existing sound," which is the second. Janya is included to differentiate it from God's knowledge, while saṃyogájanya differentiates it from the soul's knowledge, which arises from contact, like that of the soul and mind, mind and senses, etc.

[171] The mediate cause itself is the conjunction of time with some body, &c., existing in time,—this latter is the intimate cause, while the knowledge of the revolutions of the sun is the instrumental cause. In p. 106, line 12, read adhikaraṇaṃ.

[171] The immediate cause is the connection between time and a body that exists in time; this is the essential cause, while the understanding of the sun’s revolutions is the instrumental cause. In p. 106, line 12, read adhikaraṇaṃ.

[172] Paratva being of two kinds, daiśika and kálika.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Paratva consists of two types, daiśika and kálika.

[173] Time, space, and mind have no special qualities; the last, however, is not pervading but atomic.

[173] Time, space, and consciousness don’t have any special properties; however, the latter is not all-encompassing but made up of individual parts.

[174] The three other padárthas, beside soul, which are amúrtta,—time, ether, and space,—are not genera.

[174] The three other padárthas, besides the soul, which are amúrtta,—time, ether, and space,—are not categories.

[175] All numbers, from duality upwards, are artificial, i.e., they are made by our minds; unity alone exists in things themselves—each being one; and they only become two, &c., by our choosing to regard them so, and thus joining them in thought.

[175] All numbers, starting from two and up, are human-made; that is, they are created by our minds. Unity is the only true reality in things themselves—each thing is one; they only become two, and so on, when we choose to see them that way and link them in our thoughts.

[176] Saṃskára is here the idea conceived by the mind—created, in fact, by its own energies out of the material previously supplied to it by the senses and the internal organ or mind. (Cf. the tables in p. 153.)

[176] Saṃskára refers to the concept formed by the mind—essentially produced by its own efforts from the information previously provided by the senses and the internal organ or mind. (Cf. the tables in p. 153.)

[177] Here and elsewhere I omit the metrical summary of the original, as it adds nothing new to the previous prose.

[177] Here and in other places, I skip the metrical summary of the original because it doesn’t provide any additional information to the earlier prose.

[178] Every cause must be either jñápaka or janaka; apekshábuddhi, not being the former, must be the latter.

[178] Every cause must be either jñápaka or janaka; apekshábuddhi, not being the first, must be the second.

[179] Apekshábuddhi apprehends "this is one," "this is one," &c.; but duality, for instance, does not reside in either of these, but in both together.

[179] Apekshábuddhi understands "this is one," "this is one," etc.; however, duality, for example, doesn't exist in either of these alone, but in both combined.

[180] The Vaiśeshikas held that the jívátman and space are each an all-pervading substance, but the individual portions of each have different special qualities; hence one man knows what another is ignorant of, and one portion of ether has sound when another portion has not. Dr. Röer, in his version of the Bháshá-Parichchheda, has mistranslated an important Sútra which bears on this point. It is said in Sútra 26—

[180] The Vaiśeshikas believed that the jívátman and space are both universal substances, but each individual part has its own unique qualities; that's why one person knows things another doesn't, and one area of ether can carry sound while another cannot. Dr. Röer, in his translation of the Bháshá-Parichchheda, inaccurately translated an important Sútra related to this topic. It is stated in Sútra 26—

——athákáśaśaríriṇam, avyápyavṛittiḥ kshaṇiko viśesha-guṇa ishyate,

——the embodied soul, its existence is momentary with specific qualities,

which does not mean "the special qualities of ether and soul are limitation to space and momentary duration," but "the special qualities of ether and soul (i.e., sound, knowledge, &c.) are limited to different portions and of momentary duration."

which does not mean "the unique qualities of ether and soul are limited by space and time," but "the unique qualities of ether and soul (i.e., sound, knowledge, etc.) are confined to different segments and exist for only a short time."

[181] The author here mentions two other causes of the destruction of dvitva besides that already given in p. 152, l. 14 (apekshábuddhi-náśa), viz., áśrayanáśa, and the united action of both:—

[181] The author here mentions two additional causes of the destruction of dvitva apart from the one already noted on page 152, line 14 (apekshábuddhi-náśa), namely áśrayanáśa, and the combined action of both:—

1. Ekatva-jñána | Avayava-kriyá | .......
2. Apekshábuddhi | Avayava-vibhága | Avayava-kriyá.
3. Dvitvotpatti and akatva-jñána-náśa | Avayava-saṃyoga-náśa | Avayava-vibhága.
4. Dvitvatvajñána | Dvitvádhárasya (i.e.,  avayavinaḥ) náśaḥ | Avayava-saṃyoga-náśa.
5. Dvitvaguṇa-buddhi and apekshábuddhi-náśa | Dvitva-náśa (i.e.,  of avayavin). | Ádhára-náśa (of avayavin).
6. Dvitva-náśa and dravya-buddhi  | ....... | Dvitva-náśa.

The second and third columns represent what takes place when, in the course of the six steps of ekatvajñána, &c., one of the two parts is itself divided either at the first or the second moment. In the first case, the dvitva of the whole is destroyed in the fifth moment, and therefore its only cause is its immediately preceding dvitvádhára-náśa, or, as Mádhava calls it, áśrayanivṛitti. In the second case, the náśa arrives at the same moment simultaneously by both columns (1) and (3), and hence it may be ascribed to the united action of two causes, apekshábuddhi-náśa and ádhára-náśa. Any kriyá which arose in one of the parts after the second moment would be unimportant, as the náśa of the dvitva of the whole would take place by the original sequence in column (1) in the sixth moment; and in this way it would be too late to affect that result.

The second and third columns show what happens when, during the six steps of ekatvajñána, one of the two parts is split either at the first or second moment. In the first scenario, the dvitva of the whole is destroyed in the fifth moment, making its only cause the immediately preceding dvitvádhára-náśa, or, as Mádhava calls it, áśrayanivṛitti. In the second scenario, the náśa occurs simultaneously at the same moment through both columns (1) and (3), and thus can be attributed to the combined influence of two causes, apekshábuddhi-náśa and ádhára-náśa. Any kriyá that arises in one of the parts after the second moment would be insignificant since the náśa of the dvitva of the whole would occur as per the original sequence in column (1) in the sixth moment; therefore, it would be too late to influence that outcome.

[182] I.e., from the destruction of apekshábuddhi follows the destruction of dvitva; but the other destructions previously described were followed by some production,—thus the knowledge of dvitvatva arose from the destruction of ekatvajñána, &c. (cf. Siddh. Mukt., p. 107). I may remind the reader that in Hindu logic the counter-entity to the non-existence of a thing is the thing itself.

[182] That is, when apekshábuddhi is destroyed, it leads to the destruction of dvitva; however, the other destructions mentioned earlier were followed by some kind of creation—so the understanding of dvitvatva emerged from the destruction of ekatvajñána, etc. (see Siddh. Mukt., p. 107). I want to remind the reader that in Hindu logic, the opposite of the non-existence of something is the thing itself.

[183] From the conjunction of fire is produced an action in the atoms of the jar; thence a separation of one atom from another; thence a destruction of the conjunction of atoms which made the black (or unbaked) jar; thence the destruction of the compound of two atoms.

[183] Fire causes a reaction in the atoms of the jar, leading to the separation of one atom from another, which then breaks apart the combination of atoms that formed the black (or unbaked) jar, resulting in the breakdown of the bond between the two atoms.

[184] I.e., a kind of initiative tendency.

[184] That is, a sort of proactive inclination.

[185] These are explained at full length in the Siddhánta Muktávalí, pp. 104, 105. In the first series we have—1. the destruction of the dvyaṇuka and simultaneously a disjunction from the old place produced by the disjunction (of the parts); 2. the destruction of the black colour in the dvyaṇuka, and the simultaneous destruction of the conjunction of the dvyaṇuka with that place; 3. the production of the red colour in the atoms, and the simultaneous conjunction with another place; 4. the cessation of the action in the atom produced by the original conjunction of fire. The remaining 5-10 agree with the 4-9 above.

[185] These are explained in detail in the Siddhánta Muktávalí, pp. 104, 105. In the first series, we have—1. the destruction of the dvyaṇuka and at the same time a separation from the old place caused by that separation (of the parts); 2. the elimination of the black color in the dvyaṇuka, along with the simultaneous end of its connection to that place; 3. the emergence of red color in the atoms, and the simultaneous connection to a different place; 4. the stopping of the action in the atom caused by the initial connection of fire. The remaining items 5-10 correspond with items 4-9 above.

[186] The Vaiśeshikas hold that when a jar is baked, the old black jar is destroyed, its several compounds of two atoms, &c., being destroyed; the action of the fire then produces the red colour in the separate atoms, and, joining these into new compounds, eventually produces a new red jar. The exceeding rapidity of the steps prevents the eye's detecting the change of the jars. The followers of the Nyáya maintain that the fire penetrates into the different compounds of two or more atoms, and, without any destruction of the old jar, produces its effects on these compounds, and thereby changes not the jar but its colour, &c.,—it is still the same jar, only it is red, not black.

[186] The Vaiśeshikas believe that when a jar is heated, the old black jar is destroyed, along with its various combinations of two atoms, etc.; the heat from the fire then creates a red color in the individual atoms, and by combining them into new compounds, it ultimately results in a new red jar. The speed of these steps makes it impossible for the eye to notice the change in the jars. The followers of Nyáya argue that the fire seeps into the different combinations of two or more atoms, and without destroying the old jar, it alters these combinations, thus changing not the jar itself but its color, etc.—it remains the same jar, just that it is red instead of black.

[187] In p. 109, line 14, I read gagaṇavibhágakartṛitvasya.

[187] On page 109, line 14, I read gagaṇavibhágakartṛitvasya.

[188] The Siddhánta Muktávalí, p. 112, describes the series of steps:—1. An action, as of breaking, in one of the halves; 2. the disjunction of the two halves; 3. the destruction of the conjunction which originally produced the pot; 4. the destruction of the pot; 5. by the disjunction of the two halves is produced a disjunction of the severed half from the old place; 6. the destruction of the conjunction with that old place; 7. the conjunction with the new place; 8. the cessation of the original impulse of fracture. Here the second disjunction (viz., of the half of the pot and the place) is produced by the previous disjunction of the halves, the intimate causes of the pot.

[188] The Siddhánta Muktávalí, p. 112, outlines a series of steps:—1. An action, like breaking, occurs in one part; 2. the separation of the two parts; 3. the destruction of the connection that initially created the pot; 4. the destruction of the pot; 5. through the separation of the two parts, a disconnection of the severed part from its original position occurs; 6. the destruction of the connection with that original position; 7. the connection with the new position; 8. the end of the original impulse to break. Here, the second separation (i.e., of the pot's part and the location) is initiated by the earlier separation of the parts, which are the essential causes of the pot.

[189] The original has a plural vibhágán, i.e., disjunctions from the several points.

[189] The original has a plural vibhágán, i.e., disjunctions from various points.

[190] I.e., the disjunction of the hand and the points of space.

[190] That is, the separation of the hand and locations in space.

[191] The author of a commentary on the Bhagavad Gítá.

[191] The writer of a commentary on the Bhagavad Gítá.

[192] For dravyádi read pṛithivyádi.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ For dravyádi read pṛithivyádi.

[193] I am not sure that it would not be better to read viddhavevidhayá, rewounding the wounded, instead of vṛiddhavívadhayá.

[193] I'm not sure if it wouldn't be better to read viddhavevidhayá, rewounding the wounded, instead of vṛiddhavívadhayá.

[194] Unless you see the rope you cannot mistake it for a serpent.

[194] Unless you see the rope, you can't confuse it with a serpent.

[195] In p. 110, last line, read 'bháve.

[195] On page 110, last line, read 'bháve.

[196] Read in p. 110, last line, anavadhánádishu. Vidhipratyaya properly means an imperative or potential affix implying "command;" but the pandit takes vidhi here as bhávabodhaka-kriyá. It has that meaning in Kávya-prakáśa, V. (p. 114, l. 1).

[196] Read on p. 110, last line, anavadhánádishu. Vidhipratyaya actually means an imperative or potential suffix indicating "command;" but the scholar interprets vidhi here as bhávabodhaka-kriyá. It carries that meaning in Kávya-prakáśa, V. (p. 114, l. 1).

[197] The mind perceives áloka-jñána, therefore it would perceive its absence, i.e., darkness, but this last is perceived by the eye.

[197] The mind recognizes áloka-jñána, so it can also recognize when it's missing, i.e., darkness, but this is detected by the eye.

[198] I.e., light possesses colour, and we cannot see a jar's absence in the dark.

[198] That is, light has color, and we can't notice when a jar is missing in the dark.

[199] Sound resides in the imperceptible ether, and cessation is the dhvaṃsábháva, or "emergent non-existence."

[199] Sound exists in the invisible air, and its end is the dhvaṃsábháva, or "emergent non-existence."

[200] The reading pratyayavedyatvena seems supported by p. 110, last line, but it is difficult to trace the argument; I have, therefore, ventured hesitatingly to read pratyakshavedyatvena, and would refer to the commentary (Vaiś. Sút. p. 250), "yadi hi níla-rúpavan nílaṃ rúpam eva vá tamaḥ syát, váhyálokapragraham antareṇa chakshushá na gṛihyeta."

[200] The reading pratyayavedyatvena seems supported by p. 110, last line, but it's hard to follow the argument; I have, therefore, cautiously chosen to read pratyakshavedyatvena, and would refer to the commentary (Vaiś. Sút. p. 250), "yadi hi níla-rúpavan nílaṃ rúpam eva vá tamaḥ syát, váhyálokapragraham antareṇa chakshushá na gṛihyeta."

[201] Intimate relation has also no intimate relation.

[201] An intimate relationship also doesn't have an intimate connection.

[202] "Relative non-existence" (saṃsargábháva) is the negation of a relation; thus "the jar is not in the house" is "absolute non-existence," "it was not in the house" is "antecedent," and "it will not be in the house" is "emergent," non-existence.

[202] "Relative non-existence" (saṃsargábháva) means the absence of a relationship; so "the jar is not in the house" refers to "absolute non-existence," "it was not in the house" describes "antecedent" non-existence, and "it will not be in the house" refers to "emergent" non-existence.

[203] I.e., the absolute absence of the jar is found in the jar, as, of course, the jar does not reside in the jar, but in the spot of ground,—it is the játi ghaṭatva which resides in the jar.

[203] That is, the complete lack of the jar is found in the jar because, of course, the jar doesn't actually exist in the jar, but in the piece of ground—it's the játi ghaṭatva that exists in the jar.

[204] The opposite is "there is colour in the air."

[204] The opposite is "there is color in the air."


CHAPTER XI.

THE AKSHAPÁDA (OR NYÁYA) DARŚANA.

The principle that final bliss, i.e., the absolute abolition of pain, arises from the knowledge of the truth [though in a certain sense universally accepted], is established in a special sense as a particular tenet[205] of the Nyáya school, as is declared by the author of the aphorisms in the words "proof, that which is to be proved, &c.,—from knowledge of the truth as to these things there is the attainment of final bliss." This is the first aphorism of the Nyáya Śástra. Now the Nyáya Śástra consists of five books, and each book contains two "daily portions." In the first daily portion of the first book the venerable Gotama discusses the definitions of nine categories, beginning with "proof," and in the second those of the remaining seven, beginning with "discussion" (váda). In the first daily portion of the second book he examines "doubt," discusses the four kinds of "proof," and refutes the suggested objections to their being instruments of right knowledge; and in the second he shows that "presumption," &c., are really included in the four kinds of "proof" already given [and therefore need not be added by the Mímáṃsakas as separate ones]. In the first daily portion of the third book he examines the soul, the body, the senses, and their objects; in the second, "understanding" (buddhi), and "mind" (manas). In the first daily portion of the fourth book he examines "volition" (pravṛitti), the "faults," [162]"transmigration," "fruit" [of actions], "pain," and "final liberation;" in the second he investigates the truth[206] as to the causes of the "faults," and also "wholes" and "parts." In the first daily portion of the fifth book he discusses the various kinds of futility (játi), and in the second the various kinds of "occasion for rebuke" (nigrahasthána, or "unfitness to be argued with").

The idea that ultimate happiness, or the complete elimination of suffering, comes from understanding the truth (which is somewhat universally accepted), is specifically noted as a key belief of the Nyáya school, as stated by the author of the aphorisms: "proof, that which is to be proved, etc.—from the knowledge of the truth regarding these matters, one attains ultimate happiness." This is the first aphorism of the Nyáya Śástra. The Nyáya Śástra is made up of five books, each of which contains two "daily portions." In the first daily portion of the first book, the esteemed Gotama discusses the definitions of nine categories, starting with "proof," and in the second daily portion, he defines the remaining seven, beginning with "discussion" (váda). In the first daily portion of the second book, he explores "doubt," examines the four types of "proof," and counters objections raised about their validity as means of true knowledge; in the second portion, he shows that "presumption," etc., are actually encompassed within the four types of "proof" previously addressed, so they don't need to be listed separately by the Mímáṃsakas. In the first daily portion of the third book, he analyzes the soul, the body, the senses, and their objects; in the second, he covers "understanding" (buddhi) and "mind" (manas). In the first daily portion of the fourth book, he discusses "volition" (pravṛitti), the "faults," "transmigration," the "fruits" of actions, "pain," and "ultimate liberation"; in the second, he investigates the truth regarding the causes of the "faults," and also looks into "wholes" and "parts." In the first daily portion of the fifth book, he examines the different types of futility (játi), and in the second, he discusses the various kinds of "occasion for rebuke" (nigrahasthána, or "unfitness to be argued with").

In accordance with the principle that "to know the thing to be measured you must first know the measure," "proof" (pramáṇa) is first enunciated, and as this must be done by defining it, we have first a definition of "proof." "Proof" is that which is always accompanied by right knowledge, and is at the same time not disjoined from the proper instruments [as the eye, &c.], and from the site of knowledge [i.e., the soul];[207] and this definition thus includes the peculiar tenet of the Nyáya School that God is a source of right knowledge,[208] as the author of the aphorisms has expressly declared (ii. 68), "and the fact of the Veda's being a cause of right knowledge, like spells and the medical science, follows from the fact that the fit one who gave the Veda was a source of right knowledge." And thus too hath the universally renowned teacher Udayana, who saw to the farthest shore of the ocean of logic, declared in the fourth chapter of the Kusumáñjali:

In line with the idea that "to understand what you're measuring, you first need to understand the measurement," "proof" (pramáṇa) is introduced. Since this needs to be defined, we start with a definition of "proof." "Proof" is what is always linked to accurate knowledge and is also connected to the right tools [like the eye, etc.] and the location of knowledge [i.e., the soul];[207] and this definition incorporates the unique belief of the Nyáya School that God is a source of accurate knowledge,[208] as stated by the author of the aphorisms (ii. 68), "and the fact that the Veda serves as a source of accurate knowledge, similar to spells and medical science, stems from the truth that the one who provided the Veda was a source of accurate knowledge." Additionally, the well-known teacher Udayana, who explored the depths of logic, expressed in the fourth chapter of the Kusumáñjali:

"Right knowledge is accurate comprehension, and right knowing is the possession thereof; authoritativeness is, according to Gotama's school, the being separated from all absence thereof.

"Right knowledge is understanding things clearly, and right knowing is having that understanding; according to Gotama's teachings, authority comes from being free of any lack of it."

"He in whose intuitive unerring perception, inseparably united to Him and dependent on no foreign inlets, the succession of all the various existing objects is contained,—all the chaff of our suspicion being swept away [163]by the removal of all possible faults as caused by the slightest want of observation in Him,—He, Śiva, is my authority; what have I to do with others, darkened as their authority must ever be with rising doubts?"

"He, with his instinctive and flawless insight, which is completely connected to him and doesn’t rely on any outside sources, holds the entire sequence of all the different existing things—free from all the doubts we might have since all possible errors caused by even the slightest lack of observation on his part have been eliminated—He, Śiva, is my authority; what do I have to do with others, whose authority will always be clouded by emerging doubts?"

"Proof" is fourfold, as being divided into perception, inference, analogy, and testimony. The "thing to be proved" [or the "object of right notion"] is of twelve kinds, viz., soul, body, the senses, their objects, understanding, mind, volition, faults, transmigrations, fruit, pain, and final liberation. "Doubt" is a knowledge whose nature is uncertainty; and this is threefold, as being caused by the object's possessing only qualities which are common to other things also, and therefore not distinctive,—or by its possessing only irrelevant qualities of its own, which do not help us in determining the particular point in question,[209]—or by conflicting testimony. The thing which one proposes to one's self before proceeding to act, is "a motive" (prayojana); this is twofold, i.e., visible and invisible. "An example" is a fact brought forward as a ground for establishing a general principle, and it may be either affirmative or negative.[210] A "tenet" (siddhánta) is something which is accepted as being authoritatively settled as true; it is of four kinds, as being "common to all the schools," "peculiar to one school," "a pregnant assumption" [leading, if conceded, to a further conclusion], and "an implied dogma" (i. 26-31). The "member" (of a demonstration) is a part of the sentence containing an inference for the sake of another; and these are five, the proposition, the reason, the example, the application, and the conclusion (i. 32-38). "Confutation" (tarka, i. 39) is the showing that the admission of a false minor necessitates the admission of a false major[211] (cf. Sút. i. 39, and [164]iv. 3); and this is of eleven kinds, as vyágháta, átmáśraya, itaretaráśraya, &c.

"Proof" consists of four parts: perception, inference, analogy, and testimony. The "thing to be proved" (or the "object of right notion") falls into twelve categories, namely: soul, body, the senses, their objects, understanding, mind, volition, faults, transmigrations, fruit, pain, and final liberation. "Doubt" is a type of knowledge characterized by uncertainty and can be classified into three types: caused by the object having only qualities that are common to other things and therefore not distinctive, or by it having only irrelevant qualities that don't help us in resolving the specific question,[209]—or by conflicting testimony. The thing that one contemplates before taking action is called "a motive" (prayojana); this is twofold, namely visible and invisible. "An example" refers to a fact presented to support a general principle, which can be either affirmative or negative.[210] A "tenet" (siddhánta) is something that is accepted as definitively true, and it comes in four types: "common to all the schools," "unique to one school," "a pregnant assumption" (which, if accepted, leads to a further conclusion), and "an implied dogma" (i. 26-31). The "member" of a demonstration refers to a part of the statement that contains an inference meant for another purpose; these are five: the proposition, the reason, the example, the application, and the conclusion (i. 32-38). "Confutation" (tarka, i. 39) demonstrates that accepting a false minor leads to accepting a false major[211] (cf. Sút. i. 39, and [164]iv. 3); and this can be divided into eleven types, such as vyágháta, átmáśraya, itaretaráśraya, etc.

"Ascertainment" (nirṇaya, i. 40) is right knowledge or a perception of the real state of the case. It is of four kinds as produced by perception, inference, analogy, or testimony. "Discussion" (váda) is a particular kind of conversation, having as its end the ascertainment of truth (i. 41). "Wrangling" (jalpa) is the talk of a man only wishing for victory, who is ready to employ arguments for either side of the question (i. 42). "Cavilling" (vitaṇdá) is the talk of a man who does not attempt to establish his own side of the question (i. 43). "Dialogue" (kathá) is the taking of two opposite sides by two disputants. A "fallacy" is an inconclusive reason which is supposed to prove something, and this may be of five kinds, the "erratic," the "contradictory," the "uncertain," the "unproved," and the "precluded" or "mistimed" (Sút. i. 44-49). "Unfairness" (chhala) is the bringing forward a contrary argument by using a term wilfully in an ambiguous sense; this is of three kinds, as there may be fraud in respect of a term, the meaning, or a metaphorical phrase (i. 50-54). "Futility" (játi) is a self-destructive argument (i. 58). This is of twenty-four kinds (as described in the fifth book of the Nyáya aphorisms) (1-38). "Occasion for rebuke" is where the disputant loses his cause [by stupidity], and this is of twenty-two kinds (as described in the fifth book of the aphorisms, 44-67). We do not insert here all the minute subdivisions through fear of being too prolix,—they are fully explained in the aphorisms.

"Ascertainment" (nirṇaya, i. 40) refers to accurate knowledge or understanding of the actual situation. It comes in four forms: perception, inference, analogy, or testimony. "Discussion" (váda) is a specific type of conversation aimed at finding the truth (i. 41). "Wrangling" (jalpa) involves a person focused solely on winning the argument, who is willing to use reasons for either side of the issue (i. 42). "Cavilling" (vitaṇdá) is when a person does not try to support their own position in the debate (i. 43). "Dialogue" (kathá) involves two people taking opposing sides in a dispute. A "fallacy" is an inconclusive reason that is claimed to prove something, which can be one of five types: "erratic," "contradictory," "uncertain," "unproved," or "precluded" or "mistimed" (Sút. i. 44-49). "Unfairness" (chhala) involves introducing a counterargument by deliberately using a term in an ambiguous way; this can occur in three ways: involving a term, its meaning, or a metaphorical phrase (i. 50-54). "Futility" (játi) is an argument that undermines itself (i. 58). This includes twenty-four types (as outlined in the fifth book of the Nyáya aphorisms) (1-38). "Occasion for rebuke" refers to situations where a disputant loses their case [due to ignorance], and this has twenty-two types (as discussed in the fifth book of the aphorisms, 44-67). We do not include all the detailed subdivisions here for fear of being too lengthy; they are thoroughly explained in the aphorisms.

But here an objector may say, "If these sixteen topics, proof, &c., are all thus fully discussed, how is it that it has received the name of the Nyáya Śástra, [as reasoning, i.e., Nyáya, or logic, properly forms only a small part of the topics which it treats of?]" We allow the force of the objection; still as names are proverbially said to be given for some special reason, we maintain that the name Nyáya was[165] rightly applied to Gotama's system, since "reasoning," or inference for the sake of another, is justly held to be a predominant feature from its usefulness in all kinds of knowledge, and from its being a necessary means for every kind of pursuit. So it has been said by Sarvajña, "This is the pre-eminent science of Nyáya from its establishing our doctrines against opponents, and from its producing action;"[212] and by Pakshila Swámin, "This is the science of reasoning (ánvíkshikí) divided into the different categories, 'proof,' &c.; the lamp of all sciences, the means for aiding all actions, the ultimate appeal of all religious duties, well proved in the declarations of science."[213]

But an objector might say, "If these sixteen topics, like proof, are all discussed thoroughly, how come it's called the Nyáya Śástra, since reasoning, or Nyáya, is just a small part of what it covers?" We acknowledge the strength of this objection; however, names are traditionally given for specific reasons. We argue that the name Nyáya is rightly applied to Gotama's system because reasoning, or inference for the benefit of others, is a key aspect due to its value in all types of knowledge and being essential for every kind of endeavor. As Sarvajña put it, "This is the prominent science of Nyáya because it defends our principles against challengers and drives our actions;" and Pakshila Swámin stated, "This is the science of reasoning (ánvíkshikí) categorized into different sections like proof, etc.; the guiding light of all sciences, the tool for supporting all actions, the ultimate reference for all religious duties, firmly established in scientific principles."

But here an objector may say, "When you declare that final liberation arises from the knowledge of the truth, do you mean that liberation ensues immediately upon this knowledge being attained?" We reply, "No," for it is said in the second Nyáya aphorism, "Pain, birth, activity, faults, false notions,—on the successive annihilation of these in turn, there is the annihilation of the one next before it," by means of this knowledge of the truth. Now false notions are the thinking the body, &c., which are not the soul, to be the soul; "faults" are a desire for those things which seem agreeable to the soul, and a dislike to those things which seem disagreeable to it,[214] though in reality nothing is either agreeable or disagreeable to the soul. And through the mutual reaction of these different "faults" the stupid man desires and the desiring man is stupid; the stupid man is angry, and the angry man is stupid. Moreover the man, impelled by these faults, does those things which are forbidden: thus by the body he does injury, theft, &c.; by the voice, falsehood, &c.; by the mind, malevolence, &c.; and this same sinful "activity" produces demerit. Or, again, he may do laudable actions by [166]his body, as alms, saving others, &c., truthful speaking, upright counsel, &c., by his voice, and guilelessness, &c., by his mind; and this same right activity produces merit. But both are forms of activity, and each leads to a similar laudable or blamable birth or bodily manifestation; and while this birth lasts there arises the impression of "pain," which we are conscious of as of something that jars against us. Now this series, beginning with "false notions" and ending with "pain," is continually going on, and is what we mean by the words "mundane existence," which rolls on ceaselessly, like a waterwheel. And whenever some pre-eminent man, by the force of his previous good deeds, obtains through the teaching of a great teacher the knowledge that all this present life is only a scene of pain and bound up with pain, he recognises that it is all to be avoided, and desires to abolish the ignorance, &c., which are the causes that produced it.[215] Then he learns that the one means to abolish it is the knowledge of the truth; and as he meditates on the objects of right knowledge divided into the four sciences,[216] there arises in his mind the knowledge of the truth, or, in other words, a right view of things as they are; and from this knowledge of the truth false notions disappear. When false notions disappear, the "faults" pass away; with them ceases "activity;" and with it ceases "birth;" and with the cessation of "birth" comes the entire abolition of "pain," and this absolute abolition is final bliss. Its absoluteness consists in this, that nothing similar to that which is thus abolished can ever revive, as is expressly said in the second aphorism of the Nyáya Sútras: "Pain, birth, activity, faults, false notions,—since, on the successive annihilation of these in turn, there is the annihilation of [167]the one next before it, there is [on the annihilation of the last of them] final beatitude."

But an objector might say, "When you state that true liberation comes from knowing the truth, do you mean that liberation happens right after this knowledge is gained?" We respond, "No," because it is mentioned in the second Nyáya aphorism, "Pain, birth, actions, faults, false beliefs—these are eliminated in succession, leading to the next one's elimination," through this knowledge of the truth. False beliefs are thinking that the body, etc., which is not the soul, is the soul; "faults" are the desire for things that seem appealing to the soul and the aversion to things that appear unappealing to it, even though in reality nothing is truly appealing or unappealing to the soul. Through the interaction of these different "faults," the foolish person desires, and the desiring person is foolish; the ignorant person gets angry, and the angry person is ignorant. Furthermore, the person driven by these faults engages in forbidden actions: they harm, steal, etc., with their body; lie, etc., with their voice; and harbor malice, etc., in their mind; and this sinful "activity" leads to demerit. Alternatively, they might perform good deeds with their body, like giving to charity, saving others, etc., truthfully speaking, giving honest advice, etc., with their voice, and being sincere, etc., with their mind; and this good activity generates merit. But both are forms of activity, and each results in similar commendable or blameworthy births or physical manifestations; and while this birth lasts, it creates the impression of "pain," which we feel as something that disrupts us. This cycle, which starts with "false beliefs" and ends with "pain," is constantly ongoing, and this is what we refer to as "mundane existence," rolling on endlessly like a waterwheel. Whenever an exceptional person, by the power of their past good deeds, learns through a great teacher that all this current life is just a source of pain and tied to pain, they realize that it all should be avoided and want to eliminate the ignorance, etc., that caused it. Then, they discover that the only way to get rid of it is through the knowledge of the truth; and as they reflect on the subjects of right knowledge divided into four sciences, they gain in their mind the knowledge of the truth, or in other words, a correct understanding of things as they are; and from this knowledge of the truth, false beliefs vanish. When false beliefs vanish, the "faults" fade away; with them, "activity" ends; and with it, "birth" ceases; and with the end of "birth," the complete removal of "pain" occurs, and this complete removal is ultimate bliss. Its completeness lies in the fact that nothing similar to what has been abolished can ever return, as is clearly stated in the second aphorism of the Nyáya Sútras: "Pain, birth, activity, faults, false beliefs—since the successive elimination of these leads to the elimination of the one preceding it, there is [upon the elimination of the last of them] ultimate bliss."

"But is not your definition of the summum bonum, liberation, i.e., 'the absolute abolition of pain,' after all as much beyond our reach as treacle on the elbow is to the tongue;[217] why then is this continually put forth as if it were established beyond all dispute?" We reply that as all those who maintain liberation in any form do include therein the absolute abolition of pain, our definition, as being thus a tenet accepted in all the schools, may well be called the royal highway[218] of philosophy. No one, in fact, maintains that pain is possible without the individual's activity. Thus even the Mádhyamika's opinion that "liberation consists in the abolition of soul," does not controvert our point, so far at any rate as that it is the abolition of pain. But if you proceed to argue that the soul, as being the cause of pain, is to be abolished just like the body, &c., we reply that this does not hold, since it fails under either alternative. For do you mean by "the soul," (a.) the continued succession of cognitions, or (b.) something different therefrom? (a.) If the former, we make no objection, [since we Naiyáyikas allow that cognition is evanescent,[219] and we do desire to abolish cognition as a cause of pravṛitti or action[220]], for who would oppose a view which makes for his own side? (b.) But if the latter, then, since it must be eternal,[221] its abolition is impossible; and, again, a second objection would be that no one would try to gain your supposed "summum bonum;" for surely no sensible person would strive to annihilate the soul, which is always the dearest of all, on the [168]principle that "everything else is dear for the soul's pleasure;" and, again, everybody uses such a phrase as "liberated," [and this very term refutes the idea of annihilation or abolition].

"But isn't your definition of the summum bonum, liberation, i.e. 'the total elimination of pain,' just as unattainable as treacle on the elbow is for the tongue;[217] then why is this constantly presented as if it’s an undeniable truth?" We respond that since everyone who advocates for liberation in any form includes the complete removal of pain, our definition, being a universally accepted doctrine across all schools, can certainly be referred to as the main path[218] of philosophy. In reality, no one argues that pain can exist without an individual’s action. Thus, even the Mádhyamika's belief that "liberation means the elimination of the soul," does not contradict our view, at least not in terms of pain's eradication. However, if you argue that the soul, as the source of pain, should be eliminated just like the body, etc., we counter that this reasoning doesn't hold, as it fails under either interpretation. Do you mean by "the soul," (a.) the continuous succession of cognitions, or (b.) something distinct from that? (a.) If you mean the former, we have no issue, [since we Naiyáyikas accept that cognition is fleeting,[219] and we indeed want to eliminate cognition as a cause of pravṛitti or action[220]], because who would oppose a view that supports their own stance? (b.) But if you mean the latter, then, since it must be eternal,[221] its elimination is impossible; furthermore, a second objection would be that no one would aspire to achieve your proposed "summum bonum;" certainly, no rational person would seek to destroy the soul, which is always considered the most valuable, based on the principle that "everything else is valued for the soul's enjoyment;" and once again, everyone uses phrases like "liberated," [and this very term negates the concept of destruction or elimination].

"But why not say with those Bauddhas who hold the doctrine of pure intelligence [i.e., the Yogácháras and the Sautrántikas[222]], that 'the summum bonum' is the rising of pure intelligence consequent on the cessation of the conscious subject?" To this view we object that there is an absence of means; and also it cannot be established that the locus [or subject] of the two states is the same. For the former, if it is replied that the well-known fourfold set of Bauddha contemplations[223] are to be accepted as the cause, we answer that, as [according to the Bauddha tenet of the momentary existence of all things] there cannot be one abiding subject of these contemplations, they will necessarily exercise a languid power like studies pursued at irregular intervals, and be thus ineffectual to produce any distinct recognition of the real nature of things.

"But why not agree with those Buddhists who believe in the idea of pure intelligence [i.e., the Yogácháras and the Sautrántikas[222]], that the 'ultimate good' is the emergence of pure intelligence when the conscious subject ceases to exist?" Our objection to this view is that there is a lack of means; additionally, it cannot be proven that the locus [or subject] of the two states is the same. In response, if it is suggested that the well-known fourfold set of Buddhist contemplations[223] are to be considered as the cause, we contend that, according to the Buddhist belief in the momentary existence of all things, there cannot be a single, enduring subject of these contemplations. Therefore, they will inevitably have a limited impact, much like studies done at inconsistent intervals, and thus fail to produce a clear understanding of the true nature of things.

And for the latter, since the continued series of cognitions when accompanied by the natural obstacles[224] is said to be "bound," and when freed from those obstacles is said to be "liberated," you cannot establish an identity of the subject in the two states so as to be able to say that the very same being which was bound is now liberated.

And for the latter, since the ongoing series of thoughts, when faced with natural obstacles[224], is considered "bound," and when those obstacles are removed, it is seen as "liberated," you cannot claim that the subject is the same in both states to say that the being that was bound is now liberated.

Nor do we find the path of the Jainas, viz., that "Liberation is the releasing from all 'obstructions,'" a path entirely free from bars to impede the wayfarer. Pray, will our Jaina friend kindly inform us what he means by "obstruction"?[225] If he answers "merit, demerit, and error," we readily grant what he says. But if he maintains that "the body is the true obstruction, and hence Liberation is the continual upspringing of the soul consequent on the [169]body's annihilation, as of a parrot released from its cage," then we must inquire whether this said soul possesses form or not. If it possesses form, then has it parts or not? If it has no parts, then, since the well-known definition of an atom will apply here as "that which has form without parts," it will follow that the attributes of the soul are, like those of an atom, imperceptible to the senses.[226] If you say that it has parts, then the general maxim that "whatever has parts is non-eternal," would necessitate that the soul is non-eternal; and if this were conceded, then two grand difficulties [against the Providential course of the world] would burst in unopposed, viz., that what the soul has done would, at its cessation, perish with it [and thus fail of producing the proper fruit], while it would have reaped during life the effects of what it had not done [as the good and evil which happened to it would not be the consequences of its actions in a former birth]. If, on the other hand, the Jaina maintains that the soul does not possess form at all, then how can he talk of the soul's "upspringing," since all such actions as motion necessarily involve an agent possessing form?[227]

We also don't find the path of the Jains, which claims that "Liberation is the release from all 'obstructions,'" to be completely free of hurdles that might block the traveler. Can our Jaina friend please clarify what he means by "obstruction"?[225] If he responds with "merit, demerit, and error," we can accept that. But if he insists that "the body is the true obstruction, and therefore Liberation is the continual rising of the soul that follows the body's annihilation, like a parrot escaping from its cage," then we need to ask whether this so-called soul has a form or not. If it does have a form, then does it have parts or not? If it doesn't have parts, then, according to the familiar definition of an atom as "that which has form without parts," it follows that the properties of the soul are, like those of an atom, beyond our senses.[226] If you claim that it has parts, the general principle that "whatever has parts is non-eternal" would imply that the soul is non-eternal. If we accept this, then two major problems [regarding the Providential order of the world] would emerge unchallenged: First, whatever the soul has accomplished would perish with its end [and thus wouldn't yield the appropriate results], while the good and bad that it experienced in life wouldn't result from its actions in a prior life. Alternatively, if the Jaina argues that the soul has no form at all, then how can he speak about the soul's "rising," since all actions like movement necessarily require an agent with form?[227]

Again, if we take the Chárváka's view "that the only bondage is dependence on another, and therefore independence is the true liberation,"—if by "independence" he means the cessation of pain, we have no need to controvert it. But if he means autocratic power, then no sensible man can concede it, as the very idea of earthly power involves the idea of a capability of being increased and of being equalled.[228]

Again, if we consider the Chárváka's perspective that "the only bondage is dependence on another, and therefore independence is the true liberation,"—if by "independence" he means the end of suffering, we don't need to argue against that. But if he means absolute power, then no reasonable person can agree with it, since the very concept of earthly power includes the potential for it to grow and be matched.〈a id="FNanchor_228_228">[228]

Again, the Sánkhya opinion, which first lays down that nature and soul are utterly distinct, and then holds that [170]"liberation is the soul's remaining as it is in itself after nature [on being known] has withdrawn,"—even this opinion accepts our tenet of the abolition of pain; but there is left a difficulty as to whether this cognition of the distinction between nature and soul resides in the soul or in nature. It is not consistent to say that it resides in the soul, since the soul is held to be unchangeable, and this would seem to involve that previously it had been hampered by ignorance; nor can we say that it resides in nature, since nature is always held to be unintelligent. Moreover, is nature spontaneously active or inactive? If the former, then it follows that there can be no liberation at all, since the spontaneous actions of things cannot be set aside; and if the latter, the course of mundane existence would at once cease to go on.

Again, the Sánkhya view, which first asserts that nature and soul are completely separate, and then states that [170]"liberation is the soul's state of being as it is in itself after nature [once understood] has withdrawn,"—even this perspective agrees with our belief in the end of suffering; however, there remains a question about whether this understanding of the distinction between nature and soul exists in the soul or in nature. It's inconsistent to say it exists in the soul, since the soul is considered unchanging, which would imply it was previously trapped by ignorance; nor can we say it exists in nature since nature is always viewed as unintelligent. Moreover, is nature inherently active or inactive? If it's active, then liberation can't happen at all because the spontaneous actions of things cannot be ignored; and if it's inactive, then the cycle of everyday existence would immediately come to a halt.

Again, we have the same recognition of our "abolition of pain" in the doctrine of Bhaṭṭa Sarvajña and his followers, that "Liberation is the manifestation of an eternal happiness incapable of being increased;" but here we have the difficulty that an eternal happiness does not come within the range of definite proof. If you allege Śruti as the proof, we reply that Śruti has no place when the thing itself is precluded by a valid non-perception;[229] or if you allow its authority, then you will have to concede the existence of such things as floating stones.[230]

Again, we recognize the same idea of "abolition of pain" in the beliefs of Bhaṭṭa Sarvajña and his followers, who state that "Liberation is the expression of an eternal happiness that cannot be increased;" however, we encounter the issue that an eternal happiness cannot be definitely proven. If you use Śruti as evidence, we respond that Śruti holds no weight when the concept itself is contradicted by valid non-perception;[229] or if you accept its authority, you would also have to acknowledge the existence of things like floating stones.[230]

"But if you give up the view that 'liberation is the manifestation of happiness,' and then accept such a view as that which holds it to be only the cessation of pain, does not your conduct resemble that of the dyspeptic patient who refused sweet milk and preferred sour rice-gruel?" Your satire, however, falls powerless, as fitter for some speech in a play [rather than for a grave philosophical argument]. The truth is that all happiness must [171]be included under the category of pain, since, like honey mixed with poison, it is always accompanied by pain, either as admitting of increase,[231] or as being an object of perception, or as being exposed to many hostile influences, or as involving an irksome necessity of seeking all kinds of instruments for its production. Nor may you retort on us that we have fulfilled the proverb of "seeking one thing and dropping another in the search," since we have abolished happiness as being ever tainted by some incidental pain, and, at the same time, our own favourite alternative is one which no one can consider desirable. For the truth is that any attempt to establish happiness as the summum bonum, since it is inevitably accompanied by various causes of pain, is only like the man who would try to grasp a red-hot ball of iron under the delusion that it was gold. In the case of objects of enjoyment got together by rightful means, we may find many firefly-like pleasures; but then how many are the rainy days to drown them? And in the case of those got together by wrong means, the mind cannot even conceive the future issue which will be brought about. Let our intelligent readers consider all this, and not attempt to disguise their own conscious experience. Therefore it is that we hold it as indisputable that for him, pre-eminent among his fellows, who, through the favour of the Supreme Being, has, by the regular method of listening to the revealed Śruti, &c., attained unto the knowledge of the real nature of the soul, for him the absolute abolition of pain is the true Liberation.

"But if you let go of the idea that 'freedom is the expression of happiness' and embrace the belief that it's just the end of suffering, doesn’t your behavior become like that of a sick person who refuses sweet milk and opts for sour rice gruel?" Your criticism, however, is ineffective, better suited for a theatrical performance than serious philosophical debate. The reality is that all happiness must [171] fall under the category of pain, since, like honey mixed with poison, it is always accompanied by suffering, whether through its potential to grow,[231] or as an object of awareness, or as subject to numerous negative influences, or as requiring an exhausting search for all kinds of means to create it. Nor can you counter our points by claiming we’ve fulfilled the saying of "looking for one thing and losing another," since we have set aside happiness as forever marred by some incidental pain, while our alternative is one that no one can find appealing. The truth is that any effort to frame happiness as the summum bonum, since it is inevitably linked to various sources of pain, is like a person trying to hold a red-hot iron ball under the mistaken belief that it’s gold. In the case of pleasures obtained through rightful means, we may find many fleeting joys; but how many rainy days come to wash them away? And in the case of pleasures gained through wrongful means, the mind can't even imagine the possible future consequences. Let our thoughtful readers reflect on this and not shy away from their own lived experiences. Therefore, we assert it is indisputable that for him, above all others, who, through the grace of the Supreme Being and by following the proper method of studying the revealed Śruti, has attained the knowledge of the true nature of the soul, true Liberation is the complete elimination of pain.

But it may be objected, "Is there any proof at all for the existence of a Supreme Being, i.e., perception, inference, or Śruti? Certainly perception cannot apply here, since the Deity, as devoid of form, &c., must be beyond the senses. Nor can inference hold, since there is no universal proposition or true middle term which can apply.[232] Nor can Śruti, since neither of the resulting [172]alternatives can be sustained; for is it supposed to reveal, as being itself eternal, or as non-eternal? Under the former view an established tenet of our school would be contradicted [viz., that the Veda is non-eternal]; under the latter, we should be only arguing in a circle.[233] As for comparison and any other proof which might be adduced [as that sometimes called presumption, &c.], they need not be thought of for a moment, as their object matter is definitely limited, and cannot apply to the present case.[234] Therefore the Supreme Being seems to be as unreal as a hare's horn." But all this elaborate disputation need excite no flurry in the breast of the intelligent, as it can be at once met by the old argument, "The mountain, seas, &c., must have had a maker from their possessing the nature of effects just like a jar." (a.) Nor can our middle term [possessing the nature of effects] be rejected as unproved (asiddha), since it can be established beyond a doubt by the fact of the subject's possessing parts. "But what are we to understand by this 'possessing parts'? Is it 'existing in contact with parts,' or 'in intimate relation with parts'? It cannot be the first, since this would equally apply to such eternal things as ether,[235] &c.; nor can it be the second, since this would prove too much, as applying to such cases as the [eternal] species, thread, which abides in intimate relation with the individual threads. It therefore fails as a middle term for your argument." We reply, that it holds if we explain the "possessing parts" as "belonging to the class of those substances which exist in intimate relation."[236] Or we may adopt another view and [173]maintain that it is easy to infer the "possessing the nature of effects" from the consideration of their possessing intermediate magnitude.[237]

But someone might argue, "Is there any evidence for the existence of a Supreme Being, like perception, inference, or Śruti? Clearly, perception doesn't apply here because the Deity, being formless, must be beyond our senses. Inference can’t hold either since there's no universal principle or true middle term that applies. Nor can Śruti be considered, as neither of the resulting alternatives can be supported; is it supposed to reveal something as eternal or as non-eternal? In the first case, it contradicts an established tenet of our school (that the Veda is non-eternal); in the second, we'd just be arguing in circles. As for comparisons or any other types of proofs that could be mentioned (like presumption, etc.), they need not even be considered because their subject matter is clearly limited and doesn’t apply to this situation. Therefore, the Supreme Being seems as unreal as a hare's horn." However, all this complex debate shouldn’t trouble the wise, as it can be countered by the classic argument, "The mountain, seas, etc., must have had a maker since they possess the nature of effects just like a jar." Nor can our middle term (possessing the nature of effects) be dismissed as unproven, since it can be validated without question by the fact that the subject has parts. "But what do we mean by 'possessing parts'? Is it 'existing in contact with parts' or 'in close relation with parts'? It can't be the first, as that would apply to eternal things like ether, nor can it be the second because that would be too broad, applying to eternal species, like thread, which exists in close relation with individual threads. So it fails as a middle term for your argument." We respond that it holds if we define "possessing parts" as "belonging to a class of substances that exist in close relation." Or, we could take another approach and argue that it’s easy to infer "possessing the nature of effects" from considering their intermediate size.

(b.) Nor can our middle term be rejected as "contradictory" (viruddha),[238] since there is no such acknowledged universal proposition connected with it as would establish the opposite major term to that in our syllogism [i.e., that they must have had no maker]. (c.) Nor is our middle term too general (anaikánta), since it is never found in opposite instances [such as the lake, which is the vipaksha in the argument, "The mountain has fire because it has smoke"]. (d.) Nor again is it precluded (bádhita or kálátyayopadishṭa), for there is no superior evidence to exercise such a precluding power. (e.) Nor is it counter-balanced (sat-pratipakshita), for there does not appear to be any such equally valid antagonist.

(b.) Our middle term can't be dismissed as "contradictory" (viruddha),[238] because there isn’t an accepted universal proposition related to it that would support the opposite major term in our syllogism [i.e., that they must have had no maker]. (c.) It also isn’t too broad (anaikánta), since it’s never found in contrary cases [like the lake, which serves as the vipaksha in the argument, "The mountain has fire because it has smoke"]. (d.) Additionally, it’s not excluded (bádhita or kálátyayopadishṭa), as there's no stronger evidence that would prevent it. (e.) Finally, it isn’t countered (sat-pratipakshita), since there doesn’t seem to be any equally valid opposition.

If you bring forward as an antagonistic syllogism, "The mountains, &c., cannot have had a maker, from the fact that they were not produced by a body, just as is the case with the eternal ether,"—this pretended inference will no more stand examination than the young fawn can stand the attack of the full-grown lion; for the additional words "by a body" are useless, since "from the fact that they were not produced" would be a sufficient middle term by itself [and the argument thus involves the fallacy called vyápyatvásiddhi].[239] Nor can you retort, "Well, let this then be our middle term;" for you cannot establish it as a real fact. Nor again is it possible to raise the [174]smallest shadow of a fear lest our middle term should be liable to limitation by any suggested condition (upádhi),[240] [such as "the being produced by a corporeal agent," to limit our old reason "from having the nature of effects"], because we have on our side a valid line of argument to establish our view, viz., "If the mountains, &c., had no maker, then they would not be effects" [but all do acknowledge that they have the nature of effects], for in this world that is not an effect which can attain its proper nature independently of any series of concurrent causes. And this series inevitably involves the idea of some sort of maker; and I mean by "being a maker" the being possessed of that combination of volition, desire to act, and knowledge of the proper means, which sets in motion all other causes, but is itself set in motion by none. And hence we hold that if the necessity of a maker were overthrown, the necessity of the action of all the other causes would be simultaneously overthrown, since these are dependent thereon; and this would lead to the monstrous doctrine that effects could be produced without any cause at all. There is a rule laid down by Śaṅkara-kiṅkara which applies directly to the present case—

If you present an argument like this, "The mountains, etc., can’t have a creator because they weren’t made by a body, just like the eternal ether,"—this flawed reasoning won’t hold up any better than a young fawn against a full-grown lion; the extra phrase "by a body" is pointless, since "from the fact that they weren’t produced" would be enough on its own [and the argument thus falls into the fallacy called vyápyatvásiddhi].[239] You can’t respond, "Well, let this be our middle term," as you can't prove it as a real fact. Furthermore, it’s impossible to even slightly worry that our middle term could be limited by any suggested conditions (upádhi),[240] [like "being produced by a corporeal agent," which would restrict our old reasoning "from having the nature of effects"], because we have a strong argument supporting our position: "If the mountains, etc., had no creator, then they wouldn’t be effects" [but everyone agrees they have the nature of effects], since in this world, nothing can reach its true nature without a series of causes working together. This series inevitably includes the idea of some kind of creator; and by "being a creator," I mean possessing the combination of will, desire to act, and knowledge of the right methods, which activates all other causes while being activated by none. Therefore, we argue that if the necessity of a creator were disproven, the necessity of all other causes would also be disproven because they rely on it; and this would lead to the absurd notion that effects could occur without any cause at all. There’s a principle set forth by Śaṅkara-kiṅkara that directly applies to this situation—

"When a middle term is accompanied by a sound argument to establish its validity,

"When a middle term is backed by a strong argument to prove its validity,

"Then you cannot attempt to supply a limiting condition on account of the [supposed] non-invariable concomitance of the major term."

"Then you cannot try to impose a limiting condition because of the [supposed] non-constant relationship of the major term."

If you maintain that there are many sound counter-arguments, such as "If the Supreme Being were a maker, He would be possessed of a body," &c., we reply, that all such reasoning is equally inconsistent, whether we allow that Supreme Being's existence to be established or not.[241]

If you argue that there are many valid counter-arguments, like "If the Supreme Being were a creator, He would have a physical form," etc., we respond that all of that reasoning is equally inconsistent, whether we accept the existence of that Supreme Being or not.[241]

As has been said by Udayana Áchárya [in the Kusumáñjali, iii. 5]—

As Udayana Áchárya mentioned [in the Kusumáñjali, iii. 5]—

"If Śruti, &c., have any authority, your negative argument fails from being precluded; if they are fallacious, our old objection of a 'baseless inference' returns stronger than ever."

"If Śruti, etc., have any authority, your argument against them doesn't hold up; if they are misleading, our old issue of a 'groundless assumption' is even stronger than before."

Nor need we fear the possibility of any other contradiction to our argument, since it would be overthrown by either alternative of God's being known or unknown.[242]

Nor do we need to worry about any other contradiction to our argument, since it would be disproven by either scenario of God being known or unknown.[242]

"Well, let all this be granted; but the activity of God in creating the world, what end did it have in view? His own advantage or some other being's? If it was for the former end, was it in order to attain something desired, or to avoid something not desired? It could not be the first, because this would be quite incongruous in a being who possesses every possible desire gratified; and for the same reason too it could not be the second. If it was for the latter end [the advantage of another] it would be equally incongruous; for who would call that being "wise" who busied himself in acting for another? If you replied that His activity was justified by compassion, any one would at once retort that this feeling of compassion should have rather induced Him to create all living beings happy, and not checkered with misery, since this militates against His compassion; for we define compassion as the disinterested wish to avoid causing another pain. Hence we conclude that it is not befitting for God to create the world." This has been said by Bhaṭṭáchárya—

"Alright, let's accept all this; but what was God's purpose in creating the world? Was it for His own benefit or for the benefit of someone else? If it was for His own benefit, was it to achieve something He wanted or to avoid something He didn’t want? It can't be the first, because that wouldn't make sense for a being who already has every desire fulfilled; and for the same reason, it can't be the second. If it was for the benefit of another, that too would be odd; who would consider it wise for a being to act solely for someone else? If you say His actions were driven by compassion, someone could argue that this feeling should have led Him to create all living beings happy, rather than having their lives mixed with suffering, since that contradicts His compassion. Compassion is defined as the genuine desire to prevent causing pain to others. Therefore, we conclude that it isn’t appropriate for God to create the world." This has been said by Bhaṭṭáchárya—

"Not even a fool acts without some object in view;

"Not even a fool does something without having a purpose in mind;

"Suppose that God did not create the world, what end would be left undone by Him?"—

"Imagine if God didn't create the world; what purpose would He have left unfulfilled?"

We reply, O thou crest-jewel of the atheistic school, be [176]pleased for a moment to close thy envy-dimmed eyes, and to consider the following suggestions. His action in creation is indeed solely caused by compassion; but the idea of a creation which shall consist only of happiness is inconsistent with the nature of things, since there cannot but arise eventual differences from the different results which will ripen from the good or evil actions of the beings who are to be created. Nor need you object that this would interfere with God's own independence [as He would thus seem to depend on others' actions], since there is the well-known saying, "One's own body does not hinder one;" nay rather it helps to carry out one's aims;[243] and for this there is authority in such passages of the Veda as that (in the Śvetáśvatara Upanishad, iii. 2), "There is one Rudra only; he admits[244] not of a second," &c. "But then how will you remedy your deadly sickness of reasoning in a circle? [for you have to prove the Veda by the authority of God, and then again you have to prove God's existence by the Veda"]. We reply, that we defy you to point out any reasoning in a circle in our argument. Do you suspect this "reciprocal dependence of each," which you call "reasoning in a circle," in regard to their being produced or in regard to their being known?[245] It cannot be the former, for though the production of the Veda is dependent on God, still as God Himself is eternal, there is no possibility of His being produced; nor can it be in regard to their being known, for even if our knowledge of God were dependent on the Veda, the Veda might be learned from some other source; nor, again, can it be in regard to the knowledge of the non-eternity of the Veda, for the non-eternity of the Veda is easily perceived by [177]any yogin endowed with the transcendent faculties (tívra,[246] &c.)

We respond, O you shining star of the atheistic crowd, please take a moment to close your envy-clouded eyes, and consider the following suggestions. His act of creation is truly motivated by compassion; however, the notion of a creation that consists only of happiness doesn’t align with reality, since different outcomes will inevitably arise from the good or bad actions of the beings that will be created. You shouldn’t argue that this would compromise God's independence [as it would suggest He relies on others' actions], since it’s well known that “One's own body does not hinder one;” in fact, it actually helps to achieve one's goals; and this is supported by passages in the Veda like the one in the Śvetáśvatara Upanishad (iii. 2), “There is only one Rudra; he allows no second,” etc. “But how will you address your circular reasoning issue? [because you must use God’s authority to prove the Veda, and likewise, prove God’s existence by the Veda].” We challenge you to find any circular reasoning in our argument. Do you suspect this “mutual dependence of each,” which you refer to as “circular reasoning,” in relation to their creation or their understanding? It can’t be the former, because while the creation of the Veda depends on God, God Himself is eternal and cannot be created; nor can it be related to their understanding, since even if our knowledge of God depended on the Veda, the Veda could be acquired from other sources; furthermore, it cannot pertain to the understanding of the Veda’s non-eternity, since the Veda’s non-eternity can be easily recognized by any yogin with advanced abilities.

Therefore, when God has been rendered propitious by the performance of duties which produce His favour, the desired end, Liberation, is obtained; thus everything is clear.

Therefore, when God has been made favorable by the completion of duties that earn His favor, the desired result, Liberation, is achieved; thus everything is clear.

E. B. C.

E.B.C.


NOTE ON PAGES 172, 173.

NOTE ON PAGES 172, 173.

We have here an exemplification of the five fallacies or hetvábhásas of the modern Hindu logic (cf. Siddhántamukt., § 71, Tarkasaṃgr., 55-67), viz., anaikánta, viruddha, asiddha, kálátyayopadishṭa or bádhita, and pratipakshita or sat-pratipaksha. The four first of these generally correspond to the savyabhichára or "erratic," viruddha or "contradictory," sádhyasama or "unproved," and atítakála or "mistimed," i.e., "precluded," as given in the list of fallacies of the older logic in p. 164; but pratipakshita corresponds imperfectly to prakaraṇasama. The prakaraṇasama or "uncertain" reason is properly that reason which is equally available for both sides, as, e.g., the argument, "Sound is eternal because it is audible," which could be met by the equally plausible argument, "Sound is non-eternal because it is audible;" or, according to other authorities, it is that reason which itself raises the same difficulties as the original question, as, e.g., "sound is non-eternal because eternal qualities are not perceived in it;" here this alleged reason is as much the subject of dispute as the old question, "Is sound eternal?" But the pratipakshita reason is one which is counter-balanced by an equally valid reason, as "Sound is eternal because it is audible," and "Sound is non-eternal because it is a product."

We have an example of the five fallacies or hetvábhásas in modern Hindu logic (see Siddhántamukt., § 71, Tarkasaṃgr., 55-67), which are anaikánta, viruddha, asiddha, kálátyayopadishṭa (or bádhita), and pratipakshita (or sat-pratipaksha). The first four generally align with savyabhichára or "erratic," viruddha or "contradictory," sádhyasama or "unproven," and atítakála or "mistimed," meaning "precluded," as noted in the list of fallacies in older logic on p. 164; however, pratipakshita only partially matches prakaraṇasama. The prakaraṇasama or "uncertain" reason refers to a reason that can apply to both sides, such as the argument, "Sound is eternal because it is audible," which could also be countered by the equally compelling argument, "Sound is non-eternal because it is audible." Alternatively, according to some authorities, it is a reason that raises the same issues as the original question, like, "Sound is non-eternal because eternal qualities are not perceived in it;" in this case, this suggested reason is as much in dispute as the original question, "Is sound eternal?" But the pratipakshita reason is one that is balanced by an equally valid reason, such as "Sound is eternal because it is audible," and "Sound is non-eternal because it is a product."

FOOTNOTES:

[205] Cf. Nyáya Sútras, i. 29.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Nyáya Sutras, i. 29.

[206] In p. 112, line 16, of the Calcutta edition, I read doshanimitta-tattva for doshanimittakatva (compare Nyáya Sút. iv. 68).

[206] In p. 112, line 16, of the Calcutta edition, I read doshanimitta-tattva instead of doshanimittakatva (compare Nyáya Sút. iv. 68).

[207] Without this last clause the definition might include the objects (vishaya), as these are, of course, connected with right knowledge.

[207] Without this last part, the definition could cover the objects (vishaya), since they are, of course, linked to correct understanding.

[208] Íśvara is a cause of right knowledge (pramáṇa) according to the definition, because he is pramáyá áśrayaḥ.

[208] Íśvara is a source of true understanding (pramáṇa) as defined, because he is pramáyá áśrayaḥ.

[209] On this compare Siddhánta-Muktávali, p. 115.

[209] For a comparison, see Siddhánta-Muktávali, p. 115.

[210] On these compare my note to Colebrooke's Essays, vol. i. p. 315.

[210] For comparison, see my note on Colebrooke's Essays, vol. i. p. 315.

[211] "Our coming to the conclusion that there can be no smoke in the hill if there be no fire, while we see the smoke, is the confutation of there being no fire in the hill" (Ballantyne). Or, in other words, "the mountain must have the absence-of-smoke (vyápaka) if it has the absence-of-fire (the false vyápya").

[211] "Our conclusion that there can’t be smoke on the hill if there’s no fire, while we see the smoke, proves that there is fire on the hill" (Ballantyne). In other words, "the mountain must have no smoke (vyápaka) if it has no fire (the false vyápya).”

[212] Action (pravṛitti) follows after the ascertainment of the truth by nyáya.

[212] Action (pravṛitti) happens after understanding the truth through nyáya.

[213] Cp. Vátsyáyana's Comment., p. 6. The Calcutta edition reads prakírtitá for paríkshitá.

[213] See Vátsyáyana's Commentary, p. 6. The Calcutta edition uses prakírtitá instead of paríkshitá.

[214] The printed text omits the third fault, "a stupid indifference, moha," which is however referred to presently.

[214] The printed text leaves out the third fault, "a stupid indifference, moha," which is mentioned later.

[215] In p. 116, line 3, I would read tannirvartakam for tannivartakam.

[215] In p. 116, line 3, I would read tannirvartakam instead of tannivartakam.

[216] This refers to the couplet so often quoted in Hindu authors, "Logic, the three Vedas, trade and agriculture, and the eternal doctrine of polity,—these four sciences are the causes of the stability of the world" (cf. Manu, vii. 43). It occurs in Kámandaki's Nítisára, ii. 2, and seems to be referred to in Vátsyáyana's Com. p. 3, from which Mádhava is here borrowing.

[216] This refers to the often-quoted couplet in Hindu literature: "Logic, the three Vedas, commerce, and agriculture, along with the eternal principles of governance—these four fields of knowledge are what keep the world stable" (cf. Manu, vii. 43). It appears in Kámandaki's Nítisára, ii. 2, and it's referenced in Vátsyáyana's Commentary, p. 3, which Mádhava is drawing from here.

[217] Compare the English proverb, "As soon as the cat can lick her ear."

[217] Compare the English proverb, "As soon as the cat can lick her ear."

[218] Literally the "bell-road," i.e., "the chief road through a village, or that by which elephants, &c., decorated with tinkling ornaments, proceed."—Wilson's Dict.

[218] Literally the "bell-road," i.e., "the main road through a village, or the one that elephants, etc., adorned with jingling decorations, take."—Wilson's Dict.

[219] The cognition is produced in the first moment, remains during the second, and ceases in the third.

[219] The thought happens in the first moment, lasts through the second, and stops in the third.

[220] See Nyáya Sút. i. 2.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Nyaya Sutra i. 2.

[221] As otherwise why should we require liberation at all? Or rather the author probably assumes that other Naiyáyikas have sufficiently established this point against its opponents, cf. p. 167, line 11.

[221] Otherwise, why would we need liberation at all? Or the author likely believes that other Naiyáyikas have effectively made this argument against their critics, see p. 167, line 11.

[222] See supra, pp. 24-32.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See above, pp. 24-32.

[223] All is momentary, all is pain, all is sui generis, all is unreal.

[223] Everything is temporary, everything hurts, everything is unique, everything is not real.

[224] In the form of the various kleśas or "afflictions."

[224] In the form of the different kleśas or "disturbances."

[225] Ávaraṇa, cf. pp. 55, 58.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ávaraṇa, see pp. 55, 58.

[226] But the Nyáya holds that the attributes of the soul, as happiness, desire, aversion, &c., are perceived by the internal sense, mind (Bháshá P. § 83).

[226] But the Nyáya argues that the qualities of the soul, such as happiness, desire, aversion, etc., are experienced by the internal sense, which is the mind (Bháshá P. § 83).

[227] The reading múrtapratibandhát is difficult, but I believe that pratibandha means here vyápti, as it does in Sánkhya Sútras, i. 100.

[227] The reading múrtapratibandhát is challenging, but I think that pratibandha refers to vyápti here, just like it does in Sánkhya Sútras, i. 100.

[228] The true summum bonum must be niratiśaya,—incapable of being added to.

[228] The true summum bonum must be niratiśaya,—unable to be added to.

[229] Yogyánupalabdhi is when an object is not seen, and yet all the usual concurrent causes of vision are present, as the eye, light, &c.

[229] Yogyánupalabdhi is when an object isn't visible, but all the typical conditions for seeing are there, like the eye, light, etc.

[230] Alluding to the Vedic phrase, "grávánaḥ plavanti," see Uttara Naishadha, xvii. 37. The phrase aśmánaḥ plavanti occurs in Shaḍv. Br. 5, 12.

[230] Referring to the Vedic phrase, "grávaṇaḥ plavanti," see Uttara Naishadha, xvii. 37. The phrase aśmánaḥ plavanti appears in Shaḍv. Br. 5, 12.

[231] Or perhaps "capable of being surpassed."

[231] Or maybe "able to be outdone."

[232] Since the Supreme Being is a single instance.

[232] Since the Supreme Being is one unique entity.

[233] Since the Veda, if non-eternal, must [to be authoritative] have been created by God, and yet it is brought forward to reveal the existence of God.

[233] Since the Veda, if not eternal, must have been created by God to hold authority, yet it is presented to demonstrate God's existence.

[234] The Nyáya holds presumption to be included under inference, and comparison is declared to be the ascertaining the relation of a name to the thing named.

[234] The Nyáya considers presumption to be part of inference, and comparison is defined as determining the relationship between a name and the thing it refers to.

[235] Since ether is connected by contact with the parts of everything, as e.g., a jar.

[235] Since ether interacts with everything it touches, like a jar, for example.

[236] The whole (as the jar) resides by intimate relation in its parts (as the jar's two halves). But the eternal substances, ether, time, the soul, mind, and the atoms of earth, water, fire, and air, do not thus reside in anything, although, of course, the category viśesha does reside in them by intimate relation. The word "substances" excludes tantutva, and "existing in intimate relation" excludes ether, &c.

[236] The whole (like the jar) exists in a close relationship with its parts (like the two halves of the jar). However, the eternal substances—ether, time, the soul, mind, and the atoms of earth, water, fire, and air—do not exist in anything this way, although, of course, the category viśesha does exist in them through a close relationship. The term "substances" leaves out tantutva, and "existing in close relationship" leaves out ether, etc.

[237] Intermediate between infinite and infinitesimal, all eternal substances being the one or the other.

[237] In between the infinite and the infinitesimal, all eternal substances are either one or the other.

[238] The viruddha-hetu is that which is never found where the major term is.

[238] The viruddha-hetu is something that is never found in the location of the major term.

[239] This and much more of the whole discussion is taken from the Kusumáñjali, v. 2, and I extract my note on the passage there. "The older Naiyáyikas maintained that the argument 'the mountain has fire because it has blue smoke,' involved the fallacy of vyápyatvásiddhi, because the alleged middle term was unnecessarily restricted (see Siddhánta Muktáv. p. 77). The moderns, however, more wisely consider it as a harmless error, and they would rather meet the objection by asserting that there is no proof to establish the validity of the assumed middle term."

[239] This and much more of the whole discussion is taken from the Kusumáñjali, v. 2, and I extract my note on the passage there. "The earlier Naiyáyikas argued that the reasoning 'the mountain has fire because it has blue smoke' fell into the fallacy of vyápyatvásiddhi, since the supposed middle term was unnecessarily limited (see Siddhánta Muktáv. p. 77). However, modern thinkers see this as a minor mistake and would rather respond to the objection by claiming that there is no evidence to support the validity of the assumed middle term."

[240] For the upádhi cf. pp. 7, 8.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ For the upádhi see pages 7, 8.

[241] As in the former case it would be clear that it is a subject for separate discussion; and in the latter you would be liable to the fault of áśrayásiddhi, a "baseless inference," since your subject (or minor term), being itself non-existent, cannot be the locus or subject of a negation (cf. Kusumáñjali, iii. 2). "Just as that subject from which a given attribute is excluded cannot be unreal, so neither can an unreal thing be the subject of a negation."

[241] Just like in the first case, it would be evident that this is a topic for a separate discussion; and in the second case, you would fall into the error of áśrayásiddhi, a "baseless inference," because your subject (or minor term), being non-existent, cannot be the basis or topic of a negation (see Kusumáñjali, iii. 2). "Just as the subject from which a certain attribute is excluded cannot be unreal, an unreal thing also cannot be the subject of a negation."

[242] If God is known, then His existence must be granted; if He is not known, how can we argue about Him? I read lines 15, 16, in p. 120 of the Calcutta edition, vikalpaparáhatatvát, and then begin the next clause with syád etat. The printed text, vikalpaparáhataḥ syát tad etat, seems unintelligible.

[242] If we know God, then we have to acknowledge His existence; if we don’t know Him, how can we even discuss Him? I read lines 15, 16, on page 120 of the Calcutta edition, vikalpaparáhatatvát, and then I start the next part with syád etat. The printed text, vikalpaparáhataḥ syát tad etat, seems confusing.

[243] The aggregate of the various subtile bodies constitutes Hiraṇyagarbha, or the supreme soul viewed in His relation to the world as creator, while the aggregate of the gross bodies similarly constitutes his gross body (viráj).

[243] The total of the different subtle bodies makes up Hiraṇyagarbha, or the supreme soul seen as the creator in relation to the world, while the total of the physical bodies similarly makes up his physical body (viráj).

[244] The usual reading is tasthur for tasthe.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ The standard reading is tasthur for tasthe.

[245] For these divisions of the anyonyáśraya fallacy, see Nyáyasútra vṛitti, i. 39 (p. 33).

[245] For these divisions of the anyonyáśraya fallacy, see Nyáyasútra vṛitti, i. 39 (p. 33).

[246] For tívra cf. Yoga sútras, i. 21, 22.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ For tívra see Yoga Sutras, i. 21, 22.


CHAPTER XII.

THE JAIMINI-DARŚANA.

An objector may here ask, "Are you not continually repeating that merit (dharma) comes from the practice of duty (dharma), but how is duty to be defined or proved?" Listen attentively to my answer. A reply to this question has been given in the older[247] Mímáṃsá by the holy sage Jaimini. Now the Mímáṃsá consists of twelve books.[248] In the first book is discussed the authoritativeness of those collections of words which are severally meant by the terms injunction (vidhi), "explanatory passage" (arthaváda), hymn (mantra), tradition (smṛiti), and "name." In the second, certain subsidiary discussions [as e.g., on apúrva] relating to the difference of various rites, refutation of (erroneously alleged) proofs, and difference of performance [as in "constant" and "voluntary" offerings]. In the third, Śruti, "sign" or "sense of the passage" (liṅga), "context" (vákya), &c., and their respective weight when in apparent opposition to one another, the ceremonies called pratipatti-karmáṇi, things mentioned incidentally (anárabhyádhíta), things accessory to several main objects, as prayájas, &c., and the duties of the sacrificer. In the fourth, the influence on other rites of the principal and subordinate rites, the fruit caused by the juhú being made of the butea frondosa, &c., and the dice-playing, &c., which form subordinate parts of the rájasúya sacrifice. In the fifth, the relative order of different [179]passages of Śruti, &c., the order of different parts of a sacrifice [as the seventeen animals at the vájapeya], the multiplication and non-multiplication of rites, and the respective force of the words of Śruti, order of mention, &c., in determining the order of performance. In the sixth, the persons qualified to offer sacrifices, their obligations, the substitutes for enjoined materials, supplies for lost or injured offerings, expiatory rites, the sattra offerings, things proper to be given, and the different sacrificial fires. In the seventh, transference of the ceremonies of one sacrifice to another by direct command in the Vaidic text, and then as inferred by "name" or "sign." In the eighth, transference by virtue of the clearly expressed or obscurely expressed "sign," or by the predominant "sign," and cases where no transference takes place. In the ninth, the beginning of the discussion on the adaptation of hymns when quoted in a new connection (úha), the adaptation of sámans and mantras, and collateral questions connected therewith. In the tenth, the discussion of occasions where the non-performance of the primary rite involves the "preclusion" and non-performance of the dependent rites, and of occasions where rites are precluded because other rites produce their special result, discussions connected with the graha offerings, certain sámans, and various other things, and a discussion on the different kinds of negation. In the eleventh, the incidental mention and subsequently the fuller discussion of tantra[249] [where several acts are combined into one], and ávápa [or the performing an act more than once]. In the twelfth, a discussion on prasaṅga [where the rite is performed for one chief purpose, but with an incidental further reference], tantra, cumulation of concurrent rites (samuchchaya) and option.

An objector might ask, "Aren't you always saying that merit (dharma) comes from the practice of duty (dharma), but how do we define or prove duty?" Pay close attention to my answer. This question was addressed in the older [247] Mímáṃsá by the respected sage Jaimini. The Mímáṃsá contains twelve books.[248] The first book discusses the authority of the collections of words referred to by the terms injunction (vidhi), "explanatory passage" (arthaváda), hymn (mantra), tradition (smṛiti), and "name." The second book covers certain subsidiary discussions, like those on apúrva, relating to different rites, rebuttals of falsely claimed proofs, and distinctions between performances, such as "constant" and "voluntary" offerings. The third talks about Śruti, "sign," or "sense of the passage" (liṅga), "context" (vákya), etc., and their respective weight when they seem to oppose one another, the ceremonies called pratipatti-karmáṇi, incidental mentions (anárabhyádhíta), things that complement several main objects, like prayájas, and the duties of the sacrificer. The fourth focuses on how the principal and subordinate rites influence each other, the outcome of the juhú made from the butea frondosa, and other subordinate elements of the rájasúya sacrifice. The fifth covers the relative order of different passages of Śruti, the sequence of sacrifice components (like the seventeen animals at the vájapeya), the multiplication and non-multiplication of rites, and the respective significance of the words from Śruti, the order of mention, etc., in deciding the order of performance. The sixth addresses the qualifications of individuals who can offer sacrifices, their responsibilities, alternatives for required materials, provisions for lost or damaged offerings, expiation rituals, sattra offerings, appropriate items to offer, and the various sacrificial fires. The seventh discusses how to transfer the ceremonies of one sacrifice to another by direct command in the Vedic text, and then as inferred by "name" or "sign." The eighth covers transfer based on a clearly expressed or subtly expressed "sign," or by the dominant "sign," and cases where no transfer occurs. The ninth initiates the discussion on adapting hymns when quoted in a new context (úha), the adaptation of sámans and mantras, and related questions. The tenth addresses situations where not performing the primary rite results in the "preclusion" and non-performance of dependent rites, and occasions where rites are prevented due to other rites producing their specific results, involving discussions related to graha offerings, certain sámans, and various other matters, along with a discussion on different forms of negation. The eleventh includes a brief mention followed by a deeper discussion of tantra[249] [where multiple acts are combined into one], and ávápa [which refers to performing an act more than once]. The twelfth discusses prasaṅga [where the rite is performed for a primary purpose, but also includes an additional incidental reference], tantra, the accumulation of concurrent rites (samuchchaya), and options.

Now the first topic which introduces the discussions of [180]the Púrva-Mímáṃsá arises from the aphorism, "Now therefore a desire to know duty [is to be entertained by thee"]. Now the learned describe a "topic" as consisting of five members, and these are (a.) the subject, (b.) the doubt, (c.) the primâ facie argument, (d.) the demonstrated conclusion, and (e.) the connection (saṅgati). The topic is discussed according to the doctrines held by the great teachers of the system. Thus the "subject" to be discussed is the sentence, "The Veda is to be read." Now the "doubt" which arises is whether the study of Jaimini's śástra concerning duty, beginning with the aphorism, "Duty is a thing which is to be recognised by an instigatory passage," and ending with "and from seeing it in the anváhárya," is to be commenced or not. The primâ facie argument is that it is not to be commenced, whether the injunction to read the Veda be held to have a visible and present or an invisible and future fruit. (a.) If you say that this injunction must have a visible fruit, and this can be no other[250] than the knowledge of the meaning of what is read, we must next ask you whether this said reading is enjoined as something which otherwise would not have been thought of, or whether as something which otherwise would have been optional, as we see in the rule for shelling rice.[251] It cannot be the former, for the reading of the Veda is a means of knowing the sense thereof from its very nature as reading, just as in the parallel instance of reading the Mahábhárata; and we see by this argument that it would present itself as an obvious means quite independently of the injunction. Well, then, let it be the latter alternative; just as the baked flour cake called puroḍása is made only of rice prepared by being unhusked in a mortar, when, but for the injunction, it might have been unhusked by the finger-nails. There, however, the new moon and full moon sacrifices only produce their unseen effect, which is [181]the principal apúrva, by means of the various minor effects or subordinate apúrvas, produced by the various subordinate parts of the whole ceremony; and consequently the minor apúrva of the unhusking is the reason there for the restricting injunction. But in the case which we are discussing, there is no such reason for any such restriction, as the rites can be equally well performed by gaining the knowledge of the Veda's meaning by reading a written book, or by studying under an authorised teacher. Hence we conclude that there is no injunction to study the Púrva Mímáṃsá as a means of knowing the sense of the Veda. (b.) "What, then, becomes of the Vedic injunction, 'The Veda is to be read'?" Well, you must be content with the fact that the injunction will have heaven as its [future] fruit, although it merely enjoins the making oneself master of the literal words of the Vedic text [without any care to understand the meaning which they may convey], since heaven, though not expressly mentioned, is to be assumed as the fruit, according to the analogy of the Viśvajit offering. Just as Jaimini, in his aphorism (iv. 3, 15), "Let that fruit be heaven, since it equally applies to all," establishes that those who are not expressly mentioned are still qualified to offer the Viśvajit sacrifice, and infers by argument that its characteristic fruit is heaven, so let us assume it to be in the present case also. As it has been said—

Now the first topic that starts the discussions of [180] the Pūrva-Mímáṃsá comes from the saying, "Now therefore a desire to know duty [is to be entertained by thee]." The scholars explain a "topic" as consisting of five parts: (a.) the subject, (b.) the doubt, (c.) the primâ facie argument, (d.) the demonstrated conclusion, and (e.) the connection (saṅgati). The topic is discussed according to the teachings of the great masters of the system. Thus, the "subject" under discussion is the statement, "The Veda is to be read." The "doubt" that arises is whether one should start studying Jaimini's śástra on duty, which begins with the saying, "Duty is something that should be recognized by an instigatory passage," and ends with "and by seeing it in the anváhárya." The primâ facie argument is that one should not start this, regardless of whether the command to read the Veda yields an immediate outcome or a future benefit. (a.) If you argue that this command must have a visible benefit, which can only be the understanding of what is read, we must next question whether this reading is enjoined as something that otherwise wouldn’t be considered or as something that would be optional, like the rule for shelling rice.[250] It cannot be the former, because reading the Veda is a way of understanding its meaning by its very nature as reading, similar to reading the Mahábhárata; this argument shows that it would be an obvious means regardless of the command. So, let’s go with the latter option; just as the baked flour cake called puroḍása is made only from rice that has been husked using a mortar, since otherwise it might have been husked with fingernails if not for the command. However, in that case, the new moon and full moon sacrifices only produce their unseen result, which is the principal apúrva, through various minor effects or subordinate apúrvas caused by the different parts of the overall ceremony; hence, the minor apúrva of husking explains the need for that restricting command. But in our current discussion, there’s no such reason for any restriction since the rituals can be performed just as well by learning the meaning of the Veda from a written book or by studying under a qualified teacher. Therefore, we conclude that there’s no command to study the Pūrva Mímáṃsá as a way to understand the Veda’s meaning. (b.) "What then happens to the Vedic command, 'The Veda is to be read'?" You must accept that this command will yield heaven as its [future] outcome, even though it only instructs one to master the literal words of the Vedic text [without caring about the meaning they might convey], since heaven, although not explicitly mentioned, is implied as the benefit, similar to the analogy of the Viśvajit offering. Just as Jaimini, in his aphorism (iv. 3, 15), states, "Let that benefit be heaven, since it applies to everyone," establishes that those not specifically mentioned can still perform the Viśvajit sacrifice and argues that its primary benefit is heaven, we can also assume this applies in our present case. As it has been said—

"Since the visible fruit would be equally obtained without the injunction, this cannot be its sole object; we must rather suppose heaven to be the fruit from the injunction's significance, after the analogy of the Viśvajit, &c."

"Since the visible outcome could be achieved just as well without the command, it can't be its only purpose; we should rather consider heaven to be the outcome of the command's meaning, similar to the Viśvajit, etc."

Thus, too, we shall keep the Smṛiti rule from being violated: "Having read the Veda, let him bathe." For this rule clearly implies that no long interval is to take place between reading the Veda and the student's return to his home; while, according to your opinion, after he had read the Veda, he would still have to remain in his preceptor's house to read the Mímáṃsá discussions, and thus the idea of no interval between would be contradicted. Therefore[182] for these three reasons, (a.) that the study of Mímáṃsá is not enjoined, (b.) that heaven can be obtained by the simple reading of the text, and (c.) that the rule for the student's return to his home is thus fulfilled, we maintain that the study of the Mímáṃsá discussions on duty is not to be commenced.

Thus, we will ensure that the Smṛiti rule is not broken: "After reading the Veda, he should bathe." This rule clearly means there shouldn't be a long break between reading the Veda and the student's return home; however, according to your view, after reading the Veda, he would still need to stay at his teacher's house to study the Mímáṃsá discussions, which contradicts the idea of no gap in between. Therefore[182] for these three reasons, (a.) that Mímáṃsá study is not required, (b.) that one can achieve heaven simply by reading the text, and (c.) that the rule for the student's return home is thus met, we argue that starting the study of Mímáṃsá discussions on duty is unnecessary.

The "authoritative conclusion" (siddhánta), however, is as follows:—

The "authoritative conclusion" (siddhánta), however, is as follows:—

We grant that it cannot be a case of vidhi, for it might have been adopted on other grounds; but not even Indra with his thunderbolt could make us lose our hold of the other alternative that it is a case of niyama. In the sentence, "The Veda is to be read," the affix tavya expresses an enforcing power in the word,[252] which is to be rendered visible by a corresponding action in man, bringing a certain effect into existence; and this enforcing power seeks some corresponding end which is connected with the man's creative effort. Now it cannot be the act itself of reading, as suggested by the whole word adhyetavya, which it thus seeks as an end; for this act of reading, thus expressed by the word, could never be regarded as an end, since it is a laborious operation of the voice and mind, consisting in the articulate utterance of the portion read. Nor could the portion read, as suggested by the whole sentence, be regarded as the end. For the mass of words called "Veda," which is what we really mean by the words "portion read," being eternal and omnipresent, could never fulfil the conditions of the four "fruits of action," production, &c.[253] Therefore the only true end which remains to us is the [183]knowledge of the meaning, as obtained by carrying out the sense of the words of the injunction. According to the old rule, "He has the right who has the want, the power, and the wit," those who are aiming to understand certain things, as the new and full moon sacrifices, use their daily reading to learn the truth about them. And the injunction for reading, since it virtually excludes the reading of written books, &c. [from the well-known technical sense of the word "read" when used in this connection], conveys the idea that the reading the Veda enjoined has a consecrated character [as taught by a duly authorised teacher]. Therefore, as the principal apúrva, produced by the great new and full moon sacrifices, necessitates and establishes the subordinate apúrvas produced by the inferior sacrificial acts, as unhusking the rice, &c., so the mass of apúrva produced by all the sacrifices necessitates and establishes a previous apúrva produced by the restricting injunction (niyama), which prescribes reading the Veda as the means to know how to perform these sacrifices. If you hesitate to concede that a niyama could have this future influence called apúrva, the same doubt might equally invalidate the efficacy of a vidhi [as the two stand on the same level as to their enjoining power]. Nor is the supposition a valid one that heaven is the fruit, according to the analogy of the Viśvajit offering, since, if there is a present and visible fruit in the form of a knowledge of the meaning of the sacred text, it is improper to suppose any other future and unseen fruit. Thus it has been said—

We agree that it can't be a case of vidhi, since it may have been adopted for other reasons; but not even Indra with his thunderbolt could make us forget the other possibility that it is a case of niyama. In the sentence, "The Veda is to be read," the suffix tavya carries an enforcing power in the word,[252] which is meant to be made evident by a corresponding action in a person, bringing a certain effect into existence; and this enforcing power aims for some corresponding goal that relates to the person’s creative effort. Now, it can't be the act of reading itself, as implied by the entire word adhyetavya, which it aspires to achieve as an end; because this act of reading, as expressed by the word, can never be considered an end, since it is a labor-intensive operation of the voice and mind, involving the clear articulation of the portion read. Nor can the portion read, as suggested by the whole sentence, be seen as the end. For the collection of words called "Veda," which is what we truly refer to by the phrase "portion read," being eternal and omnipresent, could never meet the criteria of the four "fruits of action," like production, etc.[253] Therefore, the only genuine goal that remains for us is the [183]knowledge of the meaning, as obtained by interpreting the words of the directive. According to the old saying, "He has the right who has the want, the power, and the wit," those who seek to understand specific things, such as the new and full moon sacrifices, use their daily readings to uncover the truth about them. And the directive for reading, since it effectively excludes reading written books, etc. [from the commonly understood meaning of "read" in this context], suggests that the reading of the Veda being prescribed has a sacred nature [as taught by an authorized teacher]. Therefore, just as the main apúrva, produced by the significant new and full moon sacrifices, demands and establishes the subordinate apúrvas created by the lesser sacrificial acts, such as unhusking rice, etc., the total apúrva generated by all the sacrifices necessitates and establishes a prior apúrva produced by the restricting directive (niyama), which prescribes reading the Veda as the means to know how to carry out these sacrifices. If you hesitate to accept that a niyama could have this future influence called apúrva, the same doubt could equally undermine the effectiveness of a vidhi [since both hold equal weight in their enjoining power]. Furthermore, it is not a valid assumption that heaven is the reward, according to the analogy of the Viśvajit offering, since if there is a current and visible reward in the form of an understanding of the meaning of the sacred text, it is inappropriate to speculate any other future and unseen reward. Thus it has been said—

"Where a seen fruit is obtained, you must not suppose an unseen one; but if a vidhi has the restricting meaning of a niyama, it does not thereby become meaningless."

"Where a visible fruit is obtained, you shouldn't assume an invisible one; however, if a vidhi has the limiting meaning of a niyama, it does not make it meaningless."

But an objector may say, "Although a man who reads the simple text of the Veda may not attain to a knowledge of its meaning, still, as he who reads the Veda with its aṅgas, grammar, &c., may attain to this knowledge, the study of Mímáṃsá will be useless." But this is not true: for even though he may attain to a simple knowledge of the literal meaning, all deeper investigation must depend on this kind of discussion. For instance, when it is said, "He offers anointed gravel," neither grammar nor nigama[254] nor nirukta will determine the true meaning that it is to be anointed with ghee and not with oil, &c.; it is only by a Mímáṃsá discussion that the true meaning is unravelled from the rest of the passage, "Verily, ghee is brightness."[255] It is therefore established that the study of Mímáṃsá is enjoined. Nor need it be supposed that this contradicts the passage of Smṛiti, "Having read the Veda, let him bathe," which implies that he should now leave his teacher's house, and prohibits any further delay; as the words do not necessarily imply that the return to the paternal roof is to follow immediately on his having read the Veda, but only that it is to follow it at some time, and that both actions are to be done by the same person, just as we see in the common phrase, "Having bathed, he eats." Therefore from the purport of the injunction we conclude that the study of the Púrva Mímáṃsá Śástra, consisting of a thousand "topics,"[256] is to be commenced. This topic is connected with the main subject of the Śástra as being a subsidiary digression, as it is said, "They call that a subsidiary digression which helps to establish the main subject."[257]

But an objector might say, "Even though a person who reads the simple text of the Veda may not understand its meaning, someone who reads the Veda with its aṅgas, grammar, etc., might gain that understanding, so studying Mímáṃsá would be pointless." However, that's not accurate: even if someone gains a basic understanding of the literal meaning, any deeper exploration depends on this kind of discussion. For example, when it states, "He offers anointed gravel," neither grammar nor nigama[254] nor nirukta can determine the actual meaning that it should be anointed with ghee and not oil, etc.; it is only through Mímáṃsá discussion that we can extract the true meaning from the rest of the passage, "Verily, ghee is brightness."[255] Thus, it is established that studying Mímáṃsá is necessary. There’s also no need to assume this contradicts the Smṛiti passage, "Having read the Veda, let him bathe," which suggests he should leave his teacher's house and does not allow for any further delay; the wording does not necessarily mean that returning home must happen immediately after reading the Veda, but rather that it will occur at some time, and that both actions are to be performed by the same person, just like in the common phrase, "Having bathed, he eats." Therefore, from the essence of the instructions, we conclude that the study of the Púrva Mímáṃsá Śástra, containing a thousand "topics,"[256] should begin. This topic is linked to the main subject of the Śástra as a secondary digression, as it is stated, "They call that a secondary digression which aids in establishing the main subject."[257]

I now proceed to give a sketch of the discussion of the same "topic" in accordance with the teaching of the Guru Prabhákara.

I will now provide an overview of the discussion on the same "topic" based on the teachings of Guru Prabhákara.

In the Smṛiti rule,[258] "Let him admit as a pupil the Brahman lad when eight years old (by investing him with [185]the sacred cord), let him instruct him," the object of the direction appears to be the pupil's instruction. Now a direction must have reference to somebody to be directed; and if you ask who is here to be directed, I reply, "He who desires to be a teacher," since, by Páṇini's rule (i. 3, 36), the root is used in the átmanepada when honour, &c., are implied, i.e., here the duty which a teacher performs to his pupils. He who is to be directed as to admitting a pupil is the same person who is to be directed as to teaching him, since both are the object of one and the same command. Hence the inspired sage Manu has said (ii. 140), "The Bráhman who girds his pupil with the sacrificial cord and then instructs him in the Veda, with its subsidiary aṅgas and mystic doctrines, they call a spiritual teacher (áchárya)." Now the teaching which is the function of the teacher cannot be fulfilled without the learning which is the function of the pupil, and therefore the very injunction to teach implies and establishes a corresponding obligation to learn, since the influencer's efforts fail without those of one to be influenced. If you object that this view does not make reading the Veda the object of definite injunction, I reply, What matters it to us if it is not? For even if there is no reason for us to admit a separate injunction for reading the Veda, it will still remain perpetually enjoined as a duty, because the passage which mentions it is a perpetual anuváda or "supplementary repetition."[259] Therefore the former primâ facie argument and its answer, which were given before under the idea that there was a definite injunction to read the Veda, must now be discussed in another way to suit this new view.

In the Smṛiti rule,[258] "A Brahmin boy should be accepted as a pupil when he is eight years old (by placing the sacred cord on him), and he should be taught." The purpose of this instruction seems to focus on educating the pupil. Every direction must relate to someone being directed; and if you ask who is supposed to be directed here, I would say, "The one who wants to be a teacher." According to Páṇini's rule (i. 3, 36), the root is used in the átmanepada when respect and other attributes are involved, which applies here to the teacher's duties to their pupils. The individual responsible for admitting a pupil is the same one who is tasked with teaching them, as both roles are dictated by the same command. Thus, the wise sage Manu stated (ii. 140), "The Brahmin who places the sacrificial cord on his pupil and then teaches him the Veda, along with its related aṅgas and secret teachings, is referred to as a spiritual teacher (áchárya).” The act of teaching, which is the teacher's duty, cannot be completed without the learning that is the pupil's responsibility. Therefore, the instruction to teach implies a corresponding obligation to learn, as the teacher's influence will fall short without the pupil's engagement. If you argue that this perspective does not clearly establish reading the Veda as a specified obligation, I respond, What does it matter? Even if we don't need a separate rule for reading the Veda, it remains an ongoing duty, because the reference to it serves as a perpetual anuváda or "supplementary repetition."[259] Consequently, the previous primâ facie argument and its response, which were originally framed under the assumption of a clear directive for reading the Veda, must now be approached differently to align with this revised understanding.

Now the primâ facie argument was that the study of Mímáṃsá, not being authoritatively enjoined, is not to be commenced; the "conclusion" was that it is to be commenced as being thus authoritatively enjoined.[186]

Now the primâ facie argument was that the study of Mímáṃsá, since it isn't officially required, shouldn't be started; the "conclusion" was that it should be started because it is officially required.[186]

Now the upholders of the former or primâ facie view argue as follows:—"We put to the advocates of the conclusion the following dilemma: Does the injunction to teach imply that the pupil is to understand the meaning of what is read, or does it only refer to the bare reading? It cannot be the former, for obviously the act of teaching cannot depend for its fulfilment on the pupil's understanding what is taught [as this will depend on his ability as a recipient]; and the latter will not help you, as, if the bare reading is sufficient, the Mímáṃsá discussions in question will have no subject or use. For their proper subject is a point in the Veda, which is doubted about from having been only looked at in a rough and impromptu way; now if there is no need of understanding the meaning at all, why should we talk of doubts and still more of any hope of ascertaining the true meaning by means of laborious discussion? And therefore in accordance with the well-known principle, 'That which is a thing of use and not a matter of doubt is an object of attainment to an intelligent man, as, for instance, a jar which is in broad light and in contact with the external and internal senses,' as there is in the present case no such thing as a subject to exercise it upon, or a useful end to be attained by it, we maintain that the study of Mímáṃsá is not to be commenced."

Now, those who support the earlier or primâ facie view argue as follows:—"We present the advocates of the conclusion with this dilemma: Does the instruction to teach mean that the student must understand what is being read, or does it merely refer to the act of reading the words? It can't be the first, since obviously the effectiveness of teaching can't depend on whether the student understands what is being taught [as that relies on their ability to take it in]; and the second option doesn’t help either, because if just reading is enough, then the Mímáṃsá discussions in question will have no subject or purpose. Their proper subject is a specific point in the Veda that is questioned due to having been only superficially examined; now if understanding the meaning isn’t necessary at all, why would we discuss doubts or even think about figuring out the true meaning through detailed discussion? Therefore, based on the well-known principle, 'That which is useful and not a matter of doubt is something an intelligent person can attain, like a jar that is clearly visible and accessible to the senses,' since in this case there is no subject to apply it to, or a meaningful goal to achieve, we argue that the study of Mímáṃsá should not be started."

We grant, in reply, that the injunction to teach does not imply a corresponding necessity that the student must understand the meaning; still when a man has read the Veda with its subsidiary aṅgas, and has comprehended the general connection of the words with their respective meanings, this will imply an understanding of the meaning of the Veda, just as it would in any ordinary human compositions. "But may we not say that, just as in the case of the mother who said to her son, 'Eat poison,' the meaning literally expressed by the words was not what she wished to convey, since she really intended to forbid his eating anything at all in such and such a house; so if the literal meaning of the Veda does not express its[187] real purport, the old objection will recur with full force that the study of Mímáṃsá will have neither subject nor end [as there will be no use in understanding the literal meaning, since, as in the mother's case, it may only lead astray, and so common sense must be the ultimate judge"]. We reply, that your supposed illustration and the case in question are not really parallel. In the supposed illustration the primary meaning of the words would be obviously precluded, because a direction to eat poison would be inconceivable in the mouth of an authoritative and trustworthy speaker like a mother, and you would know at once that this could not be what she wished to say; but in the case of the Veda, which is underived from any personal author, why should not the literal meaning be the one actually intended? And it is just the doubts that arise, as they occasionally will do, in reference to this intended meaning, which will be the proper "subject" of Mímáṃsá discussion; and the settlement of these doubts will be its proper "end." Therefore, whenever the true meaning of the Veda is not obtained[260] by that reading which is virtually prescribed by the authoritative injunction to a Brahman to teach, it will be a proper subject for systematic discussion; and hence we hold that the study of Mímáṃsá is enjoined, and should be commenced.

We acknowledge, in response, that the requirement to teach doesn’t necessarily mean that the student must grasp the meaning; however, when someone has read the Veda along with its supplementary aṅgas, and has understood the overall connection between the words and their meanings, this indicates a comprehension of the Veda's meaning, just as it would with any other typical human texts. "But can we not argue that, similar to a mother telling her son, 'Eat poison,' the meaning literally stated by the words wasn’t what she intended to communicate, since she actually meant to prevent him from eating anything in a specific house; therefore, if the literal meaning of the Veda doesn’t express its[187] true purpose, the old concern arises again that the study of Mímáṃsá will have neither subject nor conclusion [as understanding the literal meaning seems useless since, like in the mother's case, it might mislead, and common sense must ultimately prevail"]. We argue that your supposed example and the situation in question are not truly comparable. In your example, the primary meaning of the words would clearly be ruled out, because telling someone to eat poison would be unimaginable coming from a trusted authority like a mother, and you would instantly recognize that this was not her intention; yet with the Veda, which has no singular personal author, why shouldn’t the literal meaning be what is genuinely meant? It is exactly the uncertainties that occasionally arise regarding this intended meaning that will be the relevant "subject" for Mímáṃsá discussion, and resolving these uncertainties will be its proper "end." Therefore, whenever the true meaning of the Veda is not obtained[260] through the reading that is essentially prescribed by the authoritative command to a Brahman to teach, it will be an appropriate topic for systematic discussion; hence we assert that the study of Mímáṃsá is mandated and should be pursued.

"Well,[261] be it so" [say the followers of the Nyáya], "but how can the Vedas be said to be underived from any personal author, when there is no evidence to establish this? Would you maintain that they have no personal author because, although there is an unbroken line of tradition, there is no remembrance of any author, just as is the case with the soul"?[262] This argument is weak, because the alleged characteristics [unbroken tradition, &c.] are not proved; for those who hold the human origin of the Vedas maintain [188]that the line of tradition was interrupted at the time of the dissolution of the universe. And, again, what is meant by this assertion that the author is not remembered? Is it (1.) that no author is believed, or (2.) that no author is remembered? The first alternative cannot be accepted, since we hold that God is proved to have been the author. Nor can the second, because it cannot stand the test of the following dilemma, viz., is it meant (a.) that no author of the Veda is remembered by some one person, or (b.) by any person whatever? The former supposition breaks down, as it would prove too much, since it would apply to such an isolated stanza as "He who is religious and has overcome pride and anger," &c.[263] And the latter supposition is inadmissible, since it would be impossible for any person who was not omniscient to know that no author of the Veda was recollected by any person whatever. Moreover, there is actual proof that the Veda had a personal author, for we argue as follows:—The sentences of the Veda must have originated from a personal author, since they have the character of sentences like those of Kálidása and other writers. And, again, the sentences of the Veda have been composed by a competent person, since, while they possess authority, they have, at the same time, the character of sentences, like those of Manu and other sages.

"Well,[261] it may be so," say the followers of the Nyáya, "but how can the Vedas be said to come from no personal author when there’s no evidence to support that? Do you think they have no personal author simply because, despite there being an unbroken tradition, there's no recollection of any author, just like with the soul?"[262] This argument is weak because the supposed characteristics [unbroken tradition, etc.] are not proven; those who believe in the human origin of the Vedas argue [188] that the line of tradition was broken at the time the universe dissolved. Also, what does it mean to say that the author is not remembered? Is it (1.) that no author is believed to exist, or (2.) that no author is recalled? The first option cannot be accepted since we believe that God is proven to be the author. The second option also fails because it cannot withstand the following dilemma: does it mean (a.) that no one person remembers an author of the Veda, or (b.) that no person at all remembers one? The first idea collapses since it would imply too much; it would apply to isolated verses like "He who is religious and has overcome pride and anger," etc.[263] The second idea is unacceptable as it would be impossible for anyone who is not all-knowing to claim that no author of the Veda is remembered by anyone at all. Furthermore, there is actual evidence that the Veda had a personal author because we argue like this: The sentences of the Veda must have come from a personal author since they resemble sentences written by Kálidása and other authors. Additionally, the sentences of the Veda were created by a competent person, because they have both authoritative status and the qualities of sentences, similar to those of Manu and other sages.

But [ask the Mímáṃsakas] may it not be assumed that "all study of the Veda was preceded by an earlier study of it by the pupil's preceptor, since the study of the Veda must always have had one common character which was the same in former times as now;" and therefore this uninterrupted succession has force to prove the eternity of the Veda? This reasoning, however [the Naiyáyikas [189]answer], cannot rise to the height of proof, for it has no more validity than such obviously illusory reasoning, as "All study of the Mahábhárata was preceded by an earlier study of it by the pupil's preceptor, since it is the study of the Mahábhárata, which must have been the same in former times as now." But [the Mímáṃsakas will ask whether there is not a difference between these two cases, since] the Smṛiti declares that [Vishṇu incarnate as] Vyása was the author of the Mahábhárata, in accordance with the line, "Who else than the lotus-eyed Vishṇu could be the maker of the Mahábhárata?" [while nothing of this sort is recorded in any Smṛiti in regard to the Veda]. This argument, however, is pithless, since those words of the Purushasúkta (Rig V., x. 90), "From him sprang the Ṛich and Sáman verses; from him sprang the Metres; from him the Yajus arose;" prove that the Veda had a maker.

But [ask the Mímáṃsakas] can we not assume that "all study of the Veda was preceded by an earlier study by the student's teacher, since the study of the Veda has always had a common character that was the same in the past as it is now;" and therefore this continuous succession is enough to prove the eternity of the Veda? However, this reasoning, [the Naiyáyikas [189] respond], doesn't hold as proof, as it has no more validity than the obviously flawed reasoning that "All study of the Mahábhárata was preceded by an earlier study by the student's teacher, since it is the study of the Mahábhárata, which must have been the same in the past as it is now." But [the Mímáṃsakas might ask whether there's a difference between these two cases, since] the Smṛiti states that [Vishṇu incarnate as] Vyása was the author of the Mahábhárata, in line with the quote, "Who else but the lotus-eyed Vishṇu could create the Mahábhárata?" [while nothing like this is recorded in any Smṛiti concerning the Veda]. However, this argument is weak, since the words of the Purushasúkta (Rig V., x. 90), "From him sprang the Ṛich and Sáman verses; from him sprang the Metres; from him the Yajus arose;" demonstrate that the Veda had a creator.

Further [proceed the Naiyáyikas] we hold that sound is non-eternal[264] because it has genus, and is also perceptible to the external organs of beings such as ourselves, just as a jar is.[265] "But," you may object, "is not this argument refuted by the proof arising from the fact that we recognise the letter g (for example) as the same we have heard before?" This objection, however, is extremely weak, for the recognition in question is powerless to refute our argument, since it has reference only to identity of species, as in the case of a man whose hair has been cut and has grown again, or of a jasmine which has blossomed afresh. "But [asks the Mímáṃsaka] how can the Veda have been uttered by the incorporeal Parameśvara, who has no palate or other organs of speech, and therefore cannot have pronounced the letters?" "This objection [190][answers the Naiyáyika] is not happy, because, though Parameśvara is by nature incorporeal, he can yet assume a body in sport, in order to show kindness to his worshippers. Consequently the arguments in favour of the doctrine that the Veda had no personal author are inconclusive."

Further, the Naiyáyikas argue that sound is non-eternal[264] because it has a category and is also perceptible to the external organs of beings like us, just like a jar is.[265] "But," you may object, "isn't this argument refuted by the fact that we recognize the letter g (for example) as the same one we’ve heard before?" This objection, however, is really weak, because the recognition in question can’t refute our argument, since it only refers to identity of species, similar to a man whose hair has been cut and grown back, or a jasmine that has bloomed again. "But [asks the Mímáṃsaka], how can the Veda have been spoken by the incorporeal Parameśvara, who has no palate or other organs of speech, and therefore cannot pronounce the letters?" "This objection [190][answers the Naiyáyika] isn't solid, because even though Parameśvara is incorporeal by nature, he can still take on a body for fun, to show kindness to his devotees. Therefore, the arguments supporting the idea that the Veda had no personal author are not convincing."

I shall now [says the Mímáṃsaka] clear up the whole question. What is meant by this paurusheyatva ["derivation from a personal author"] which it is sought to prove? Is it (1.) mere procession (utpannatva) from a person, like the procession of the Veda from persons such as ourselves, when we daily utter it? or (2.) is it the arrangement—with a view to its manifestation—of knowledge acquired by other modes of proof, as in the case of treatises composed by persons like ourselves? If the first meaning be intended, there will be no dispute between us.[266] If the second sense be meant, I ask whether it is established (a.) by inference,[267] or (b.) by supernatural testimony? (a.) The former alternative cannot be correct, because your argument would equally apply to the sentences in dramas such as the Málatímádhava [which, of course, being a work of fiction, has no authoritative character]. If you qualify your argument by inserting the saving clause, "while they possess authority,"[268] [as supra, p. 188, line 21], even this explanation will fail to satisfy a philosopher. For the sentences of the Veda are universally defined to be sentences which prove things that are not provable by other evidence. But if you could establish that these Vedic sentences only prove what is provable by other evidence, this definition would be at once [191]contradicted, just as if a man were to say that his mother was a barren woman. And even if we granted that Parameśvara might assume a body in sport, in order to show kindness to his worshippers, it would not at all follow that he would perceive things beyond the reach of the senses, from the want of any means of apprehending objects removed from him in place, in time, and in nature.[269] Nor is it to be assumed that his eyes and other senses alone would have the power of producing such knowledge, for we can only draw upon our imagination in accordance with our past experience. This has been declared by the Guru [Prabhákara] when he refutes the supposition of an omniscient author—

I will now [says the Mímáṃsaka] clarify the entire issue. What does paurusheyatva ["derivation from a personal author"] mean that is being argued for? Is it (1.) simply the origin (utpannatva) from a person, like the way the Veda comes from people like us when we recite it daily? Or (2.) is it the organization—intended for its expression—of knowledge gained through other ways of proof, similar to the works crafted by people like us? If the first interpretation is intended, then there would be no disagreement between us.[266] If the second meaning is implied, I would like to know if it is established (a.) through inference,[267] or (b.) through supernatural testimony? (a.) The first option cannot be correct, because your argument would equally apply to the lines in plays like the Málatímádhava [which, being a fictional work, holds no authoritative value]. If you adjust your argument by adding the condition, "as long as they possess authority,"[268] [as above, p. 188, line 21], even this clarification would fail to convince a philosopher. For the sentences of the Veda are universally recognized as those that demonstrate truths that cannot be validated by other evidence. But if you were to prove that these Vedic sentences only demonstrate what can be validated by other evidence, this definition would be immediately [191]contradicted, just as if someone claimed that their mother was a barren woman. Even if we conceded that Parameśvara might take on a physical form for fun, in order to show kindness to his devotees, it would not necessarily mean that he could perceive things that are beyond the senses due to a lack of any means to understand objects that are distant in space, time, and nature.[269] It should also not be assumed that his eyes and other senses are the only sources of such knowledge, as we can only rely on our imagination based on our past experiences. This was stated by the Guru [Prabhákara] when he argued against the idea of an all-knowing author—

"Wherever we do find the power of an organ intensified,[270] it is done without its going beyond its own proper objects; thus it may appear in the power of seeing the very distant or the very minute, but not in the ear's becoming cognisant of form."

"Wherever we notice the strength of an organ increased,[270] it stays within its own appropriate boundaries; thus, it might show up in the ability to see things that are very far away or very small, but not in the ability of the ear to recognize shape."

Hence (b.) we also maintain that your position cannot be established by any supposed supernatural testimony [as that quoted above from the Rig-Veda, "from him sprang the Ṛich and Sáman verses"]. For the rule of Páṇini (iv. 3, 101) will still remain inviolate, that the grammatical affixes with which such names as Káṭhaka, Kálápa, and Taittiríya are formed, impart to those derivatives the sense of "uttered by" Kaṭha, Kalápin, &c., though we maintain that these names have reference [not to those parts of the Veda as first composed by these sages, but] to the fact that these sages instituted certain schools of traditional study. And in the same way we hold [in reference to this verse from the Rig-Veda] that it only refers to the institution of certain schools of traditional study of these Vedas.

Therefore (b.) we also argue that your claim can't be backed by any supposed supernatural evidence, like the quote from the Rig-Veda: "from him sprang the Ṛich and Sáman verses." The rule of Páṇini (iv. 3, 101) will still hold that the grammatical suffixes used to form names like Káṭhaka, Kálápa, and Taittiríya give those terms the meaning of "uttered by" Kaṭha, Kalápin, etc. However, we believe these names refer not to the original parts of the Veda composed by these sages, but to the fact that these sages established certain schools of traditional study. Similarly, we contend that this verse from the Rig-Veda only pertains to the establishment of specific schools dedicated to the traditional study of these Vedas.

Nor will any supposed inference establish the non-eternity [192]of sound, because [as we said before] it is opposed to the evidence of our consciousness, [since we certainly recognise the letter now heard as the one heard before]. Nor is it reasonable to reply that, although the letters are not the same, they seem to be so on account of their identity of species. For here we ask our opponents a question—Is this idea that "the apparent sameness arises from identity of species" put forward from a wish to preclude entirely any idea of the letters being the same, or only [from an imagined fear of error] because experience shows that the recognition will sometimes be erroneous [as in the cases of the hair and jasmine mentioned above]? (a.) If it arises from the latter reason, we Mímáṃsakas, who hold that the Veda is its own evidence, have said in reference to this timid imagination—

Nor will any supposed conclusion prove that sound is not eternal [192] because, as we mentioned earlier, it contradicts our conscious experience, since we clearly recognize the sound we are hearing now as the same one we heard before. It’s also unreasonable to argue that, while the sounds are not identical, they seem so because they belong to the same category. Here we ask our opponents a question—Is this idea that "the apparent sameness comes from being in the same category" suggested in order to completely dismiss the possibility that the sounds are the same, or just out of a fear of making a mistake because experience shows that recognition can sometimes be incorrect, as in the examples of hair and jasmine mentioned earlier? (a.) If it comes from that latter reason, we Mímáṃsakas, who believe that the Veda is self-evident, have addressed this timid imagination—

"He who foolishly imagines that something as yet unknown to him will come hereafter to stop his present conclusion, will go to utter ruin in every transaction of life, his mind a mass of doubts."

"Anyone who naively thinks that something he doesn't know yet will come along to change his current conclusion is setting himself up for disaster in every part of life, leaving his mind filled with doubts."

(b.) "But [the Naiyáyikas will ask] does not this recognition of g and other letters [as the same which we heard before] refer to the species which exists the same in each, and not to the several individual letters, since, in fact, we perceive that they are different as uttered by different persons, otherwise we could not make such distinctions as we do when we say 'Somaśarman is reading'?" This objection, however, has as little brilliancy as its predecessors, for as there is no proof of any distinction between the individual g's, there is no proof that we ought to assume any such thing as a species g; and we maintain that, just as to the man who does not understand [the Naiyáyika doctrine of] the species g, the one species [in the Naiyáyika view] will by the influence of distinction of place, magnitude, form, and individual sounds, appear as if it were variously modified as itself distinct in place, as small, as great, as long, as short; so to the man who does not understand our [Mímáṃsaka doctrine of] one individual[193] g, the one g (in our view) will by the diversity of "manifesters,"[271] appear to him associated with their respective peculiarities; and as contrary characters are in this way ascribed [to the letter g], there is a fallacious appearance of distinction [between different g's]. But does this ascription of contrary characters, which is thus regarded as creating a difference [between the g's], result (1.) from the nature of the thing, or (2.) from our imagination? There is no proof of the former alternative; for, if it were true, as an inherent difference would have to be admitted between different g's, we should have to say, "Chaitra has uttered ten g's," and not "Chaitra has uttered the same g ten times." On the latter supposition, there is no proof of any inherent distinction between g's, for inherent oneness is not destroyed by a difference of external disguises. Thus we must not conceive, from the apparent distinction caused by such external disguises as jars, &c., that there is any inherent distinction, as of parts, in the one indivisible ether. The current use of the rejected phrase [i.e., "different" as applied to the g's] is really caused by the noise, which in each case is different. This has been said by the great teacher—

(b.) "But the Naiyáyikas might ask, does this recognition of g and other letters as the same ones we heard before refer to the type that exists consistently in each, rather than to the different individual letters? After all, we can tell they are different when spoken by different people; otherwise, we wouldn't be able to make distinctions like when we say 'Somaśarman is reading.'” However, this objection lacks clarity like the previous ones. Since there's no evidence of any differences among the individual g's, there's also no reason to think we should accept the concept of a type g. We argue that, just as for someone who doesn't understand [the Naiyáyika idea of] the type g, the single type [in the Naiyáyika sense] will, due to the apparent differences in place, size, shape, and the specific sounds, seem to be variously modified and distinct in place, such as being small, large, long, or short; similarly, for someone who doesn't grasp our [Mímáṃsaka idea of] one individual [193] g, that one g (according to us) will seem to them linked with their distinct features based on the diversity of "manifesters,"[271], and as conflicting characteristics are thus attributed [to the letter g], this gives a misleading impression of difference [between different g's]. But does this attribution of opposing characteristics, viewed as creating a difference [between the g's], stem (1.) from the nature of the thing itself, or (2.) from our imagination? There's no evidence for the first option; if it were true, we would have to accept that an inherent difference must exist between different g's, and we'd say, "Chaitra has uttered ten g's," instead of "Chaitra has uttered the same g ten times." On the second assumption, there's no evidence of any inherent distinctions among g's, because an intrinsic unity isn't disrupted by external variations. Therefore, we shouldn't assume that, because of the apparent distinction caused by external forms like jars, etc., there exists any inherent distinction, as if there were parts, in the one indivisible ether. The common use of the rejected term [i.e., "different" as applied to the g's] is actually a result of the noise, which varies in each case. This has been articulated by the great teacher—

"The object which the Naiyáyikas seek by supposing a species is, in fact, gained from the letter itself; and the object which they aim at by supposing an individuality in letters, is attained from audible noises;[272] so that the assumption of species is useless."

"The goal that the Naiyáyikas try to reach by assuming a species is actually obtained from the letter itself; and the goal they pursue by suggesting an individuality in letters comes from the sounds we hear; so, the idea of species is pointless."

And again—

And again—

"Since in regard to sounds such an irresistible instinct of recognition is always awake within us, it precludes by its superior evidence all the inferences to prove sound's non-eternity."

"Since we always have an irresistible instinct to recognize sounds, it overrides any arguments that try to prove that sound isn't eternal."

This at once refutes the argument given in the [Naiyáyika] [194]treatise by Vágíśwara, entitled Mána-manohara, "sound is non-eternal from the fact of its being a special quality belonging to an organ of sense[273] (sc. the ear), just as colour is to the eye."

This immediately contradicts the argument presented in the [Naiyáyika] [194] treatise by Vágíśwara, titled Mána-manohara, which states, "sound is not eternal because it is a specific quality of a sense organ[273] (sc. the ear), just like color is to the eye."

We can also refute it in the following ways: (a.) If we follow the [Sáṅkhya and Vedánta] view that sound is a substance, it is evidently overthrown[274] [as in that case sound cannot be a quality]; (b.) if we take it as referring to the noise, not the sound, we have no dispute, as it only establishes what we ourselves allow; and (c.) the inference is overthrown by the "limiting condition" [upádhi] of aśrávaṇatva, or "the not causing audition."[275] So Udayana tries at great length to establish that, although ether, the site of sound, is imperceptible, the non-existence of that which abides in this site is perceptible; and he then brings forward as an evidence for the non-eternity of sound, that sense perception which causes the use of such common expressions as "The tumult is stopped," "The sound has arisen."[276] But he is sufficiently answered[277] by our old reply [in p. 193], that the fallacious appearance of [195]distinction arises from contrary characters being erroneously ascribed, just as, in the story, the demon Tála went away [as well as Betála] when the offering of blood was given to the latter.[278] And as for the objection raised by the author of the Nyáyabhúshaṇa,[279] that, if sound were eternal, the conclusion must follow that it would be either always perceptible or always imperceptible, this also is obviated by our allowing that we only perceive that sound which is manifested by our articulate noise.[280] And as for the (Naiyáyika) argument against the existence[281] of such a constant relation as this which is supposed between the manifested "sound" and the manifesting "noise," since they both come simultaneously in contact with the sense of hearing, this is invalid, as it will indisputably apply with equal force in the case of the soul.[282]

We can also counter it in these ways: (a.) If we follow the [Sáṅkhya and Vedánta] perspective that sound is a substance, it is clearly disproven [since sound cannot be a quality]; (b.) if we consider it as referring to the noise instead of the sound, there’s no argument, as it only confirms what we already accept; and (c.) the inference is disproved by the "limiting condition" [upádhi] of aśrávaṇatva, or "not causing audition." So Udayana spends a lot of time trying to show that, although ether, the medium for sound, is imperceptible, the non-existence of what resides in this medium is perceptible; he then presents as evidence for the non-eternity of sound the sensory perception that leads to common phrases like "The noise has stopped," "The sound has appeared." But he is adequately responded to by our previous reply [in p. 193], that the misleading appearance of distinction arises from mistakenly ascribing opposite characteristics, just as in the story where the demon Tála left [along with Betála] when blood was offered to the latter. As for the objection raised by the author of the Nyáyabhúshaṇa, that if sound were eternal, it would have to be either always perceivable or always imperceptible, this is resolved by our acceptance that we only perceive the sound manifested by our articulated noise. And regarding the (Naiyáyika) argument against the existence of such a constant relation supposed between the manifested "sound" and the manifesting "noise," since they both simultaneously engage the sense of hearing, this is invalid, as it undeniably applies with equal strength in the case of the soul.

Therefore as the Veda is thus proved to have not originated from any personal author, and as the minutest germ of suspicion against it is thus absolutely destroyed, we hold it as satisfactorily demonstrated that it has a self-established authority in all matters relating to duty.

Therefore, since the Veda has been shown not to have come from any individual author, and the slightest doubt about it has been completely eliminated, we consider it convincingly established that it has an inherent authority in all matters related to duty.

"Well"[283] [say our opponents], "let this question rest; [196]but how about another well-known controversy? It is said—

"Well"[283] [say our opponents], "let's put this question aside; [196]but what about another well-known debate? It's said—

"'The Sáṅkhyas hold that both authoritativeness and non-authoritativeness are self-proved; the followers of the Nyáya hold that both are proved by something else [as inference, &c.]; the Buddhists hold that the latter is self-proved and the former proved by something else; the teachers of the Veda maintain that authoritativeness is self-proved and non-authoritativeness proved by something else.' Now we ask, amidst all this discussion, how do the Mímáṃsakas accept as established their tenet that the authoritativeness of duty is self-proved? And what is the meaning of this so-called self-proved authoritativeness? Is it (a.) that authoritativeness springs from itself? or (b.) that it springs from the right knowledge in which it resides? or (c.) that it springs from the instrumental causes [as the eye, &c.] which produced the right knowledge in which it resides? or (d.) that it resides in a particular knowledge produced by the instrumental causes which produced the right knowledge?[284] or (e.) that it resides in a particular knowledge produced by the instrumental causes only which produced the right knowledge?

"The Sáṅkhyas believe that both authority and lack of authority are self-evident; the Nyáya followers argue that both are proven by something else, like inference, etc.; the Buddhists claim that lack of authority is self-evident and that authority is proven by something else; the Vedic teachers insist that authority is self-evident while lack of authority is proven by something else." Now we question, amid this whole discussion, how the Mímáṃsakas validate their position that the authority of duty is self-evident. What does this so-called self-evident authority actually mean? Is it (a.) that authority arises from itself? or (b.) that it arises from the right knowledge in which it exists? or (c.) that it arises from the instrumental causes [like the eye, etc.] that produced the right knowledge in which it exists? or (d.) that it exists in a specific knowledge created by the instrumental causes that produced the right knowledge? [284] or (e.) that it exists in a specific knowledge created by the instrumental causes only that produced the right knowledge?

"(a.) It cannot be the first, because wherever the relation of cause and effect is found there must be a difference, and therefore these two cannot reside in the same subject [i.e., authoritativeness cannot cause itself]. (b.) It cannot be the second, because if knowledge, which is a quality, were the cause of authoritativeness, it would have to be a substance, as being an intimate cause.[285] (c.) It cannot be the third, because 'authoritativeness' cannot properly be [197]'produced' at all,[286] whether we call it a general characteristic (upádhi) or a species (játi);[287] for if we call it an upádhi, it is defined as the absolute non-existence of any contradiction to a certain kind of knowledge which does not possess the nature of recollection;[288] and this cannot be produced, for we all allow that absolute non-existence is eternal; and still less can we speak of its being produced, if we regard it as a species. (d.) Nor can it be the fourth, for wrong knowledge [as well as right knowledge] is a particular kind of knowledge, and the instrumental causes which produce the general are included in those which produce the particular,[289] just as the general idea 'seed,' as applied to 'tree,' is included in the particular seed of any special tree, as, e.g., the Dalbergia Sisu; otherwise we might suppose that the particular had no instrumental cause at all. Your definition would therefore extend too far [and include erroneous as well as true knowledge]; for non-authoritativeness, which Vedantists and most Mímáṃsakas allow to be produced by something external, must also be considered as residing in a particular knowledge [i.e., a wrong knowledge] produced [in part] by the instrumental causes which produced the right knowledge. (e.) As for your fifth view, we ask whether by being produced by the instrumental causes only which produced right knowledge, you mean to include or exclude the absence of a 'defect'? It cannot be the former alternative; because the followers of the Nyáya who hold that authoritativeness is proved by something external [as inference, &c.], would at once grant that authoritativeness is produced by the instrumental causes of knowledge combined with the absence of a 'defect.' [198]Neither can it be the latter alternative; for, inasmuch as it is certain that the absence of a 'defect' is found combined with the various instrumental causes, this absence of a 'defect' is fixed as by adamantine glue to be a cause of right knowledge, since right knowledge will always accompany its presence, and be absent if it is absent,[290] and it will at the same time be not an unimportant condition.[291] If you object that non-existence (or absence) cannot be a cause, we reply by asking you whether non-existence can be an effect or not? If it cannot, then we should have to allow that cloth is eternal, as its "emergent non-existence" or destruction would be impossible. If it can be an effect, then why should it not be a cause also? So this rope binds you at both ends. This has also been said by Udayana [in his Kusumáñjali, i. 10]—

"(a.) It can't be the first, because wherever there's a cause-and-effect relationship, there has to be a difference, so these two can't exist in the same subject [i.e., authority can't come from itself]. (b.) It can't be the second, because if knowledge, which is a quality, were the cause of authority, it would have to be a substance since it serves as a close cause.[285] (c.) It can't be the third, because 'authority' can't really be [197]'produced' at all,[286] whether we refer to it as a general characteristic (upádhi) or a species (játi);[287] because if we call it an upádhi, it is defined as the absolute non-existence of any contradiction to a certain type of knowledge that doesn't involve recollection;[288] and this can't be produced, since we all agree that absolute non-existence is eternal; even less can we say it can be produced if we see it as a species. (d.) Nor can it be the fourth, because wrong knowledge [as well as right knowledge] is a specific kind of knowledge, and the instrumental causes that create the general are also included in those that create the specific,[289] just like the general idea of 'seed' as related to 'tree' is included in the specific seed of any particular tree, such as the Dalbergia Sisu; otherwise, we might think that the specific had no instrumental cause at all. Your definition would therefore be too broad [and include both false and true knowledge]; since non-authoritativeness, which Vedantists and most Mímáṃsakas agree is produced by something external, must also be seen as residing in a specific knowledge [i.e., a wrong knowledge] partly produced by the same instrumental causes that produced the right knowledge. (e.) Regarding your fifth view, we ask whether when you say it’s produced only by the instrumental causes that produced right knowledge, do you include or exclude the absence of a 'defect'? It can’t be the first option; because supporters of the Nyáya who believe that authority is proven by something external [like inference, etc.] would immediately accept that authority is produced by the instrumental causes of knowledge combined with the absence of a 'defect.' [198] It also can't be the latter option; since it’s clear that the absence of a 'defect' is found with various instrumental causes, this absence is firmly established as a cause of right knowledge, as right knowledge always accompanies its presence and is absent if it’s absent,[290] and it’s also not an insignificant condition.[291] If you argue that non-existence (or absence) can't be a cause, we respond by asking whether non-existence can be an effect or not? If it can’t, then we would have to admit that cloth is eternal, since its "emergent non-existence" or destruction would be impossible. If it can be an effect, then why shouldn't it also be a cause? So this argument ties you up at both ends. This was also expressed by Udayana [in his Kusumáñjali, i. 10]—

"'As existence, so too non-existence is held to be a cause as well as an effect.'

"'Just like existence, non-existence is considered both a cause and an effect.'"

"The argument, in my opinion, runs as follows:—Right knowledge depends on some cause[292] other than the common causes of knowledge, from the very fact that, while it is an effect, it is also knowledge, just as wrong knowledge does.[293] Authoritativeness is known through something external to itself [e.g., inference], because doubt arises in regard to it in an unfamiliar case, as we also see in non-authoritativeness.

"The argument, in my view, goes like this: Right knowledge relies on a cause that is different from the usual causes of knowledge, because, although it is an effect, it is also knowledge, just like incorrect knowledge is. Authoritativeness is understood through something beyond itself [e.g., inference], since doubt comes up regarding it in unfamiliar situations, similar to how we see in cases of non-authoritativeness."

"Therefore, as we can prove that authoritativeness is both produced and recognised by means of something external, the Mímáṃsá tenet that 'authoritativeness is self-proved' is like a gourd overripe and rotten."

"Therefore, since we can demonstrate that authority is both created and acknowledged through something external, the Mímáṃsá belief that 'authority is self-evident' is similar to a gourd that is overripe and spoiled."

This long harangue of our opponent, however, is but a vain attempt to strike the sky with his fist; for (a.) we mean by our phrase "self-proved" that while right knowledge is produced by the instrumental causes of [199]knowledge, it is not produced by any other cause (as "defect," &c.) The following is our argument as drawn out in full:—Right knowledge is not produced by any other instrumental causes than those of knowledge, while, at the same time, it is produced by these, because it is not the site of wrongness of knowledge,—just like a jar.[294] Nor can Udayana's[295] argument be brought forward as establishing the dependence of authoritativeness on something external, for it is swallowed up by the dragon of the equally potent contradictory argument. "Right knowledge is not produced by any cause which is other than the causes of knowledge and is also other than 'defect,'[296] from the very fact of its being knowledge—like wrong knowledge." Again, since right knowledge can arise from the causes of knowledge per se, it would be a needless complexity to suppose that anything else is a cause, whether you call it a guṇa or the absence of a "defect" (dosha).[297]

This lengthy tirade from our opponent is merely a futile effort to hit the sky with his fist; because (a.) when we say "self-proved," we mean that while right knowledge comes from the instrumental causes of [199] knowledge, it is not created by any other cause (like "defect," etc.). Here is our full argument: Right knowledge does not arise from any instrumental causes other than those of knowledge, while at the same time, it is produced by these, as it is not a place of wrongness of knowledge—just like a jar.[294] Additionally, Udayana's[295] argument cannot be used to prove that authority relies on something external, because it gets overshadowed by the equally strong contradictory argument. "Right knowledge does not come from any cause that is different from the causes of knowledge and is also different from 'defect,'[296] simply because it is knowledge—unlike wrong knowledge." Furthermore, since right knowledge can arise from the causes of knowledge per se, it would be unnecessarily complicated to suggest that anything else could be a cause, whether you refer to it as a guṇa or the absence of a "defect" (dosha).[297]

"But surely if the presence of a defect is the cause of wrong knowledge, it is difficult to deny that its absence must be a cause of right knowledge?" We meet this, however, by maintaining that the absence of defect is only an indirect and remote cause, as it only acts negatively by preventing wrong knowledge. As it has been said—

"But surely if a defect leads to incorrect knowledge, it’s hard to argue that its absence would result in correct knowledge?" We counter this by asserting that the absence of a defect is only a distant and indirect cause, as it only works negatively by stopping incorrect knowledge. As has been said—

"Therefore we reasonably conclude from the presence of guṇas the absence of 'defects,'[298] from their absence the non-existence of the two kinds of non-authoritativeness,[299] and from this the general conclusion."[300]

"Therefore, we can logically conclude that the presence of guṇas means there are no 'defects,'[298] and from their absence, we deduce the non-existence of two types of non-authoritativeness,[299] leading us to a general conclusion."[300]

(b.) We maintain that the recognition of right knowledge is produced by the same causes only which make us perceive the first knowledge[301] [sc. the eye, mind, &c.] Nor can you object that this view is precluded, because it would imply that there could be no such thing as doubt; for we answer that doubt arises in cases where, although all the causes which produce knowledge are present, there is also the simultaneous presence of some opposing cause, as a "defect," &c.

(b.) We argue that the recognition of true knowledge is caused by the same factors that enable us to perceive initial knowledge[301] [sc. the eye, mind, etc.]. You can’t claim that this viewpoint is impossible because it suggests there can't be doubt; we respond that doubt occurs when, even though all the factors that create knowledge are present, there is also a conflicting factor, like a “defect,” etc.

As for your argument [O Naiyáyika! given supra, in p. 198, lines 17-24], I ask, Is your own argument an authoritative proof by itself or not? If it is, it proves too much [for it would properly apply to itself and lead us to infer its own dependence on external proof, whereas you hold it to be independent of such]; and if it is not, we should have a case of regressus in infinitum, for it will want some other proof to confirm its authoritativeness, and this too in its turn will want some fresh proof, and so on for ever.

As for your argument [O Naiyáyika! given supra, in p. 198, lines 17-24], I ask, is your argument a valid proof on its own or not? If it is, then it proves too much [since it would apply to itself and suggest that it relies on external proof, while you claim it doesn't]; and if it isn’t, we end up with a case of regressus in infinitum, because it will need another proof to establish its validity, and that proof will also need a new one, and so on indefinitely.

As for the argument urged by Udayana[302] in the Kusumáñjali, when he tries to establish that immediate and vehement action does not depend on the agent's certainty as to the authoritativeness of the speech which sets him acting: "Action depends on wish, its vehemence on that [201]of the wish,[303] wish on the knowledge that the thing wished for is a means to attain some wished-for end, and this is only ascertained by an inference based on some 'sign' which proves that the thing is closely connected with the wished-for end, and this inference depends on the things being in direct contact with the agent's senses; but throughout the whole series of antecedent steps the Mímáṃsá idea of the perception of authoritativeness is never once found as a cause of action." All this appears to us simple bluster, like that of the thief who ostentatiously throws open all his limbs before me, when I had actually found the gold under his armpit. It is only the knowledge that the thing is a means to attain the desired end, and this knowledge recognised as authoritative and right knowledge, which causes the definite volition to arise at all; and in this we can distinctly trace the influence of that very perception of authoritativeness [whose existence he so vehemently pretended to deny]. If unhesitating action ever arose in any case from doubt, then, as it might always arise so in every given case, all ascertainment of authoritativeness would be useless; and as the very existence of what is unascertained is rendered uncertain, poor authoritativeness would have to be considered as dead and buried! But enough of this prolix controversy; since it has been said—

As for the argument put forth by Udayana[302] in the Kusumáñjali, where he tries to prove that immediate and intense action doesn't rely on the agent's certainty about the authority of the speech prompting that action: "Action relies on desire, its intensity on that [201] of the desire,[303] desire on the understanding that the desired thing is a means to achieve some wished-for goal, and this understanding is only confirmed through an inference based on some 'sign' proving that the thing is closely related to the desired goal. This inference relies on the item being directly perceived by the agent's senses; however, throughout this entire chain of preceding steps, the Mímáṃsá notion of recognizing authority is never found as a cause for action." All this seems to us just empty bravado, like a thief who flamboyantly displays all his limbs before me when I have already discovered the gold hidden under his armpit. It is only the recognition that the item is a means to obtain the desired goal, and this recognition acknowledged as authoritative and accurate knowledge, that actually causes a definite intention to emerge at all; and in this, we can clearly trace the influence of that very recognition of authority [which he so forcefully pretended to deny]. If decisive action ever came from doubt, then, since it could always occur in any situation, all determination of authority would be pointless; and since the existence of the unverified is made uncertain, the poor concept of authority would have to be considered nonexistent! But enough of this lengthy debate; since it has been said—

"Therefore the authoritativeness of a cognition, which (authoritativeness) presented itself as representing a real fact, may be overthrown by the perception of a 'defect,' which perception is produced by some sign that proves the discrepancy between the cognition and the fact."[304]

"Therefore, the reliability of a belief, which seemed to reflect an actual fact, can be challenged by noticing a 'flaw,' which is indicated by some sign that shows the difference between the belief and the fact."[304]

Now with regard to the Veda, which is the self-proved and authoritative criterion in regard to duty, [we have the following divergency between the two great Mímáṃsá [202]schools]:—The Veda is composed of three portions, respectively called "hymns" (mantra), "explanatory passages" (arthaváda), and "injunctions" (vidhi); and by "injunction" we mean such sentences as "Let him who desires heaven sacrifice with the jyotishṭoma." Here ta, the affix of the third person singular, denotes an enjoining power, which is "coloured" [or rendered definite] by the meaning of the root, according to the opinion of the followers of Bhaṭṭa Kumárila, who maintain that words signify[305] something definite by themselves [apart from the sentence]. The followers of Guru Prabhákara, on the contrary, hold that the whole sentence is a command relating to the sacrifice, as they maintain that words only signify an action or something to be done.[306] Thus all has been made plain.

Now regarding the Veda, which is the self-evident and authoritative standard for duty, [we observe the following difference between the two main Mímáṃsá [202]schools]:—The Veda consists of three parts, known as "hymns" (mantra), "explanatory passages" (arthaváda), and "injunctions" (vidhi); and by "injunction" we refer to statements such as "Let the one who seeks heaven perform the jyotishṭoma sacrifice." Here ta, the suffix of the third person singular, indicates an authoritative command, which is given meaning by the root, according to the belief of the followers of Bhaṭṭa Kumárila, who assert that words inherently signify something specific [independent of the overall sentence]. In contrast, the followers of Guru Prabhákara argue that the entire sentence constitutes a command related to the sacrifice, maintaining that words only imply an action or something to be done.[306] So everything is clear.

E. B. C.

E. B. C.

FOOTNOTES:

[247] Mádhava here calls it the práchí Mímáṃsá.

[247] Mádhava refers to it as the práchí Mímáṃsá.

[248] Cf. J. Nyáyamálávist, pp. 5-9.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See J. Nyáyamálávist, pp. 5-9.

[249] Thus it is said that he who desires to be a family priest should offer a black-necked animal to Agni, a parti-coloured one to Soma, and a black-necked one to Agni. Should this be a case for tantra or not? By tantra one offering to Agni would do for both; but as the offering to Soma comes between, they cannot be united, and thus it must be a case of ávápa, i.e., offering the two separately (J. Nyáyamálá, xi. 1, 13).

[249] So it's said that anyone who wants to be a family priest should offer a black-necked animal to Agni, a multi-colored one to Soma, and another black-necked one to Agni. Is this something that falls under tantra or not? In tantra, one offering to Agni would work for both; however, since the offering to Soma comes in between, they can't be combined, so it must be a case of ávápa, meaning offering the two separately (J. Nyáyamálá, xi. 1, 13).

[250] In p. 123, line 4, I read vilakshaṇa-dṛishṭaphala.

[250] On page 123, line 4, I read vilakshaṇa-dṛishṭaphala.

[251] In the former case it would be a vidhi, in the latter a niyama. Cf. the lines vidhir atyantam aprápto niyamaḥ pákshike sati, tatra chányatra cha práptau parisaṃkhyá vidhíyate.

[251] In the first case, it would be a vidhi, and in the second, a niyama. Compare the lines vidhir atyantam aprápto niyamaḥ pákshike sati, tatra chányatra cha práptau parisaṃkhyá vidhíyate.

[252] The Mímáṃsá holds that the potential and similar affixes, which constitute a vidhi, have a twofold power; by the one they express an active volition of the agent, corresponding to the root-meaning (artha-bhávaná); by the other an enforcing power in the word (śabda-bhávaná). Thus in svargakámo yajeta, the eta implies "let him produce heaven by means of certain acts which together make up a sacrifice possessing a certain mystic influence;" next it implies an enforcing power residing in itself (as it is the word of the self-existent Veda and not of God) which sets the hearer upon this course of action.

[252] The Mímáṃsá teaches that potential and similar affixes, which form a vidhi, have a dual function; one expresses the active intention of the doer, linked to the root meaning (artha-bhávaná); the other reinforces the authority of the word (śabda-bhávaná). So in svargakámo yajeta, the eta suggests "let him attain heaven through specific actions that together constitute a sacrifice with a particular mystical effect;" additionally, it conveys an inherent authority residing in itself (as it is the word of the self-existent Veda and not of God) that prompts the listener to take this course of action.

[253] These four "fruits of action" are obscure, and I do not remember to have seen them alluded to elsewhere. I was told in India that they were a thing's coming into being, growing, declining, and perishing. If so, they are the second, third, fifth, and sixth of the six vikáras mentioned in Śaṅkara's Vajrasúchi, 2, i.e., asti, jáyate, vardhate, vipariṇamate, apakshíyate, naśyati. I do not see how there could be any reference to the four kinds of apúrva, sc. phala, samudáya, utpatti, and aṅga, described in Nyáya M. V. ii. 1, 2.

[253] These four "fruits of action" are unclear, and I don't recall seeing them mentioned anywhere else. I was told in India that they represent a thing's coming into existence, growing, declining, and dying. If that's the case, they correspond to the second, third, fifth, and sixth of the six vikáras listed in Śaṅkara's Vajrasúchi, 2, which are asti, jáyate, vardhate, vipariṇamate, apakshíyate, and naśyati. I don't see how there could be any reference to the four types of apúrva, namely phala, samudáya, utpatti, and aṅga, described in Nyáya M. V. ii. 1, 2.

[254] The nigamas are the Vedic quotations in Yáska's nirukta.

[254] The nigamas are the Vedic quotes in Yáska's nirukta.

[255] See Nyáya-málá-vistara, i. 4, 19.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Nyáya-málá-vistara, i. 4, 19.

[256] The exact number is 915.

The exact number is 915.

[257] This is to explain the last of the five members, the saṃgati.

[257] This is to explain the last of the five members, the saṃgati.

[258] Cf. Aśvaláyana's Gṛihya Sútras, i. 19, 1.

[258] See Aśvaláyana's Gṛihya Sútras, i. 19, 1.

[259] The anuváda, of course, implies a previous vidhi, which it thus repeats and supplements, and so carries with it an equal authority. The anuváda in the present case is the passage which mentions that the Veda is to be read, as it enforces the previous vidhi as to teaching.

[259] The anuváda, of course, suggests a prior vidhi, which it therefore restates and enhances, and thus holds equal authority. The anuváda in this instance is the text that states the Veda should be studied, as it reinforces the earlier vidhi regarding instruction.

[260] I read in p. 127, line 12, anava-gamyamánasya, and so the recension given in the Nyáya M. V. p. 14, na budhyamánasya.

[260] I saw on page 127, line 12, anava-gamyamánasya, and so the version presented in the Nyáya M. V. page 14, na budhyamánasya.

[261] In the next two or three pages I have frequently borrowed from Dr. Muir's translation in his Sanskrit Texts, vol. iii. p. 88.

[261] In the next two or three pages, I've often referenced Dr. Muir's translation in his Sanskrit Texts, vol. iii. p. 88.

[262] The soul may be traced back through successive transmigrations, but you never get back to its beginning.

[262] You can follow the soul through its many lives, but you'll never reach its starting point.

[263] Mádhava means that the author of this stanza, though unknown to many people, was not necessarily unknown to all, as his contemporaries, no doubt, knew who wrote it, and his descendants might perhaps still be aware of the fact. In this case, therefore, we have an instance of a composition of which some persons did not know the origin, but which, nevertheless, had a human author. The stanza in question is quoted in full in Böhtlingk's Indische Sprüche, No. 5598, from the MS. anthology called the Subháshitárṇava. For muktaka, see Sáh. Darp., § 558.

[263] Mádhava suggests that while the author of this stanza might be unknown to many, he was likely known to some, especially his contemporaries, and possibly even his descendants today. So, in this case, we have a composition where not everyone knows its origin, but it still has a human author. The stanza is fully quoted in Böhtlingk's Indische Sprüche, No. 5598, from the MS anthology called the Subháshitárṇava. For muktaka, see Sáh. Darp., § 558.

[264] The eternity of the Veda depends on this tenet of the Mímáṃsá that sound is eternal.

[264] The timelessness of the Veda relies on this principle of the Mímáṃsá that sound is everlasting.

[265] Eternal things (as the atoms of earth, fire, water, and air, minds, time, space, ether, and soul) have viśesha, not sámánya or genus, and they are all imperceptible to the senses. Genera are themselves eternal (though the individuals in which they reside are not), but they have not themselves genus. Both these arguments belong rather to the Nyáya-vaiśeshika school than to the Nyáya.

[265] Eternal things (like the basic elements of earth, fire, water, and air, as well as minds, time, space, ether, and soul) have viśesha, not sámánya or genus, and they are all beyond our senses. Genera are also eternal (although the individual instances of them are not), but they don’t have their own genus. Both of these points are more aligned with the Nyáya-vaiśeshika school than with Nyáya.

[266] The Mímáṃsaka allows that the uchcháraṇa or utterance is non-eternal.

[266] The Mímáṃsaka accepts that the uchcháraṇa or utterance is not eternal.

[267] The inference will be as follows: "The Vedas were arranged after being acquired by other modes of proof, with a view to their manifestation, from the very fact of their having the nature of sentences, just like the compositions of Manu, &c."

[267] The conclusion will be: "The Vedas were organized after being obtained through other means of verification, aiming for their expression, due to their very nature as sentences, similar to the writings of Manu, etc."

[268] The argument will now run, "The Vedas were arranged after being acquired by other modes of proof, because, while they possess authority, they still have the nature of sentences, like the composition of Manu, &c."

[268] The argument will now be presented as follows: "The Vedas were organized after being validated by other methods of evidence, because, while they hold authority, they still resemble sentences, similar to the writing of Manu, etc."

[269] In assuming a material body, he would be subject to material limitations.

[269] By taking on a physical body, he would be subject to physical limitations.

[270] The Jainas allow thirty-four such superhuman developments (atiśayáḥ) in their saints.

[270] The Jains recognize thirty-four of these extraordinary developments (atiśayáḥ) in their saints.

[271] Jaimini maintains that the vibrations of the air "manifest" the always existing sound.

[271] Jaimini argues that the vibrations in the air "show" the sound that has always been there.

[272] "What is meant by 'noise' (náda) is these 'conjunctions' and 'disjunctions,' occasioned by the vibrations of the air."—Ballantyne, Mímáṃsá Aphorisms, i. 17.

[272] "By 'noise' (náda), we refer to these 'connections' and 'separations,' caused by the vibrations in the air."—Ballantyne, Mímáṃsá Aphorisms, i. 17.

[273] The Nyáya holds that colour and sound are respectively special qualities of the elements light and ether; and as the organs of seeing and hearing are composed of light and ether, each will, of course, have its corresponding special quality.

[273] The Nyáya asserts that colors and sounds are unique qualities of the elements light and ether, respectively. Since the organs of seeing and hearing are made up of light and ether, each will naturally possess its corresponding unique quality.

[274] In p. 131, line 7, I read pratyakshásiddheḥ.

[274] On page 131, line 7, I read pratyakshásiddheḥ.

[275] Cf. my note pp. 7, 8, (on the Chárváka-darśana) for the upádhi. The upádhi or "condition" limits a too general middle term; it is defined as "that which always accompanies the major term, but does not always accompany the middle." Thus if the condition "produced from wet fuel" is added to "fire," the argument "the mountain has smoke because it has fire" is no longer a false one. Here, in answer to the Nyáya argument in the text, our author objects that its middle term ("from the fact of its being a special quality belonging to an organ of sense") is too wide, i.e., it is sometimes found where the major term "non-eternal" is not found, as, e.g., in sound itself, according to the Mímáṃsá doctrine. To obviate this he proposes to add the "condition," "not causing audition," as he will readily concede that all those things are non-eternal which, while not causing audition, are special qualities belonging to an organ of sense, as, e.g., colour. But I need scarcely add that this addition would make the whole argument nugatory. In fact, the Púrva Mímáṃsá and the Nyáya can never argue together on this question of the eternity of sound, as their points of view are so totally different.

[275] See my note on pages 7 and 8 (about the Chárváka school) for the upádhi. The upádhi or "condition" restricts an overly broad middle term; it's defined as "that which always accompanies the major term, but doesn’t always accompany the middle." Thus, if you add the condition "produced from wet fuel" to "fire," the argument "the mountain has smoke because it has fire" is no longer false. In response to the Nyáya argument in the text, our author argues that its middle term ("from the fact of its being a special quality belonging to an organ of sense") is too broad, i.e., it's sometimes found where the major term "non-eternal" isn't found, as, e.g., in sound itself, according to Mímáṃsá doctrine. To solve this, he suggests adding the "condition," "not causing audition," since he readily agrees that all those things are non-eternal which, while not causing audition, are special qualities of an organ of sense, like colour. However, I should point out that this addition would make the entire argument pointless. In fact, the Púrva Mímáṃsá and Nyáya schools can never have a proper debate about the eternal nature of sound, as their perspectives are completely different.

[276] In the former case we have the dhwaṃsa of sound, in the latter its prágabháva.

[276] In the first case, we have the dhwaṃsa of sound, and in the second case, its prágabháva.

[277] In p. 131, line 12, I read samapauhi for samápohi, i.e., the passive aorist of sam + apa + úh.

[277] On page 131, line 12, I read samapauhi instead of samápohi, i.e. the passive aorist of sam + apa + úh.

[278] I do not know this legend. Tála and Betála are the two demons who carry Vikramáditya on their shoulders in the Siṃhásan-battísí. It appears to be referred to here as illustrating how one answer can suffice for two opponents.

[278] I’m not familiar with this legend. Tála and Betála are the two demons who carry Vikramáditya on their shoulders in the Siṃhásan-battísí. It seems to be mentioned here to show how one answer can work for two opponents.

[279] This is probably a work by Bhásarvajña (see Dr. Hall's Bibl. Index, p. 26).

[279] This is likely a work by Bhásarvajña (see Dr. Hall's Bibl. Index, p. 26).

[280] Dhvani, or our "articulate noise," produces the vibrations of air which render manifest the ever-existing sound. There is always an eternal but inaudible hum going on, which we modify into a definite speech by our various articulations. I take saṃskṛita here as equivalent to abhivyakta.

[280] Dhvani, or our "expressive sound," creates the vibrations in the air that make the always-present sound noticeable. There's always a constant but silent hum occurring, which we transform into clear speech through our different pronunciations. I'm taking saṃskṛita here to mean abhivyakta.

[281] I read in p. 131, line 15, saṃskárakasaṃskáryabhávábhávánumánam.

[281] I read on p. 131, line 15, saṃskárakasaṃskáryabhávábhávánumánam.

[282] It would be a case of vyabhichára. The Naiyáyika argument would seem to be something as follows:—Sound is not thus manifested by noise, since both are simultaneously perceived by the senses, just as we see in the parallel case of the individual and its species; these are both perceived together, but the individual is not manifested by the species. But the Mímáṃsá rejoins that this would equally apply to the soul and knowledge; as the internal sense perceives both simultaneously, and therefore knowledge ought not to be manifested by the soul, which is contrary to experience. But I am not sure that I rightly understand the argument.

[282] It would be a case of vyabhichára. The Naiyáyika argument seems to go like this: Sound isn't shown by noise because both are perceived by our senses at the same time, just like how we see the individual and its species; both are perceived together, but the individual isn't revealed through the species. However, the Mímáṃsá counters that this applies just as much to the soul and knowledge; since the internal sense perceives both at once, knowledge shouldn't be revealed by the soul, which goes against our experience. But I'm not sure I fully grasp the argument.

[283] Here begins a long púrva-paksha, from p. 131, line 18, down to p. 133, line 9; see p. 198 infra.

[283] Here starts a lengthy púrva-paksha, from p. 131, line 18, until p. 133, line 9; refer to p. 198 infra.

[284] This is Prabhákara's view (see Siddh. Muktáv., p. 118). The first knowledge is in the form "This is a jar;" the second knowledge is the cognition of this perception in the form "I perceive the jar;" and this latter produces authoritativeness (prámáṇya), which resides in it as its characteristic.

[284] This is Prabhákara's perspective (see Siddh. Muktáv., p. 118). The first kind of knowledge is expressed as "This is a jar;" the second type of knowledge is recognizing this perception as "I see the jar;" and this understanding brings about credibility (prámáṇya), which is a defining feature of it.

[285] Substances are "intimate causes" to their qualities, and only substances have qualities; now if authoritativeness, which is a characteristic of right knowledge, were caused by it, it would be a quality of it, that is, right knowledge would be its intimate cause and therefore a substance.

[285] Substances are "fundamental causes" of their qualities, and only substances have qualities. Now, if authoritativeness, which is a feature of true knowledge, were caused by it, it would be a quality of true knowledge. This means that true knowledge would be its fundamental cause and thus a substance.

[286] The eye, &c., would be its instrumental causes.

[286] The eye, etc., would be its instrumental causes.

[287] The first three categories "substance," "quality," and "action," are called játis or species; the last four, "genus," "viśesha," "intimate relation," and "non-existence," are called upádhis or "general characteristics."

[287] The first three categories, "substance," "quality," and "action," are referred to as játis or species. The last four, "genus," "viśesha," "intimate relation," and "non-existence," are called upádhis or "general characteristics."

[288] The Púrva Mímáṃsá denies that recollection is right knowledge.

[288] The Púrva Mímáṃsá argues that memory is not a valid form of knowledge.

[289] Wrong knowledge is produced by the same instrumental causes (as the eye, &c.) which produced right knowledge, but by these together with a "defect," as biliousness, distance &c.

[289] Incorrect knowledge arises from the same tools (like the eye, etc.) that create correct knowledge, but they are accompanied by a "defect," such as issues like biliousness, distance, etc.

[290] Scil. if there be doshábháva there is pramá; if not, not. In p. 132, line 20, I read doshábhávatvena for doshábhávasahakṛitatvena.

[290] Scil. If there is doshábháva, then there is pramá; if not, then not. On page 132, line 20, I read doshábhávatvena instead of doshábhávasahakṛitatvena.

[291] Anyathásiddhatvam means niyatapúrvavartitve sati anávaśyakatvam.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Anyathásiddhatvam means non-necessity when a prior condition is stipulated.

[292] Scil. or the absence of "defect," doshábháva.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Scil. or the absence of "defect," doshábháva.

[293] Wrong knowledge has doshábháva or the presence of a "defect" as its cause, in addition to the common causes.

[293] Incorrect knowledge has doshábháva or the presence of a "defect" as its cause, along with the usual causes.

[294] Wrongness of knowledge (apramátva) can only reside in knowledge as a characteristic or quality thereof; it cannot reside in a jar. The jar is, of course, produced by other instrumental causes than those of knowledge (as, e.g., the potter's stick, &c.), but it is not produced by these other causes in combination with being also produced by the instrumental causes of knowledge (with which it has nothing directly to do); and so by a quibble, which is less obvious in Sanskrit than in English, this wretched sophism is allowed to pass muster. The jar is not produced-by-any-other-instrumental-causes-than-those-of-knowledge,-while-at-the-same-time-it-is-produced-by-these.

[294] The wrongness of knowledge (apramátva) can only exist as a characteristic or quality of knowledge itself; it can't exist in a jar. The jar is obviously made by different instrumental causes than those of knowledge (for example, the potter's stick, etc.), but it isn’t made by these other causes together with also being made by the instrumental causes of knowledge (which it has nothing to do with directly); and so, due to a subtle point that’s less clear in Sanskrit than in English, this unfortunate sophism is allowed to be accepted. The jar is not produced by any other instrumental causes apart from those of knowledge, while at the same time being produced by those.

[295] I suppose this is the argument given at the close of the previous long púrva-paksha.

[295] I guess this is the argument made at the end of the earlier lengthy púrva-paksha.

[296] These words "and is other than defect" (dosha-vyatirikta) are, of course, meaningless as far as right knowledge is concerned; they are simply added to enable the author to bring in "wrong knowledge" as an example. Wrong knowledge is caused by the causes of knowledge plus "defect;" right knowledge by the former alone.

[296] These words "and is other than defect" (dosha-vyatirikta) don't really mean anything when it comes to accurate knowledge; they're just there to let the author introduce "wrong knowledge" as an example. Wrong knowledge arises from the causes of knowledge plus "defect;" accurate knowledge comes from the causes of knowledge alone.

[297] The Nyáya holds that wrong knowledge is produced by a "defect," as jaundice, &c., in the eye, and right knowledge by a guṇa or "virtue" (as the direct contact of the healthy organ with a true object), or by the absence of a "defect."

[297] The Nyáya asserts that incorrect knowledge arises from a "flaw," similar to jaundice affecting the eye, while correct knowledge comes from a guṇa or "virtue" (like the direct interaction of a healthy organ with a real object), or from the lack of a "flaw."

[298] The guṇa (or βελτἱστη ἕξις of an organ is not properly a cause of pramá but rather doshábháva-bodhaka.

[298] The guṇa (or βελτἱστη ἕξις of an organ is not really a cause of pramá but more like doshábháva-bodhaka.

[299] Scil. "doubtful" (sandigdha) and "ascertained non-authoritativeness" (niśchitáprámáṇya).

[299] Scil. "doubtful" (sandigdha) and "confirmed non-authoritativeness" (niśchitáprámáṇya).

[300] Utsarga is a general conclusion which is not necessarily true in every particular case; but here it means the conclusion that "right knowledge has no special causes but the common causes of knowledge, the eye," &c.

[300] Utsarga is a general conclusion that isn't always true in every specific instance; but in this context, it refers to the idea that "true knowledge doesn't have specific causes but rather the common causes of knowledge, like the eye," etc.

[301] The first knowledge is "This is a jar," the second knowledge is the cognition of this perception in the form "I perceive the jar;" and simultaneously with it arises the cognition of the truth of the perception, i.e., its authoritativeness or prámáṇya.

[301] The first understanding is "This is a jar," the second understanding is recognizing this perception as "I see the jar;" and at the same time, the recognition of the validity of the perception arises, i.e., its reliability or prámáṇya.

[302] This seems to be a quotation of Udayana's own words, and no doubt is taken from his very rare prose commentary on the Kusumáñjali, a specimen of which I printed in the preface to my edition. This passage must come from the fifth book (v. 6?).

[302] This appears to be a quote from Udayana's own words, likely extracted from his extremely rare prose commentary on the Kusumáñjali, a sample of which I included in the preface to my edition. This excerpt should be from the fifth book (v. 6?).

[303] I read tat-práchuryam for tatpráchurye in p. 134, line 7.

[303] I read tat-práchuryam instead of tatpráchurye on p. 134, line 7.

[304] This stanza affirms that according to the Mímáṃsá school, while authoritativeness is self-proved, non-authoritativeness is proved from something else (as inference, &c.)

[304] This stanza confirms that, according to the Mímáṃsá school, authority is self-evident, while lack of authority is demonstrated through something else (like inference, etc.)

[305] I take vyutpatti here as used for śakti; siddhe means ghaṭádau.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ I interpret vyutpatti here as relating to śakti; siddhe means ghaṭádau.

[306] These are the two great Mímáṃsá schools. The former, called abhihitánvaya-vádinaḥ, hold (like the Naiyáyika school) that words by themselves can express their separate meaning by the function abhidhá or "denotation;" these are subsequently combined into a sentence expressing one connected idea. The latter, called anvitábhidhána-vádinaḥ, hold that words only express a meaning as parts of a sentence and grammatically connected with each other; they only mean an action or something connected with an action. In gám ánaya, gám does not properly mean gotva, but ánayanánvita-gotva, i.e., the bovine genus as connected with "bringing." We cannot have a case of a noun without some governing verb, and vice versâ. Cf. Waitz, as quoted by Professor Sayce (Comparative Philology, page 136): "We do not think in words but in sentences; hence we may assert that a living language consists of sentences, not of words. But a sentence is formed not of single independent words, but of words which refer to one another in a particular manner, like the corresponding thought, which does not consist of single independent ideas, but of such as, connected, form a whole, and determine one another mutually."

[306] There are two significant Mímáṃsá schools. The first, known as abhihitánvaya-vádinaḥ, believes (like the Naiyáyika school) that words can express their individual meanings through the function of abhidhá or "denotation;" these meanings are then combined into a sentence that conveys one cohesive idea. The second, called anvitábhidhána-vádinaḥ, asserts that words only convey meaning as parts of a sentence and are grammatically connected to one another; they represent an action or something related to an action. In gám ánaya, gám doesn’t simply mean gotva, but rather ánayanánvita-gotva, meaning the category of cattle in relation to "bringing." We cannot have a noun without some associated verb, and vice versa. See Waitz, as referenced by Professor Sayce (Comparative Philology, page 136): "We do not think in words but in sentences; therefore, we can say that a living language consists of sentences, not words. However, a sentence is made up of words that are not independent but refer to each other in a specific way, similar to how corresponding thoughts are not made up of single independent ideas but of ideas that, when connected, form a complete meaning and define each other mutually."


CHAPTER XIII.

THE PÁṆINI-DARŚANA.[307]

If any one asks, "Where are we to learn how to separate a root and an affix so as to be able to say, 'This part is the original root and this is an affix,'" may we not reply that to those who have drunk the waters of Patañjali this question produces no confusion, since it is notorious that the rules of grammar have reference to this very point of the separation of the original roots and affixes? Thus the very first sentence of the venerable Patañjali, the author of the "Great Commentary," is "atha śabdánuśásanam," "Now comes the exposition of words." The particle atha ("now") is used here as implying a new topic or a commencement; and by the phrase, "exposition of words," is meant the system of grammar put forth by Páṇini. Now a doubt might here arise as to whether this phrase implies that the exposition of words is to be the main topic or not; and it is to obviate any such doubt that he employed the particle atha, since this particle implies that what follows is to be treated as the main topic to the exclusion of everything else.

If someone asks, "Where can we learn how to separate a root from an affix so that we can say, 'This part is the original root and this is an affix,'" can't we say that for those who have understood Patañjali’s teachings, this question is clear? It's well-known that the rules of grammar focus on this very idea of separating original roots and affixes. In fact, the very first sentence of the esteemed Patañjali, the author of the "Great Commentary," is "atha śabdánuśásanam," which translates to "Now comes the exposition of words." The word atha ("now") is used here to indicate a new topic or starting point; and by "exposition of words," he refers to the system of grammar introduced by Páṇini. There could be some confusion about whether this phrase suggests that the exposition of words is going to be the main topic or not; to clear up any such uncertainty, he used the word atha, as it indicates that what follows is to be treated as the main topic above all else.

The word "exposition" (anuśásana), as here used, implies that thereby Vaidic words, such as those in the line śaṃ no devír abhishṭaye,[308] &c., and secular words as ancillary to these, as the common words for "cow," "horse," "man," [204]"elephant," "bird," &c., are made the subject of the exposition, i.e., are deduced from their original roots and properly formed, or, in other words, are explained as divided into root and affix. We must consider that the compound in this phrase represents a genitive of the object [śabdánuśásanam standing for śabdasyánuśásanam], and as there is a rule of Páṇini (karmaṇi cha, ii. 2, 14), which prohibits composition in such a construction, we are forced to concede that the phrase śabdánuśásanam does not come before us as a duly authorised compound.

The word "exposition" (anuśásana) here means that Vedic words, like the one in the line śaṃ no devír abhishṭaye,[308] and others, along with everyday words related to these, such as the common terms for "cow," "horse," "man," [204] "elephant," "bird," etc., are the focus of the exposition. This means they are traced back to their original roots and properly analyzed, or explained by breaking them down into root and affix. We need to note that the compound in this phrase acts like a possessive form [śabdánuśásanam stands for śabdasyánuśásanam], and since there’s a rule from Paṇini (karmaṇi cha, ii. 2, 14) that prohibits such composition in this context, we have to agree that the phrase śabdánuśásanam isn't presented to us as an officially recognized compound.

Here, however, arises a discussion [as to the true application of the alleged rule of Páṇini], for we hold that, by ii. 3, 66, wherever an object and an agent are both expressed in one and the same sentence in connection with a word ending with a kṛit affix, there the object alone can be put in the genitive and not the agent;[309] this limitation arising from our taking ubhayaprápti in the sútra as a bahuvríhi compound.[310] Thus we must say, "Wonderful is the milking of cows by an unpractised cowherd." We may, however, remark in passing that some authors do maintain that the agent may in such cases be put in the genitive (as well as the object); hence we find it stated in the Káśiká Commentary: "Some authors maintain that there should be an option in such cases without any distinction, and thus they would equally allow such a construction as 'the exposition of words of the teacher' or 'by the teacher.'" Inasmuch, however, as the words of the phrase in question really mean that the "exposition" intended relates to words and not to things, and since this can be at once understood without any mention of the [205]agent, i.e., the teacher, any such mention would be plainly superfluous; and therefore as the object and the agent are not both expressed in one and the same sentence, this is not an instance of the genitive of the object (coming under ii. 3, 66, and ii. 2, 14), but rather an instance of quite another rule, viz., ii. 3, 65, which directs that an agent or an object, in connection with a word ending with a kṛit affix, is to be put in the genitive [which in this instance is expressed by the tatpurusha compound]; and the compound in question will be strictly analogous to such recognised forms as idhma-pravraśchana, paláśa-śátana, &c.[311] Or we might argue that the genitive case implied in this shashṭhítatpurusha is one of the class called "residual," in accordance with Páṇini's rule (ii. 3, 50), "Let the genitive be used in the residuum," [i.e., in the other constructions not provided for by special rules];[312] and in this way we might defend the phrase against the opponent's attack. "But," it might be replied, "your alleged 'residual genitive' could be assumed everywhere, and we should thus find all the prohibitions of composition in constructions with a genitive case rendered utterly nugatory." This we readily grant, and hence Bhartṛihari in his Vákyapadíya has shown that these rules are mainly useful where the question relates to the accent.[313] To this effect are the words of the great doctor Vardhamána—

Here, however, a discussion arises about the true application of the so-called rule of Páṇini, as we believe that according to ii. 3, 66, whenever both an object and an agent are expressed in the same sentence with a word that ends in a kṛit affix, only the object can be put in the genitive, not the agent; [309] this limitation comes from interpreting ubhayaprápti in the sútra as a bahuvríhi compound.[310] Therefore, we must say, "It's amazing how a novice cowherd milks cows." However, it's worth noting that some authors argue that the agent can also be put in the genitive (along with the object); that's why we see in the Káśiká Commentary: "Some authors assert that there should be an option in such cases without any distinction, allowing constructions like 'the exposition of words of the teacher' or 'by the teacher.'" However, since the phrase in question actually refers to "exposition" concerning words and not things, and this is clear without mentioning the agent, [205]the teacher, any such mention would be unnecessary; and thus, as the object and the agent are not both included in one sentence, this does not illustrate the genitive of the object (as per ii. 3, 66, and ii. 2, 14), but rather another rule, namely ii. 3, 65, which states that either an agent or an object, in relation to a word ending with a kṛit affix, should be expressed in the genitive [as seen in the tatpurusha compound]; and this compound is analogous to recognized forms like idhma-pravraśchana, paláśa-śátana, etc.[311] Alternatively, we might argue that the genitive case implied in this shashṭhítatpurusha belongs to the "residual" class, according to Páṇini's rule (ii. 3, 50), "The genitive should be used in the residuum," [i.e., in other constructions not covered by specific rules]; [312] and this way, we could defend the phrase against objections. "But," someone might argue, "your so-called 'residual genitive' could be applied everywhere, which would invalidate all prohibitions of composition in constructions with a genitive case." We readily agree, and that's why Bhartṛihari in his Vákyapadíya demonstrated that these rules are mainly useful when the question pertains to accent.[313] To this effect are the words of the great doctor Vardhamána—

"In secular utterances men may proceed as they will,

"In secular matters, people can act as they choose,

"But in Vaidic paths let minute accuracy of speech be employed.

"But in Vedic paths, let precise accuracy of speech be used."

"Thus have they explained the meaning of Páṇini's sútras, since

"Thus have they explained the meaning of Páṇini's sútras, since

"He himself uses such phrases as janikartuḥ and tatprayojakaḥ."[314]

"He uses phrases like janikartuḥ and tatprayojakaḥ." [314]

Hence it follows that the full meaning of the sentence in question (of the Mahábháshya) is that "it is to be understood that the rules of grammar which may be taken as a synonym for 'the exposition concerning words' are now commenced."

Hence it follows that the full meaning of the sentence in question (of the Mahábháshya) is that "it should be understood that the rules of grammar, which can be seen as a synonym for 'the explanation about words,' are now starting."

"Well, then, for the sake of directly understanding this intended meaning, it would have been better to have said 'now comes grammar,' as the words 'now comes the exposition of words' involve a useless excess of letters." This objection cannot, however, be allowed, since the employment of such a word as śabdánuśásanam, the sense of which can be so readily inferred from its etymology, proves that the author intends to imply an end which shall establish that grammar is a subordinate study (aṅga) to the Veda.[315] Otherwise, if there were no such end set forth, there would be no consequent application of the readers to the study of grammar. Nor may you say that this application will be sufficiently enforced by the injunction for study, "the Veda with its six subordinate parts must be read as a duty without any (special) end,"[316] because, even though there be such an injunction, it will not follow that students will apply to this study, if no end is mentioned which will establish that it is an aṅga of the Veda. Thus in old times the students, after reading the Veda, used to be in haste to say—

"Well, to directly understand this intended meaning, it would have been better to say 'now comes grammar,' as the phrase 'now comes the exposition of words' contains an unnecessary excess of letters." This objection, however, can't be accepted, since using a word like śabdánuśásanam, whose meaning can be easily inferred from its origin, shows that the author means to convey an end that establishes grammar as a subordinate study (aṅga) to the Veda.[315] Otherwise, if there were no such end mentioned, readers would have no incentive to study grammar. You also can't argue that this incentive will be sufficiently provided by the mandate to study, "the Veda with its six subordinate parts must be read as a duty without any (specific) end,"[316] because even if such a mandate exists, it doesn’t guarantee that students will engage with this study if no end is stated that will confirm it as an aṅga of the Veda. Thus, in the past, students, after studying the Veda, would be eager to say—

"Are not Vaidic words established by the Veda and secular by common life,

"Are Vedic words not established by the Veda and recognized in everyday life?"

"And therefore grammar is useless?"

"So, is grammar useless?"

Therefore it was only when they understood it to be an aṅga of the Veda that they applied themselves to its study. So in the same way the students of the present day would not be likely to apply themselves to it either. It is to obviate this danger that it becomes necessary to set forth some end which shall, at the same time, establish [207]that grammar is an aṅga of the Veda. If, when the end is explained, they should still not apply themselves, then, being destitute of all knowledge of the true formation of secular words, they would become involved in sin in the course of sacrificial acts, and would consequently lose their religious merit. Hence the followers of sacrifice read, "One who keeps up a sacrificial fire, on using an incorrect word, should offer an expiatory offering to Saraswatí." Now it is to declare this end which establishes that it is an aṅga of the Veda that he uses the words atha śabdánuśásanam and not atha vyákaraṇam. Now the rules of grammar must have an end, and a thing's end is determined by men's pursuit of it with a view thereto. Just as in a sacrifice undertaken with a view to heaven, heaven is the end; in the same way the end of the exposition of words is instruction concerning words, i.e., propriety of speech. "But," an objector may say, "will not the desired end be still unattained for want of the true means to it? Nor can it be said that reading the Veda word by word is the true means; for this cannot be a means for the understanding of words, since their number is infinite, as divided into proper and improper words.[317] Thus there is a tradition that Bṛihaspati for a thousand divine years taught to Indra the study of words as used in their individual forms when the Veda is read word by word,[318] and still he came not to the end. Here the teacher was Bṛihaspati, the pupil was Indra, and the time of study a thousand years of the gods; and yet the termination was not reached,—how much less, then, in our day, let a man live ever so long? Learning is rendered efficient by four appropriate means,—reading, understanding, practising, and handing it on to others; but in the proposed way life would only suffice for the bare time of reading; therefore the reading word by word is not a means for the knowledge of words, and consequently, [208]as we said at first, the desired end is not established." We reply, however, that it was never conceded that the knowledge of words was to be attained by this reading word by word. And again, since general and special rules apply at once to many examples, when these are divided into the artificial parts called roots, &c. (just as one cloud rains over many spots of ground), in this way we can easily comprehend an exposition of many words. Thus, for instance, by the general rule (iii. 2, 1), karmaṇi, the affix aṇ is enjoined after a root when the object is in composition with it; and by this rule we learn many words, as kumbhakára, "a potter," káṇḍaláva, "a cutter of stems," &c. But the supplementary special rule (iii. 2, 3), áto 'nupasarge kaḥ, directing that the affix ka is to be used after a root that ends in long á when there is no upasarga, shows how impracticable this reading word by word would be [since it would never teach us how to distinguish an upasarga]. "But since there are other aṅgas, why do you single out grammar as the one object of honour?" We reply, that among the six aṅgas the principal one is grammar, and labour devoted to what is the principal is sure to bear fruit. Thus it has been said—

Therefore, they only focused on studying it once they recognized it as an aṅga of the Veda. Similarly, today's students are unlikely to engage with it either. To avoid this issue, it's essential to outline a purpose that will also confirm [207] that grammar is an aṅga of the Veda. If, after explaining the purpose, they still don't engage, then lacking any knowledge of how secular words are correctly formed, they would end up committing sins during sacrificial rites and, as a result, lose their religious merit. Consequently, those who perform sacrifices read, "If someone maintains a sacrificial fire and uses an incorrect word, they should offer an expiatory sacrifice to Saraswatí." Now, to clarify the purpose that establishes it as an aṅga of the Veda, the text uses the phrase atha śabdánuśásanam instead of atha vyákaraṇam. The rules of grammar must have a purpose, and a thing’s purpose is defined by people's pursuit of it. Just as in a sacrifice aimed at achieving heaven, heaven is the goal; similarly, the aim of teaching words is to instruct about words, i.e., the proper use of language. "But," an objector might argue, "won’t the intended goal still remain out of reach due to a lack of the correct means to achieve it? And we can't say that reading the Veda word by word is the correct means; that method can't help us understand words, since there are countless words, either proper or improper.[317] There’s a tradition that Bṛihaspati taught Indra the study of words in their individual forms for a thousand divine years when reading the Veda word for word,[318] and even then, he did not reach the end. In this scenario, the teacher was Bṛihaspati, the student was Indra, and the study lasted a thousand years of the gods; and still the goal was not reached—how much less likely is it for a person in our time, regardless of how long they live? Learning is effective through four appropriate means—reading, understanding, practicing, and teaching others; but in the suggested method, life would only last long enough to read. Hence, reading word by word isn't a means of knowing words, and as we mentioned earlier, the intended goal isn't achieved." However, we respond that it was never agreed that knowledge of words would be gained through this word-by-word reading. Furthermore, because general and specific rules apply simultaneously to many examples, when these are broken down into artificial parts called roots, etc. (just like one cloud raining over multiple areas), we can easily grasp an explanation of many words. For instance, by using the general rule (iii. 2, 1), karmaṇi, the affix aṇ is prescribed after a root when the object combines with it; through this rule, we learn various words, such as kumbhakára, "a potter," káṇḍaláva, "a cutter of stems," etc. However, the additional specific rule (iii. 2, 3), áto 'nupasarge kaḥ, states that the affix ka should be used after a root ending in long á when there's no upasarga, illustrates how impractical word-by-word reading would be [since it would never teach us how to identify an upasarga]. "But since there are other aṅgas, why do you highlight grammar as the one deserving honor?" We reply that among the six aṅgas, grammar is the primary one, and effort devoted to what is primary is sure to yield fruit. Thus, it has been said—

"Nigh unto Brahman himself, the highest of all religious austerities,

"Nigh unto Brahman himself, the highest of all religious austerities,

"The wise have called grammar the first aṅga of the Veda."

"The wise have referred to grammar as the first aṅga of the Veda."

Hence we conclude that the exposition of words is the direct end of the rules of grammar, but its indirect end is the preservation, &c., of the Veda. Hence it has been said by the worshipful author of the great Commentary [quoting a Várttika], "the end (or motive) is preservation, inference, scripture, facility, and assurance."[319] Moreover prosperity arises from the employment of a correct word; thus Kátyáyana has said, "There is prosperity in the employment of a word according to the śástra; it is equal to the words of the Veda itself." Others also have said [209]that "a single word thoroughly understood and rightly used becomes in Swarga the desire-milking cow." Thus (they say)—

Therefore, we conclude that the explanation of words is the primary goal of grammar rules, while its secondary goal is the preservation, etc., of the Veda. It has been stated by the esteemed author of the great Commentary [quoting a Várttika], "The ultimate purpose is preservation, inference, scripture, ease, and confidence."[319] Additionally, success comes from using the correct word; thus Kátyáyana has said, "There is success in using a word according to the śástra; it is equivalent to the words of the Veda itself." Others have also stated [209] that "A single word that is fully understood and properly used becomes the wish-fulfilling cow in Swarga." So (they say)—

"They proceed to heaven, with every desired happiness, in well-yoked chariots of harnessed speech;

"They head to heaven, with all the happiness they desire, in well-matched chariots of articulate words;

"But those who use such false forms as achíkramata must trudge thither on foot."[320]

"But those who use such fake forms as achíkramata must walk there on foot."[320]

Nor need you ask "how can an irrational word possess such power?" since we have revelation declaring that it is like to the great god. For the Śruti says, "Four are its horns, three its feet, two its heads, and seven its hands,—roars loudly the threefold-bound bull, the great god enters mortals" (Rig-Veda, iv. 58, 3). The great commentator thus explains it:—The "four horns" are the four kinds of words—nouns, verbs, prepositions, and particles; its "three feet" mean the three times, past, present, and future, expressed by the tense-affixes, laṭ, &c.; the "two heads," the eternal and temporary (or produced) words, distinguished as the "manifested" and the "manifester;" its "seven hands" are the seven case affixes, including the conjugational terminations; "threefold bound," as enclosed in the three organs—the chest, the throat, and the head. The metaphor "bull" (vṛishabha) is applied from its pouring forth (varshaṇa), i.e., from its giving fruit when used with knowledge. "Loudly roars," i.e., utters sound, for the root ru means "sound;" here by the word "sound" developed speech (or language)[321] is implied; "the great god enters mortals,"—the "great god," i.e., speech,—enters mortals, i.e., men endowed with the attribute of mortality. Thus is declared the likeness [of speech][322] to the supreme Brahman.

Nor do you need to ask, "How can an irrational word have such power?" because we have revelation stating that it is similar to the great god. The Śruti says, "It has four horns, three feet, two heads, and seven hands—the threefold-bound bull roars loudly, and the great god enters mortals" (Rig-Veda, iv. 58, 3). The great commentator explains: The "four horns" represent the four types of words—nouns, verbs, prepositions, and particles; the "three feet" refer to the three times—past, present, and future—expressed by the tense markers, laṭ, etc.; the "two heads" denote the eternal and temporary (or produced) words, identified as the "manifested" and the "manifester"; the "seven hands" are the seven case endings, including the verb endings; "threefold bound" refers to being enclosed within the three organs—the chest, throat, and head. The metaphor "bull" (vṛishabha) is used because of its ability to pour forth (varshaṇa), meaning it yields results when used with knowledge. "Loudly roars," meaning it produces sound, as the root ru signifies "sound"; here, the term "sound" implies developed speech (or language)[321] ; "the great god enters mortals," meaning the "great god," representing speech—enters mortals, referring to humans who possess the attribute of mortality. Thus, the likeness [of speech][322] to the supreme Brahman is declared.

The eternal word, called sphoṭa, without parts, and the cause of the world, is verily Brahman; thus it has been [210]declared by Bhartṛihari in the part of his book called the Brahmakáṇḍa—

The eternal word, known as sphoṭa, which is whole and the source of the universe, is truly Brahman; this has been declared by Bhartṛihari in the section of his book called the Brahmakáṇḍa—[210]

"Brahman, without beginning or end, the indestructible essence of speech,

"Brahman, with no beginning or end, is the unbreakable essence of speech,

"Which is developed in the form of things, and whence springs the creation of the world."

"Which is expressed through things, and from this comes the creation of the world."

"But since there is a well-known twofold division of words into nouns and verbs, how comes this fourfold division?" We reply, because this, too, is well known. Thus it has been said in the Prakírṇaka—

"But since there is a well-known twofold division of words into nouns and verbs, how do we explain this fourfold division?" We respond because this is also widely recognized. Therefore, it has been stated in the Prakírṇaka—

"Some make a twofold division of words, some a fourfold or a fivefold,

"Some split words into two categories, while others divide them into four or five."

"Drawing them up from the sentences as root, affix, and the like."

"Pulling them up from the sentences as root, affix, and so on."

Helárája interprets the fivefold division as including karmapravachaníyas.[323] But the fourfold division, mentioned by the great commentator, is proper, since karmapravachaníyas distinguish a connection produced by a particular kind of verb, and thus, as marking out a particular kind of connection and so marking out a particular kind of verb, they are really included in compounded prepositions (upasargas).[324]

Helárája sees the fivefold division as including karmapravachaníyas.[323] However, the fourfold division mentioned by the great commentator is more accurate, since karmapravachaníyas identify a connection created by a specific type of verb. Therefore, as they define a particular kind of connection and, in turn, a specific kind of verb, they are actually part of compounded prepositions (upasargas).[324]

"But," say some, "why do you talk so much of an eternal sound called sphoṭa? This we do not concede, since there is no proof that there is such a thing." We reply that our own perception is the proof. Thus there is one word "cow," since all men have the cognition of a word distinct from the various letters composing it. You cannot say, in the absence of any manifest contradiction, that this perception of the word is a false perception.

"But," some say, "why do you talk so much about an everlasting sound called sphoṭa? We don't accept that because there's no evidence it exists." We respond that our own perception serves as the evidence. There is one word "cow," because everyone understands that the word is different from the individual letters that make it up. You can't claim that this perception of the word is incorrect without any clear contradiction.

Hence you must concede that there is such a thing as sphoṭa, as otherwise you cannot account for the cognition of the meaning of the word. For the answer that its cognition arises from the letters cannot bear examination, since it breaks down before either horn of the following dilemma:—Are the letters supposed to produce this cognition of the meaning in their united or their individual capacity? Not the first, for the letters singly exist only for a moment, and therefore cannot form a united whole at all; and not the second, since the single letters have no power to produce the cognition of the meaning [which the word is to convey]. There is no conceivable alternative other than their single or united capacity; and therefore it follows (say the wise in these matters) that, as the letters cannot cause the cognition of the meaning, there must be a sphoṭa by means of which arises the knowledge of the meaning; and this sphoṭa is an eternal sound, distinct from the letters and revealed by them, which causes the cognition of the meaning. "It is disclosed (sphuṭyate) or revealed by the letters," hence it is called sphoṭa, as revealed by the letters; or "from it is disclosed the meaning," hence it is called sphoṭa as causing the knowledge of the meaning,—these are the two etymologies to explain the meaning of the word. And thus it hath been said by the worshipful Patañjali in the great Commentary, "Now what is the word 'cow' gauḥ? It is that word by which, when pronounced, there is produced the simultaneous cognition of dewlap, tail, hump, hoofs, and horns." This is expounded by Kaiyaṭa in the passage commencing, "Grammarians maintain that it is the word, as distinct from the letters, which expresses the meaning, since, if the letters expressed it, there would be no use in pronouncing the second and following ones [as the first would have already conveyed all we wished]," and ending, "The Vákyapadíya has established at length that it is the sphoṭa which, distinct from the letters and revealed by the sound, expresses the meaning."[325]

So you have to agree that there is such a thing as sphoṭa, because if not, you can't explain how we understand the meaning of a word. The idea that we get this understanding from the letters doesn’t hold up under scrutiny, since it fails when faced with either side of this dilemma: Are the letters meant to create this understanding of the meaning together or separately? Not together, because the letters only exist for an instant on their own, so they can't form a whole at all; and not separately, because individual letters can’t create the understanding of the meaning [that the word conveys]. There is no other option besides their individual or combined ability; thus, it follows (say the knowledgeable on these subjects) that since the letters can't cause the understanding of the meaning, there must be a sphoṭa through which the knowledge of the meaning arises; and this sphoṭa is an eternal sound, separate from the letters but revealed by them, which prompts the understanding of the meaning. "It is disclosed (sphuṭyate) or revealed by the letters," which is why it's called sphoṭa, as disclosed by the letters; or "from it is disclosed the meaning," which is why it's called sphoṭa as causing the understanding of the meaning—these are the two explanations to clarify the meaning of the word. And thus it has been stated by the esteemed Patañjali in the great Commentary, "Now what is the word 'cow' gauḥ? It is that word by which, when spoken, the simultaneous recognition of dewlap, tail, hump, hooves, and horns occurs." This is explained by Kaiyaṭa in the section starting, "Grammarians argue that it is the word, as distinct from the letters, that conveys the meaning, since, if the letters conveyed it, there would be no need to say the second and subsequent ones [as the first would have already expressed everything we wanted]," and ending, "The Vákyapadíya has thoroughly established that it is the sphoṭa which, separate from the letters and revealed by the sound, expresses the meaning."[325]

Here, however, an objector may urge, "But should we not rather say that the sphoṭa has no power to convey the meaning, as it fails under either of the following alternatives, for is it supposed to convey the meaning when itself manifested or unmanifested? Not the latter, because it would then follow that we should find the effect of conveying the meaning always produced, since, as sphoṭa is supposed to be eternal, and there would thus be an ever-present cause independent of all subsidiary aids, the effect could not possibly fail to appear. Therefore, to avoid this fault, we must allow the other alternative, viz., that sphoṭa conveys the meaning when it is itself manifested. Well, then, do the manifesting letters exercise this manifesting power separately or combined? Whichever alternative you adopt, the very same faults which you alleged against the hypothesis of the letters expressing the meaning, will have to be met in your hypothesis that they have this power to manifest sphoṭa." This has been said by Bhaṭṭa in his Mímáṃsá-śloka-várttika—

Here, however, an objector might argue, "But shouldn't we say that the sphoṭa doesn't have the ability to convey meaning, since it fails under either of the following options: Is it supposed to convey meaning when it is either manifested or unmanifested? Not the latter, because that would suggest we should always find the effect of conveying meaning produced. If sphoṭa is considered eternal, there would always be a present cause independent of any additional aids, which means the effect couldn't possibly fail to appear. Therefore, to avoid this issue, we have to accept the other option, which is that sphoṭa conveys meaning when it is itself manifested. So, do the manifesting letters have this manifesting power on their own or together? Whichever option you choose, the same issues you pointed out against the idea of the letters expressing meaning will arise in your theory that they possess the power to manifest sphoṭa." This has been stated by Bhaṭṭa in his Mímáṃsá-śloka-várttika—

"The grammarian who holds that sphoṭa is manifested by the letters as they are severally apprehended, though itself one and indivisible, does not thereby escape from a single difficulty."

"The grammarian who believes that sphoṭa is revealed through the individual letters as they are understood, even though it is one and indivisible, doesn't avoid facing a single challenge."

The truth is, that, as Páṇini (i. 4, 14) and Gotama (Sút. ii. 123) both lay it down that letters only then form a word when they have an affix at the end, it is the letters which convey the word's meaning through the apprehension of the conventional association of ideas which they help.[326] If you object that as there are the same letters in rasa as in sara, in nava as in vana, in díná as in nadí, in mára as in ráma, in rája as in jára, &c., these several pairs of words would not convey a different meaning, we reply that the difference in the order of the letters will produce a difference in the meaning. This has been said by Tautátita—

The truth is that, as Páṇini (i. 4, 14) and Gotama (Sút. ii. 123) both state, letters only form a word when they have an affix at the end. It's the letters that convey the word's meaning through the understanding of the conventional connections between ideas that they help. [326] If you argue that since the same letters are present in rasa as in sara, in nava as in vana, in díná as in nadí, in mára as in ráma, in rája as in jára, etc., these pairs of words wouldn't have different meanings, we respond that the difference in the order of the letters creates a difference in meaning. This has been noted by Tautátita—

"As are the letters in number and kind, whose power is perceived in conveying any given meaning of a word, so will be the meaning which they convey."

"As the letters in number and kind have the power to convey the meaning of a word, so will be the meaning that they communicate."

Therefore, as there is a well-known rule that when the same fault attaches to both sides of an argument it cannot be urged against one alone, we maintain that the hypothesis of the existence of a separate thing called sphoṭa is unnecessary, as we have proved that it is the letters which express the word's meaning [your arguments against our view having been shown to be irrelevant].

Therefore, since there's a well-known rule that when the same flaw applies to both sides of an argument, it can't be used against just one side, we argue that the idea of a separate thing called sphoṭa is unnecessary, as we have demonstrated that it's the letters that convey the word's meaning [with your arguments against our view shown to be irrelevant].

All this long oration is really only like a drowning man's catching at a straw;[327] for either of the alternatives is impossible, whether you hold that it is the single letters or their aggregation which conveys the meaning of the word. It cannot be the former, because a collection of separate letters, without any one pervading cause,[328] could never produce the idea of a word any more than a collection of separate flowers would form a garland without a string. Nor can it be the latter, because the letters, being separately pronounced and done with, cannot combine into an aggregate. For we use the term "aggregate" where a number of objects are perceived to be united together in one place; thus we apply it to a Grislea tomentosa, an Acacia catechu, a Butea frondosa, &c., or to an elephant, a man, a horse, &c., seen together in one place; but these letters are not perceived thus united together, as they are severally produced and pass away; and even on the hypothesis of their having a "manifesting" power, they can have no power to form an aggregate, as they can only manifest a meaning successively and not simultaneously. Nor can you imagine an artificial aggregate in the letters, because this would involve a "mutual dependence" (or reasoning in a circle); for, on the one hand, the letters would only become a word when their power to convey [214]one meaning had been established; and, on the other hand, their power to convey one meaning would only follow when the fact of their being a word was settled. Therefore, since it is impossible that letters should express the meaning, we must accept the hypothesis of sphoṭa. "But even on your own hypothesis that there is a certain thing called sphoṭa which expresses the meaning, the same untenable alternative will recur which we discussed before; and therefore it will only be a case of the proverb that 'the dawn finds the smuggler with the revenue-officer's house close by.'"[329] This, however, is only the inflation of the world of fancy from the wide difference between the two cases. For the first letter, in its manifesting power, reveals the invisible sphoṭa, and each successive letter makes this sphoṭa more and more manifest, just as the Veda, after one reading, is not retained, but is made sure by repetition; or as the real nature of a jewel is not clearly seen at the first glance, but is definitely manifested at the final examination. This is in accordance with the authoritative saying (of the teacher): "The seed is implanted by the sounds, and, when the idea is ripened by the successive repetition, the word is finally ascertained simultaneously with the last uttered letter." Therefore, since Bhartṛihari has shown in his first book that the letters of a word [being many and successive] cannot manifest the meaning of the word, as is implied by the very phrase, "We gain such and such a meaning from such and such a word," we are forced to assume the existence[330] of an indivisible sphoṭa as a distinct category, which has the power to manifest the word's meaning. All this has been established in the discussion (in the Mahábháshya) on "genus" (játi), which aims at proving that the meaning of all words is ultimately that summum genus, i.e., that [215]existence whose characteristic is perfect knowledge of the supreme reality[331] (Brahman).

All this long speech is really just like a drowning person grabbing for a straw; for either option is impossible, whether you think it's the individual letters or their combination that conveys the meaning of the word. It can't be the former, because a collection of separate letters, without a common purpose, could never create the idea of a word any more than a group of separate flowers could form a bouquet without a string. Nor can it be the latter, because the letters, being pronounced separately and done with, cannot come together into a whole. We use the term "aggregate" when we see multiple objects united in one place; for example, we apply it to a Grislea tomentosa, an Acacia catechu, a Butea frondosa, etc., or to an elephant, a person, a horse, etc., seen together in one spot; but these letters aren't perceived as united because they are each produced and disappear separately; and even if we suppose they have a "manifesting" power, they can't form an aggregate since they can only reveal a meaning one after the other, not all at once. You also can't imagine an artificial aggregate in the letters because that would create a "mutual dependence" (or lead to circular reasoning); on one hand, the letters only become a word when their ability to convey one meaning is established, and on the other hand, their ability to convey one meaning would only come after it was established that they form a word. Therefore, since it’s impossible for letters to express meaning, we have to accept the idea of sphoṭa. "But even under your own idea that there is a certain thing called sphoṭa that expresses meaning, the same flawed alternative will arise that we discussed before; and thus it’s just like the saying that 'the dawn finds the smuggler with the revenue officer's house nearby.'" This, however, is just an exaggeration from the vast difference between the two situations. For the first letter, in its ability to reveal, uncovers the unseen sphoṭa, and each subsequent letter makes this sphoṭa clearer and clearer, just like the Veda, after one reading, is not fully understood but becomes clearer through repetition; or like the true nature of a jewel isn't evident at first glance but is clearly revealed after a closer examination. This aligns with the authoritative saying (of the teacher): "The seed is planted by the sounds, and when the idea is developed by repeated utterance, the word is ultimately confirmed at the same time as the last spoken letter." Therefore, since Bhartṛihari has demonstrated in his first book that the letters of a word [being many and successive] cannot reveal the word's meaning, as implied by the phrase, "We gain such and such a meaning from such and such a word," we are compelled to acknowledge the existence of an indivisible sphoṭa as a distinct category, which possesses the ability to reveal the meaning of words. All this has been established in the discussion (in the Mahábháshya) on "genus" (jāti), which aims to demonstrate that the meaning of all words ultimately points to that summum genus, i.e., that existence which is characterized by perfect knowledge of the supreme reality (Brahman).

"But if all words mean only that supreme existence, then all words will be synonyms, having all the same meaning; and your grand logical ingenuity would produce an astonishing result in demonstrating the uselessness of human language as laboriously using several words to no purpose at the same time!" Thus it has been said—

"But if all words only refer to that ultimate existence, then all words would be synonyms, having the same meaning; and your impressive logical skills would lead to a surprising conclusion about the futility of human language, using multiple words for no reason at all!" Thus it has been said—

"The employment of synonymous terms at the same time is to be condemned; for they only express their meaning in turn and not by combination."

"The use of synonyms at the same time should be avoided; they just express their meanings individually and not together."

"Therefore this opinion of yours is really hardly worth the trouble of refuting."

"Therefore, your opinion is really not worth the effort of arguing against."

All this is only the ruminating of empty ether; for just as the colourless crystal is affected by different objects which colour it as blue, red, yellow, &c., so, since the summum genus, Brahman, is variously cognised through its connection with different things, as severally identified with each, we thus account for the use of the various conventional words which arise from the different species,[332] as cow, &c., these being "existence" (the summum genus) as found in the individual cow, &c. To this purport we have the following authoritative testimony—

All this is just pointless thinking; because just like a clear crystal is influenced by different objects that color it blue, red, yellow, etc., the supreme category, Brahman, is understood in various ways through its connection with different things, each being uniquely identified. This explains why we use different conventional words that come from the various types, like "cow," etc., which represent "existence" (the supreme category) as found in the individual cow, etc. To support this idea, we have the following authoritative testimony—

"Just as crystal, that colourless substance, when severally joined with blue, red, or yellow objects, is seen as possessing that colour."

"Just like crystal, that clear substance, when combined with blue, red, or yellow objects, appears to have that color."

And so it has been said by Hari, "Existence [pure and simple] being divided, when found in cows, &c., by reason of its connection with different subjects, is called this or that species, and on it all words depend. This they call the meaning of the stem and of the root. This is existence, this the great soul; and it is this which the affixed tva, tal, &c., express" (Páṇini v. 1, 119).

And so Hari said, "Existence, in its pure form, when divided and seen in cows and other things because of its link to different subjects, is labeled as this or that species, and all words are based on it. This is referred to as the meaning of the root and the stem. This is existence, this is the great soul; and it is this that the suffixes tva, tal, and others signify" (Páṇini v. 1, 119).

"Existence" is that great summum genus which is found in cows, horses, &c., differentiated by the various subjects in which it resides; and the inferior species, "cow," "horse," &c., are not really different from it; for the species "cow" and "horse" (gotva and aśvatva) are not really new subjects, but each is "existence" as residing in the subject "cow" and "horse." Therefore all words, as expressing definite meanings, ultimately rest on that one summum genus existence, which is differentiated by the various subjects, cows, &c., in which it resides; and hence "existence" is the meaning of the stem-word (prátipadika). A "root" is sometimes defined as that which expresses bháva;[333] now, as bháva is "existence," the meaning of a root is really existence.[334] Others say that a root should be defined as that which expresses "action" (kriyá); but here again the meaning of a root will really be "existence," since this "action" will be a genus, as it is declared to reside in many subjects, in accordance with the common definition of a genus, in the line—

"Existence" is that broad concept found in cows, horses, etc., defined by the different subjects it occupies; and the lesser categories, "cow," "horse," etc., are not truly distinct from it; because the categories "cow" and "horse" (gotva and aśvatva) are not genuinely new subjects, but each represents "existence" as it exists in the subjects "cow" and "horse." Therefore, all words that convey specific meanings ultimately rely on that single concept of existence, which is differentiated by the various subjects, like cows, in which it manifests; thus, "existence" is the meaning of the root word (prátipadika). A "root" is sometimes defined as that which expresses bháva; now, since bháva means "existence," the meaning of a root is essentially existence. Others claim that a root should be defined as that which expresses "action" (kriyá); but here too, the meaning of a root will ultimately be "existence," as this "action" represents a category, being said to reside in many subjects, in line with the typical definition of a category.

"Others say that action (kriyá) is a genus, residing in many individuals."

"Others say that action (kriyá) is a category, existing in many individuals."

So, too, if we accept Páṇini's definition (v. 1, 119), "Let the affixes tva and tal come after a word [denoting anything], when we speak of the nature (bháva) thereof," it is clear from the very fact that abstract terms ending in tva or [as aśvatva and aśvatá] are used in the sense of bháva, that they do express "existence." "This is pure existence" from its being free from all coming into being or ceasing to be; it is eternal, since, as all phenomena are developments thereof, it is devoid of any limit in space, time, or substance: this existence is called "the great soul." Such is the meaning of Hari's two kárikás quoted above. So, too, it is laid down in the discussion on sambandha [in Hari's verses] that the ultimate meaning of all [217]words is that something whose characteristic is perfect knowledge of the real meaning of the word Substance.

So, if we accept Páṇini's definition (v. 1, 119), "The affixes tva and tal should follow a word [denoting anything] when we talk about its nature (bháva)," it's clear that abstract terms ending in tva or [like aśvatva and aśvatá] are used to mean bháva, indicating they do express "existence." "This is pure existence" as it is free from any process of coming into being or ceasing to exist; it is eternal, since all phenomena are developments of it, and it has no limits in space, time, or substance: this existence is referred to as "the great soul." This is the meaning of the two kárikás from Hari cited above. Additionally, it's established in the discussion on sambandha [in Hari's verses] that the ultimate meaning of all [217]words is that of something whose defining characteristic is perfect knowledge of the real meaning of the word Substance.

"The true Reality is ascertained by its illusory forms; the true substance is declared by words through illusory disguises; as the object, 'Devadatta's house,' is apprehended by a transitory cause of discrimination,[335] but by the word 'house' itself, the pure idea [without owners] is expressed."[336]

"The true Reality is identified through its deceptive forms; the true essence is described by words through misleading appearances; just as the object, 'Devadatta's house,' is understood through a temporary process of differentiation,[335] but by the word 'house' itself, the pure concept [without owners] is conveyed."[336]

So, too, the author of the Mahábháshya, when explaining the Várttika,[337] "a word, its meaning, and its connection being fixed," in the passage beginning "substance is eternal," has shown that the meaning of all words is Brahman, expressed by the word "substance" and determined by various unreal[338] conditions [as "the nature of horse," &c.]

So, the author of the Mahábháshya, when explaining the Várttika,[337] "a word, its meaning, and its connection being fixed," in the section that starts with "substance is eternal," has shown that the meaning of all words is Brahman, defined by the term "substance" and influenced by various unreal[338] conditions [like "the nature of horse," etc.]

According to the opinion of Vájapyáyana, who maintains that all words mean a genus, words like "cow," &c.,[339] denote a genus which resides by intimate relation in different substances; and when this genus is apprehended, through its connection with it we apprehend the particular substance in which it resides. Words like "white," &c., denote a genus which similarly resides in qualities; through the connection with genus we apprehend the quality, and through the connection with the quality we apprehend the individual substance. So in the case of words expressing particular names, in consequence of the recognition that "this is the same person from his first coming into existence to his final destruction, in spite of the difference produced by the various states of childhood, youth, adolescence, &c.," we must accept a fixed genus as Devadatta-hood,[340] &c. [as directly denoted by them]. So, too, in words expressing "action" a genus is denoted; this is the root-meaning, as in paṭhati, "he reads," &c., since we find here a meaning common to all who read.

According to Vájapyáyana, who believes that all words represent a category, terms like "cow" refer to a category that exists in various substances. When we understand this category, we also grasp the specific substance it refers to. Similarly, words like "white" indicate a category that exists in qualities; through this connection, we recognize the quality and, in turn, the individual substance tied to it. In the case of words representing specific names, we recognize that "this is the same person from their birth to their eventual death, despite the changes in different stages of life like childhood, youth, and adulthood," so we must accept a fixed category like Devadatta-hood as denoted by these terms. Likewise, words conveying "action" also indicate a category; this is the fundamental meaning, as seen in paṭhati, "he reads," since it captures a meaning shared by all who read.

In the doctrine of Vyáḍi, who maintained that words meant individual things [and not classes or genera], the individual thing is put forward as that which is primarily denoted, while the genus is implied [as a characteristic mark]; and he thus avoids the alleged faults of "indefiniteness," and "wandering away from its proper subject."[341]

In Vyáḍi's doctrine, which argued that words represented specific things rather than categories or groups, the specific object is highlighted as the main reference, while the category is suggested as a distinguishing feature. This approach helps him steer clear of the supposed issues of "indefiniteness" and "straying from the main topic."[341]

Both views are allowed by the great teacher Páṇini; since in i. 2, 58, he accepts the theory that a word means the genus, where he says that "when the singular is used to express the class the plural may be optionally used" [as in the sentence, "A Bráhman is to be honoured," which may equally run, "Bráhmans are to be honoured"]; while in i. 2, 64, he accepts the theory that a word means the individual thing, where he says, "In any individual case there is but one retained of things similar in form" [i.e., the dual means Ráma and Ráma, and the plural means Ráma, and Ráma and Ráma; but we retain only one, adding a dual or plural affix]. Grammar, in fact, being adapted to all assemblies, can accept both theories without being compromised. Therefore both theories are in a sense true;[342] but the real fact is that all words ultimately mean the Supreme Brahman.

Both views are allowed by the great teacher Páṇini; since in i. 2, 58, he accepts the idea that a word refers to the category, where he states that "when the singular is used to express the class, the plural may also be used optionally" [as in the sentence, "A Bráhman is to be honored," which could also be phrased as, "Bráhmans are to be honored"]; while in i. 2, 64, he accepts the idea that a word refers to the individual thing, where he says, "In any individual case, there is only one retained from things similar in form" [i.e., the dual means Ráma and Ráma, and the plural means Ráma, and Ráma and Ráma; but we keep only one, adding a dual or plural suffix]. Grammar, in fact, being suitable for all groups, can accept both ideas without being compromised. Therefore, both theories are true in a sense; [342] but the real fact is that all words ultimately refer to the Supreme Brahman.

As it has been said—

As it’s been said—

"Therefore under the divisions of the meanings of words, one true universal meaning, identical with the one existent, shines out in many forms as the thing denoted."

"Therefore, among the different meanings of words, one true universal meaning, which is the same as the one that exists, appears in many forms as the thing it refers to."

Hari also, in his chapter discussing sambandha, thus describes the nature of this true meaning—

Hari also, in his chapter discussing sambandha, describes the nature of this true meaning—

"That meaning in which the subject, the object, and the perception [which unites them] are insusceptible of doubt,[343] that only is called the truth by those who know the end of the three Vedas."

"That meaning in which the subject, the object, and the perception [that connects them] cannot be doubted,[343] that is what those who understand the goal of the three Vedas refer to as the truth."

So too in his description of substance, he says—

So in his description of substance, he says—

"That which remains as the Real during the presence of modification, as the gold remains under the form of the earring,—that wherein change comes and goes, that they call the Supreme Nature."

"What stays constant as the Real amid change, like gold that stays the same inside the shape of an earring,—what undergoes change and then returns, that is called the Supreme Nature."

The essential unity of the word and its meaning is maintained in order to preserve inviolate the non-duality of all things which is a cardinal doctrine of our philosophy.

The fundamental connection between a word and its meaning is kept intact to uphold the essential oneness of everything, which is a core principle of our philosophy.

"This [Supreme Nature] is the thing denoted by all words, and it is identical with the word; but the relation of the two, while they are thus ultimately identical, varies as does the relation of the two souls."[344]

"This [Supreme Nature] is what all words refer to, and it is the same as the word itself; however, the relationship between the two, while ultimately the same, changes just as the relationship between the two souls does." [344]

The meaning of this Káriká is that Brahman is the one object denoted by all words; and this one object has various differences imposed upon it according to each particular form; but the conventional variety of the differences produced by these illusory conditions is only the result of ignorance. Non-duality is the true state; but through the power of "concealment"[345] [exercised by illusion] at the time of the conventional use of words a manifold expansion takes place, just as is the case during sleep. Thus those skilled in Vedánta lore tell us—

The meaning of this Káriká is that Brahman is the one reality represented by all words; and this one reality has various differences applied to it based on each specific form; however, the conventional variety of these differences created by these illusory conditions is merely a result of ignorance. Non-duality is the true state; but through the power of "concealment"[345] [exercised by illusion] during the conventional use of words, a diverse expansion occurs, just like during sleep. Thus, those knowledgeable in Vedánta teachings inform us—

"As all the extended world of dreams is only the development of illusion in me, so all this extended waking world is a development of illusion likewise."

"As the vast world of dreams is just a reflection of my own illusions, so the entire waking world is also a reflection of those same illusions."

When the unchangeable Supreme Brahman is thus known as the existent joy-thought and identical with the individual soul, and when primeval ignorance is abolished, [220]final bliss is accomplished, which is best defined as the abiding in identity with this Brahman, according to the text, "He who is well versed in the Word-Brahman attains to the Supreme Brahman."[346] And thus we establish the fact that the "exposition of words" is the means to final bliss.

When the unchanging Supreme Brahman is understood as the true joy-thought and is the same as the individual soul, and when ancient ignorance is removed, [220]ultimate bliss is achieved, which is best described as being in unity with this Brahman, according to the statement, "He who is knowledgeable about the Word-Brahman reaches the Supreme Brahman." [346] Therefore, we confirm that the "explanation of words" is the path to ultimate bliss.

Thus it has been said—

So it has been said—

"They call it the door of emancipation, the medicine of the diseases of speech, the purifier of all sciences, the science of sciences."[347]

"They refer to it as the door to freedom, the cure for speech disorders, the cleanser of all fields of knowledge, the ultimate science." [347]

And so again—

And so once more—

"This is the first foot-round of the stages of the ladder of final bliss, this is the straight royal road of the travellers to emancipation."

"This is the first step on the path to ultimate happiness; this is the direct route for those seeking freedom."

Therefore our final conclusion is that the Śástra of grammar should be studied as being the means for attaining the chief end of man.

Therefore, our final conclusion is that the grammar text should be studied as the way to achieve the main purpose of life.

E. B. C.

E.B.C.

FOOTNOTES:

[307] Mádhava uses this peculiar term because the grammarians adopted and fully developed the idea of the Púrva-Mímáṃsá school that sound is eternal. He therefore treats of sphoṭa here, and not in his Jaimini chapter.

[307] Mádhava uses this unique term because the grammarians embraced and thoroughly developed the concept from the Púrva-Mímáṃsá school that sound is eternal. That’s why he discusses sphoṭa here, instead of in his Jaimini chapter.

[308] Rig-Veda, x. 9, 4.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Rig-Veda, x. 9, 4.

[309] Śabdánuśásana, if judged by the apparent sense of Páṇini, ii. 2, 14, would be a wrong compound; but it is not so, because ii. 2, 14 must be interpreted in the sense of ii. 3, 66, whence it follows that the compound would only be wrong if there were an agent expressed as well as an object, i.e., if such a word as ácháryeṇa followed. In the example given, we cannot say áścharyo godoho śikshitena gopálena (as it would violate ii. 2, 14), neither can we say áścharyo gaváṃ doho' śikshitasya gopálasya (as it would violate ii. 3, 66).

[309] Śabdánuśásana, when evaluated based on the apparent interpretation of Páṇini, ii. 2, 14, seems to be an incorrect compound; however, it isn't, because ii. 2, 14 must be understood in the context of ii. 3, 66. This indicates that the compound would only be incorrect if there were both an agent and an object explicitly stated, for example, if a word like ácháryeṇa follows. In the given example, we can't say áścharyo godoho śikshitena gopálena (as that would violate ii. 2, 14), nor can we say áścharyo gaváṃ doho' śikshitasya gopálasya (as that would violate ii. 3, 66).

[310] That is, the ubhayaprápti of ii. 3, 66, is a bahuvríhi agreeing with kṛiti in ii. 3, 65. These points are all discussed at some length in the Commentaries on Páṇini.

[310] In other words, the ubhayaprápti of ii. 3, 66, is a bahuvríhi that matches with kṛiti in ii. 3, 65. All these points are covered in detail in the Commentaries on Páṇini.

[311] These actually occur in the Commentaries to Páṇini, ii. 2, 8; iii. 3, 117, &c.

[311] These are actually found in the Commentaries on Páṇini, ii. 2, 8; iii. 3, 117, etc.

[312] This takes in all cases of relation, sambandha (i.e., shashṭhí-sambandha).

[312] This covers all types of relationships, sambandha (i.e. , shashṭhí-sambandha).

[313] As in such rules as vi. 2, 139.

[313] Just like in the rules found in vi. 2, 139.

[314] These compounds occur in Páṇini's own sútras (i. 4, 30, and i. 4, 55), and would violate his own rule in ii. 2, 15, if we were to interpret the latter without some such saving modification as shashṭhí śeshe.

[314] These compounds are found in Páṇini's own sutras (i. 4, 30, and i. 4, 55), and would go against his own rule in ii. 2, 15, if we interpreted the latter without a saving modification like shashṭhí śeshe.

[315] The very word śabda in śabdánuśásanam implies the Veda, since this is pre-eminently śabda.

[315] The term śabda in śabdánuśásanam clearly refers to the Veda, as it is fundamentally śabda.

[316] Compare Max Müller, Sansk. Liter., p. 113. It is quoted as from the Veda in the Mahábháshya.

[316] Compare Max Müller, Sansk. Liter., p. 113. It's cited from the Veda in the Mahábháshya.

[317] In the Calcutta text, p. 138, dele daṇḍa in line 3 after bhavet, and insert it in line 4 after śabdánám.

[317] In the Calcutta text, p. 138, remove daṇḍa in line 3 after bhavet, and add it to line 4 after śabdánám.

[318] As in the so-called pada text.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ As in the so-called pada text.

[319] See Ballantyne's Mahábháshya, pp. 12, 64.

[319] Check out Ballantyne's Mahábháshya, pages 12 and 64.

[320] Achíkramata seems put here as a purposely false form of the frequentative of kram for achaṅkramyata.

[320] Achíkramata appears to be intentionally misrepresented as the frequentative of kram for achaṅkramyata.

[321] Or it may mean "the developed universe." Compare the lines of Bhartṛihari which immediately follow.

[321] Or it could refer to "the developed universe." Look at the lines of Bhartṛihari that come right after this.

[322] One would naturally supply śabdasya after sámyam, but the Mahábháshya has naḥ sámyam (see Ballantyne's ed., p. 27).

[322] You would typically add śabdasya after sámyam, but the Mahábháshya states naḥ sámyam (see Ballantyne's ed., p. 27).

[323] I.e., prepositions used separately as governing cases of their own, and not (as usually in Sanskrit) in composition.

[323] i.e., prepositions used individually as their own governing cases, rather than (as is common in Sanskrit) in combination.

[324] The karmapravachaníyas imply a verb other than the one expressed, and they are said to determine the relation which is produced by this understood verb. Thus in the example, Śákalyasaṃhitám anu právarshat, "he rained after the Śákalya hymns," anu implies an understood verb niśamya, "having heard," and this verb shows that there is a relation of cause and effect between the hymns and the rain. This anu is said to determine this relation.

[324] The karmapravachaníyas suggest a verb that isn’t directly mentioned, and they’re thought to clarify the relationship created by this implied verb. For example, in Śákalyasaṃhitám anu právarshat, meaning "he rained after the Śákalya hymns," anu implies an understood verb niśamya, which means "having heard." This verb indicates that there's a cause-and-effect relationship between the hymns and the rain. This anu is said to establish that relationship.

[325] See Ballantyne's ed., p. 10.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Ballantyne's edition, p. 10.

[326] This is not very clear, the anu in anugraha might mean krameṇa, and so imply the successive order of the letters.

[326] This isn’t very clear; the anu in anugraha might mean krameṇa, suggesting the sequential order of the letters.

[327] In the Calcutta edition, p. 142, line 11, I read kalpam for kalpanam.

[327] In the Calcutta edition, p. 142, line 11, I saw kalpam instead of kalpanam.

[328] In p. 142, line 3, I add viná after nimittam.

[328] In p. 142, line 3, I add viná after nimittam.

[329] The ghaṭṭa is the place where dues and taxes are collected. Some one anxious to evade payment is going by a private way by night, but he arrives at the tax-collector's house just as day dawns and is thus caught. Hence the proverb means uddeśyásiddhi.

[329] The ghaṭṭa is where dues and taxes are collected. Someone trying to avoid paying is sneaking through a back road at night, but they end up at the tax collector's house just as the sun comes up and get caught. Therefore, the proverb means uddeśyásiddhi.

[330] In p. 143, line 13, I read sphoṭakabhávam for sphoṭábhávam.

[330] On page 143, line 13, I read sphoṭakabhávam instead of sphoṭábhávam.

[331] Cf. Ballantyne's Transl. of the Mahábháshya, pp. 9, 32.

[331] See Ballantyne's translation of the Mahábháshya, pages 9, 32.

[332] The Mímáṃsâ holds that a word means the genus (játi) and not the individual (vyakti); the Nyáya holds that a word means an individual as distinguished by such and such a genus (or species).

[332] The Mímáṃsâ claims that a word refers to the type (játi) rather than the specific instance (vyakti); the Nyáya argues that a word indicates a specific instance as identified by a particular type (or species).

[333] Cf. Rig-Veda Prátiś. xii. 5.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Rig-Veda Prátiś. 12:5.

[334] He here is trying to show that his view is confirmed by the commonly received definitions of some grammatical terms.

[334] He is trying to show that his perspective is supported by the widely accepted definitions of certain grammatical terms.

[335] Since Devadatta is only its transient owner.

[335] Since Devadatta is just its temporary owner.

[336] So by the words "horse," "cow," &c., Brahman is really meant, the one abiding existence.

[336] So when we say "horse," "cow," etc., we are really referring to Brahman, the one eternal reality.

[337] Cf. Ballantyne's Mahábháshya, pp. 44, 50.

[337] See Ballantyne's Mahábháshya, pp. 44, 50.

[338] In p. 145, line 8, read asatya for aśvattha.

[338] On page 145, line 8, read asatya instead of aśvattha.

[339] We have here the well-known four grammatical categories, játi, guna, dravya or saṅjná, and kriyá.

[339] We have here the well-known four grammatical categories: játi, guna, dravya or saṅjná, and kriyá.

[340] But cf. Siddh. Muktáv., p. 6, line 12.

[340] But see Siddh. Muktáv., p. 6, line 12.

[341] Thus we read in the Siddhánta Muktávali, p. 82, that the Mímáṃsá holds that a word means the genus and not the individual, since otherwise there would be vyabhichára and ánantya (cf. also Maheśachandra Nyáyaratna's note, Kávya-prakáśa, p. 10). If a word is held to mean only one individual, there will be the first fault, as it will "wander away" and equally express others which it should not include; if it is held to mean many individuals, it will have an endless variety of meanings and be "indefinite."

[341] So, we read in the Siddhánta Muktávali, p. 82, that the Mímáṃsá argues that a word signifies the category rather than a specific individual, because otherwise there would be vyabhichára and ánantya (see also Maheśachandra Nyáyaratna's note, Kávya-prakáśa, p. 10). If a word is thought to mean only one individual, it faces the first flaw, as it will "wander away" and mistakenly refer to others that it shouldn't include; if it is considered to mean many individuals, it will have an endless variety of meanings and be "indefinite."

[342] This seems the meaning of the text as printed tasmát dvayaṃ satyam, but I should prefer to read conjecturally tasmád advayaṃ satyam, "therefore non-duality is the truth."

[342] This seems to be the meaning of the text as printed tasmát dvayaṃ satyam, but I would rather read it as tasmád advayaṃ satyam, "therefore non-duality is the truth."

[343] Scil. they can only be the absolute Brahman who alone exists.

[343] Scil. they can only be the ultimate Brahman who exists alone.

[344] Scil. the individual soul (jíva) and Brahman.

[344] Scil. the individual soul (jíva) and Brahman.

[345] The Saṃvṛiti of the text seems to correspond to the ávaraṇa so frequent in Vedánta books.

[345] The Saṃvṛiti in this text appears to align with the ávaraṇa commonly found in Vedánta literature.

[346] This passage is quoted in the Maitrí Upanishad, vi. 22.

[346] This excerpt is cited in the Maitrí Upanishad, vi. 22.

[347] Adhividyam occurs in Taitt. Upanishad, i. 3, 1, where it is explained by [']Saṃkara as vidyásv adhi yad dar[']sanaṃ tad adhividyam.

[347] Adhividyam is mentioned in the Taitt. Upanishad, i. 3, 1, where [']Saṃkara explains it as vidyásv adhi yad dar[']sanaṃ tad adhividyam.


CHAPTER XIV.

THE SÁNKHYA-DARŚANA.

"But how can we accept the doctrine of illusory emanation [thus held by the grammarians, following the guidance of the púrva and uttara Mímáṃsá schools], when the system of development propounded by the Sáṅkhyas is still alive to oppose it?" Such is their loud vaunt. Now the Śástra of this school may be concisely said to maintain four several kinds of existences, viz., that which is evolvent[348] only, that which is evolute only, that which is both evolute and evolvent, and that which is neither. (a.) Of these the first is that which is only evolvent, called the root-evolvent or the primary; it is not itself the evolute of anything else. It evolves, hence it is called the evolvent (prakṛiti) since it denotes in itself the equilibrium of the three qualities, goodness, activity, and darkness. This is expressed [in the Sáṅkhya Káriká], "the root-evolvent is no evolute." It is called the root-evolvent, as being both root and evolvent; it is the root of all the various effects, as the so-called "great one," &c., but of it, as the primary, there is no root, as otherwise we should have a regressus ad infinitum. Nor can you reply that such a regressus ad infinitum is no objection, if, like the continued series of seed and shoot, it can be proved by the evidence of our senses,[349]—because here there is no evidence to establish the hypothesis. (b.) The "evolutes and evolvents" are the great one, egoism, and the subtile elements,—thus the [222]Sáṅkhya Káriká (§ 3), "the seven, the great one, &c., are evolute-evolvents." The seven are the seven principles, called the great one, &c. Among these the great principle, called also the intellect,[350] &c., is itself the evolute of nature and the evolvent of egoism; in the same manner the principle egoism, called also "self-consciousness" (abhimána), is the evolute of the great one, intellect; but this same principle, as affected by the quality of darkness, is the evolvent of the five rudiments called subtile elements; and, as affected by the quality of goodness, it is the evolvent of the eleven organs, viz., the five organs of perception, the eye, ear, nose, tongue, and skin; the five organs of action, the voice, hands, feet, anus, and generative organ; and the mind, partaking of the character of both; nor can you object that in our arrangement the third quality, activity, is idle, as it acts as a cause by producing action in the others. This has been thus declared by Íśvara Kṛishṇa in his Kárikás[351] (§ 24-27), "Self-consciousness is egoism. Thence proceeds a twofold creation, the elevenfold set and the five elemental rudiments. From modified[352] egoism originates the class of eleven imbued with goodness; from egoism as the source of the elements originate the rudimentary elements, and these are affected by darkness; but it is only from egoism as affected by activity that the one and the other rise. The intellectual organs are the eyes, the ears, the nose, the tongue, and the skin; those of action are the voice, feet, hands, anus, and organ of generation. In this set is mind, which has the character of each; it determines, and it is an organ (like the other ten) from having a common [223]property with them."[353] All this has been explained at length by the teacher Váchaspati Miśra in the Sáṅkhya-tattva-kaumudí.

"But how can we accept the idea of illusory emanation [as held by the grammarians, following the teachings of the púrva and uttara Mímáṃsá schools], when the development system proposed by the Sáṅkhyas still stands to oppose it?" This is their bold claim. Now, the teachings of this school can be briefly summarized as asserting four types of existence: that which is evolvent[348] only, that which is evolute only, that which is both evolute and evolvent, and that which is neither. (a.) Of these, the first is that which is only evolvent, called the root-evolvent or primary; it itself is not the evolute of anything else. It evolves, hence it is called the evolvent (prakṛiti) as it embodies the balance of the three qualities: goodness, activity, and darkness. This is stated [in the Sáṅkhya Káriká], "the root-evolvent is no evolute." It is referred to as the root-evolvent, being both root and evolvent; it is the source of all various effects, like the so-called "great one," etc., but as the primary, it has no root, as otherwise we would face a regressus ad infinitum. Nor can you argue that such a regressus ad infinitum is not a problem, if it can be demonstrated by our senses, like the continuous series of seed and shoot,[349]—because here there is no evidence to support the theory. (b.) The "evolutes and evolvents" are the great one, egoism, and the subtle elements,—thus the [222]Sáṅkhya Káriká (§ 3), "the seven, the great one, etc., are evolute-evolvents." The seven refer to the seven principles, known as the great one, etc. Among these, the great principle, also called intellect,[350] etc., is itself the evolute of nature and the evolvent of egoism; similarly, the principle egoism, referred to as "self-consciousness" (abhimána), is the evolute of the great one, intellect; but this same principle, when influenced by the quality of darkness, is the evolvent of the five rudiments known as subtle elements; and, when influenced by goodness, it is the evolvent of the eleven organs, which are the five organs of perception—eyes, ears, nose, tongue, and skin; the five organs of action—voice, hands, feet, anus, and generative organ; and the mind, which has characteristics of both; nor can you argue that in our arrangement the third quality, activity, is inactive, as it operates as a cause by generating action in the others. This has been clearly stated by Íśvara Kṛishṇa in his Kárikás[351] (§ 24-27), "Self-consciousness is egoism. From this arises a twofold creation: the elevenfold set and the five elemental rudiments. From modified[352] egoism emerges the group of eleven infused with goodness; from egoism, the source of the elements, arise the rudimentary elements, which are influenced by darkness; but it is only from egoism, affected by activity, that both the one and the other arise. The intellectual organs are the eyes, ears, nose, tongue, and skin; the organs of action are the voice, feet, hands, anus, and generative organ. Within this framework is the mind, which embodies the characteristics of each; it decides, and it functions as an organ (like the other ten) due to having a shared [223]property with them."[353] All this has been extensively discussed by the teacher Váchaspati Miśra in the Sáṅkhya-tattva-kaumudí.

(c.) The "evolute only" means the five gross elements, ether, &c., and the eleven organs, as said in the Káriká, "The evolute consists of sixteen;" that is, the set of sixteen is evolute only, and not evolvent. Although it may be said that earth, &c., are the evolvents of such productions as cows, jars, &c., yet these are not a different "principle" (tattva) from earth, &c., and therefore earth, &c., are not what we term "evolvents;" as the accepted idea of an evolvent is that which is the material cause of a separate principle; and in cows, jars, &c., there is the absence of being any such first principle, in consequence of their being all alike gross [i.e., possessed of dimensions] and perceptible to the senses. The five gross elements, ether, &c., are respectively produced from sound, touch, form, taste, and smell, each subtile element being accompanied by all those which precede it, and thus the gross elements will have respectively one, two, three, four, and five qualities.[354] The creation of the organs has been previously described. This is thus propounded in the Sáṅkhya Káriká (§ 22)—

(c.) The "evolute only" refers to the five gross elements, ether, etc., and the eleven organs, as stated in the Káriká, "The evolute consists of sixteen;" meaning that the collection of sixteen is evolute only, not evolvent. Though it might be argued that earth, etc., are the evolvents of things like cows, jars, etc., these aren't a different "principle" (tattva) from earth, etc., so earth and the others aren't what we call "evolvents;" since the common understanding of an evolvent is something that serves as the material cause of a separate principle. In cows, jars, etc., there's no first principle because they're all the same kind of gross [i.e., having dimensions] and can be sensed. The five gross elements, ether, etc., are produced from sound, touch, form, taste, and smell, with each subtle element accompanied by all those that come before it, resulting in the gross elements having one, two, three, four, and five qualities respectively.[354] The creation of the organs has been previously described. This is presented in the Sáṅkhya Káriká (§ 22)—

"From nature springs the great one, from this egoism, from this the set of sixteen, and from five among the sixteen proceed the five gross elements."

"From nature comes the great one, from this self-centeredness, from this the group of sixteen, and from five of the sixteen arise the five basic elements."

(d.) The soul is neither,—as is said in the Káriká, "The soul is neither evolvent nor evolute." That is, the soul, being absolute, eternal, and subject to no development, is itself neither the evolvent nor the evolute of aught beside. Three kinds of proof are accepted as establishing these twenty-five principles; and thus the Káriká (§ 4).

(d.) The soul is neither,—as stated in the Káriká, "The soul is neither the source of evolution nor the result of evolution." This means that the soul, being absolute, eternal, and not subject to any change, is itself neither the source of anything else’s evolution nor its outcome. Three types of evidence are recognized as confirming these twenty-five principles; and thus the Káriká (§ 4).

"Perception, inference, and the testimony of worthy persons are acknowledged to be the threefold proof, for [224]they comprise every mode of demonstration. It is from proof that there results belief of that which is to be proven."

"Perception, inference, and the testimony of reliable individuals are recognized as the three types of evidence, for [224] they cover all forms of demonstration. It is from evidence that belief in what needs to be proven arises."

Here a fourfold discussion arises as to the true nature of cause and effect. The Saugatas[355] maintain that the existent is produced from the non-existent; the Naiyáyikas, &c., that the (as yet) non-existent is produced from the existent; the Vedántins, that all effects are an illusory emanation from the existent and not themselves really existent; while the Sáṅkhyas hold that the existent is produced from the existent.

Here, there’s a fourfold debate about the true nature of cause and effect. The Saugatas[355] argue that what exists comes from what doesn’t exist; the Naiyáyikas and others assert that what isn’t yet existent comes from what already exists; the Vedántins believe that all effects are an illusory manifestation of the existent and aren’t actually real themselves; while the Sáṅkhyas claim that what exists comes from what exists.

(a.) Now the first opinion is clearly untenable, since that which is itself non-existent and unsubstantial can never be a cause any more than the hare's horn; and, again, the real and unreal can never be identical.

(a.) Now the first opinion is clearly impossible, since something that doesn't exist and has no substance can never be a cause any more than a hare's horn can; and, once again, the real and the unreal can never be the same.

(b.) Nor can the non-existent be produced from the existent; since it is impossible that that which, previous to the operation of the originating cause, was as non-existent as a hare's horn should ever be produced, i.e., become connected with existence; for not even the cleverest man living can make blue yellow.[356] If you say, "But are not existence and non-existence attributes of the same jar?" this is incorrect, since we cannot use such an expression as "its quality" in regard to a non-existent subject, for it would certainly imply that the subject itself did exist. Hence we conclude that the effect is existent even previously to the operation of the cause, which only produces the manifestation of this already existent thing, just like the manifestation of the oil in sesame seed by pressing, or of the milk in cows by milking. Again, there is no example whatever to prove the production of a thing previously non-existent.

(b.) The non-existent cannot be created from what exists; it's impossible for something that was completely non-existent, like a hare's horn, to ever come into existence. Even the smartest person can't turn blue into yellow.[356] If you ask, "Aren't existence and non-existence characteristics of the same object?" that's not accurate, since we can't refer to "its quality" concerning something that doesn't exist, as that would suggest the subject actually does exist. Therefore, we conclude that the effect exists even before the cause operates, which merely reveals something that was already there, similar to how oil is released from sesame seeds when pressed or milk from cows when they are milked. Moreover, there's no example that demonstrates the creation of something that was previously non-existent.

Moreover, the cause must produce its effect as being either connected with it or not connected; in the former [225]alternative the effect's existence is settled by the rule that connection can only be between two existent things; in the latter, any and every effect might arise from any and every cause, as there is nothing to determine the action of an unconnected thing. This has been thus put by the Sáṅkhya teacher:—"From the supposed non-existence of the effect, it can have no connection with causes which always accompany existence; and to him who holds the production of a non-connected thing there arises an utter want of determinateness." If you rejoin that "the cause, though not connected with its effect, can yet produce it, where it has a capacity of so doing, and this capacity of producing is to be inferred from seeing the effect actually produced," still this cannot be allowed, since in such a case as "there is a capacity for producing oil in sesame seeds," you cannot determine, while the oil is non-existent, that there is this capacity in the sesame seeds, whichever alternative you may accept as to their being connected or not with the oil [since our before-mentioned dilemma will equally apply here].

Moreover, a cause must produce its effect either through a connection or without one; in the first case [225], the existence of the effect is determined by the principle that connection can only exist between two things that exist. In the latter case, any potential effect could arise from any cause since there's nothing to guide the actions of an unconnected entity. This idea was summarized by the Sáṅkhya teacher: "If the effect is thought not to exist, it cannot connect with causes that always accompany existence; and for someone who believes in the creation of something unconnected, there is a total lack of clarity." If you argue that "a cause, although not connected to its effect, can still produce it when it has the capacity to do so, and this capacity can be inferred from the effect being produced," this cannot be accepted. In a situation like "sesame seeds having the capacity to produce oil," you can't determine, while the oil is non-existent, that this capacity exists in the sesame seeds, regardless of which view you take regarding their connection to the oil [as our previous dilemma applies here as well].

From our tenet that the cause and effect are identical, it follows that the effect does not exist distinct from the cause; thus the cloth is not something distinct from the threads, as it abides in the latter [as its material cause]; but where this identity is not found, there we do not find the relation of cause and effect; thus a horse and a cow are distinct from each other [for one is not produced from the other, and therefore their qualities are not the same]; but the cloth is an acknowledged effect, and therefore not anything different from its cause.[357] If you object that, if this were true, the separate threads ought to fulfil the office of clothing, we reply, that the office of clothing is fulfilled by the threads manifesting the nature of cloth when they are placed in a particular arrangement. As the limbs of a tortoise when they retire within its shell are concealed, [226]and, when they come forth, are revealed, so the particular effects, as cloth, &c., of a cause, as threads, &c., when they come forth and are revealed, are said to be produced; and when they retire and are concealed, they are said to be destroyed; but there is no such thing as the production of the non-existent or the destruction of the existent. As has been said in the Bhagavad Gítá (ii. 16)—

From our principle that cause and effect are the same, it follows that the effect doesn't exist independently from the cause; thus the cloth is not separate from the threads, as it exists within them [as its material cause]; but where this identity isn't present, we don't find the relationship of cause and effect; thus a horse and a cow are separate from each other [since one isn't produced from the other, their qualities aren’t the same]; but the cloth is an accepted effect and therefore isn't anything different from its cause.[357] If you argue that, if this were true, the separate threads should serve as clothing, we counter that the role of clothing is fulfilled by the threads showing the nature of cloth when they are arranged in a specific way. Just like a tortoise's limbs are hidden when they withdraw into its shell and revealed when they come out, so the specific effects, like cloth, etc., of a cause, like threads, etc., when they emerge and are shown, are said to be produced; and when they retreat and are hidden, they are said to be destroyed; but there’s no such thing as creating what doesn’t exist or destroying what exists. As stated in the Bhagavad Gítá (ii. 16)—

"There is no existence for the non-existent, nor non-existence for the existent."

"There is no existence for what doesn't exist, nor non-existence for what does exist."

And, in fact, it is by inference from its effects that we establish the existence of the great evolvent, Nature (prakṛiti). This has been said [in the Káriká, § 9]—

And, in fact, it's by observing its effects that we determine the existence of the great force, Nature (prakṛiti). This has been stated [in the Káriká, § 9]—

"Effect exists, for what exists not can by no operation of cause be brought into existence; materials, too, are selected which are fit for the purpose; everything is not by every means possible; what is capable does that to which it is competent; and like is produced from like."[358]

"Effect exists, because what doesn't exist can't be brought into being by any cause. Materials are also chosen that are suitable for the purpose; not everything is possible by every means; what is capable accomplishes what it is designed for; and similar things are produced from similar things."[358]

Nor can we say [with the Vedántin] that the world is an illusory emanation from the one existent Brahman, because we have no contradictory evidence to preclude by its superior validity the primâ facie belief that the external world is real [as we have in the case of mistaking a rope for a snake, where a closer inspection will discover the error]; and again, where the subject and the attributed nature are so dissimilar as the pure intelligent Brahman and the unintelligent creation, we can no more allow the supposed attribution to be possible than in the case of gold and silver [which no one mistakes for each other]. Hence we conclude that an effect which is composed of happiness, misery, and stupidity, must imply a cause similarly composed; and our argument is as follows:—The subject of the argument, viz., the external world, must have a material cause composed of happiness, misery, and stupidity, because it is itself endued therewith; whatever is endued with certain attributes must have a cause endued [227]with the same,—thus a ring has gold for its material cause, because it has the attributes of gold; our subject is a similar case, therefore we may draw a similar conclusion. What we call "being composed of happiness" in the external world is the quality of goodness; the "being composed of misery" is the quality of activity;[359] the "being composed of stupidity" is the quality of darkness; hence we establish our cause composed of the three qualities (i.e., prakṛiti, Nature). And we see that individual objects are found by experience to have these three qualities; thus Maitra's happiness is found in his wife Satyavatí, because the quality of "goodness" in her is manifested towards him; but she is the misery of her fellow-wives, because the quality of "activity" is manifested towards them; while she causes indifference to Chaitra who does not possess her, because towards him the quality of "darkness" is manifested. So, too, in other cases also; thus a jar, when obtained, causes us pleasure; when seized by others it causes us pain; but it is viewed with indifference by one who has no interest in it. Now this being regarded with no interest is what we mean by "stupidity," since the word moha is derived from the root muh, "to be confused," since no direct action of the mind arises towards those objects to which it is indifferent. Therefore we hold that all things, being composed of pleasure, pain, and stupidity, must have as their cause Nature, which consists of the three qualities. And so it is declared in the Śvetáśvatara Upanishad (iv. 5)—

We cannot say [like the Vedántin] that the world is an illusion stemming from the one existing Brahman, because we don’t have any contradictory evidence that proves otherwise, which makes our initial belief that the external world is real valid [similar to the mistake between a rope and a snake, where examining it closely reveals the truth]; furthermore, when the subject and what we attribute to it are as different as the pure intelligent Brahman and the unintelligent creation, we can’t accept the supposed attribution as possible, just like no one confuses gold with silver. Therefore, we conclude that an effect made up of happiness, misery, and ignorance must point to a cause that is similarly made up of these elements; our argument goes as follows:—The subject of the argument, which is the external world, must have a material cause consisting of happiness, misery, and ignorance, because it itself has these qualities; anything that possesses certain attributes must have a cause that shares those attributes—just as a ring has gold as its material cause because it has gold’s properties; our subject is a similar situation, so we can draw a similar conclusion. What we refer to as "composed of happiness" in the external world represents the quality of goodness; "composed of misery" refers to the quality of activity; the "composed of ignorance" refers to the quality of darkness; thus, we establish our cause consisting of the three qualities (i.e., prakṛiti, Nature). We observe that individual objects, through experience, display these three qualities; for instance, Maitra finds happiness in his wife Satyavatí, as her quality of "goodness" is directed toward him; however, she is a source of misery for her fellow-wives because her quality of "activity" is directed toward them; and she causes apathy in Chaitra, who does not possess her, as her quality of "darkness" is directed toward him. Similarly, in other situations; a jar, once obtained, brings us pleasure; when taken by others, it brings us pain; yet, it is seen with indifference by someone who has no stake in it. This lack of interest is what we mean by "ignorance," as the term moha comes from the root muh, which means "to be confused," indicating that no direct mental action occurs toward objects that one is indifferent to. Thus, we assert that all things, being made up of pleasure, pain, and ignorance, must have as their cause Nature, which consists of the three qualities. And this is affirmed in the Śvetáśvatara Upanishad (iv. 5) —

"The one unborn, for his enjoyment, approaches the one unborn (Nature) which is red, white, and black, and produces a manifold and similar offspring; the other unborn abandons her when once she has been enjoyed."

"The unborn one, for his pleasure, comes close to the unborn one (Nature) that is red, white, and black, and creates a variety of similar offspring; the other unborn one leaves her once he has had his pleasure."

Here the words "red," "white," and "black," express the qualities "activity," "goodness," and "darkness," from [228]their severally possessing the same attributes of colouring, manifesting, and concealing.

Here, the words "red," "white," and "black" represent the qualities of "activity," "goodness," and "darkness," from [228]each having the same characteristics of color, revealing, and hiding.

Here, however, it may be objected, "But will not your unintelligent Nature, without the superintendence of something intelligent, fail to produce these effects, intellect, &c.? therefore there must be some intelligent superintendent; and hence we must assume an all-seeing, supreme Lord." We reply that this does not follow, since even unintelligent Nature will act under the force of an impulse; and experience shows us that an unintelligent thing, without any intelligent superintendent, does act for the good of the soul, just as the unintelligent milk acts for the growth of the calf, or just as the unintelligent rain acts for the welfare of living creatures; and so unintelligent Nature will act for the liberation of the soul. As it has been said in the Káriká (§ 57)—

Here, however, one might argue, "But won't your unintelligent Nature, without the guidance of something intelligent, fail to produce these effects, like intellect, etc.? Therefore, there must be some intelligent overseer; and thus we should assume an all-seeing, supreme Lord." We respond that this doesn't necessarily follow, since even unintelligent Nature can act under the influence of an impulse; and experience shows us that an unintelligent thing, without any intelligent guide, can still work for the benefit of the soul, just like how the unintelligent milk promotes the growth of the calf, or how the unintelligent rain supports the well-being of living creatures; thus, unintelligent Nature will also act for the liberation of the soul. As it has been said in the Káriká (§ 57)—

"As the unintelligent milk acts for the nourishment of the calf, so Nature acts for the liberation of soul."

"As milk instinctively nourishes the calf, so Nature works for the freedom of the soul."

But as for the doctrine of "a Supreme Being who acts from compassion," which has been proclaimed by beat of drum by the advocates of his existence, this has well-nigh passed away out of hearing, since the hypothesis fails to meet either of the two alternatives. For does he act thus before or after creation? If you say "before," we reply that as pain cannot arise in the absence of bodies, &c., there will be no need, as long as there is no creation, for his desire to free living beings from pain [which is the main characteristic of compassion]; and if you adopt the second alternative, you will be reasoning in a circle, as on the one hand you will hold that God created the world through compassion [as this is His motive in acting at all], and on the other hand[360] that He compassionated after He had created. Therefore we hold that the development of unintelligent Nature [even without any intelligent [229]superintendent]—in the order of the series intellect, self-consciousness, &c.,—is caused by the union of Nature and Soul, and the moving impulse is the good of Soul. Just as there takes place a movement in the iron in the proximity of the unmoved magnet, so there takes place a movement in Nature in the proximity of the unmoved Soul; and this union of Nature and Soul is caused by mutual dependence, like the union of the lame man and the blind man. Nature, as the thing to be experienced, depends on Soul the experiencer; and Soul looks to final bliss, as it seeks to throw off the three kinds of pain, which, though really apart from it, have fallen upon it by its coming under the shadow of intellect through not recognising its own distinction therefrom.[361] This final bliss [or absolute isolation] is produced by the discrimination of Nature and Soul, nor is this end possible without it; therefore Soul depends on Nature for its final bliss. Just as a lame man and a blind man,[362] travelling along with a caravan, by some accident having become separated from their companions, wandered slowly about in great dismay, till by good luck they met each other, and then the lame man mounted on the blind man's back, and the blind man, following the path indicated by the lame man, reached his desired goal, as did the lame man also, mounted on the other's shoulders; so, too, creation is effected by Nature and the soul, which are likewise mutually dependent. This has been said in the Káriká (§ 21)—

But regarding the idea of "a Supreme Being who acts out of compassion," which has been loudly proclaimed by supporters of its existence, this notion has almost disappeared from discussion, as the hypothesis fails to address either of the two possibilities. Does He act like this before or after creation? If you say "before," we argue that since pain cannot exist without bodies, there’s no reason for Him to want to free living beings from pain [which is the essence of compassion] if there's no creation. If you choose the second option, you'll find yourself reasoning in circles; on one hand, you would claim that God created the world out of compassion [since this is the motivation behind any action], and on the other hand, that He felt compassion after He had created it. Therefore, we argue that the evolution of unintelligent Nature [even without any intelligent [229] overseer]—in the sequence of intellect, self-awareness, etc.—is driven by the connection of Nature and Soul, with the motivating impulse being the well-being of the Soul. Just as movement occurs in iron when near a stationary magnet, movement happens in Nature in the presence of the unmoved Soul; this connection between Nature and Soul arises from mutual dependence, similar to the relationship between a lame man and a blind man. Nature, as the thing being experienced, relies on the Soul, the experiencer; and the Soul seeks ultimate happiness as it tries to shed the three types of pain that, while actually separate from it, have afflicted it by aligning with intellect without recognizing its own distinction from it.[361] This ultimate bliss [or complete isolation] arises from distinguishing between Nature and Soul, and this goal cannot be achieved without that distinction; therefore, the Soul relies on Nature for its ultimate happiness. Just like a lame man and a blind man,[362] who wandered about in great distress after accidentally getting separated from their group, until by chance they found each other, with the lame man climbing onto the blind man's back, and the blind man following the path suggested by the lame man, both reaching their desired destination; likewise, creation is accomplished by Nature and the Soul, which are also mutually dependent. This is stated in the Káriká (§ 21)—

"For the soul's contemplation of Nature and for its final separation the union of both takes place, as of the lame man and the blind man. By that union a creation is formed."

"For the soul's reflection on Nature and for its ultimate separation, both must come together, like the lame man and the blind man. Through that union, a creation is brought into existence."

"Well, I grant that Nature's activity may take place for the good of the soul, but how do you account for its [230]ceasing to act?" I reply, that as a wilful woman whose faults have once been seen by her husband does not return to him, or as an actress, having performed her part, retires from the stage, so too does Nature desist. Thus it is said in the Káriká (§ 59)—

"Well, I admit that Nature's actions might benefit the soul, but how do you explain its [230] stopping to act?" I respond that just as a stubborn woman, whose flaws have been noticed by her husband, does not go back to him, or like an actress who, after finishing her role, leaves the stage, Nature also withdraws. Thus, it is stated in the Káriká (§ 59)—

"As an actress, having exhibited herself to the spectators, desists from the dance, so does Nature desist, having manifested herself to Soul."

"As an actress, after showing herself to the audience, stops dancing, so does Nature stop, having revealed herself to the Soul."

For this end has the doctrine of those who follow Kapila, the founder of the atheistic Sáṅkhya School, been propounded.

For this reason, the teachings of those who follow Kapila, the founder of the atheistic Sāṅkhya School, have been presented.

E. B. C.

E. B. C.

FOOTNOTES:

[348] I borrow this term from Dr. Hall.

[348] I got this term from Dr. Hall.

[349] Compare Kusumáñjali, i. 4.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Compare Kusumáñjali, I. 4.

[350] One great defect in the Sáṅkhya nomenclature is the ambiguity between the terms for intellect (buddhí) and those for mind (manas). Mádhava here applies to the former the term antaḥkaraṇa or "internal organ," the proper term for the latter. I have ventured to alter it in the translation.

[350] One major flaw in the Sáṅkhya terminology is the confusion between the terms for intellect (buddhí) and those for mind (manas). Mádhava here uses the term antaḥkaraṇa or "internal organ" for intellect, which is actually the correct term for mind. I've taken the liberty to change it in the translation.

[351] It is singular that this is Mádhava's principal Sáṅkhya authority, and not the Sáṅkhya Sútras.

[351] It's interesting that this is Mádhava's main authority on Sáṅkhya, rather than the Sáṅkhya Sútras.

[352] Vaikṛita is here a technical term meaning that goodness predominates over darkness and activity. On this Káriká, comp. Dr. Hall's preface to the Sáṅkhya-sára, pp. 30-35.

[352] Vaikṛita is a technical term here that means goodness is more dominant than darkness and activity. For more on this, refer to Dr. Hall's preface to the Sáṅkhya-sára, pp. 30-35.

[353] As produced, like them, from modified egoism. The reading saṃkalpavikalpátmakam must be corrected by the Sáṅkhya Káriká.

[353] Just like them, it's created from altered self-interest. The reading saṃkalpavikalpátmakam needs to be revised according to the Sáṅkhya Káriká.

[354] Cf. Colebrooke Essays, vol. i. p. 256. The tanmátras will reproduce themselves as the respective qualities of the gross elements.

[354] See Colebrooke Essays, vol. i. p. 256. The tanmátras will manifest themselves as the specific qualities of the physical elements.

[355] A name of the Buddhists.

A term for Buddhists.

[356] I.e., the nature of a thing (Svabháva) cannot be altered—a man cannot be made a cow, nor a woman a man.

[356] That is, the essence of a thing (Svabháva) cannot be changed—a man cannot become a cow, nor can a woman become a man.

[357] I take arthántaram here as simply bhinnam (cf. Táránátha Tarkaváchaspati's note, Tattva Kaumudí, p. 47).

[357] I'm using arthántaram here to mean just bhinnam (see Táránátha Tarkaváchaspati's note, Tattva Kaumudí, p. 47).

[358] Colebrooke's translation.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Colebrooke's translation.

[359] Or "passion," rajas.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Or "passion," rajas.

[360] In other words—on the one hand the existing misery of beings induced God to create a world in order to relieve their misery, and on the other hand it was the existence of a created world which caused their misery at all.

[360] In other words, on one side, the suffering of beings drove God to create a world to ease their pain, but on the other side, it was the existence of that created world that caused their suffering in the first place.

[361] Bondage, &c., reside in the intellect, and are only reflected upon soul through its proximity (cf. Sáṅkhyapravachanabháshya, i. 58).

[361] Bondage, etc., exist in the mind and are only reflected upon the soul through its closeness (cf. Sáṅkhyapravachanabháshya, i. 58).

[362] This apologue is a widely spread piece of folk-lore. It is found in the Babylonian Talmud, Sanhedrim, fol. 91, b, and in the Gesta Romanorum.

[362] This story is a popular piece of folklore. It's found in the Babylonian Talmud, Sanhedrin, fol. 91, b, and in the Gesta Romanorum.


CHAPTER XV.

THE PATANJALI-DARSÁNA.

We now set forth the doctrine of that school which professes the opinions of such Munis as Patañjali and others, who originated the system of the Theistic Sáṅkhya philosophy. This school follows the so-called Yoga Śástra promulgated by Patañjali, and consisting of four chapters, which also bears the name of the "Sáṅkhya Pravachana," or detailed explanation of the Sáṅkhya.[363] In the first chapter thereof the venerable Patañjali, having in the opening aphorism, "Now is the exposition of Concentration" (yoga), avowed his commencement of the Yoga Śástra, proceeds in the second aphorism to give a definition of his subject, "Concentration is the hindering of the modifications of the thinking principle," and then he expounds at length the nature of Meditation (samádhi). In the second chapter, in the series of aphorisms commencing, "The practical part of Concentration is mortification, muttering, and resignation to the Supreme," he expounds the practical part of yoga proper to him whose mind is not yet thoroughly abstracted (iii. 9), viz., the five external subservients or means, "forbearance," and the rest. In the third chapter, in the series commencing "Attention is the fastening [of the mind] on some spot," he expounds the three internal subservients—attention, contemplation, and meditation, collectively called by the name "subjugation" (saṃyama), and also the various superhuman powers which [232]are their subordinate fruit. In the fourth chapter, in the series commencing, "Perfections spring from birth, plants, spells, mortification, and meditation," he expounds the highest end, Emancipation, together with a detailed account of the five so-called "perfections" (siddhis). This school accepts the old twenty-five principles [of the Sáṅkhya], "Nature," &c.; only adding the Supreme Being as the twenty-sixth—a Soul untouched by affliction, action, fruit, or stock of desert, who of His own will assumed a body in order to create, and originated all secular or Vaidic traditions,[364] and is gracious towards those living beings who are burned in the charcoal of mundane existence.

We now present the ideas of that school which follows the beliefs of thinkers like Patañjali and others, who founded the Theistic Sāṅkhya philosophy. This school adheres to the Yoga Śāstra introduced by Patañjali, which consists of four chapters and is also known as the "Sāṅkhya Pravachana," or detailed explanation of the Sāṅkhya.[363] In the first chapter, the respected Patañjali begins with the first aphorism, "Now is the exposition of Concentration" (yoga), indicating the start of the Yoga Śāstra. In the second aphorism, he defines his topic: "Concentration is the hindering of the modifications of the thinking principle," and then he elaborates on the nature of Meditation (samádhi). In the second chapter, starting with the aphorism, "The practical part of Concentration is mortification, muttering, and resignation to the Supreme," he discusses the practical aspects of yoga for someone whose mind isn't fully abstracted (iii. 9), highlighting the five external means, such as "forbearance," and others. In the third chapter, beginning with "Attention is the fastening [of the mind] on some spot," he describes the three internal means—attention, contemplation, and meditation—collectively known as "subjugation" (saṃyama), as well as the various superhuman powers that [232] are their associated results. In the fourth chapter, starting with "Perfections spring from birth, plants, spells, mortification, and meditation," he explains the ultimate goal, Emancipation, along with a detailed overview of the five so-called "perfections" (siddhis). This school accepts the traditional twenty-five principles [of the Sāṅkhya], including "Nature," etc., while also adding the Supreme Being as the twenty-sixth—a Soul free from affliction, action, results, or past deeds, who voluntarily took on a body to create and initiated all worldly or Vaidic traditions,[364] and is kind towards those living beings suffering in the flames of worldly existence.

"But how can such an essence as soul, undefiled as the [glossy] leaf of a lotus, be said to be burned, that we should need to accept any Supreme Being as gracious to it?" To this we reply, that the quality Goodness develops itself as the understanding, and it is this which is, as it were, burned by the quality Activity; and the soul, by the influence of Darkness, blindly identifying itself with this suffering quality, is also said itself to suffer. Thus the teachers have declared—

"But how can something as pure as the soul, untouched like the shiny leaf of a lotus, be said to be burned, making us feel the need to accept any Supreme Being as merciful towards it?" In response, we say that the quality of Goodness emerges as understanding, and this is what gets, in a way, burned by the quality of Activity; and the soul, under the influence of Darkness, blindly connects itself with this suffering quality, and is therefore said to suffer as well. Thus, the teachers have declared—

"It is Goodness which suffers under the form of the understanding and the substances belonging to Activity which torment,[365]

"It is Goodness that suffers in the guise of understanding, and the things related to Activity that cause torment,[365]

And it is through the modification of Darkness, as wrongly identifying, that the Soul is spoken of as suffering."

And it's by misunderstanding Darkness that we talk about the Soul as if it's suffering.

It has been also said by Patañjali,[366] "The power of the enjoyer, which is itself incapable of development or of transference, in an object which is developed and transferred experiences the modifications thereof."

It has also been said by Patañjali,[366] "The power of the enjoyer, which cannot grow or be transferred, experiences the changes of an object that has developed and been transferred."

Now the "power of the enjoyer" is the power of intelligence, and this is the soul; and in an object which is [233]"developed" and "transferred," or reflected,—i.e., in the thinking principle or the understanding,—it experiences the modifications thereof, i.e., the power of intelligence, being reflected in the understanding, receives itself the shadow of the understanding, and imitates the modifications of it. Thus the soul, though in itself pure, sees according to the idea produced by the understanding; and, while thus seeing at second-hand, though really it is different from the understanding, it appears identical therewith. It is while the soul is thus suffering, that, by the practice of the eight subservient means, forbearance, religious observance, &c., earnestly, uninterruptedly, and for a long period, and by continued resignation to the Supreme Being, at length there is produced an unclouded recognition of the distinction between the quality Goodness and the Soul; and the five "afflictions," ignorance, &c., are radically destroyed, and the various "stocks of desert," fortunate or unfortunate, are utterly abolished, and, the undefiled soul abiding emancipated, perfect Emancipation is accomplished.

Now the "power of the enjoyer" refers to the power of intelligence, which is the soul. In an object that is [233] "developed" and "transferred," or reflected—meaning in the thinking principle or the understanding—it experiences its changes. The power of intelligence, reflected in the understanding, sees itself as a shadow of that understanding and copies its changes. Thus, the soul, while pure in itself, perceives through the idea created by the understanding; and although it is different from the understanding, it appears to be the same. While the soul is experiencing this, by practicing the eight supportive means—like patience, religious observance, etc.—earnestly, continuously, and over a long time, and by fully surrendering to the Supreme Being, an unclouded understanding of the distinction between the quality of Goodness and the Soul is eventually achieved. The five "afflictions," such as ignorance, are completely eradicated, and the various "stocks of merit," whether good or bad, are entirely eliminated. With the pure soul remaining liberated, true Emancipation is attained.

The words of the first aphorism, "Now is the exposition of concentration," establish the four preliminaries which lead to the intelligent reader's carrying the doctrine into practice, viz., the object-matter, the end proposed, the connection [between the treatise and the object], and the person properly qualified to study it. The word "now" (atha) is accepted as having here an inceptive meaning, [as intimating that a distinct topic is now commenced]. "But," it may be objected, "there are several possible significations of this word atha; why, then, should you show an unwarranted partiality for this particular 'inceptive' meaning? The great Canon for nouns and their gender [the Amara Kosha Dictionary] gives many such meanings. 'Atha is used in the sense of an auspicious particle,—after,—now (inceptive),—what? (interrogatively),—and all (comprehensively).' Now we willingly surrender such senses as interrogation or comprehensiveness;[234] but since there are four senses certainly suitable, i.e., 'after,' 'an auspicious particle,' 'reference to a previous topic,' and 'the inceptive now,' there is no reason for singling out the last." This objection, however, will not stand, for it cannot bear the following alternative. If you maintain the sense of "after," then do you hold that it implies following after anything whatever, or only after some definite cause as comprehended under the general definition of causation,[367] i.e., "previous existence [relatively to the effect]"? It cannot be the former, for, in accordance with the proverb that "No one stands for a single moment inactive," everybody must always do everything after previously doing something else; and since this is at once understood without any direct mention at all, there could be no use in employing the particle atha to convey this meaning. Nor can it be the latter alternative; because, although we fully grant that the practice of concentration does in point of fact follow after previous tranquillity, &c., yet these are rather the necessary preliminaries to the work of exposition, and consequently cannot have that avowed predominance [which the presumed cause should have]. "But why should we not hold that the word atha implies that this very exposition is avowedly the predominant object, and does follow after previous tranquillity of mind, &c.?" We reply, that the aphorism uses the term "exposition" (anuśásana), and this word, etymologically analysed, implies that by which the yoga is explained, accompanied with definitions, divisions, and detailed means and results; and there is no rule that such an exposition must follow previous tranquillity of mind, &c., the rule rather being that, as far as the teacher is concerned, it must follow a profound knowledge of the truth and a desire to impart it to others; for it is rather the student's desire to know and his derived knowledge, which should have quiet of mind, &c., as their precursors, in accordance with the words of Śruti: "Therefore [235]having become tranquil, self-subdued, loftily indifferent, patient, full of faith and intent, let him see the soul in the soul."[368] Nor can the word atha imply the necessary precedence, in the teacher, of a profound knowledge of the truth and a desire to impart it to others; because, even granting that both these are present, they need not to be mentioned thus prominently, as they are powerless in themselves to produce the necessary intelligence and effort in the student. Still [however we may settle these points] the question arises, Is the exposition of the yoga ascertained to be a cause of final beatitude or not? If it is, then it is still a desirable object, even if certain presupposed conditions should be absent; and if it is not, then it must be undesirable, whatever conditions may be present.[369] But it is clear that the exposition in question is such a cause, since we have such a passage of the Śruti as that [in the Kaṭha Upanishad, ii. 12]: "By the acquirement of yoga or intense concentration on the Supreme Soul, the wise man having meditated leaves behind joy and sorrow;" and again, such a passage of the Smṛiti as that [in the Bhagavad Gítá, ii. 53]: "The intellect unwavering in contemplation will then attain yoga." Hence we conclude that it is untenable to interpret atha as implying that the exposition must follow "after" a previous inquiry on the part of the student, or "after" a previous course of ascetic training and use of elixirs, &c. [to render the body strong].

The words of the first aphorism, "Now is the exposition of concentration," introduce the four preliminaries that help the intelligent reader apply the doctrine in practice: the subject matter, the intended outcome, the connection between the text and the topic, and the person qualified to study it. The word "now" (atha) is understood here as having an initial meaning, indicating that a distinct topic is about to be addressed. However, someone might argue, "There are several possible meanings for this word atha; why should you favor this specific 'initial' meaning? The great Canon for nouns and their gender [the Amara Kosha Dictionary] lists many such meanings. 'Atha is used to denote an auspicious particle, 'after', 'now (initial)', 'what?' (questioningly), and 'all' (inclusively).' We can agree to set aside the interpretations of inquiry or inclusiveness; however, considering that there are four meanings that are clearly fitting, namely, 'after', 'an auspicious particle', 'reference to a prior topic', and 'the initial now', there's no justification for choosing just the last one." Yet this objection is unsound, as it cannot deal with the following alternative. If you assert the meaning of "after," do you mean that it refers to anything that follows or only to some specific cause understood under the general definition of causation, i.e., "previous existence in relation to the effect"? It can't be the former because, as the saying goes, "No one stands idle for even a moment;" everyone is always doing something after already having done something else, and since this is clearly understood without needing direct mention, there would be no point in using the particle atha to convey this. It also can't be the latter; even if we accept that the practice of concentration indeed follows after achieving previous calmness, those are merely necessary preliminaries to the work of exposition and therefore cannot have the acknowledged precedence that the assumed cause should have. "But why can we not say that the word atha means that this very exposition is indeed the main focus and follows after a prior state of calm mind, etc.?" Our response is that the aphorism employs the term "exposition" (anuśásana), and when analyzed etymologically, this word signifies what explains yoga, involving definitions, classifications, and detailed means and results; there’s no rule that such an exposition must follow a previous calm state of mind, etc. Instead, the requirement is that, from the teacher's perspective, it should come after a deep understanding of the truth and a desire to share it with others; rather, it is the student's desire to learn and the knowledge they derive that should have calmness of mind, etc., as their prerequisites. According to the words of Śruti: "Therefore, having become tranquil, self-controlled, aloof, patient, full of faith and intent, let him see the soul in the soul." Furthermore, the word atha cannot imply that the teacher must necessarily have deep knowledge of the truth and a desire to teach it because, even if both are present, they do not need such strong emphasis as they themselves cannot create the required understanding and effort in the student. Regardless of how we resolve these points, the question remains: Does the exposition of yoga lead to ultimate bliss or not? If it does, then it is still a desired goal, even if certain assumed conditions are lacking; and if it doesn't, then it must be undesirable, no matter what conditions exist. However, it is clear that the exposition in question is a cause of such bliss, as indicated in the passage from the Śruti: "Through the attainment of yoga or intense concentration on the Supreme Soul, the wise person, after meditation, leaves behind joy and sorrow"; and again, from the Smṛiti: "The intellect unwavering in contemplation will then attain yoga." Therefore, we conclude that it is not acceptable to interpret atha as suggesting that the exposition must follow "after" a prior inquiry from the student or "after" previous ascetic practices and the use of elixirs, etc., to strengthen the body.

But in the case of the Vedánta Sútras, which open with the aphorism, "Now, therefore, there is the wish to know Brahman," Śaṅkara Áchárya has declared that the inceptive meaning of atha must be left out of the question, as the wish to know Brahman is not to be undertaken [at will]; and therefore it must be there interpreted to mean "after," i.e., that this desire must follow a previous [236]course of tranquillity, &c., as laid down by the well-known rule which enjoins the practice of tranquillity, self-control, indifference, endurance, contemplation, and faith, the object being to communicate the teaching to a proper student as distinguished by the possession of the four so-called "means."[370]

But in the case of the Vedánta Sútras, which start with the statement, "Now, therefore, there is the wish to know Brahman," Śaṅkara Áchárya has stated that the initial meaning of atha should be disregarded, as the desire to know Brahman shouldn't be pursued [at will]; therefore, it should be understood to mean "after," i.e., that this desire must come after a prior [236]period of tranquility, etc., as outlined by the well-known principle that advises the practice of tranquility, self-control, indifference, endurance, contemplation, and faith. The goal is to impart the teaching to a suitable student who is characterized by having the four so-called "means."[370]

"Well, then, let us grant that atha cannot mean 'after;' but why should it not be simply an auspicious particle?" But this it cannot be, from the absence of any connection between the context and such auspicious meaning. Auspiciousness implies the obtaining of an unimpeached and desired good, and what is desired is so desired as being the attainment of pleasure or the avoidance of pain; but this auspiciousness cannot belong to the exposition of yoga, since it is in itself neither pleasure nor the cessation of pain.[371] Therefore it cannot be at all established that the meaning of the aphorism is that "the exposition of the yoga is auspicious;" for auspiciousness cannot be either the primary meaning of atha or its secondary meaning by metonymy, since it is its very sound which is in itself auspicious [without any reference to the meaning], like that of a drum. "But why not say that just as an implied meaning may enter into the direct meaning of a sentence, so an effect [like this of auspiciousness] may also be included, since both are equally unexpressed so far as the actual words are concerned?"[372] We reply, that in the meaning of a sentence the connection must be between the meaning of one word and that of another; otherwise we should be guilty of breaking the seal which the rule of the grammarians has set, that "verbal expectancy[373] can be fulfilled by words alone."

"Well, let’s assume that atha doesn’t mean 'after;' but why can’t it just be an auspicious word?" However, it can’t be, because there’s no link between the context and such an auspicious meaning. Auspiciousness suggests the attainment of a clear and desired good, and what is wanted is desired for achieving pleasure or avoiding pain; but this auspiciousness doesn’t apply to the explanation of yoga, as it is neither pleasure nor the end of pain.[371] Therefore, it can’t be established that the meaning of the saying is that "the explanation of yoga is auspicious;" because auspiciousness can’t be the primary meaning of atha or its secondary meaning through metonymy, since its very sound is auspicious [without any reference to the meaning], like that of a drum. "But why not argue that just as an implied meaning can become part of the direct meaning of a sentence, an effect [like this of auspiciousness] might also be included, since both are equally unexpressed based on the actual words?"[372] We respond that in the meaning of a sentence, there must be a connection between the meaning of one word and that of another; otherwise, we would violate the principle established by grammarians that "verbal expectancy[373] can only be fulfilled by words alone."

"But ought not a prayer for an auspicious commencement to be put at the beginning of a Śástra, in order to lay the hosts of obstacles that would hinder the completion of the work which the author desires to begin, and also to observe the immemorial practice of the good, since it has been said by the wise, 'Those śástras become widely famous which have auspicious commencements, auspicious middles, and auspicious endings, and their students have long lives and are invincible in disputation'?[374] Now the word atha implies 'auspiciousness,' since there is a Smṛiti which says,

"But shouldn't a prayer for a good beginning be included at the start of a Śástra, to remove the numerous obstacles that could prevent the author from completing the work he wants to start, and to honor the timeless tradition of the virtuous, as it has been said by the wise, 'Those śástras become widely known that have good beginnings, good middles, and good endings, and their students enjoy long lives and are unbeatable in debate'?[374] Now the word atha suggests 'goodness,' as there's a Smṛiti that states,

"'The word Om and the word atha,—these two in the ancient time,

'The word Om and the word atha,—these two in the ancient time,

"'Cleaving the throat of Brahman, came forth; therefore they are both auspicious.'

"'Cutting the throat of Brahman, it came forth; that's why they are both lucky.'"

"Therefore let the word atha stand here as signifying 'auspiciousness,' like the word 'vṛiddhi' used by Páṇini in his opening sútra 'vṛiddhir ád aich.'"[375] This view, however, is untenable; since the very word atha, when heard, has an auspicious influence, even though it be employed to convey some other special signification, just as the hearing the sound of lutes, flutes, &c. [is auspicious for one starting on a journey]. If you still object, "How can the particle atha have any other effect, if it is specially used here to produce the idea that the meaning of the sentence is that a new topic is commenced?" we reply that it certainly can have such other additional effect, just as we see that jars of water brought for some other purpose are auspicious omens at the commencement of a journey.[376] Nor does this contradict the smṛiti, [238]since the smṛiti will still hold good, as the words "they are both auspicious" mean only that they produce an auspicious effect.

Therefore, let the word atha stand here to mean 'auspiciousness,' similar to the word 'vṛiddhi' that Páṇini uses in his opening sútra 'vṛiddhir ád aich.'"[375] However, this view is not valid, because the very word atha, when heard, has an auspicious influence, even if it's used to express some other specific meaning, just like listening to the sounds of lutes, flutes, etc. [is considered auspicious for someone starting a journey]. If you still argue, "How can the particle atha have any other effect if it's specifically used here to indicate that a new topic is being introduced?" we respond that it definitely can have such additional effects, just as we see that jars of water brought for a different purpose are seen as auspicious omens at the start of a journey.[376] This also doesn't contradict the smṛiti, [238] since the smṛiti remains valid, as the words "they are both auspicious" only mean that they create an auspicious effect.

Nor can the particle atha have here the meaning of "reference to a previous topic," since the previously mentioned faults will all equally apply here, as this meaning really involves that of "after" [which we have already discussed and rejected]. And again, in such discussions as this, as to whether this particular atha means "the inceptive now" or "after," if another topic had been previously suggested, then "reference thereto" would be a possible meaning; but in the present case [where no other topic has been previously suggested] it is not a possible meaning. Therefore, by exhaustion, the commentator finally adopts, for the atha of the sútra, the remaining meaning of "the inceptive now." So, when it is said [in the Táṇḍya Bráhmaṇa, xvi. 8, 1; xvi. 10, 1], "Now this is the Jyotis," "Now this is the Viśvajyotis,"[377] the particle atha is accepted as signifying the commencement of the description of a particular sacrifice, just as the atha in the commencement of the Mahábháshya, "now comes the exposition of words," signifies the commencement of the Institutes of Grammar. This has been declared by Vyása in his Commentary on the Yoga Aphorisms, "the atha in this opening aphorism indicates a commencement;" and Váchaspati has similarly explained it in his gloss; therefore it may be considered as settled that the atha here indicates a commencement and also signifies auspiciousness. Therefore, accepting the view [239]that this atha implies a commencement, let the student be left in peace to strive after a successful understanding of the śástra through the attainment of the yoga, which is its proposed subject, by means of the teacher's explanation of its entire purport. But here some one may say, "Does not the smṛiti of Yájñavalkya say, 'Hiraṇyagarbha is the promulgator of the Yoga, and no other ancient sage?' how then is Patañjali the teacher thereof?" We reply that it was for this reason that the venerable Patañjali,[378] that ocean of compassion, considering how difficult it was to grasp all the different forms of Yoga scattered up and down in the Puráṇas, &c., and wishing to collect together their essence, commenced his anuśásana,—the preposition anu implying that it was a teaching which followed a primary revelation and was not itself the immediate origin of the system.

Nor can the particle atha mean "referring back to a previous topic" here, since the previously mentioned issues apply equally in this case, as this meaning really suggests "after," which we have already discussed and dismissed. Additionally, in discussions like this, regarding whether this specific atha means "the inceptive now" or "after," if another topic had been previously mentioned, then "referring to that" could be a possible interpretation; but in the current situation, where no other topic has been proposed, it's not a viable interpretation. Therefore, by process of elimination, the commentator finally concludes that the atha in the sutra means "the inceptive now." So, when it is stated [in the Táṇḍya Bráhmaṇa, xvi. 8, 1; xvi. 10, 1], "Now this is the Jyotis," "Now this is the Viśvajyotis,"[377] the particle atha is accepted as signifying the beginning of a description of a particular sacrifice, just as the atha at the start of the Mahábháshya, "now comes the exposition of words," indicates the beginning of the Grammar Institutes. This has been stated by Vyása in his Commentary on the Yoga Aphorisms, "the atha in this opening aphorism indicates a beginning;" and Váchaspati has similarly explained it in his notes; therefore, it can be regarded as established that the atha here indicates a beginning and also connotes auspiciousness. Thus, accepting the interpretation [239] that this atha implies a beginning, let the student be allowed the peace to strive for a successful grasp of the śástra through achieving the yoga, which is its intended subject, by means of the teacher's explanation of its overall purpose. However, someone may ask, "Doesn't Yájñavalkya's smṛiti say, 'Hiraṇyagarbha is the source of Yoga, and no other ancient sage?' How, then, is Patañjali the teacher of it?" We respond that this is why the venerable Patañjali,[378] that sea of compassion, acknowledged how challenging it was to grasp all the various forms of Yoga scattered throughout the Puráṇas, etc., and wishing to distill their essence, began his anuśásana,—the prefix anu indicating that it was a teaching that followed a primary revelation and was not itself the direct source of the system.

Since this atha in the aphorism signifies "commencement," the full meaning of the sentence comes out as follows: "be it known that the institute for the exposition of the yoga is now commenced." In this institute the "object-matter," as being that which is produced by it, is yoga [or the "concentration of the mind"], with its means and its fruit; the producing this is its inferior "end;" supreme absorption (kaivalya) is the highest "end" of the yoga when it is produced. The "connection" between the institute and yoga is that of the producer and the thing to be produced; the "connection" between yoga and supreme absorption is that of the means and the end; and this is well known from Śruti and Smṛiti, as I have before shown. And it is established by the general context that those who aim at liberation are the duly qualified persons to hear this institute. Nor need any one be alarmed lest a similar course should be adopted with the opening aphorism of the Vedánta sútras, "Now, therefore, there is a wish to know Brahman;" and [240]lest here, too, we should seek to establish by the general context that all persons who aim at liberation are duly qualified students of the Vedánta. For the word atha, as there used, signifies "succession" [or "after"]; and it is a settled point that the doctrine can only be transmitted through a regular channel to duly qualified students, and consequently the question cannot arise as to whether any other meaning is suggested by the context. Hence it has been said, "When Śruti comes [as the determining authority] 'the subject-matter' and the rest have no place."[379] The full meaning of this is as follows: Where a thing is not apprehended from the Veda itself, there the "subject-matter" and the rest can establish the true meaning, not otherwise; but wherever we can attain the meaning by a direct text, there the other modes of interpretation are irrelevant. For when a thing is declared by a text of the Veda which makes its meaning obvious at once, the "subject-matter" and the rest either establish a contrary conclusion or one not contrary. Now, in the former case, the authority which would establish this contrary conclusion is [by the very nature of "śruti"] already precluded from having any force; and in the latter it is useless. This is all declared in Jaimini's aphorism [iii. 3, 14]; "A definite text, a 'sign,' the 'sentence,' the 'subject-matter,' the 'relative position,' or 'the title,'—when any of these come into collision, the later in order is the weaker because its meaning is more remote"[380] [and therefore less obvious]. It has been thus summed up—

Since this atha in the aphorism means "beginning," the full meaning of the sentence can be understood as: "know that the institute for explaining yoga has now started." In this institute, the "object-matter," which is what it produces, is yoga [or "focus of the mind"], along with its methods and its outcomes; the aim of this is its lower "goal;" the ultimate achievement (kaivalya) is the highest "goal" of yoga once it's attained. The "relationship" between the institute and yoga is that of creator and created; the "relationship" between yoga and ultimate absorption is that of means and end; this is well-established from Śruti and Smṛiti, as I have previously indicated. Moreover, the overall context makes it clear that those who seek liberation are the qualified individuals to engage with this institute. There is no reason to worry that a similar approach would be taken with the opening aphorism of the Vedánta sútras, "Now, therefore, there is a desire to know Brahman;" and [240] that we might also establish by the general context that all who strive for liberation are suitable students of the Vedánta. The word atha, in that context, means "subsequent" [or "after"]; it is well understood that the teachings can only be conveyed through a proper channel to qualified students, thus the question of alternate meanings in context does not arise. Therefore, it has been stated, "When Śruti appears [as the definitive authority], 'the subject-matter' and the others have no relevance."[379] The full implication is: where something is not understood directly from the Veda itself, the "subject-matter" and other elements can clarify the true meaning, but not otherwise; wherever we can grasp the meaning through a specific text, those alternative interpretations are irrelevant. If a text from the Veda is presented that makes its meaning clear right away, the "subject-matter" and others either lead to a conflicting conclusion or a non-conflicting one. In the former case, the authority proposing this conflicting conclusion is [by the very nature of "śruti"] already ruled out from having any effect; and in the latter case, it is pointless. All this is stated in Jaimini's aphorism [iii. 3, 14]; "A definite text, a 'sign,' the 'sentence,' the 'subject-matter,' the 'relative position,' or 'the title,'—when any of these conflict, the later in sequence is the weaker because its meaning is less clear."[380] [and thus less obvious]. This has been summarized as—

"A text always precludes the rest; the 'title' is always precluded by any of the preceding modes;

"A text always comes before everything else; the 'title' is always preceded by any of the earlier formats;

"But whether any intervening one is precluded, or itself precludes, depends on circumstances."

"But whether any intervening one is excluded, or itself excludes, depends on the circumstances."

Therefore [after all this long discussion] it may be now considered as settled that, since it has an "object," as well as the other preliminaries, the study of the Śástra, which teaches the Yoga, is to be commenced like that of the Vedánta, which discusses the nature of Brahman. "But," it may be objected, "it is the Yoga which was said to be the object-matter, since it is this which is to be produced, not the Śástra." We grant that the Yoga is the principal object, as that which is to be produced; but since it is produced by the Śástra, especially directed thereto, this Śástra is the means for its production, and, as a general rule, the agent's activity is directly concerned with the means rather than with the end. Just as the operations of Devadatta the woodcutter, i.e., his lifting his arm up and down, &c., relate rather to the instrument, i.e., the axe, than to the object, i.e., the tree, so here the speaker, Patañjali, in his immediate action of speaking, means the Yoga-Śástra as his primary object, while he intends the Yoga itself in his ultimate action of "denotation." In consequence of this distinction, the real meaning is that the commencing the Yogaśástra is that which primarily [242]claims our attention; while the "yoga," or the restraint of the modifications of the mind, is what is to be expounded in this Sáśtra. "But as we read in the lists of roots that the root yuj is used in the sense of 'joining,' should not the word yoga, its derivative, mean 'conjunction,' and not 'restraint'? And indeed this has been said by Yájñavalkya:[381]

Therefore, after all this lengthy discussion, it can now be considered settled that since it has a "goal," along with the other preliminaries, the study of the Śástra, which teaches Yoga, should begin just like the study of Vedánta, which explores the nature of Brahman. "But," someone might argue, "isn't Yoga the main subject, since that's what needs to be achieved, not the Śástra?" We acknowledge that Yoga is the main focus as what is to be attained; however, since it is achieved through the Śástra, which is specifically geared towards it, this Śástra serves as the means for its accomplishment. Generally speaking, an agent’s efforts relate more directly to the means rather than the outcome. Just like the actions of Devadatta the woodcutter—lifting his arm up and down, etc.—are more about the tool, that is, the axe, than about the target, that is, the tree, here the speaker, Patañjali, while he is speaking, primarily refers to the Yoga-Śástra as his main object, while ultimately his goal is the Yoga itself in his final act of "denotation." Because of this distinction, the real implication is that starting the Yogaśástra is what primarily deserves our attention; while the "yoga," or the control of the mind's fluctuations, is what is to be elaborated on in this Śástra. "But since the root yuj is defined as 'joining' in the lists of roots, shouldn't the term yoga, derived from it, mean 'conjunction,' not 'restraint'? And indeed, this has been stated by Yájñavalkya: [381]

'The conjunction of the individual and the supreme souls is called yoga.'"

'The connection between the individual and the supreme souls is called yoga.'

This, however, is untenable, since there is no possibility of any such action,[382] &c., in either as would produce this conjunction of the two souls. [Nor, again, is such an explanation needed in order to remove the opposition of other philosophical schools]; for the notion of the conjunction of two eternal things is opposed to the doctrines of the Vaiśeshika and Nyáya schools [and therefore they would still oppose our theory]. And even if we accepted the explanation in accordance with the Mímáṃsá [or Vedánta], our Yogaśástra would be rendered nugatory by this concession [and the very ground cut from under our feet]; because the identity of the individual and supreme souls being in that school something already accomplished, it could not be regarded as something to be produced by our Śástra. And lastly, as it is notorious that roots are used in many different senses, the root yuj may very well be used here in the sense of "contemplation."[383] Thus it has been said—

This idea, however, isn’t sustainable, since there’s no way for any action,[382] & etc., in either case to create this union of the two souls. [Nor is such an explanation necessary to counter the views of other philosophical schools]; because the concept of the union of two eternal entities contradicts the beliefs of the Vaiśeshika and Nyáya schools [and they would still reject our theory]. Even if we accepted the explanation according to the Mímáṃsá [or Vedánta], it would undermine our Yogaśástra [and completely destroy our foundation]; since the identity of the individual and supreme souls is something that’s already achieved in that school, it couldn’t be seen as something to be created by our Śástra. Finally, since it’s well-known that roots can be interpreted in various ways, the root yuj could certainly be used here to mean "contemplation."[383] So it has been stated—

"Particles, prepositions, and roots—these three are all held to be of manifold meaning; instances found in reading are their evidence."

"Particles, prepositions, and roots—these three are recognized as having multiple meanings; examples found in reading support this."

Therefore some authors expressly give yuj in this sense, and insert in their lists "yuj in the sense of samádhi." Nor does this contradict Yájñavalkya's declaration, as the word yoga, used by him, may bear this meaning; and he has himself said—

Therefore, some authors specifically use yuj in this way and include in their lists "yuj in the sense of samádhi." This doesn't contradict Yájñavalkya's statement, as the word yoga, used by him, can have this meaning; and he has himself said—

"Samádhi is the state of identity of the individual and supreme souls; this abiding absolutely in Brahman is the samádhi of the individual soul."

"Samádhi is the state where the individual and the supreme souls are one; this complete immersion in Brahman is the samádhi of the individual soul."

It has been also said by the venerable Vyása [in his Commentary on the Yoga-sútras, i. 1], "Yoga is samádhi."

It has also been said by the respected Vyása [in his Commentary on the Yoga-sútras, i. 1], "Yoga is samádhi."

An objection however, may be here raised that "the term samádhi is used by Patañjali [in ii. 29] in the sense of one of the eight ancillary parts[384] of the eightfold concentration (or yoga); and the whole cannot be thus itself a part as well as a whole, since the principal and the ancillary must be completely different from each other, as all their attendant circumstances must be different, just as we see in the darśapúrṇamása sacrifices and their ancillary rites the prayájas, and therefore samádhi cannot be the meaning of yoga." We however reply that this objection is incorrect; for although the term samádhi is used for etymological reasons[385] to express the ancillary part which is really defined [in iii. 3] as "the contemplation which assumes the form of the object, and is apparently devoid of any nature of its own;" still the further use of this term to describe the principal state is justified by the author's wish to declare the ultimate oneness of the two states [as the inferior ultimately merges into the superior]. Nor can you hold that etymology alone can decide where a word can be used; because if so, as the word go, "a bull," is derived by all grammarians from the root gam, "to go," we ought never to use the phrase "a standing bull" [as the two words would be contradictory], and the man Devadatta, when going, would properly be called go, "a bull;" and, moreover, the Sútra, i. 2, distinctly gives us a definite justification for employing the word in this sense when it declares that "concentration (yoga) is the suppression of the modifications of the thinking principle." [The second or principal sense of samádhi will therefore be quite distinct from the first or inferior.]

An objection might be raised here that "the term samádhi is used by Patañjali [in ii. 29] to refer to one of the eight supporting parts[384] of the eightfold concentration (or yoga); and the whole cannot be both a part and a whole at the same time, since the principal and the ancillary must be completely different from each other, along with all their related circumstances, similar to what we see in the darśapúrṇamása sacrifices and their supporting rituals, the prayájas, so samádhi cannot mean yoga." However, we respond that this objection is incorrect; for although the term samádhi is used for etymological reasons[385] to denote the supporting part that is actually defined [in iii. 3] as "the contemplation which takes on the form of the object, and appears to lack any nature of its own;" the further use of this term to describe the principal state is justified by the author's intention to express the ultimate oneness of the two states [as the inferior ultimately merges into the superior]. You cannot claim that etymology alone can dictate how a word is used; because if that were the case, since the word go, meaning "a bull," originates from the root gam, "to go," we should never use the phrase "a standing bull" [since the two terms would contradict each other], and the man Devadatta, while walking, would rightly be called go, "a bull;" moreover, Sútra i. 2 clearly provides a solid justification for using the word in this sense when it states that "concentration (yoga) is the suppression of the modifications of the thinking principle." [The second or principal meaning of samádhi will thus be quite distinct from the first or inferior meaning.]

"But surely if yoga is held to be the suppression of the modifications of the thinking principle, then as these modifications abide in the soul as themselves partaking of the nature of knowledge, their suppression, or in other words their 'destruction,' would also abide in the soul, since it is a principle in logic that the antecedent non-existence and destruction abide in the same subject as the counter-entity to these negations;[386] and consequently in accordance with the maxim, 'This newly produced character will affect the subject in which it resides,' the absolute independence of the soul itself would be destroyed." This, however, we do not allow; because we maintain that these various modifications which are to be hindered,[387] such as "right notion," "misconception," "fancy," "sleep," and "memory" (i. 6), are attributes of the internal organ (chitta), since the power of pure intelligence, which is unchangeable, cannot become the site of this discriminative perception. Nor can you object that this unchangeable nature of the intelligent soul[388] has not been proved, since there is an argument to establish it; for the intelligent soul must be unchangeable from the fact that it always knows, while that which is not always knowing is not unchangeable, as the internal organ, &c. And so again, if this soul were susceptible of change, then, as this change would be occasional, we could not predicate its always knowing these modifications. But the true view is, that while the intelligent soul always remains as the presiding witness, there is another essentially pure substance[389] which abides always the same; and as it is this which is affected by any given object, so it is this perceptible substance which is reflected as a shadow on the soul, and so produces an [245]impression;[390] and thus Soul itself is preserved in its own proper independence, and it is maintained to be the always knowing, and no suspicion of change alights upon it. That object by which the understanding becomes affected is known; that object by which it is not affected is not known; for the understanding is called "susceptible of change," because it resembles the iron, as it is susceptible of being affected or not by the influence or want of influence of the object which resembles the magnet,—this influence or want of influence producing respectively knowledge or the want of knowledge. "But inasmuch as the understanding and the senses which spring from egoism are all-pervading, are they not always connected with all objects, and thus would it not follow that there should be a knowledge everywhere and always of all things?" We reply that even although we grant that they are all-pervading, it is only where a given understanding has certain modifications in a given body, and certain objects are in a connection with that body, that the knowledge of these objects only, and none other, is produced to that understanding; and therefore, as this limitation is absolute, we hold that objects are just like magnets, and affect the understanding just as these do iron,—coming in contact with it through the channels of the senses. Therefore, the "modifications" belong to the understanding, not to the soul; and so says the Śruti, "Desire, volition, doubt, faith, want of faith, firmness, want of firmness,—all this is only the mind." Moreover, the sage Pañchaśikha declared the unchangeable nature of the intelligent soul, "The power that enjoys is unchangeable;" and so Patañjali also (iv. 18), "The modifications of the understanding are always known,—this arises from the unchangeableness of the Ruling Soul." The following is the argument drawn out formally to establish the [246]changeableness of the understanding. The understanding is susceptible of change because its various objects are now known and now not known, just like the organ of hearing and the other organs of sense. Now, this change is notoriously threefold, i.e., a change of "property," of "aspect,"[391] and of "condition." When the subject, the understanding, perceives the colour "blue," &c., there is a change of "property" just as when the substance "gold" becomes a bracelet, a diadem, or an armlet; there is a change of "aspect" when the property becomes present, past, or future; and there is a change of "condition" when there is a manifestation or non-manifestation[392] of the perception, as of blue, &c.; or, in the case of gold, the [relative] newness or oldness [at two different moments] would be its change of condition. These three kinds of change must be traced out by the reader for himself in different other cases. And thus we conclude that there is nothing inconsistent in our thesis that, since "right notion" and the other modifications are attributes of the understanding, their "suppression" will also have its site in the same organ.

"But surely if yoga is seen as the suppression of the changes in the thinking principle, then these changes, which are part of the soul's nature and are related to knowledge, would also remain in the soul. Their suppression, or in other words, their 'destruction,' would also reside in the soul, as logic states that the non-existence and destruction of something exist in the same subject as the counter-entity to these negations; [386] and consequently, according to the saying, 'This newly produced character will affect the subject in which it resides,' the complete independence of the soul itself would be compromised." However, we do not accept this; because we argue that these various changes which are to be restrained,[387] such as "correct perception," "misunderstanding," "imagination," "sleep," and "memory" (i. 6), are attributes of the internal organ (chitta). The power of pure intelligence, which is unchangeable, cannot be the ground of this discriminative perception. Nor can you argue that this unchangeable nature of the intelligent soul[388] hasn’t been proven, since there is reasoning to support it; for the intelligent soul must be unchangeable because it always knows, while that which does not always know is not unchangeable, like the internal organ, etc. So if this soul could change, then, since this change would be occasional, we couldn't affirm its continual knowledge of these changes. But the reality is that while the intelligent soul always acts as the observing witness, there is another inherently pure substance[389] that remains constant; and since it is this which is affected by any given object, it is this perceptible substance that is mirrored like a shadow on the soul, creating an [245]impression;[390] and thus the soul itself maintains its own proper independence, being described as always knowing, with no trace of change affecting it. The object that impacts the understanding is known; the object that does not impact it is unknown; for the understanding is termed "susceptible to change" because, like iron, it can be influenced or not influenced by the object that acts like a magnet—this influence (or lack of it) results in knowledge or ignorance. "But since the understanding and the senses derived from egoism are all-encompassing, are they not always connected to all objects, and doesn't that imply there should be knowledge of everything all the time?" We respond that even if we agree they are all-pervasive, it’s only when a specific understanding has certain modifications in a particular body, and certain objects relate to that body, that knowledge of those specific objects is produced for that understanding; thus, since this limitation is absolute, we assert that objects are just like magnets and affect the understanding just as they do iron—interacting through the pathways of the senses. Therefore, the "modifications" belong to the understanding, not to the soul; and as the Śruti states, "Desire, intention, doubt, belief, disbelief, stability, instability—this is all just the mind." Additionally, the sage Pañchaśikha claimed the unchangeable nature of the intelligent soul: "The power that enjoys is unchangeable;" and similarly, Patañjali also stated (iv. 18), "The modifications of the understanding are always known—this arises from the unchangeability of the Ruling Soul." The following is the argument laid out clearly to establish the [246]changeability of the understanding. The understanding is changeable because it experiences various objects as known at times and unknown at others, similar to the organs of hearing and other sense organs. This change is notably threefold, i.e., a change in "property," "aspect,"[391] and "condition." When the understanding perceives the color "blue," etc., there is a change of "property," just like when the substance "gold" turns into a bracelet, diadem, or armlet; there is a change of "aspect" when the property is viewed as present, past, or future; and there is a change of "condition" when any perception is manifested or not manifested[392] as in the case of blue, etc.; or, regarding gold, the [relative] newness or oldness [at different moments] would represent its change of condition. The reader must explore these three types of change further in other instances. Thus, we conclude that there is nothing contradictory in our assertion that since "correct perception" and the other modifications are traits of the understanding, their "suppression" must also reside in the same organ.

[Our opponent now urges a fresh and long objection to what we have said above.] "But if we accept your definition that 'yoga is the suppression of the modifications of the chitta,' this will apply also to 'sound sleep,' since there too we may find the suppression [or suspension] of the modifications found in kshipta, vikshipta, múḍha,[393] &c.; but this would be wrong, because it is impossible for the 'afflictions' to be abolished so long as those states called kshipta, &c., remain at all, and because they only hinder the attainment of the summum bonum. Let us examine this more closely. For the understanding is called kshipta, 'restless,' when it is restless [with [247]an excess of the quality rajas], as being tossed about amidst various objects which engage it. It is called múḍha, 'blinded,' when it is possessed by the modification 'sleep' and is sunk in a sea of darkness [owing to an excess of the quality tamas]. It is called vikshipta, 'unrestless,' when it is different from the first state[394] [as filled with the quality sattva]." We must here, however, note a distinction; for, in accordance with the line of the Bhagavad Gítá (vi. 34), 'The mind, O Kṛishṇa, is fickle, turbulent, violent, and obstinate,' the mind, though naturally restless, may occasionally become fixed by the transient fixedness of its objects; but restlessness is innate to it, or it is produced in it by sickness, &c., or other consequences of former actions; as it is said [in the Yoga Sútras, i. 30], 'Sickness, languor, doubt, carelessness, laziness, addiction to objects, erroneous perception, failure to attain some stage, and instability,—these distractions of the mind are called "obstacles".' Here 'sickness' means fever, &c., caused by the want of equilibrium between the three humours; 'languor' is the mind's want of activity; 'doubt' is a sort of notion which embraces two opposite alternatives; 'carelessness' is a negligence of using the means for producing meditation; 'laziness' is a want of exertion from heaviness of body, speech, or mind; 'addiction to objects' is an attachment to objects of sense; 'erroneous perception' is a mistaken notion of one thing for another; 'failure to attain some stage' is the failing for some reason or other to arrive at the state of abstract meditation; 'instability' is the mind's failure to continue there, even when the state of abstract meditation has been reached. Therefore we maintain that the suppression of the mind's modifications cannot be laid down as the definition of yoga.

[Our opponent now presents a new and lengthy objection to what we previously stated.] "But if we accept your definition that 'yoga is the suppression of the modifications of the chitta,' this would also apply to 'sound sleep,' as we can identify the suppression [or suspension] of the modifications found in kshipta, vikshipta, múḍha,[393] &c.; but this would be incorrect, because the 'afflictions' cannot be eliminated as long as those states called kshipta, and others, exist at all, and because they only obstruct the attainment of the summum bonum. Let us take a closer look at this. The understanding is referred to as kshipta, 'restless,' when it is agitated [with an excess of the quality rajas], as it is tossed around by various objects that capture its attention. It's called múḍha, 'blinded,' when it's overwhelmed by the modification of 'sleep' and is immersed in darkness [due to an excess of the quality tamas]. It is termed vikshipta, 'unrestless,' when it differs from the initial state[394] [as it is filled with the quality sattva]." However, we must note a distinction here; as stated in the Bhagavad Gítá (vi. 34), 'The mind, O Kṛishṇa, is fickle, turbulent, violent, and obstinate,' the mind, while naturally restless, may sometimes become focused due to the temporary fixation on its objects; but restlessness is intrinsic to it, or it may be caused by illness, &c., or other residual effects of past actions; as mentioned [in the Yoga Sútras, i. 30], 'Sickness, lethargy, doubt, negligence, laziness, attachment to objects, misperception, failure to achieve a certain stage, and instability—these mental distractions are referred to as "obstacles".' Here, 'sickness' refers to fever, &c., due to the imbalance of the three humours; 'lethargy' indicates the mind’s lack of activity; 'doubt' encompasses a notion that holds two conflicting alternatives; 'negligence' signifies a lack of effort in using methods to achieve meditation; 'laziness' indicates a lack of exertion caused by heaviness of body, speech, or mind; 'attachment to objects' signifies a fixation on sensory experiences; 'misperception' refers to the incorrect understanding of one thing as another; 'failure to achieve a certain stage' denotes the inability, for various reasons, to reach the state of abstract meditation; and 'instability' indicates the mind’s failure to maintain that state, even when the state of abstract meditation has been attained. Therefore, we assert that defining yoga as the suppression of the mind's modifications cannot hold true.

We reply, that even although we allow that, so far as regards the three conditions of the mind called kshipta, [248]múḍha, and vikshipta, which [as being connected with the three qualities] are all to be avoided as faulty states, the suppression of the modifications in these conditions is itself something to be avoided [and so cannot be called yoga], this does not apply to the other two conditions called ekágra and niruddha, which are to be pursued and attained; and therefore the suppression of the modifications in these two praiseworthy conditions is rightly to be considered as yoga. Now by ekágra we mean that state when the mind, entirely filled with the sattva quality, is devoted to the one object of meditation; and by niruddha we mean that state when all its developments are stopped, and only their latent impressions [or potentialities] remain.

We respond that even if we agree that, regarding the three states of mind called kshipta, [248]múḍha, and vikshipta, which are associated with the three qualities and should be avoided as undesirable states, the suppression of the changes in these states should also be avoided [and cannot be defined as yoga], this doesn't apply to the other two states called ekágra and niruddha, which should be sought after and achieved; therefore, the suppression of the changes in these two commendable states is rightly considered yoga. By ekágra, we refer to the state when the mind, fully filled with the sattva quality, focuses solely on one object of meditation; and by niruddha, we refer to the state when all its activities are halted, leaving only their latent impressions [or potentialities].

Now this samádhi, "meditation" [in the highest sense], is twofold: "that in which there is distinct recognition" (saṃprajñáta), and "that in which distinct recognition is lost" (asaṃprajñáta) [Yoga S., i. 17, 18].[395] The former is defined as that meditation where the thought is intent on its own object, and all the "modifications," such as "right notion," &c., so far as they depend on external things, are suppressed, or, according to the etymology of the term, it is where the intellect[396] is thoroughly recognised (samyak prajñáyate) as distinct from Nature. It has a fourfold division, as savitarka, savichára, sánanda, and sásmita. Now this "meditation" is a kind of "pondering" (bhávaná), which is the taking into the mind again and again, to the exclusion of all other objects, that which is to be pondered. And that which is thus to be pondered is of two kinds, being either Íśwara or the twenty-five principles. And these principles also are of two kinds—senseless and not senseless. Twenty-four, including nature, intellect, egoism, &c., are senseless; that which is not senseless is Soul. Now among these objects which are to be pondered, when, having taken as the object the gross elements, as earth, [249]&c., pondering is pursued in the form of an investigation as to which is antecedent and which consequent,[397] or in the form of a union of the word, its meaning, and the idea which is to be produced [cf. i. 42]; then the meditation is called "argumentative" (savitarka). When, having taken as its object something subtile, as the five subtile elements and the internal organ, pondering is pursued in relation to space, time, &c., then the meditation is called "deliberative" (savichára). When the mind, commingled with some "passion" and "darkness," is pondered, then the meditation is called "beatific" (sánanda), because "goodness" is then predominant, which consists in the manifestation of joy.[398] When pondering is pursued, having as its object the pure element of "goodness," unaffected by even a little of "passion" or "darkness," then that meditation is called "egoistical" (sásmita), because here personal existence[399] only remains, since the intellectual faculty becomes now predominant, and the quality of "goodness" has become quite subordinate [as a mere stepping-stone to higher things].

Now this samádhi, "meditation" [in the highest sense], is twofold: "that in which there is clear recognition" (saṃprajñáta), and "that in which clear recognition is lost" (asaṃprajñáta) [Yoga S., i. 17, 18].[395] The former is defined as meditation where the thought focuses on its object, and all the "modifications," such as "right notion," etc., related to external things are suppressed, or, according to the word's etymology, it is where the intellect[396] is fully recognized (samyak prajñáyate) as separate from Nature. It has a fourfold division, as savitarka, savichára, sánanda, and sásmita. Now this "meditation" is a kind of "pondering" (bhávaná), which involves repeatedly bringing to mind, excluding all other objects, that which is to be reflected upon. The object of this reflection can be either Íśwara or the twenty-five principles. These principles are further divided into two types – senseless and not senseless. Twenty-four, including nature, intellect, egoism, etc., are senseless; the one that is not senseless is the Soul. Among the objects meant for reflection, when the gross elements, such as earth, [249] etc., are taken as the object and reflection investigates which precedes and which follows,[397] or forms a union of the word, its meaning, and the idea to be produced [cf. i. 42]; then the meditation is called "argumentative" (savitarka). When something subtile, like the five subtle elements and the internal organ, is the focus, and pondering relates to space, time, etc., then the meditation is referred to as "deliberative" (savichára). When the mind, mixed with some "passion" and "darkness," is reflected upon, then the meditation is termed "beatific" (sánanda), because "goodness" is predominant, which brings about the manifestation of joy.[398] When pondering focuses on the pure element of "goodness," free from even a hint of "passion" or "darkness," then that meditation is called "egoistical" (sásmita), because in this state, personal existence[399] remains, as the intellectual faculty becomes predominant, and the quality of "goodness" is merely a stepping-stone to higher states.

But the "meditation, where distinct recognition is lost," consists in the suppression of all "modifications" whatever.

But the "meditation, where distinct recognition fades away," involves the complete suppression of all "modifications."

"But" [it may be asked] "was not 'concentration' defined as the suppression of all the modifications? How, then, can the 'meditation where there is distinct recognition' be included in it at all, since we still find active in it that modification of the mind, with the quality of goodness predominant, which views the soul and the quality of goodness as distinct from each other?" This, however, is untenable, because we maintain that concentration is the suppression of the "modifications" of the thinking power, as especially stopping the operation of the "afflictions," the "actions," the "fructifications," and the "stock of deserts."[400]

"But," one might ask, "wasn't 'concentration' defined as the suppression of all changes? How can 'meditation with clear recognition' be part of it since it still involves a modification of the mind, specifically the quality of goodness, which sees the soul and goodness as separate?" This argument, however, doesn't hold up because we assert that concentration is about suppressing the "modifications" of thought, particularly stopping the workings of the "afflictions," the "actions," the "fruits," and the "store of merits."[400]

The "afflictions" (kleśa) are well known as five, viz., ignorance, egoism, desire, aversion, and tenacity of mundane existence. But here a question is at once raised, In what sense is the word avidyá, "ignorance," used here? Is it to be considered as an avyayíbháva compound, where the former portion is predominant, as in the word "above-board"?[401] or is it a tatpurusha [or karmadháraya] compound, where the latter portion is predominant, as in the word "town-clerk"? or is it a bahuvríhi compound, where both portions are dependent on something external to the compound, as "blue-eyed"? It cannot be the first; for if the former portion of the compound were predominant, then we should have the negation the emphatic part in avidyá (i.e., it would be an instance of what is called the express negation, or prasajya-pratishedha);[402] and consequently, as avidyá would be thus emphatically a negation, it would be unable to produce positive results, as the "afflictions," &c., and the very form of the word should not be feminine, but neuter. It cannot be the second; for any knowledge, whatever thing's absence it may be characterised by (a + vidyá), opposes the "afflictions," &c., and cannot therefore be their source. Nor can it be the third; for then,—in accordance with the words of the author of the Vṛitti,[403] "there is a bahuvríhi compound which is formed with some word meaning 'existence' used after 'not,' with the optional elision of this subsequent word"[404]—we must explain this supposed bahuvríhi compound avidyá as follows: "That buddhi is to be characterised as avidyá (sc. an adjective), [251]of which there is not a vidyá existing." But this explanation is untenable; for such an avidyá could not become the source of the "afflictions;"[405] and yet, on the other hand, it ought to be their source,[406] even though it were associated with the suppression of all the "modifications,"[407] and were also accompanied by that discriminative knowledge of the soul and the quality of goodness [which is found in the sásmita meditation].

The "afflictions" (kleśa) are commonly recognized as five: ignorance, egoism, desire, aversion, and clinging to worldly existence. However, a question arises here: In what sense is the word avidyá, meaning "ignorance," being used? Should it be viewed as an avyayíbháva compound, where the first part is dominant, like in the term "above-board"?[401] Or is it a tatpurusha [or karmadháraya] compound, where the latter part is dominant, as in "town-clerk"? Or could it be a bahuvríhi compound, where both parts rely on something outside the compound, like "blue-eyed"? It can’t be the first; if the first part of the compound were dominant, we’d have the negation of the emphasized part in avidyá (i.e., it would represent what is known as express negation, or prasajya-pratishedha);[402] and because avidyá would be firmly a negation, it couldn’t produce positive outcomes like the "afflictions," etc., and the form of the word shouldn’t be feminine, but neuter. It cannot be the second either; for any knowledge, regardless of what it characterizes by absence (a + vidyá), opposes the "afflictions," etc., and thus cannot be their source. It also cannot be the third; in line with the words of the author of the Vṛitti,[403] "there is a bahuvríhi compound formed with a word meaning 'existence' used after 'not,' with the optional omission of this following word"[404]—we must interpret the supposed bahuvríhi compound avidyá as follows: "That buddhi is to be described as avidyá (sc. an adjective), of which there is no vidyá existing." But this explanation doesn't hold; for such an avidyá could not become the source of the "afflictions;"[405] and yet, on the other side, it should be their source,[406] even if it were linked to the suppression of all "modifications,"[407] and were also accompanied by the discriminative knowledge of the soul and the quality of goodness [found in the sásmita meditation].

Now it is said [in the Yoga Sútras, ii. 4], "Ignorance is the field [or place of origin, i.e., source] of the others, whether they be dormant, extenuated, intercepted, or simple." They are said to be "dormant" when they are not manifested for want of something to wake them up; they are called "extenuated" when, through one's meditating on something that is opposed to them, they are rendered inert; they are called "intercepted" when they are overpowered by some other strong "affliction;" they are called "simple" when they produce their several effects in the direct vicinity of what co-operates with them. This has been expressed by Váchaspati Miśra, in his Gloss on Vyása's Commentary, in the following memorial stanza:—

Now it is said [in the Yoga Sútras, ii. 4], "Ignorance is the source of the other states, whether they are dormant, weakened, blocked, or straightforward." They are termed "dormant" when they are not expressed due to the lack of something to awaken them; they are called "weakened" when they become inactive from meditating on something that opposes them; they are labeled "blocked" when they are overwhelmed by a stronger negative state; and they are referred to as "straightforward" when they produce their effects directly where they coexist with something that helps them. This has been expressed by Váchaspati Miśra in his commentary on Vyása's Commentary in the following memorial verse:—

"The dormant 'afflictions' are found in those souls which are absorbed in the tattvas [i.e., not embodied, but existing in an interval of mundane destruction]; the 'extenuated'[408] are found in yogins; but the 'intercepted' and the 'simple' in those who are in contact with worldly objects."

"The dormant 'afflictions' are in those souls that are focused on the tattvas [i.e., not embodied, but existing during a break in worldly destruction]; the 'extenuated'[408] are found in yogins; but the 'intercepted' and the 'simple' are in those who engage with worldly objects."

"No one proposes the fourth solution of the compound avidyá as a dvandva compound,[409] where both portions are equally predominant, because we cannot recognise here two equally independent subjects. Therefore under any [252]one of these three admissible alternatives[410] the common notion of ignorance as being the cause of the 'afflictions' would be overthrown."

"No one suggests the fourth option of the compound avidyá as a dvandva compound,[409] where both parts are equally important, because we can't identify two equally independent subjects here. So, under any [252]of these three valid alternatives[410], the shared idea of ignorance being the cause of the 'afflictions' would fall apart."

[We do not, however, concede this objector's view], because we may have recourse to the other kind of negation called paryudása [where the affirmative part is emphatic], and maintain that avidyá means a contradictory [or wrong] kind of knowledge, the reverse of vidyá; and so it has been accepted by ancient writers. Thus it has been said—

[We do not, however, agree with this objector's view], because we can use another type of negation called paryudása [where the affirmative part is emphasized], and assert that avidyá refers to a contradictory [or incorrect] kind of knowledge, the opposite of vidyá; and this has been acknowledged by ancient writers. Thus it has been stated—

"The particle implying 'negation' does not signify 'absence' [or 'non-existence'] when connected with a noun or a root; thus the words abráhmaṇa and adharma respectively signify, 'what is other than a Bráhman' and 'what is contrary to justice.'"

"The particle that means 'negation' doesn’t indicate 'absence' [or 'non-existence'] when it’s linked to a noun or root; so the words abráhmaṇa and adharma mean, 'what is other than a Bráhman' and 'what is against justice,' respectively."

And again—

And again—

"We are to learn all the uses of words from the custom of the ancient writers; therefore a word must not be wrested from the use in which it has been already employed."

"We should learn all the ways words are used from the habits of ancient writers; therefore, a word must not be taken out of the context in which it has already been used."

Váchaspati also says,[411] "The connection of words and their meanings depends on general consent for its certainty; and since we occasionally see that a tatpurusha negation, where the latter portion is properly predominant, may overpower the direct meaning of this latter portion by its contradiction of it, we conclude that even here too [in avidyá] the real meaning is something contrary to vidyá" [i.e., the negative "non-knowledge" becomes ultimately the positive "ignorance"[412]]. It is with a view to this that it is said in the Yoga Aphorisms [ii. 5], "Ignorance is the notion that the non-eternal, the impure, pain, and the non-soul are (severally) eternal, pure, pleasure, and soul." Viparyaya, "misconception," is defined as [253]"the imagining of a thing in what is not that thing,"[413] [i.e., in its opposite]; as, for instance, the imagining the "eternal" in a "non-eternal" thing, i.e., a jar, or the imagining the "pure" in the "impure" body,[414] when it has been declared by a proverbial couplet[415]

Váchaspati also states,[411] "The connection between words and their meanings relies on general agreement for its certainty; and since we sometimes notice that a tatpurusha negation, where the latter part is clearly dominant, can overshadow the direct meaning of this latter part by contradicting it, we conclude that even here [in avidyá] the true meaning is something opposite to vidyá" [i.e., the negative "non-knowledge" ultimately becomes the positive "ignorance"[412]]. This is why it is stated in the Yoga Aphorisms [ii. 5], "Ignorance is the belief that the non-eternal, the impure, pain, and the non-soul are (respectively) eternal, pure, pleasure, and soul." Viparyaya, "misconception," is defined as [253]"the imagining of something as what it is not,"[413] [i.e., in its opposite]; for example, imagining the "eternal" in a "non-eternal" thing, i.e., a jar, or imagining the "pure" in the "impure" body,[414] when it has been stated by a proverbial couplet[415]

"The wise recognise the body as impure, from its original place [the womb],—from its primal seed,—from its composition [of humours, &c.],—from perspiration,—from death [as even a Bráhman's body defiles],—and from the fact that it has to be made pure by rites."

"The wise understand that the body is impure, starting from its origin in the womb, from its initial seed, from its composition of humors, from perspiration, from death (since even a Bráhman's body can defile), and from the necessity of purification through rituals."

So,—in accordance with the principle enounced in the aphorism (ii. 15), "To the discriminating everything is simply pain, through the pain which arises in the ultimate issue of everything,[416] or through the anxiety to secure it [while it is enjoyed], or through the latent impressions which it leaves behind, and also from the mutual opposition of the influences of the three qualities" [in the form of pleasure, pain, and stupid indifference],—ignorance transfers the idea of "pleasure" to what is really "pain," as, e.g., garlands, sandal-wood, women, &c.; and similarly it conceives the "non-soul," e.g., the body, &c., as the "soul." As it has been said—

So, according to the principle stated in the saying (ii. 15), "To the discerning, everything is just suffering, due to the pain that arises in the end from everything,[416] or from the anxiety to hold onto it [while it's being enjoyed], or from the lasting impressions it leaves behind, and also from the conflicting influences of the three qualities" [in the form of pleasure, pain, and complete indifference],—ignorance shifts the notion of "pleasure" to what is actually "pain," like, for example, garlands, sandalwood, women, etc.; and likewise, it perceives the "non-soul," like the body, etc., as the "soul." As it has been mentioned—

"But ignorance is when living beings transfer the notion of 'soul' to the 'non-soul,' as the body, &c.;

"But ignorance is when living beings project the idea of 'soul' onto the 'non-soul,' like the body, etc.;"

"This causes bondage; but in the abolition thereof is liberation."

"This creates oppression; but in getting rid of it is freedom."

Thus this ignorance consists of four kinds.[417]

Thus, this ignorance has four types.[417]

But [it may be objected] in these four special kinds of ignorance should there not be given some general definition applying to them all, as otherwise their special [254]characteristics cannot be established? For thus it has been said by Bhaṭṭa Kumárila—

But some might argue that there should be a general definition for these four specific types of ignorance, as without it, their unique [254]characteristics can't be defined. As Bhaṭṭa Kumárila has pointed out—

"'Without some general definition, a more special definition cannot be given by itself; therefore it must not be even mentioned here.'"

"'Without a general definition, a specific definition can't be provided on its own; so it shouldn't even be brought up here.'"

This, however, must not be urged here, as it is sufficiently met by the general definition of misconception, already adduced above, as "the imagining of a thing in its opposite."

This, however, shouldn’t be emphasized here, as it’s adequately addressed by the general definition of misconception provided above, which is "the imagining of something in its opposite."

"Egoism" (asmitá) is the notion that the two separate things, the soul and the quality of purity,[418] are one and the same, as is said (ii. 6), "Egoism is the identifying of the seer with the power of sight." "Desire" (rága) is a longing, in the shape of a thirst, for the means of enjoyment, preceded by the remembrance of enjoyment, on the part of one who has known joy. "Aversion" (dvesha) is the feeling of blame felt towards the means of pain, similarly preceded by the remembrance of pain, on the part of one who has known it. This is expressed in the two aphorisms, "Desire is what dwells on pleasure;" "Aversion is what dwells on pain" (ii. 7, 8).

"Egoism" (asmitá) is the idea that two separate things, the soul and the quality of purity,[418] are actually the same. As stated (ii. 6), "Egoism is when the observer identifies with the act of seeing." "Desire" (rága) is a craving, like a thirst, for the things that bring enjoyment, arising from the memory of past pleasures, by someone who has experienced joy. "Aversion" (dvesha) is the negative feeling directed towards the sources of pain, also stemming from the memory of suffering, by someone who has experienced it. This is captured in the two sayings, "Desire is what focuses on pleasure;" "Aversion is what focuses on pain" (ii. 7, 8).

Here a grammatical question may be raised, "Are we to consider this word anuśayin ('dwelling') as formed by the kṛit affix ṇini in the sense of 'what is habitual,' or the taddhita affix ini in the sense of matup? It cannot be the former, since the affix ṇini cannot be used after a root compounded with a preposition as anuśí; for, as the word supi has already occurred in the Sútra, iii. 2, 4, and has been exerting its influence in the following sútras, this word must have been introduced a second time in the Sútra, iii. 2, 78, supy ajátau ṇinis táchchhílye,[419] on purpose to exclude prepositions, as these have no case terminations; and even if we did strain a point to allow them, still it would follow by the Sútra, vii. 2, 115, acho ñṇiti,[420] that [255]the radical vowel must be subject to vṛiddhi, and so the word must be anuśáyin, in accordance with the analogy of such words as atiśáyin, &c. Nor is the latter view tenable (i.e., that it is the taddhita affix ini[421]), since ini is forbidden by the technical verse—

Here a grammatical question arises: "Should we view this word anuśayin ('dwelling') as being formed by the kṛit suffix ṇini meaning 'what is habitual,' or the taddhita suffix ini in the sense of matup? It can't be the former because the suffix ṇini can't follow a root combined with a preposition like anuśí; given that the word supi has already appeared in the Sútra, iii. 2, 4, and has been influencing the following sútras, it must have been introduced again in the Sútra, iii. 2, 78, supy ajátau ṇinis táchchhílye,[419] specifically to exclude prepositions, since they don't have case endings. Even if we tried to stretch the rules to include them, it would still follow from the Sútra, vii. 2, 115, acho ñṇiti,[420] that [255]the radical vowel must undergo vṛiddhi, making the word anuśáyin, in line with words like atiśáyin, etc. The latter view isn't valid either (i.e., that it is the taddhita suffix ini[421]), since ini is prohibited by the technical verse—

'These two affixes[422] are not used after a monosyllable nor a kṛit formation, nor a word meaning 'genus,' nor with a word in the locative case;'

'These two affixes[422] are not used after a single-syllable word, nor a kṛit formation, nor a word that means 'genus,' nor with a word in the locative case;'

and the word anuśaya is clearly a kṛit formation as it ends with the affix ach[423] [which brings it under this prohibition, and so renders it insusceptible of the affix ini]. Consequently, the word anuśayin in the Yoga aphorism is one the formation of which it is very hard to justify."[424] This cavil, however, is not to be admitted; since the rule is only to be understood as applying generally, not absolutely, as it does not refer to something of essential importance. Hence the author of the Vṛitti has said—

and the word anuśaya is clearly a kṛit formation since it ends with the affix ach[423] [which puts it under this prohibition, making it ineligible for the affix ini]. Therefore, the word anuśayin in the Yoga aphorism is one whose formation is quite difficult to justify."[424] This objection, however, should not be accepted; since the rule is meant to be understood as applying generally, not absolutely, as it doesn’t pertain to something of crucial importance. Thus the author of the Vṛitti has stated—

"The word iti, as implying the idea of popular acceptation, is everywhere connected with the examples of this rule[425] [i.e., it is not an absolute law]."

"The term iti, suggesting the notion of common acceptance, is consistently associated with the examples of this rule[425] [i.e., it is not an absolute law]."

Therefore, sometimes the prohibited cases are found, as káryin, káryika [where the affixes are added after a kṛit formation], taṇḍulin, taṇḍulika [where they are added after a word meaning "genus"]. Hence the prohibition is only general, not absolute, after kṛit formations and words meaning "genus," and therefore the use of the affix ini is justified, although the word anuśaya is formed by a kṛit affix. This doubt therefore is settled.

Therefore, sometimes we come across exceptions to the rules, like káryin, káryika [where the affixes are added after a kṛit formation], taṇḍulin, taṇḍulika [where they are added after a word meaning "genus"]. So, the prohibition is general but not absolute when it comes to kṛit formations and words that mean "genus." Thus, the use of the affix ini is valid, even though the word anuśaya is created using a kṛit affix. This uncertainty is now resolved.

The fifth "affliction," called "tenacity of mundane existence" (abhiniveśa), is what prevails in the case of all living beings, from the worm up to the philosopher, springing up daily, without any immediate cause, in the form of a dread, "May I not be separated from the body, things sensible, &c.," through the force of the impression left by the experience of the pain of the deaths which were suffered in previous lives, this is proved by universal experience, since every individual has the wish, "May I not cease to be," "May I be." This is declared in the aphorism, "Tenacity of mundane existence, flowing on through its own nature, is notorious even in the case of the philosopher" [ii. 9]. These five, "ignorance," &c., are well known as the "afflictions" (kleśa), since they afflict the soul, as bringing upon it various mundane troubles.

The fifth "affliction," known as "tenacity of mundane existence" (abhiniveśa), affects all living beings, from worms to philosophers. It arises daily, without any clear reason, manifesting as a fear: "I hope I'm not separated from my body, things I can perceive, etc.," due to the lasting impression from the pain experienced in past lives. This is supported by common experience, as every individual has the desire, "I don’t want to cease to exist," "I want to be." This is stated in the aphorism, "Tenacity of mundane existence, flowing through its own nature, is recognized even in the case of the philosopher" [ii. 9]. These five, "ignorance," etc., are commonly referred to as the "afflictions" (kleśa), because they torment the soul, leading to various worldly troubles.

[We next describe the karmáśaya of ii. 12, the "stock of works" or "merits" in the mind.] "Works" (karman) consist of enjoined or forbidden actions, as the jyotishṭoma sacrifice, bráhmanicide, &c. "Stock" (áśaya) is the balance of the fruits of previous works, which lie stored up in the mind in the form of "mental deposits" of merit or demerit, until they ripen in the individual soul's own experience as "rank," "years," and "enjoyment" [ii. 13].

[We next describe the karmáśaya of ii. 12, the "stock of works" or "merits" in the mind.] "Works" (karman) include actions that are either required or prohibited, like the jyotishṭoma sacrifice, bráhmanicide, etc. "Stock" (áśaya) refers to the accumulation of the results of past actions, stored in the mind as "mental deposits" of merit or demerit, until they materialize in the individual's own experiences as "rank," "years," and "enjoyment" [ii. 13].

Now "concentration" [yoga] consists [by i. 2] in "the suppression of the modifications of the thinking principle," which stops the operation of the "afflictions," &c.; and this "suppression" is not considered to be merely the non-existence of the modifications [i.e., a mere negation], because, if it were a mere negation, it could not produce positive impressions on the mind; but it is rather the site of this non-existence,[426]—a particular state of the thinking principle, called by the four names [which will be fully described hereafter], madhumatí, madhupratíká, viśoká, and saṃskáraśeshatá. The word nirodha thus corresponds to its etymological explanation as "that in which the modifications of the thinking principle, right notion, misconception, [257]&c., are suppressed (nirudhyante). This suppression of the modifications is produced by "exercise" and "dispassion" [i. 12]. "Exercise is the repeated effort that the internal organ shall remain in its proper state" [i. 13]. This "remaining in its proper state" is a particular kind of development, whereby the thinking principle remains in its natural state, unaffected by those modifications which at different times assume the form of revealing, energising, and controlling.[427] "Exercise" is an effort directed to this, an endeavour again and again to reduce the internal organ to such a condition. The locative case, sthitau, in the aphorism is intended to express the object or aim, as in the well-known phrase, "He kills the elephant for its skin."[428] "Dispassion is the consciousness of having overcome desire in him who thirsts after neither the objects that are seen nor those that are heard of in revelation" [i. 15]. "Dispassion" is thus the reflection, "These objects are subject to me, not I to them," in one who feels no interest in the things of this world or the next, from perceiving the imperfections attached to them.

Now "concentration" [yoga] consists [by i. 2] of "the suppression of the modifications of the thinking process," which stops the activity of the "afflictions," etc.; and this "suppression" is not simply the absence of these modifications [i.e., a mere negation], because if it were just a negation, it couldn't create positive impressions on the mind; rather, it is the place of this non-existence,[426]—a specific state of the thinking process, referred to by four names [which will be fully described later], madhumatí, madhupratíká, viśoká, and saṃskáraśeshatá. The word nirodha thus aligns with its etymological meaning as "that in which the modifications of the thinking process, right perceptions, misconceptions, [257]&c., are suppressed (nirudhyante). This suppression of the modifications is achieved through "exercise" and "dispassion" [i. 12]. "Exercise is the repeated effort to keep the mind in its proper state" [i. 13]. This "staying in its proper state" is a specific kind of development, allowing the thinking process to return to its natural state, undisturbed by those modifications that can take the form of revealing, energizing, and controlling at different times.[427] "Exercise" is an effort aimed at this, a continual attempt to bring the mind back to such a condition. The locative case, sthitau, in the aphorism indicates the target or goal, similar to the well-known saying, "He kills the elephant for its skin."[428] "Dispassion is the awareness of having overcome desire in someone who longs for neither the things that are seen nor those that are spoken of in revelations" [i. 15]. "Dispassion" is therefore the realization, "These objects are subject to me, not I to them," in a person who has no interest in the things of this world or the next, due to recognizing the flaws associated with them.

Now, in order to reduce the "afflictions" which hinder meditation and to attain meditation, the yogin must first direct his attention to practical concentration, and "exercise" and "dispassion" are of especial use in its attainment. This has been said by Kṛishṇa in the Bhagavad Gítá [vi. 3]—

Now, to lessen the "afflictions" that block meditation and to achieve meditation, the yogin must first focus on practical concentration, and "practice" and "detachment" are especially helpful in reaching this goal. This has been stated by Kṛishṇa in the Bhagavad Gítá [vi. 3]—

"Action is the means to the sage who wishes to rise to yoga;

"Action is the way for the wise person who wants to achieve yoga;

But to him who has risen to it, tranquillity is said to be the means."

But for those who have achieved it, peace is said to be the way.

Patañjali has thus defined the practical yoga: "Practical concentration is mortification, recitation of texts, and resignation to the Lord" [ii. 1]. Yájñavalkya has described "mortification"—

Patañjali has therefore defined practical yoga: "Practical concentration is self-discipline, chanting of texts, and surrender to the Lord" [ii. 1]. Yájñavalkya has described "self-discipline"—

"By the way prescribed in sacred rule, by the difficult chándráyaṇa fast, &c.,

"According to the guidelines set in sacred tradition, by the challenging chándráyaṇa fast, etc.,"

"Thus to dry up the body they call the highest of all mortifications."[429]

"Therefore, to remove moisture from the body, they refer to the most extreme form of self-denial." [429]

"Recitation of texts" is the repetition of the syllable Om, the gáyatrí, &c. Now these mantras are of two kinds, Vaidik and Tántrik. The Vaidik are also of two kinds, those chanted and those not chanted. Those chanted are the sámans; those not chanted are either in metre, i.e., the ṛichas, or in prose, i.e., the yajúṃshi, as has been said by Jaimini,[430] "Of these, that is a ṛich in which by the force of the sense there is a definite division into pádas [or portions of a verse]; the name sáman is applied to chanted portions; the word yajus is applied to the rest." Those mantras are called Tántrik which are set forth in sacred books that are directed to topics of voluntary devotion;[431] and these are again threefold, as female, male, and neuter; as it has been said—

"Recitation of texts" refers to the repetition of the syllable Om, the gáyatrí, and others. There are two types of these mantras: Vaidik and Tántrik. The Vaidik are further divided into two types: those that are chanted and those that are not. The chanted ones are the sámans; the non-chanted ones are in meter, known as ṛichas, or in prose, called yajíṃshi, as stated by Jaimini,[430] "Of these, a ṛich has a clear division into pádas [or portions of a verse] based on its meaning; the term sáman refers to chanted portions; the word yajus pertains to the remainder." The mantras recognized as Tántrik are those found in sacred texts that focus on voluntary devotion;[431] and these are categorized into three types: female, male, and neuter, as has been stated—

"The mantras are of three kinds, as female, male, and neuter:

The mantras come in three types: female, male, and neutral:

"The female are those which end in the wife of fire (i.e., the exclamation sváhá); the neuter those which end in namas;

"The females are those that end with the wife of fire (i.e., the exclamation sváhá); the neuters are those that end in namas;

"The rest are male, and considered the best. They are all-powerful in mesmerising another's will, &c."

"The rest are male and seen as the best. They have the power to completely control someone else's will, etc."

They are called "all-powerful" (siddha) because they counteract all defects in their performance, and produce their effect even when the ordinary consecrating ceremonies, as bathing, &c., have been omitted.

They are called "all-powerful" (siddha) because they fix all issues in their performance and achieve their results even when the usual rituals, like bathing, etc., have been skipped.

Now the peculiar "consecrating ceremonies" (saṃskára) are ten, and they have been thus described in the Śáradá-tilaka

Now the unique "consecrating ceremonies" (saṃskára) are ten, and they have been described in the Śáradá-tilaka

"There are said to be ten preliminary ceremonies which give to mantras efficacy:[259]

There are said to be ten preliminary ceremonies that give mantras their effectiveness:[259]

"These mantras are thus made complete; they are thoroughly consecrated.

"These mantras are now complete; they are fully consecrated."

"The 'begetting,' the 'vivifying,' the 'smiting,' the 'awakening,'

"The 'begetting,' the 'vivifying,' the 'smiting,' the 'awakening,'

"The 'sprinkling,' the 'purifying,' the 'fattening,'

"The 'sprinkling,' the 'purifying,' the 'fattening,'

"The 'satisfying,' the 'illumining,' the 'concealing,'—these are the ten consecrations of mantras.

"The 'satisfying,' the 'illuminating,' the 'concealing,'—these are the ten consecrations of mantras.

"The 'begetting' (janana) is the extracting of the mantra from its vowels and consonants.

The 'begetting' (janana) is the process of extracting the mantra from its vowels and consonants.

"The wise man should mutter the several letters of the mantra, each united to Om,

"The wise person should softly say the different letters of the mantra, each connected to Om,

"According to the number of the letters. This they call the 'vivifying' (jívana).

"According to the number of letters, they refer to this as the 'vivifying' (jívana).

"Having written the letters of the mantra, let him smite each with sandal-water,

"After writing the letters of the mantra, he should sprinkle each one with sandalwood water,

"Uttering at each the mystic 'seed' of air.[432] This is called the 'smiting' (táḍana).

"Speaking the magical 'seed' of air at each turn.[432] This is known as the 'smiting' (táḍana).

"Having written the letters of the mantra, let him strike them with oleander flowers,

"After writing the letters of the mantra, he should hit them with oleander flowers,"

"Each enumerated with a letter. This is called the 'awakening' (bodhana).

"Each marked with a letter. This is called the 'awakening' (bodhana).

"Let the adept, according to the ritual prescribed in his own special tantra,

"Let the skilled person, following the ritual outlined in their own specific tantra,

"Sprinkle the letters, according to their number, with leaves of the Ficus religiosa. This is the 'sprinkling' (abhisheka).

"Sprinkle the letters, based on their quantity, with leaves from the Ficus religiosa. This is the 'sprinkling' (abhisheka)."

"Having meditated on the mantra in his mind, let him consume by the jyotir-mantra

"After thinking about the mantra in his mind, he should take in the jyotir-mantra."

"The threefold impurity of the mantra. This is the 'purification' (vimalí-karaṇa).

"The threefold impurity of the mantra. This is the 'purification' (vimalí-karaṇa)."

"The utterance of the jyotir-mantra, together with Om, and the mantras of Vyoman and Agni,

"The saying of the jyotir-mantra, along with Om, and the mantras of Vyoman and Agni,

"And the sprinkling of every letter with water from a bunch of kuśa grass,

"And the sprinkling of each letter with water from a bundle of kuśa grass,

"With the mystical seed of water[433] duly muttered,—this is held to be the 'fattening' (ápyáyana).[260]

"With the magical seed of water[433] spoken correctly,—this is considered the 'fattening' (ápyáyana).[260]

"The satiating libation over the mantra with mantra-hallowed water is the 'satisfying' (tarpaṇa).

"The fulfilling drink over the mantra with mantra-sanctified water is the 'satisfying' (tarpaṇa).

"The joining of the mantra with Om and the 'seeds' of Máyá[434] and Ramá[435] is called its 'illumining' (dípana).

"The combination of the mantra with Om and the 'seeds' of Máyá[434] and Ramá[435] is referred to as its 'illumining' (dípana)."

"The non-publication of the mantra which is being muttered—this is its 'concealing' (gopana).

"The non-publication of the mantra that is being muttered—this is its 'concealing' (gopana)."

"These ten consecrating ceremonies are kept close in all tantras;

"These ten consecrating ceremonies are closely preserved in all tantras;

"And the adept who practises them according to the tradition obtains his desire;

"And the skilled person who practices these according to tradition gets what they want;

"And ruddha, kílita, vichhinna, supta, śapta, and the rest,

"And ruddha, kílita, vichhinna, supta, śapta, and the rest,"

"All these faults in the mantra rites are abolished by these excellent consecrations."

"All these issues with the mantra rituals are resolved by these great consecrations."

But enough of this venturing to make public the tantra mysteries connected with mantras, which has suddenly led us astray like an unexpected Bacchanalian dance.[436]

But enough of trying to reveal the tantra secrets related to mantras, which has suddenly taken us off course like a surprise party. [436]

The third form of practical yoga, "resignation to the Lord" (íśvara-praṇidhána), is the consigning all one's works, whether mentioned or not, without regard to fruit, to the Supreme Lord, the Supremely Venerable. As it has been said—

The third form of practical yoga, "resignation to the Lord" (íśvara-praṇidhána), is about giving all your actions, whether acknowledged or not, to the Supreme Lord, the Most Respected, without worrying about the results. As has been said—

"Whatever I do, good or bad, voluntary or involuntary,

"Whatever I do, whether it's good or bad, voluntary or involuntary,"

"That is all made over to thee; I act as impelled by thee."

"That's all yours; I'm acting because of you."

This self-resignation is also sometimes defined as "the surrender of the fruits of one's actions," and is thus a peculiar kind of faith, since most men act only with a selfish regard to the fruit. Thus it is sung in the Bhagavad Gítá [ii. 47]—

This self-resignation is also sometimes described as "the surrender of the results of one's actions," and is therefore a unique type of faith, since most people act only with a self-serving focus on the outcome. Thus it is sung in the Bhagavad Gítá [ii. 47]—

"Let thy sole concern be with action and never with the fruits;

"Make your only focus on taking action and never on the results;"

"Be not attracted by the fruit of the action, nor be thou attached to inaction."

"Don’t be drawn to the results of your actions, and don’t cling to inaction."

The harmfulness of aiming at the fruit of an action has been declared by the venerable Nílakaṇṭha-bháratí—

The negative impact of focusing on the outcome of an action has been stated by the respected Nílakaṇṭha-bháratí—

"Even a penance accomplished by great effort, but vitiated by desire,

"Even a penance done with great effort, but tainted by desire,

"Produces only disgust in the Great Lord, like milk which has been licked by a dog."

"Only brings disgust to the Great Lord, like milk that has been licked by a dog."

Now this prescribed practice of mortification, recitation, and resignation is itself called yoga, because it is a means for producing yoga, this being an instance of the function of words called "superimponent pure Indication," as in the well-known example, "Butter is longevity." "Indication" is the establishing of another meaning of a word from the incompatibility of its principal meaning with the rest of the sentence, and from the connection of this new meaning with the former; it is twofold, as founded on notoriety or on a motive. This has been declared in the Kávya-prakáśa [ii. 9]—

Now, this established practice of self-discipline, recitation, and acceptance is called yoga, because it serves as a way to achieve yoga. This is an example of a language function referred to as "superimponent pure Indication," similar to the famous phrase, "Butter is longevity." "Indication" involves assigning a new meaning to a word when its original meaning conflicts with the rest of the sentence and connecting this new meaning with the original; it can be based on common knowledge or intent. This has been stated in the Kávya-prakáśa [ii. 9]—

"When, in consequence of the incompatibility of the principal meaning of a word, and yet in connection with it, another meaning is indicated through notoriety or a motive, this is 'Indication,' the superadded function of the word."

"When the main meaning of a word is incompatible but still related to it, and another meaning is suggested due to common knowledge or a reason, this is called 'Indication,' the extra function of the word."

Now the word "this" [i.e., tat in the neuter, which the neuter yat in the extract would have naturally led us to expect instead of the feminine ] would have signified some neuter word, like "implying," which is involved as a subordinate part of the verb "is indicated." But is used in the feminine [by attraction to agree with lakshaṇá], "this is indication," i.e., the neuter "this" is put in the feminine through its dependence on the predicate. This has been explained by Kaiyaṭa, "Of those pronouns which imply the identity of the subject and the predicate, the former takes the gender of the former, the latter of the latter."[437] Now "expert (kuśala) in business" is an example of Indication from notoriety; for the word kuśala, which is [262]significant in its parts by being analysed etymologically as kuśaṃ + láti, "one who gathers kuśa grass for the sacrifice," is here employed to mean "expert" through the relation of a similarity in character, as both are persons of discernment; and this does not need a motive any more than Denotation does, since each is the using a word in its recognised conventional sense in accordance with the immemorial tradition of the elders. Hence it has been said—

Now the word "this" [i.e., tat in the neuter, which the neuter yat in the extract would have naturally led us to expect instead of the feminine ] would have indicated some neuter term, like "implying," which is part of the verb "is indicated." But is used in the feminine [by attraction to agree with lakshaṇá], meaning "this is indication," i.e., the neuter "this" is expressed in the feminine due to its connection with the predicate. This has been clarified by Kaiyaṭa, "Of those pronouns which imply the identity of the subject and the predicate, the former takes the gender of the former, and the latter of the latter."[437] Now "expert (kuśala) in business" is an example of indication from notoriety; for the word kuśala, which is [262]significant in its parts when etymologically analyzed as kuśaṃ + láti, "one who gathers kuśa grass for the sacrifice," is used here to mean "expert" through similarity in character, as both refer to individuals with discernment; and this doesn't require a motive any more than denotation does, since each involves using a word in its recognized conventional sense according to the time-honored tradition of the elders. Hence it has been said—

"Some instances of 'indication' are known by notoriety from their immediate significance, just as is the case in 'denotation' [the primary power of a word]."

"Some examples of 'indication' are recognized widely for their direct meaning, similar to how 'denotation' works [the basic function of a word]."

Therefore indication based on notoriety has no regard to any motive. Although a word, when it is employed, first establishes its principal meaning, and then by that meaning a second meaning is subsequently indicated, and so indication belongs properly to the principal meaning and not to the word; still, since it is superadded to the word which originally established the primary meaning, it is called [improperly by metonymy] a function of the word. It was with a view to this that the author of the Kávya-prakáśa used the expression, "This is 'Indication,' the superadded function of the word." But the indication based on a motive is of six kinds: 1. inclusive indication,[438] as "the lances enter" [where we really mean "men with the lances"]; 2. indicative indication, as "the benches shout" [where the spectators are meant without the benches]; 3. qualified[439] superimponent indication, as "the man of the Panjáb is an ox" [here the object is not swallowed up in the simile]; 4. qualified introsusceptive indication, as "that ox" [here the man is swallowed up in the simile]; 5. pure superimponent indication, as "ghí is life;" 6. pure [263]introsusceptive indication, as "verily this is life." This has been all explained in the Kávya-prakáśa [ii. 10-12]. But enough of this churning of the depths of rhetorical discussions.

Therefore, indication based on notoriety has no regard for any motive. Although a word, when used, first establishes its main meaning, and then from that meaning, a secondary meaning is indicated, indication properly belongs to the main meaning and not the word itself; still, since it is added to the word that originally established the primary meaning, it is called [improperly by metonymy] a function of the word. This is what the author of the Kávya-prakáśa meant when he said, "This is 'Indication,' the added function of the word." However, indication based on a motive is of six kinds: 1. inclusive indication, as in "the lances enter" [where we really mean "men with the lances"]; 2. indicative indication, as in "the benches shout" [where the spectators are meant without the benches]; 3. qualified[439] superimposed indication, as in "the man of the Panjáb is an ox" [here the object is not swallowed up in the simile]; 4. qualified introsusceptive indication, as in "that ox" [here the man is swallowed up in the simile]; 5. pure superimposed indication, as in "ghí is life;" 6. pure [263]introsusceptive indication, as in "verily this is life." This has all been explained in the Kávya-prakáśa [ii. 10-12]. But enough of this deep dive into rhetorical discussions.

This yoga has been declared to have eight things ancillary to it (aṅga); these are the forbearances, religious observances, postures, suppression of the breath, restraint, attention, contemplation, and meditation [ii. 29]. Patañjali says, "Forbearance consists in not wishing to kill, veracity, not stealing, continence, not coveting" [ii. 30]. "Religious observances are purifications, contentment, mortification, recitation of texts, and resignation to the Lord" [ii. 32]; and these are described in the Vishṇu Puráṇa [vi. 7, 36-38]—

This yoga is said to have eight related components (aṅga); these include patience, religious duties, physical postures, breath control, self-restraint, focus, contemplation, and meditation [ii. 29]. Patañjali explains, "Patience means not wanting to harm others, truthfulness, not stealing, self-control, and not being envious" [ii. 30]. "Religious duties involve purification, contentment, self-discipline, scripture recitation, and surrender to the divine" [ii. 32]; these are also outlined in the Vishṇu Puráṇa [vi. 7, 36-38]—

"The sage who brings his mind into a fit state for attaining Brahman, practises, void of all desire,

"The wise person who prepares their mind to reach Brahman practices without any desires,"

"Continence, abstinence from injury, truth, non-stealing, and non-coveting;

"Self-control, avoiding harm, honesty, not stealing, and not wanting what others have;

"Self-controlled, he should practise recitation of texts, purification, contentment, and austerity,

"With self-control, he should practice reciting texts, purifying himself, being content, and living simply,"

"And then he should make his mind intent on the Supreme Brahman.

"And then he should focus his mind on the Supreme Brahman."

"These are respectively called the five 'forbearances' and the five 'religious observances;'

"These are referred to as the five 'forbearances' and the five 'religious observances;'

"They bestow excellent rewards when done through desire of reward, and eternal liberation to those void of desire."

"They offer great rewards when done with the hope of receiving something in return, and lasting freedom to those who have no desires."

"A 'posture' is what is steady and pleasant" [ii. 46]; it is of ten kinds, as the padma, bhadra, víra, svastika, daṇḍaka, sopáśraya, paryaṅka, krauñchanishadana, ushṭranishadana, samasaṃsthána. Yájñavalkya has described each of them in the passage which commences—

"A 'posture' is something that is stable and comfortable" [ii. 46]; there are ten types, including padma, bhadra, víra, svastika, daṇḍaka, sopáśraya, paryaṅka, krauñchanishadana, ushṭranishadana, and samasaṃsthána. Yájñavalkya has explained each of them in the section that begins—

"Let him hold fast his two great toes with his two hands, but in reverse order,

"Let him grip his two big toes with his two hands, but in reverse order,"

"Having placed the soles of his feet, O chief of Bráhmans, on his thighs;

"Having rested the soles of his feet, O chief of Brahmans, on his thighs;

"This will be the padma posture, held in honour by all."

"This will be the padma posture, respected by everyone."

The descriptions of the others must be sought in that work.—When this steadiness of posture has been attained, "regulation of the breath" is practised, and this consists in "a cutting short of the motion of inspiration and expiration" [ii. 49]. Inspiration is the drawing in of the external air; expiration is the expelling of the air within the body; and "regulation of the breath" is the cessation of activity in both movements. "But [it may be objected] this cannot be accepted as a general definition of 'regulation of breath,' since it fails to apply to the special kinds, as rechaka, púraka, and kumbhaka." We reply that there is here no fault in the definition, since the "cutting short of the motion of inspiration and expiration" is found in all these special kinds. Thus rechaka, which is the expulsion of the air within the body, is only that regulation of the breath, which has been mentioned before as "expiration;" and púraka, which is the [regulated] retention of the external air within the body, is the "inspiration;" and kumbhaka is the internal suspension of breathing, when the vital air, called práṇa, remains motionless like water in a jar (kumbha). Thus the "cutting short of the motion of inspiration and expiration" applies to all, and consequently the objector's doubt is needless.

The descriptions of the others can be found in that work. Once this steady posture is achieved, "breath regulation" is practiced, which involves "cutting short the motion of inhalation and exhalation" [ii. 49]. Inhalation is taking in external air; exhalation is pushing out the air inside the body, and "breath regulation" means stopping both of these activities. "However, one might argue that this can't be considered a general definition of 'breath regulation,' since it doesn't cover the specific types, like rechaka, púraka, and kumbhaka." We respond that there is nothing wrong with the definition because the "cutting short of the motion of inhalation and exhalation" applies to all these specific types. So, rechaka, which is the expulsion of air within the body, is simply the breath regulation mentioned earlier as "exhalation"; púraka, the [regulated] retention of external air within the body, is "inhalation"; and kumbhaka is the internal suspension of breath, when the vital air, known as práṇa, remains still like water in a jar (kumbha). Thus, the "cutting short of the motion of inhalation and exhalation" applies to all, making the objector's doubt unnecessary.

Now this air, beginning from sunrise, remains two ghaṭikás and a half[440] in each artery[441] (náḍi), like the revolving buckets on a waterwheel.[442] Thus in the course of a day and night there are produced 21,600 inspirations [265]and expirations. Hence it has been said by those who know the secret of transmitting the mantras, concerning the transmission of the ajapámantra[443]

Now this air, starting from sunrise, stays for two and a half ghaṭikás in each artery[440] (náḍi), like the rotating buckets on a waterwheel.[441] In a full day and night, this results in 21,600 breaths[265] taken and released. Because of this, it has been said by those who understand the secret of passing down the mantras, regarding the transmission of the ajapámantra[443]

"Six hundred to Gaṇeśa, six thousand to the self-existent Brahman,

"Six hundred to Gaṇeśa, six thousand to the self-existent Brahman,"

"Six thousand to Vishṇu, six thousand to Śiva,

"Six thousand to Vishnu, six thousand to Shiva,

"One thousand to the Guru (Bṛihaspati), one thousand to the Supreme Soul,

"One thousand to the Guru (Bṛihaspati), one thousand to the Supreme Soul,"

"And one thousand to the soul: thus I make over the performed muttering."

"And a thousand to the spirit: this is how I pass on the completed whispering."

So at the time of the passing of the air through the arteries, the elements, earth, &c., must be understood, according to their different colours, by those who wish to obtain the highest good. This has been thus explained by the wise—

So when air flows through the arteries, the elements like earth, etc., should be understood by their different colors by those who want to achieve the highest good. This has been explained by the wise—

"Let each artery convey the air two ghaṭís and a half from sunrise.

"Let each artery carry the air two and a half ghaṭís from sunrise."

"There is a continual resemblance of the two arteries[444] to the buckets on a revolving waterwheel.

"There is a constant similarity between the two arteries[444] and the buckets on a spinning waterwheel."

"Nine hundred inspirations and expirations of the air take place [in the hour],

"Nine hundred breaths in and out occur [in the hour],

"And all combined produce the total of twenty-one thousand six hundred in a day and night.

"And all together add up to a total of twenty-one thousand six hundred in a day and night."

"The time that is spent in uttering thirty-six guṇa letters,[445]

"The time spent speaking thirty-six guṇa letters, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__"

"That time elapses while the air passes along in the interval between two arteries.

"That time goes by while the air flows in the space between two arteries."

"There are five elements in each of the two conducting arteries,[266]

"There are five elements in each of the two conducting arteries,[266]

"They bear it along day and night; these are to be known by the self-restrained.

"They carry it day and night; these are to be recognized by those who are self-disciplined."

"Fire bears above, water below; air moves across;

"Fire is above, water is below; air flows across;

"Earth in the half-hollow; ether moves everywhere.

"Earth in the half-hollow; ether moves everywhere."

"They bear along in order,—air, fire, water, earth, ether;

"They carry along in sequence—air, fire, water, earth, ether;

"This is to be known in its due order in the two conducting arteries.

This is to be understood in its proper sequence in the two main arteries.

"The palas[446] of earth are fifty, of water forty,

"The palas[446] of earth are fifty, of water forty,"

"Of fire thirty, of air twenty, of ether ten.

"Of fire thirty, of air twenty, of ether ten."

"This is the amount of time taken for the bearing; but the reason that the two arteries are so disturbed

This is the amount of time taken for the bearing; but the reason that the two arteries are so disturbed

"Is that earth has five properties,[447] water four,

"Earth has five properties,[447] and water has four,

"Fire has three, air two, and ether one.

"Fire has three, air two, and ether one."

"There are ten palas for each property; hence earth has fifty palas,

"There are ten palas for each property; therefore, the earth has fifty palas,"

"And each, from water downwards, loses successively. Now the five properties of earth

"And each, from water downwards, loses successively. Now the five properties of earth"

"Are odour, savour, colour, tangibility, and audibleness; and these decrease one by one.

"Are smell, taste, color, touch, and sound; and these fade away one by one."

"The two elements, earth and water, produce their fruit by the influence of 'quiet,'

"The two elements, earth and water, bear their fruit through the influence of 'calm,'"

"But fire, air, and ether by the influence of 'brightness,' 'restlessness,' and 'immensity.'[448]

"But fire, air, and ether are influenced by 'brightness,' 'restlessness,' and 'immensity.'[448]

"The characteristic signs of earth, water, fire, air, and ether are now declared;—

"The distinctive signs of earth, water, fire, air, and ether are now revealed;—

"Of the first steadfastness of mind; through the coldness of the second arises desire;

"Of the first steadiness of mind; from the coldness of the second comes desire;"

"From the third anger and grief; from the fourth fickleness of mind;

"From the third anger and grief; from the fourth fickleness of mind;"

"From the fifth the absence of any object, or mental impressions of latent merit.

"From the fifth, there's a lack of any object or mental impressions of hidden merit."

"Let the devotee place his thumbs in his ears, and a middle finger in each nostril,[267]

"Let the devotee put his thumbs in his ears and a middle finger in each nostril,[267]

"And the little finger and the one next to it in the corners of his mouth, and the two remaining fingers in the corners of his eyes,

"And the little finger and the one next to it in the corners of his mouth, and the two remaining fingers in the corners of his eyes,"

"Then there will arise in due order the knowledge of the earth and the other elements within him,

"Then there will come a time when he will gain an understanding of the earth and the other elements within him,

"The first four by yellow, white, dark red, and dark blue spots,[449]—the ether has no symbol."

"The first four are yellow, white, dark red, and dark blue spots,[449]—the ether has no symbol."

When the element air is thus comprehended and its restraint is accomplished, the evil influence of works which concealed discriminating knowledge is destroyed [ii. 52]; hence it has been said—

When the element of air is understood and its control is achieved, the harmful effects of actions that hide clear understanding are eliminated [ii. 52]; therefore, it has been said—

"There is no austerity superior to regulation of the breath."[450]

"There’s no discipline better than controlling your breathing."[450]

And again—

And once more—

"As the dross of metals, when they are melted, is consumed,

"As the impurities in metals are burned away when they are melted,

"So the serpents of the senses are consumed by regulation of the breath."[451]

"So the serpents of the senses are controlled by regulating the breath."[451]

Now in this way, having his mind purified by the "forbearances" and the other things subservient to concentration, the devotee is to attain "self-mastery" (saṃyama)[452] and "restraint" (pratyáhára). "Restraint" is the accommodation of the senses, as the eye, &c., to the nature of the mind,[453] which is intent on the soul's unaltered nature, while they abandon all concernment with their own several objects, which might excite desire or anger or stupid indifference. This is expressed by the etymology of the word; the senses are drawn to it (á + hṛi), away from them (pratípa).

Now, in this way, with his mind purified by the "forbearances" and other practices that support concentration, the practitioner is to achieve "self-mastery" (saṃyama)[452] and "restraint" (pratyáhára). "Restraint" means adjusting the senses, like the eyes, etc., to align with the nature of the mind[453], which focuses on the soul's unchanging essence while letting go of any concerns with their various objects that could provoke desire, anger, or foolish indifference. This concept is reflected in the word's etymology; the senses are drawn to it (á + hṛi), away from them (pratípa).

"But is it not the mind which is then intent upon the soul and not the senses, since these are only adapted for external objects, and therefore have no power for this supposed action? How, therefore, could they be accommodated [268]to the nature of the mind?" What you say is quite true; and therefore the author of the aphorisms, having an eye to their want of power for this, introduced the words "as it were," to express "resemblance." "Restraint is, as it were, the accommodation of the senses to the nature of the mind in the absence of concernment with each one's own object" [ii. 54]. Their absence of concernment with their several objects for the sake of being accommodated to the nature of the mind is this "resemblance" which we mean. Since, when the mind is restrained, the eye, &c., are restrained, no fresh effort is to be expected from them, and they follow the mind as bees follow their king. This has been declared in the Vishṇu-puráṇa [vi. 7, 43, 44]—

"But isn’t it the mind that focuses on the soul rather than the senses, since the senses are only suited for external objects and therefore lack the ability for this supposed action? How, then, could they be adapted [268]to the nature of the mind?" What you say is completely accurate; and that’s why the author of the aphorisms, acknowledging their lack of power for this, included the phrase "as it were," to indicate "resemblance." "Restraint is, as it were, the adaptation of the senses to the nature of the mind when there is no engagement with each individual's own object" [ii. 54]. This lack of engagement with their individual objects for the sake of aligning with the nature of the mind is the "resemblance" we refer to. Since, when the mind is restrained, the eye, etc., are also restrained, no new effort should be expected from them, and they follow the mind like bees follow their queen. This has been stated in the Vishṇu-puráṇa [vi. 7, 43, 44]—

"Let the devotee, restraining his organs of sense, which ever tend to pursue external objects,

"Let the follower, controlling his senses that always seek after external things,

"Himself intent on restraint, make them conformable to the mind;

"Himself focused on self-control, make them align with the mind;

"By this is effected the entire subjugation of the unsteady senses;

"Through this, complete control over the unstable senses is achieved;

"If they are not controlled, the yogin will not accomplish his yoga."[454]

"If they aren't controlled, the yogin won't achieve his yoga."[454]

"Attention" (dháraṇá) is the fixing the mind, by withdrawing it from all other objects, on some place, whether connected with the internal self, as the circle of the navel, the lotus of the heart, the top of the sushumṇá artery, &c., or something external, as Prajápati, Vásava, Hiraṇyagarbha, &c. This is declared by the aphorism, "'Attention' is the fixing the mind on a place" [iii. 1]; and so, too, say the followers of the Puráṇas—

"Attention" (dháraṇá) is the act of focusing the mind by pulling it away from all other distractions and concentrating it on a specific point, whether that point is related to the internal self, like the area around the navel, the heart center, the top of the sushumṇá channel, etc., or something external, such as Prajápati, Vásava, Hiraṇyagarbha, and so on. This is stated in the aphorism, "'Attention' is the act of concentrating the mind on a point" [iii. 1]; and this is also supported by the teachings of the Puráṇas—

"By regulation of breath having controlled the air, and by restraint the senses,

"By regulating breath and controlling the air, and by restraining the senses,

"Let him next make the perfect asylum the dwelling-place of his mind."[455]

"Next, let him create the ideal refuge as the home for his thoughts."[455]

The continual flow of thought in this place, resting on the object to be contemplated, and avoiding all incongruous thoughts, is "contemplation" (dhyána); thus it is said, "A course of uniform thought there, is 'contemplation'" [iii. 2]. Others also have said—

The ongoing flow of thought in this space, focusing on the object of contemplation and steering clear of any unrelated thoughts, is "contemplation" (dhyána); hence it is stated, "A consistent stream of thought there is 'contemplation'" [iii. 2]. Others have also said—

"A continued succession of thoughts, intent on objects of that kind and desiring no other,

"A constant stream of thoughts, focused on those kinds of things and wanting nothing else,

"This is 'contemplation,'—it is thus effected by the first six of the ancillary things."

"This is 'contemplation'—it happens through the first six of the additional things."

We incidentally, in elucidating something else, discussed the remaining eighth ancillary thing, "meditation" (samádhi, see p. 243). By this practice of the ancillary means of yoga, pursued for a long time with uninterrupted earnestness, the "afflictions" which hinder meditation are abolished, and through "exercise" and "dispassion" the devotee attains to the perfections designated by the names Madhumatí and the rest.

We happened to discuss the eighth additional element, "meditation" (samádhi, see p. 243), while explaining something else. By seriously practicing the supporting aspects of yoga for an extended period without breaks, the "afflictions" that obstruct meditation are eliminated, and through "practice" and "detachment," the practitioner reaches the achievements referred to as Madhumatí and others.

"But why do you needlessly frighten us with unknown and monstrous words from the dialects of Karṇáṭa, Gauḍa,[456] and Láṭa?"[457] We do not want to frighten you, but rather to gratify you by explaining the meaning of these strange words; therefore let the reader who is so needlessly alarmed listen to us with attention.

"But why do you unnecessarily scare us with strange and monstrous words from the dialects of Karṇáṭa, Gauḍa,[456] and Láṭa?"[457] We don't want to scare you, but instead to satisfy you by explaining the meaning of these unfamiliar words; so let the reader who is so unnecessarily alarmed pay close attention to us."

i. The Madhumatí perfection,—this is the perfection of meditation, called "the knowledge which holds to the truth," consisting in the illumination of unsullied purity by means of the contemplation of "goodness," composed of the manifestation of joy, with every trace of "passion" or "darkness" abolished by "exercise," "dispassion," &c. Thus it is said in the aphorisms, "In that case there is the knowledge which holds to the truth" [i. 48]. It holds "to the truth," i.e., to the real; it is never overshadowed by error. "In that case," i.e., when firmly established, there arises this knowledge to the second yogin. For the yogins [270]or devotees to the practice of yoga are well known to be of four kinds, viz.,—

i. The Madhumatí perfection—this is the perfection of meditation, referred to as "the knowledge that adheres to the truth." It involves achieving a state of pure clarity through the contemplation of "goodness," which is made up of joy, with all signs of "passion" or "darkness" removed through "practice," "detachment," etc. It is stated in the aphorisms, "In that case, there is the knowledge that adheres to the truth" [i. 48]. It sticks "to the truth," i.e., to reality; it is never clouded by falsehood. "In that case," i.e., when firmly established, this knowledge emerges for the second yogin. The yogins [270] or practitioners of yoga are recognized to be four types, namely—

i. The práthamakalpika, in whom the light has just entered,[458] but, as it has been said, "he has not won the light which consists in the power of knowing another's thoughts, &c.;" 2. The madhubhúmika, who possesses the knowledge which holds to the truth; 3. The prajñájyotis, who has subdued the elements and the senses; 4. The atikránta-bhávaníya, who has attained the highest dispassion.

i. The práthamakalpika, in whom the light has just entered,[458] but, as has been said, "he has not gained the light that comes from understanding another's thoughts, etc.;" 2. The madhubhúmika, who possesses the knowledge that aligns with the truth; 3. The prajñájyotis, who has mastered the elements and the senses; 4. The atikránta-bhávaníya, who has achieved the highest level of detachment.

ii. The Madhupratíká perfections are swiftness like thought, &c. These are declared to be "swiftness like thought, the being without organs, and the conquest of nature" [iii. 49]. "Swiftness like thought" is the attainment by the body of exceeding swiftness of motion, like thought; "the being without bodily organs"[459] is the attainment by the senses, irrespective of the body, of powers directed to objects in any desired place or time; "the conquest of nature" is the power of controlling all the manifestations of nature. These perfections appear to the full in the third kind of yogin, from the subjugation by him of the five senses and their essential conditions.[460] These perfections are severally sweet, each one by itself, as even a particle of honey is sweet, and therefore the second state is called Madhupratíká [i.e., that whose parts are sweet].

ii. The Madhupratíká perfections are as fast as thought, etc. These are described as "as fast as thought, being without physical organs, and mastering nature" [iii. 49]. "As fast as thought" refers to the body's ability to move with extreme speed, like thought; "being without physical organs"[459] refers to the senses achieving powers directed towards objects regardless of the body, in any place or time; "mastering nature" means having the power to control all aspects of nature. These perfections are fully realized in the third type of yogin, who subdues the five senses and their essential conditions.[460] Each perfection is sweet on its own, just like a tiny drop of honey is sweet, which is why the second state is called Madhupratíká [i.e. that whose parts are sweet].

iii. The Viśoká perfection consists in the supremacy over all existences, &c. This is said in the aphorisms, "To him who possesses, to the exclusion of all other ideas, the discriminative knowledge of the quality of goodness and the soul, arises omniscience and the supremacy over all existences" [iii. 50]. The "supremacy over all existences" is the overcoming like a master all entities, as these are but the developments of the quality of "goodness" in the mind [the other qualities of "passion" and [271]"darkness" being already abolished], and exist only in the form of energy and the objects to be energised upon.[461] The discriminative knowledge of them, as existing in the modes "subsided," "emerged," or "not to be named,"[462] is "omniscience." This is said in the aphorisms [i. 36], "Or a luminous immediate cognition, free from sorrow[463] [may produce steadiness of mind]."

iii. The Viśoká perfection is about having control over all existence, etc. The aphorisms state, "To someone who understands the nature of goodness and the soul, without any other distractions, comes omniscience and control over all existence" [iii. 50]. "Control over all existence" means mastering all entities, since they are just expressions of the quality of "goodness" in the mind [the other qualities of "passion" and [271]"darkness" have already been eliminated], and they only exist as energy and the things that can be energized. [461] The understanding of them, as they exist in the states "calm," "active," or "nameless," [462] is "omniscience." This is mentioned in the aphorisms [i. 36], "Or a clear, immediate awareness, free from sorrow [463] [can bring about a steady mind]."

iv. The Saṃskáraśeshatá state is also called asaṃprajñáta, i.e., "that meditation in which distinct recognition of an object is lost;" it is that meditation "without a seed" [i.e., without any object] which is able to stop the "afflictions" that produce fruits to be afterwards experienced in the shape of rank, length of life, and enjoyment; and this meditation belongs to him who, in the cessation of all modifications of the internal organ, has reached the highest "dispassion." "The other kind of meditation [i.e., that in which distinct recognition of an object is lost] is preceded by that exercise of thought which produces the entire cessation of modifications; it has nothing left but the latent impressions" [of thought after the departure of all objects] [i.e., saṃskáraśesha, i. 18]. Thus this foremost of men, being utterly passionless towards everything, finds that the seeds of the "afflictions," like burned rice-grains, are bereft of the power to germinate, and they are abolished together with the internal organ. When these are destroyed, there ensues, through the full maturity of his unclouded "discriminative knowledge," an absorption of all causes and effects into the primal prakṛiti; and the soul, which is the power of pure intelligence, abiding in its own real nature, and escaped from all connection with the phenomenal understanding (buddhi), or with existence, reaches "absolute isolation" (kaivalya). Final liberation is described by Patañjali as two perfections: "Absolute isolation is the repressive absorption[464] of the 'qualities' which have consummated [272]the ends of the soul, i.e., enjoyment and liberation, or the abiding of the power of intelligence in its own nature" [iv. 33]. Nor should any one object, "Why, however, should not the individual be born again even though this should have been attained?" for that is settled by the well-known principle that "with the cessation of the cause the effect ceases," and therefore this objection is utterly irrelevant, as admitting neither inquiry nor decision; for otherwise, if the effect could arise even in the absence of the cause, we should have blind men finding jewels, and such like absurdities; and the popular proverb for the impossible would become a possibility. And so, too, says the Śruti, "A blind man found a jewel; one without fingers seized it; one without a neck put it on; and a dumb man praised it."[465]

iv. The Saṃskáraśeshatá state is also known as asaṃprajñáta, i.e. "that meditation in which clear recognition of an object is lost;" it is the type of meditation "without a seed" [i.e., without any object] which can halt the "afflictions" that later result in consequences like status, lifespan, and pleasure. This meditation belongs to someone who, by stopping all changes in the mind, has attained the highest level of "dispassion." "The other kind of meditation [i.e., the one in which clear recognition of an object is lost] is preceded by a mental exercise that completely stops all modifications; it retains nothing but the underlying impressions" [of thoughts after all objects have been removed] [i.e., saṃskáraśesha, i. 18]. Thus, this highly enlightened person, completely free from passion towards everything, discovers that the seeds of "afflictions," like burnt rice grains, lack the ability to sprout, and they are extinguished along with the internal organ. Once these are destroyed, due to the complete development of his clear "discriminative knowledge," everything merges back into the original prakṛiti; and the soul, which represents pure intelligence, resting in its true nature and freed from all ties to the sensory understanding (buddhi) or existence itself, attains "absolute isolation" (kaivalya). Final liberation is described by Patañjali as two perfect states: "Absolute isolation is the repressive absorption[464] of the 'qualities' that have fulfilled [272] the goals of the soul, i.e., pleasure and liberation, or the resting of the power of intelligence in its true form" [iv. 33]. No one should argue, "Why should the individual not be reborn even after achieving this?" because it is resolved by the well-known principle that "when the cause ceases, the effect ceases," making this objection completely irrelevant, as it allows for neither inquiry nor resolution; because otherwise, if the effect could occur without the cause, we would have blind people finding gems, and similar absurdities; thus, the common saying for what is impossible would somehow become possible. And so, says the Śruti, "A blind man found a jewel; someone without fingers grabbed it; someone without a neck wore it; and a mute person praised it."[465]

Thus we see that, like the authoritative treatises on medicine, the Yoga-śástra consists of four divisions; as those on medicine treat of disease, its cause, health, and medicine, so the Yoga-śástra also treats of phenomenal existence, its cause, liberation, and its cause. This existence of ours, full of pain, is what is to be escaped from; the connection of nature and the soul is the cause of our having to experience this existence; the absolute abolition of this connection is the escape; and right insight is the cause thereof.[466] The same fourfold division is to be similarly traced as the case may be in other Śástras also. Thus all has been made clear.

Thus we see that, just like the authoritative texts on medicine, the Yoga-śástra is divided into four parts; while those on medicine discuss illness, its causes, health, and treatment, the Yoga-śástra talks about existence, its causes, liberation, and its causes. This existence of ours, full of suffering, is what we need to escape from; the connection between nature and the soul leads us to experience this existence; completely breaking this connection is the way to escape; and clear insight is what causes this. [466] The same four-part structure can also be found in other texts. So everything has been clarified.

The system of Śaṅkara, which comes next in succession, and which is the crest-gem of all systems, has been explained by us elsewhere; it is therefore left untouched here.[467]

The system of Śaṅkara, which follows next and is the pinnacle of all systems, has been discussed in another place; therefore, it remains unaddressed here.[467]

E. B. C.

E. B. C.


NOTE ON THE YOGA.

NOTE ON YOGA.

There is an interesting description of the Yogins on the Mountain Raivataka in Mágha (iv. 55):—

There is an interesting description of the Yogins on the Mountain Raivataka in Mágha (iv. 55):—

"There the votaries of meditation, well skilled in benevolence (maitrí) and those other purifiers of the mind,—having successfully abolished the 'afflictions' and obtained the 'meditation possessed of a seed,' and having reached that knowledge which recognises the essential difference between the quality Goodness and the Soul,—desire yet further to repress even this ultimate meditation."

"There, the followers of meditation, skilled in kindness (maitrí) and other ways to purify the mind, have successfully eliminated the 'afflictions' and achieved the 'meditation with a seed.' They have also attained the understanding that recognizes the fundamental difference between the quality of Goodness and the Soul — yet they still desire to suppress even this ultimate meditation."

It is curious to notice that maitrí, which plays such a prominent part in Buddhism, is counted in the Yoga as only a preliminary condition from which the votary is to take, as it were, his first start towards his final goal. It is called a parikarman (= prasádhaka) in Vyása's Comm. i. 33 (cf. iii. 22), whence the term is borrowed by Mágha. Bhoja expressly says that this purifying process is an external one, and not an intimate portion of yoga itself; just as in arithmetic the operations of addition, &c., are valuable, not in themselves, but as aids in effecting the more important calculations which arise subsequently. The Yoga seems directly to allude to Buddhism in this marked depreciation of its cardinal virtue.

It's interesting to note that maitrí, which is so significant in Buddhism, is viewed in Yoga as only a preliminary condition that practitioners use as their initial step towards their ultimate goal. It's referred to as a parikarman (which equals prasádhaka) in Vyása's Commentary i. 33 (see iii. 22), from which the term is taken by Mágha. Bhoja clearly states that this purification process is external and not an essential part of yoga itself; similar to how mathematical operations like addition are valuable not for their own sake but as tools for performing more important calculations that come later. The Yoga seems to directly reference Buddhism in its notable downplaying of this essential virtue.


NOTE ON P. 237, LAST LINE.

NOTE ON P. 237, LAST LINE.

For the word vyákopa in the original here (see also p. 242, l. 3 infra), cf. Kusumáñjali, p. 6, l. 7.

For the word vyákopa in the original here (see also p. 242, l. 3 infra), refer to Kusumáñjali, p. 6, l. 7.

FOOTNOTES:

[363] On this see Dr. Hall's Pref. to Sáṅkhya Pr. Bhásh., p. 20; S. Sára, p. 11.

[363] For more on this, refer to Dr. Hall's Preface to Sáṅkhya Pr. Bhásh., p. 20; S. Sára, p. 11.

[364] I.e., he revealed the Veda, and also originated the meanings of words, as well as instructed the first fathers of mankind in the arts of life.

[364] That is, he disclosed the Veda, and also created the meanings of words, as well as taught the first ancestors of humanity the skills for living.

[365] I read ye for te with Dr. Hall's MS. Tapya means rather "susceptible of suffering."

[365] I read ye as te in Dr. Hall's manuscript. Tapya means more like "capable of suffering."

[366] This is really Vyása's comm. on Sút., iv. 21.

[366] This is actually Vyása's commentary on Sūt., iv. 21.

[367] Cf. Bháshá-parichchheda, 15, a.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Cf. Bháshá-parichchheda, 15, a.

[368] Śatapatha Br., xiv. 7, 2, 28.

[368] Śatapatha Br., xiv. 7, 2, 28.

[369] I read in the second clause tadbháve'pi, understanding by tad the different conditions which atha is supposed to assume as being necessarily present.

[369] I read in the second clause tadbháve'pi, interpreting tad as the various conditions that atha is expected to take as being required.

[370] These are, i., the discrimination of the eternal from the phenomenal; ii., the rejection of the fruit of actions here or hereafter; iii., the possession of the six qualities, tranquillity, &c.; and, iv., the desire for liberation.

[370] These are: i. the distinction between the eternal and the temporary; ii. the rejection of the results of actions, whether in this life or the next; iii. the possession of the six qualities, such as tranquility; and iv. the desire for freedom.

[371] It may be sukha-janaka, but it is not itself sukha.

[371] It might be sukha-janaka, but it isn't actually sukha.

[372] Granting that atha does not here mean "auspicious," why should not this be the implied meaning, as all allow that the particle atha does produce an auspicious influence?

[372] Even if atha doesn’t mean "auspicious" here, why couldn’t that be the implied meaning when everyone agrees that the particle atha creates a positive effect?

[373] i.e., a word's incapacity to convey a meaning without some other word to complete the construction.

[373] i.e., a word's inability to express a meaning on its own without another word to complete the idea.

[374] This is found with some variations in the Mahábháshya (p. 7, Kielhorn's ed.)

[374] This can be found with some variations in the Mahábháshya (p. 7, Kielhorn's ed.)

[375] The commentators hold that the word vṛiddhiḥ is placed at the beginning of the first sútra, while guṇaḥ in the second is placed at the end (ad eṅ guṇaḥ), in order to ensure an auspicious opening, vṛiddhi meaning "increase," "prosperity," as well as "the second strengthening of a vowel."

[375] The commentators believe that the word vṛiddhiḥ is positioned at the start of the first sútra, while guṇaḥ in the second is placed at the end (ad eṅ guṇaḥ), to create a fortunate beginning, with vṛiddhi meaning "increase," "prosperity," as well as "the second strengthening of a vowel."

[376] In the old Bengali poem Chaṇḍí, we have an interesting list of these omens. The hero Chandraketu, starting on a journey, has the following good omens: On his right hand a cow, a deer, a Bráhman, a full-blown lotus; on his left, a jackal and a jar full of water. He hears on his right hand the sound of fire and a cowherdess calling "milk" to buyers. He sees a cow with her calf, a woman calling "jaya," dúrvá grass, rice, garlands of flowers, diamonds, sapphires, pearls, corals; and on the left twelve women. He hears drums and cymbals, and men dancing and singing "Hari." It is, however, all spoiled by seeing a guana (godhiká). The author adds, "This is a bad omen according to all śástras, and so is a tortoise, a rhinoceros, the tuberous root of the water-lily, and a hare." Elsewhere, a vulture, a kite, a lizard, and a woodman carrying wood are called bad omens.

[376] In the old Bengali poem Chaṇḍí, there's an interesting list of omens. The hero Chandraketu, about to embark on a journey, encounters several good omens: On his right, there's a cow, a deer, a Bráhman, and a blooming lotus; on his left, he sees a jackal and a jar filled with water. He hears sounds of fire and a cowherdess calling "milk" to buyers coming from his right. He spots a cow with her calf, a woman shouting "jaya," dúrvá grass, rice, flower garlands, diamonds, sapphires, pearls, and corals; and on the left, there are twelve women. He listens to drums and cymbals, and men dancing and singing "Hari." However, this is all ruined when he sees a guana (godhiká). The author notes, "This is considered a bad omen according to all śástras, along with a tortoise, a rhinoceros, the tuberous root of the water-lily, and a hare." In other instances, a vulture, a kite, a lizard, and a woodman carrying wood are also deemed bad omens.

[377] These are the names of two out of the four sacrifices lasting for one day, in which a thousand cows are given to the officiating Bráhmans.

[377] These are the names of two of the four one-day sacrifices where a thousand cows are offered to the officiating Brahmins.

[378] He is here called phaṇipati, "lord of snakes,"—Patañjali, the author of the Mahábháshya, being represented as a snake in mythology.

[378] He is referred to here as phaṇipati, "lord of snakes,"—Patañjali, the writer of the Mahábháshya, is depicted as a snake in mythology.

[379] Cf. Śaṅkara, Vedánta-Sút., iii. 3, 49.

[379] See Śaṅkara, Vedánta-Sutras, iii. 3, 49.

[380] This is the Mímáṃsá rule for settling the relative value of the proofs that one thing is ancillary to another. 1. Śruti, "a definite text," as "let him offer with curds," where curds are clearly an ancillary part of the sacrifice. 2. Liṅga, "a sign," or "the sense of the words," as leading to an inference, as in the text "he divides by the ladle;" here we infer that the thing to be divided must be a liquid like ghee, since a ladle could not divide solid things like the baked flour cakes. 3. Vákya, "the being mentioned in one sentence," i.e., the context, as in the text "'(I cut) thee for food,' thus saying, he cuts the branch;" here the words "(I cut) thee for food" are ancillary to the action of cutting; or in the text, "I offer the welcome (oblation) to Agni," the words "the welcome (oblation) to Agni," as they form one sentence with the words "I offer," are ancillary to the act of offering. 4. Prakaraṇa, "the subject-matter viewed as a whole, with an interdependence of its parts," as in the darśa-púrṇamása sacrifice, where the prayája ceremonies, which have no special fruit mentioned, produce, as parts, a mystic influence (apúrva) which helps forward that influence of the whole by which the worshippers obtain heaven. Here the prakaraṇa proves them to be ancillary. 5. Sthána (or krama), "relative position" or "order," as the recital of the hymn Śundhadhvam, &c., "Be ye purified for the divine work," in connection with the mention of the sánnáyya vessels, where this position proves that the hymn is ancillary to the action of sprinkling those vessels. 6. Samákhyá, "title;" thus the Yajur-veda is called the special book for the adhvaryu priests; hence in any rite mentioned in it they are prima facie to be considered as the priests employed. The order in the aphorism represents the relative weight to be attached to each; the first, śruti, being the most important; the last, samákhyá, the least. Cf. Jaimini's Sútras, iii. 3, 14; Mímáṃsáparibháshá, pp. 8, 9.

[380] This is the Mímáṃsá guideline for determining the relative importance of the proofs that one thing supports another. 1. Śruti, "a specific text," as in "let him offer with curds," where curds are clearly a supporting part of the sacrifice. 2. Liṅga, "a sign," or "the meaning of the words," which leads to an inference, like in the text "he divides by the ladle;" here we infer that the thing being divided must be a liquid like ghee, since a ladle cannot divide solid things like baked flour cakes. 3. Vákya, "the mention in one sentence," i.e., the context, like in the text "'(I cut) you for food,' thus saying, he cuts the branch;" here the words "(I cut) you for food" support the action of cutting; or in the text, "I offer the welcome (oblation) to Agni," the words "the welcome (oblation) to Agni," as they form one sentence with "I offer," support the act of offering. 4. Prakaraṇa, "the subject matter viewed as a whole, with an interdependence of its parts," as in the darśa-púrṇamása sacrifice, where the prayája ceremonies, which don't mention any specific result, collectively create a mystical effect (apúrva) that enhances the overall impact by which the worshippers attain heaven. Here, the prakaraṇa shows they are supportive. 5. Sthána (or krama), "relative position" or "order," like in the recital of the hymn Śundhadhvam, &c., "Be ye purified for the divine work," in connection with the mention of the sánnáyya vessels, where this position indicates that the hymn supports the action of sprinkling those vessels. 6. Samákhyá, "title;" hence the Yajur-veda is known as the special book for the adhvaryu priests; therefore, in any rite mentioned in it, they are prima facie to be seen as the priests involved. The order in the aphorism reflects the relative importance assigned to each; the first, śruti, being the most significant; the last, samákhyá, the least. Cf. Jaimini's Sútras, iii. 3, 14; Mímáṃsáparibháshá, pp. 8, 9.

[381] I.e., Yogi-Yájñavalkya, the author of the Yájñavalkya-gítá. See Hall, Bibl. Index, p. 14; Aufrecht, Bodl. Catal., p. 87 b.

[381] That is, Yogi-Yájñavalkya, the writer of the Yájñavalkya-gítá. See Hall, Bibl. Index, p. 14; Aufrecht, Bodl. Catal., p. 87 b.

[382] Karman seems here used for kriyâ, which properly belongs only to the body, as the soul is drashṭṛi.

[382] Karman appears to be used here for kriyâ, which really pertains only to the body, while the soul is referred to as drashṭṛi.

[383] Scil. samádhi, or the restraining the mind and senses to profound contemplation.

[383] Scil. samádhi, or controlling the mind and senses for deep reflection.

[384] Scil. "forbearance, religious observance, postures, suppression of the breath, restraint, attention, contemplation, and meditation (samádhi)."

[384] Scil. "self-control, spiritual practices, body positions, holding the breath, discipline, focus, deep reflection, and meditation (samádhi)."

[385] See Bhoja, Comm. iii. 3, samyag ádhíyate mano yatra sa samádhiḥ.

[385] See Bhoja, Comm. iii. 3, the mind is perfectly concentrated where there is samadhi.

[386] Thus, e.g., the antecedent non-existence and the destruction of the pot are found in the two halves in which the pot itself (the counter-entity to its own non-existence) resides by intimate relation (samaváya-sambandha).

[386] Therefore, e.g., the prior absence and the destruction of the pot are present in the two parts where the pot itself (the opposing entity to its own absence) exists in close relation (samaváya-sambandha).

[387] I read niroddhavyánám for nirodhánám.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ I read niroddhavyánám as nirodhánám.

[388] Chit-śakti and chiti-śakti = soul.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Chit-śakti and chiti-śakti = spirit.

[389] The sattva of the buddhi or the internal organ.

The sattva of the buddhi or the inner mind.

[390] This second substance, "mind" or "understanding" (buddhi, chitta), is like a looking-glass, which reflects the image of the object on a second looking-glass (sc. soul).

[390] This second element, "mind" or "understanding" (buddhi, chitta), is similar to a mirror that reflects the image of an object onto another mirror (sc. soul).

[391] Váchaspati explains lakshaṇa as kálabheda.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Váchaspati explains lakshaṇa as kálabheda.

[392] I take ádi as meaning asphuṭatva. The change of state takes place between the several moments of the lakshaṇa-pariṇáma. Cf. the Commentaries on iii. 13.

[392] I interpret ádi to mean asphuṭatva. The transformation occurs during the various moments of the lakshaṇa-pariṇáma. See the Commentaries on iii. 13.

[393] These are generally called the five states of the thinking principle, chittabhúmayas or avasthás. Cf. Commentary, i. 2, 18.

[393] These are usually referred to as the five states of the thinking principle, chittabhúmayas or avasthás. See Commentary, i. 2, 18.

[394] These three conditions respectively characterise men, demons, and gods.

[394] These three conditions describe men, demons, and gods.

[395] Much of this is taken from Bhoja's Commentary, and I have borrowed Ballantyne's translation.

[395] A lot of this is from Bhoja's Commentary, and I've used Ballantyne's translation.

[396] Can chitta mean "soul" here?

Can chitta mean "soul" here?

[397] I.e., as, e.g., whether the senses produce the elements or the elements the senses, &c.

[397] That is, for example, whether the senses create the elements or the elements create the senses, &c.

[398] In p. 164, line 4 infra, read sukhaprakáśamayasya.

[398] In p. 164, line 4 below, read sukhaprakáśamayasya.

[399] In p. 164, line 2 infra, read sattámátra for sattva-. Bhoja well distinguishes asmitá from ahaṃkára.

[399] In p. 164, line 2 below, read sattámátra for sattva-. Bhoja clearly distinguishes asmitá from ahaṃkára.

[400] For these see infra, and cf. Yoga S., ii. 3, 12, 13.

[400] For these, see below, and compare Yoga S., ii. 3, 12, 13.

[401] I have ventured to alter the examples, to suit the English translation.

[401] I have taken the liberty to change the examples to fit the English translation.

[402] Where the negation is prominent it is called prasajya-pratishedha; but where it is not prominent, we have the paryudása negation. In the former the negative is connected with the verb; in the latter it is generally compounded with some other word, as, e.g.

[402] When negation is strong, it’s referred to as prasajya-pratishedha; when it’s not strong, it’s known as paryudása negation. In the first case, the negative is linked to the verb; in the second case, it’s usually combined with another word, such as e.g.

(a.) "Not a drum was heard, not a funeral note."

Not a drum was heard, not a funeral song.

(b.) "Unwatched the garden bough shall sway."

(b.) "If left unwatched, the garden branch will sway."

The former corresponds to the logician's atyantábháva, the latter to anyonyábháva or bheda.

The first relates to the logician's atyantábháva, while the second refers to anyonyábháva or bheda.

[403] Cf. the várttika in Siddhánta Kaum., i. 401.

[403] See the várttika in Siddhánta Kaum., i. 401.

[404] Thus adhana stands for avidya-mánadhana, with vidyamána omitted in the compound.

[404] Thus adhana represents avidya-mánadhana, with vidyamána left out of the compound.

[405] As its subject would confessedly be buddhi.

[405] Since its subject would admittedly be buddhi.

[406] As it is avidyá after all.

As it is avidyá after all.

[407] In p. 165, lines 16, 17, read (with my MS. of Váchaspati's Gloss), sarvavṛittinirodhasampannáyá api tathátvaprasaṅgát.

[407] In p. 165, lines 16, 17, read (with my MS. of Váchaspati's Gloss), sarvavṛittinirodhasampannáyá api tathátvaprasaṅgát.

[408] I read tanvavastháścha with the printed edition of Váchaspati's Gloss. If tanudagdháścha is correct, it must mean tanutvena dagdháh.

[408] I read tanvavastháścha with the printed edition of Váchaspati's Gloss. If tanudagdháścha is correct, it should mean tanutvena dagdháh.

[409] As in rámalakshmaṇau, Ráma and Lakshmaṇa.

[409] Just like in rámalakshmaṇau, Ráma and Lakshmaṇa.

[410] I read pakshatraye for pakshadvaye.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ I read pakshatraye as pakshadvaye.

[411] In his Comm. on Sút., ii. 5.

[411] In his Commentary on Sút., ii. 5.

[412] Thus inimicus is not a "friend," nor, on the other hand, a "non-friend," but something positive, an "enemy." So agoshpada is said to mean "a forest."

[412] So inimicus doesn't mean "friend," and it’s not just "non-friend" either; it’s something definite, an "enemy." Similarly, agoshpada is said to mean "a forest."

[413] Cf. Yoga Sút., i. 8.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Yoga Sutras, 1.8.

[414] In p. 166, line 4 infra, read káyádau for káryádau.

[414] On page 166, line 4 below, read káyádau instead of káryádau.

[415] This couplet is quoted by Vyása in his Comm. on Yoga Sútras, ii. 5, and I have followed Váchaspati in his explanation of it; he calls it vaiyásakí gáthá.

[415] This couplet is quoted by Vyása in his commentary on the Yoga Sutras, ii. 5, and I have followed Váchaspati in his explanation of it; he refers to it as vaiyásakí gáthá.

[416] Since the continued enjoyment of an object only increases the desire for more, and its loss gives correspondent regret (cf. Bhag. G. xviii. 38).

[416] Since continuing to enjoy something only heightens the desire for more, losing it brings a similar sense of regret (cf. Bhag. G. xviii. 38).

[417] Literally, "it has four feet."

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Literally, "it has four legs."

[418] Thus "sight," or the power of seeing, is a modification of the quality of sattva unobstructed by rajas and tamas.

[418] So, "sight," or the ability to see, is a change in the quality of sattva that isn't blocked by rajas and tamas.

[419] "Let the affix ṇini be used after a root in the sense of what is habitual, when the upapada, or subordinate word, is not a word meaning 'genus' and ends in a case."

[419] "Use the suffix ṇini after a root to indicate something that is habitual, as long as the upapada, or subordinate word, isn't a term for 'genus' and it ends in a case."

[420] "Let vṛiddhi be the substitute of a base ending in a vowel, when that which has an indicatory ñ or follows;" ṇini has an indicatory .

[420] "Let vṛiddhi replace a base ending in a vowel when it’s followed by an indicator ñ or ;" ṇini has an indicator .

[421] Sc. anuśaya + ini = anuśayin.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Sc. anuśaya + ini = anuśayin.

[422] Ini and ṭhan, which respectively leave in and ika; thus daṇḍa gives daṇḍin and daṇḍika. The line is quoted by Boehtlingk, vol. ii. p. 217, on Páṇ. v. 2, 115, and is explained in the Káśiká, ad loc. The different prohibitions are illustrated by the examples:—(1.) svaván, khaván; (2.) kárakaván; (3.) vyághraván, siṃhaván; (4.) daṇḍavatí śálá (i.e., daṇḍá asyáṃ santi).

[422] Ini and ṭhan correspond to in and ika; therefore, daṇḍa produces daṇḍin and daṇḍika. This line is referenced by Boehtlingk, vol. ii. p. 217, in relation to Páṇ. v. 2, 115, and is clarified in the Káśiká, ad loc. The various prohibitions are exemplified by the following cases:—(1.) svaván, khaván; (2.) kárakaván; (3.) vyághraván, siṃhaván; (4.) daṇḍavatí śálá (i.e., daṇḍá asyáṃ santi).

[423] By iii. 3, 56.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ By iii. 3, 56.

[424] It is curious to see the great grammarian's favourite study obtruding itself here on such a slender pretext.

[424] It's interesting to observe the favorite study of the great grammarian pushing itself forward here on such a flimsy excuse.

[425] See the Káśiká on Páṇ. v. 2, 115. For vivakshártha (meaning "general currency"), compare Commentary on Páṇ. ii. 2, 27. The edition in the Benares Pandit reads vishayaniyamártha.

[425] See the Káśiká on Páṇ. v. 2, 115. For vivakshártha (which means "general currency"), check the Commentary on Páṇ. ii. 2, 27. The version in the Benares Pandit reads vishayaniyamártha.

[426] i.e., Thus nirodha is not vṛitter abhávaḥ, but abhávasyáśryaḥ.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ i.e., So nirodha is not vṛitter abhávaḥ, but abhávasyáśryaḥ.

[427] I read in p. 168, last line, prakáśapravṛittiniyamarúpa, from Bhoja's comment on i. 12.

[427] I read on p. 168, last line, prakáśapravṛittiniyamarúpa, from Bhoja's commentary on i. 12.

[428] See Káśiká, ii. 3, 36.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Káśiká, ii. 3, 36.

[429] This passage probably occurs in the Yájñavalkya-gítá of Yogi-yájñavalkya. See Colebrooke's Essays (ed. 2), vol. i. p. 145, note.

[429] This passage likely appears in the Yájñavalkya-gítá by Yogi-yájñavalkya. See Colebrooke's Essays (ed. 2), vol. i. p. 145, note.

[430] Mímáṃsá Sútras, ii. 1, 35-37.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Mímáṃsá Sutras, ii. 1, 35-37.

[431] The tantras are not properly concerned with what is nitya or naimittika; they are kámya.

[431] The tantras aren't really about what is nitya or naimittika; they are kámya.

[432] The víja of air is the syllable jaṃ.

[432] The sound of air is the syllable jaṃ.

[433] The víja of water is the syllable baṃ.

The water víja is the syllable baṃ.

[434] Hríṃ.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Hríṃ.

[435] Śríṃ.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Śríṃ.

[436] Táṇḍava is the frantic dance of the god. Śiva and his votaries.

[436] Táṇḍava is the wild dance of the god. Shiva and his followers.

[437] Literally "they take severally in order the gender of one of the two." Cf. "Thebæ ipsæ quod Bœotiæ caput est," Livy, xlii. 44; "Animal hoc providum, acutum, plenum rationis et consilii, quem vocamus hominem," Cic., Legg, i. 7.

[437] Literally "they individually take on the gender of one of the two." See "Thebes itself is the capital of Boeotia," Livy, xlii. 44; "This creature is thoughtful, sharp, full of reason and judgment, whom we call human," Cic., Legg, i. 7.

[438] I have borrowed these terms from Ballantyne's translation of the Sáhitya-darpaṇa.

[438] I have taken these terms from Ballantyne's translation of the Sáhitya-darpaṇa.

[439] Qualified indication arises from likeness, as the man is like an ox from his stupidity; pure indication from any other relation, as cause and effect, &c., thus butter is the cause of longevity.

[439] A qualified indication comes from similarities, like how a man can be compared to an ox because of his foolishness; pure indication comes from other relationships, such as cause and effect, etc. For example, butter is said to be the reason for a long life.

[440] I.e., an hour, a ghaṭiká being twenty-four minutes.

[440] That is, an hour, with a ghaṭiká lasting twenty-four minutes.

[441] The náḍís or tubular vessels are generally reckoned to be 101, with ten principal ones; others make sixteen principal náḍís. They seem taken afterwards in pairs.

[441] The náḍís or tubular vessels are generally considered to be 101 in total, with ten main ones; others identify sixteen main náḍís. They appear to be counted in pairs afterward.

[442] Mádhava uses the same illustration in his commentary on the passage in the Aitareya Bráhmaṇa (iii. 29), where the relation of the vital airs, the seasons, and the mantras repeated with the offerings to the seasons, is discussed. "The seasons never stand still; following each other in order one by one, as spring, summer, the rains, autumn, the cold and the foggy seasons, each consisting of two months, and so constituting the year of twelve months, they continue revolving again and again like a waterwheel (ghaṭíyantravat); hence the seasons never pause in their course."

[442] Mádhava uses the same example in his commentary on the passage in the Aitareya Bráhmaṇa (iii. 29), where he discusses the relationship between the vital airs, the seasons, and the mantras recited during offerings to the seasons. "The seasons are always in motion; following one after another in sequence—spring, summer, the rainy season, autumn, winter, and the foggy seasons—each lasting two months, together making up the twelve-month year, they keep revolving endlessly like a waterwheel (ghaṭíyantravat); therefore, the seasons never stop in their cycle."

[443] This refers to a peculiar tenet of Hindu mysticism, that each involuntary inspiration and expiration constitutes a mantra, as their sound expresses the word so'haṃ (i.e., haṃsaḥ), "I am he." This mantra is repeated 21,600 times in every twenty-four hours; it is called the ajapámantra, i.e., the mantra uttered without voluntary muttering.

[443] This refers to a unique principle of Hindu mysticism, where every involuntary breath in and out serves as a mantra, as the sound conveys the phrase so'haṃ (i.e., haṃsaḥ), "I am he." This mantra is chanted 21,600 times in a twenty-four hour period; it is known as the ajapámantra, i.e., the mantra recited without intentional chanting.

[444] I.e., that which conveys the inhaled and the exhaled breath.

[444] That is, what carries the air we breathe in and breathe out.

[445] I cannot explain this. We might read guruvarṇánám for guṇavarṇánáṃ, as the time spent in uttering a guruvarṇa is a vipala, sixty of which make a pala, and two and a half palas make a minute; but this seems inconsistent with the other numerical details. The whole passage may be compared with the opening of the fifth act of the Málatímádhava.

[445] I can’t explain this. We might interpret guruvarṇánám as guṇavarṇánáṃ, since the time it takes to say a guruvarṇa is a vipala, and sixty of those make a pala, while two and a half palas equals a minute; however, this seems to conflict with the other numerical details. The entire passage could be compared with the opening of the fifth act of the Málatímádhava.

[446] Sixty palas make a ghaṭiká (50 + 40 + 30 + 20 + 10 = 150, i.e., the palas in two and a half ghaṭikás or one hour).

[446] Sixty palas equal one ghaṭiká (50 + 40 + 30 + 20 + 10 = 150, i.e., the palas in two and a half ghaṭikás or one hour).

[447] Cf. Colebrooke's Essays, vol. i. p. 256.

[447] See Colebrooke's Essays, vol. i. p. 256.

[448] Literally "the being ever more."

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Literally "the being ever more."

[449] For these colours cf. Chhándogya Up., viii. 6; Maitri Up., vi. 30.

[449] For these colors see Chhándogya Up., viii. 6; Maitri Up., vi. 30.

[450] This is an anonymous quotation in Vyása's Comm.

[450] This is an anonymous quote from Vyása's commentary.

[451] This seems a variation of Śloka 7 of the Amṛita-náda Up. See Weber, Indische Stud., ix. 26.

[451] This appears to be a variation of Śloka 7 from the Amṛita-náda Up. Refer to Weber, Indische Stud., ix. 26.

[452] This is defined in the Yoga Sút., iii. 4, as consisting of the united operation towards one object of contemplation, attention, and meditation.

[452] This is defined in the Yoga Sutras, iii. 4, as the combined effort focused on one object of contemplation, attention, and meditation.

[453] I.e., the internal organ (chitta).

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ i.e., the internal organ (chitta).

[454] This couplet is corrupt in the text. I follow the reading of the Bombay edition of the Puráṇa (only reading in line 3 chalátmanám).

[454] This couplet is messed up in the text. I’m following the version from the Bombay edition of the Puráṇa (only reading in line 3 chalátmanám).

[455] Vishṇu-pur., vi. 7, 45, with one or two variations. The "perfect asylum" is Brahman, formless or possessing form.

[455] Vishnu Purana, vi. 7, 45, with a few variations. The "ultimate refuge" is Brahman, either formless or with form.

[456] The old name for the central part of Bengal.

[456] The former name for the central region of Bengal.

[457] A country comprising Khandesh and part of Guzerat; it is the Λαρικἡ of Ptolemy.

[457] A region that includes Khandesh and part of Gujarat; it is the Λαρικἡ of Ptolemy.

[458] In p. 178, l. 2, infra, read pravṛitta for pravṛitti. Cf. Yoga S., iii. 52 in Bhoja's Comm. (50 in Vyása's Comm.)

[458] In p. 178, l. 2, infra, read pravṛitta for pravṛitti. See Yoga S., iii. 52 in Bhoja's Commentary (50 in Vyása's Commentary)

[459] Read vikaraṇabhávaḥ; Váchaspati explains it as "videhánám indriyáṇáṃ karaṇabhávaḥ."

[459] Read vikaraṇabhávaḥ; Váchaspati explains it as "videhánám indriyáṇáṃ karaṇabhávaḥ."

[460] Vyása has karaṇapañchakarúpajaya; Váchaspati explains rúpa by grahaṇádi (cf. iii. 47).

[460] Vyasa has karaṇapañchakarúpajaya; Vachaspati explains rúpa through grahaṇádi (cf. iii. 47).

[461] I read in p. 179, l. 11, vyava-sáyavyavaseyátmakánám, from Vyása's Comm.

[461] I read on page 179, line 11, vyava-sáyavyavaseyátmakánám, from Vyása's Commentary.

[462] I.e., as past, present, or future.

[462] That is., as past, present, or future.

[463] Viśoká.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Viśoká.

[464] This is explained by Váchaspati, "The latent impressions produced by the states of the internal organ called vyutthána (when it is chiefly characterised by 'activity,' or 'darkness,' iii. 9) and nirodha (when it is chiefly characterised by the quality of 'goodness'), are absorbed in the internal organ itself; this in 'egoism' (asmitá); 'egoism' in the 'merely once resolvable' (i.e., buddhi); and buddhi into the 'irresolvable' (i.e., prakṛiti)." Prakṛiti consists of the three 'qualities' in equilibrium; and the entire creation, consisting of causes and effects, is the development of these 'qualities' when one or another becomes predominant.

[464] Váchaspati explains this: "The hidden impressions created by the activities of the internal organ known as vyutthána (when it primarily exhibits 'activity' or 'darkness,' iii. 9) and nirodha (when it mainly shows the quality of 'goodness') are absorbed back into the internal organ itself; this leads to 'egoism' (asmitá); 'egoism' then relates to the 'merely once resolvable' (i.e., buddhi); and buddhi connects to the 'irresolvable' (i.e., prakṛiti)." Prakṛiti comprises the three 'qualities' in balance; the entire creation, which includes causes and effects, results from the emergence of these 'qualities' when one or another becomes dominant.

[465] This curious passage occurs in the Taittiríya-Áraṇyaka i. 11, 5. Mádhava in his Comment, there explains it of the soul, and quotes the Śvetáśv. Up., iii. 19. Mádhava here takes avindat as "he pierced the jewel," but I have followed his correct explanation in the Comm.

[465] This interesting passage appears in the Taittiríya-Áraṇyaka i. 11, 5. Mádhava explains it in his Commentary as relating to the soul and references the Śvetáśv. Up., iii. 19. In this case, Mádhava interprets avindat as "he pierced the jewel," but I have adhered to his accurate explanation in the Commentary.

[466] This is taken from Váchaspati's Comm. on Yoga S. ii. 15. Cf. the "four truths" of Buddhism.

[466] This is taken from Váchaspati's Commentary on Yoga Sutra ii. 15. See the "four truths" of Buddhism.

[467] This probably refers to the Pañchadaśí. A Calcutta Pandit told me that it referred to the Prameya-vivaraṇa-saṅgraha (cf. Dr. Burnell's preface to his edition of the Devatádhyáya-bráhmaṇa, p. x), but, if this is the same as the vivaraṇa-prameya-saṅgraha, it is by Bháratítírthavidyáraṇya (see Dr. Burnell's Cat of Tanjore MSS. p. 88).

[467] This probably refers to the Pañchadaśí. A scholar from Calcutta told me that it referred to the Prameya-vivaraṇa-saṅgraha (see Dr. Burnell's preface to his edition of the Devatádhyáya-bráhmaṇa, p. x), but if this is the same as the vivaraṇa-prameya-saṅgraha, it is by Bháratítírthavidyáraṇya (see Dr. Burnell's Catalog of Tanjore MSS. p. 88).


APPENDIX.

ON THE UPÁDHI (cf. supra, pp. 7, 8, 174, 194).

[As the upádhi or "condition" is a peculiarity of Hindu logic which is little known in Europe, I have added the following translation of the sections in the Bháshá-parichchheda and the Siddhánta-muktávalí, which treat of it.]

[As the upádhi or "condition" is a unique concept in Hindu logic that is not well-known in Europe, I have included the following translation of the sections in the Bháshá-parichchheda and the Siddhánta-muktávalí that discuss it.]

cxxxvii. That which always accompanies the major term (sádhya), but does not always accompany the middle (hetu), is called the Condition (upádhi); its examination is now set forth.

cxxxvii. What always goes along with the major term (sádhya), but doesn’t always go along with the middle term (hetu), is called the Condition (upádhi); its analysis is now presented.

Our author now proceeds to define the upádhi or condition,[468] which is used to stop our acquiescence in a universal proposition as laid down by another person;—"that which always accompanies," &c. The meaning of this is that the so-called condition, while it invariably [276]accompanies that which is accepted as the major term, does not thus invariably accompany that which our opponent puts forward as his middle term. [Thus in the false argument, "The mountain has smoke because it has fire," we may advance "wet fuel," or rather "the being produced from wet fuel," as an upádhi, since "wet fuel" is necessarily found wherever smoke is, but not always where fire is, as e.g., in a red-hot iron ball.]

Our author now goes on to define the upádhi or condition,[468] which is used to challenge our agreement with a universal claim made by someone else;—"that which always accompanies," &c. This means that the so-called condition, while it always accompanies what is accepted as the main term, does not necessarily accompany what our opponent presents as his middle term. [For example, in the flawed argument, "The mountain has smoke because it has fire," we can introduce "wet fuel," or more accurately "the result of wet fuel," as an upádhi, since "wet fuel" is always found where there is smoke, but not always where there is fire, as e.g., in a red-hot iron ball.]

"But," the opponent may suggest, "if this were true, would it not follow that (a) in the case of the too wide middle term in the argument, 'This [second] son of Mitrá's, whom I have not seen, must be dark because he is Mitrá's son,' we could not allege 'the being produced from feeding on vegetables'[469] as a 'condition,'—inasmuch as it does not invariably accompany a dark colour, since a dark colour does also reside in things like [unbaked] jars, &c., which have nothing to do with feeding on vegetables? (b) Again, in the argument, 'The air must be perceptible to sense[470] because it is the site of touch,' we could not allege the 'possessing proportionate form' as a 'condition;' because perceptibility [to the internal sense] is found in the soul, &c., and yet soul, &c., have no form [and therefore the 'possessing proportionate form' does not invariably accompany perceptibility]. (c) Again, in the argument,'Destruction is itself perishable, because it is produced,' we could not allege as a 'condition' the 'being included in some positive category of existence'[471] [destruction being a form of non-existence, called "emergent," dvaṃśábháva], [277]inasmuch as perishability is found in antecedent non-existence, and this certainly cannot be said to be included in any positive category of existence."

"But," the opponent might argue, "if that were the case, wouldn't it mean that (a) in the situation where the middle term in the argument is too broad, like in the statement, 'This [second] son of Mitrá's, whom I haven't seen, must be dark because he's Mitrá's son,' we couldn't say 'the result of eating vegetables'[469] as a 'condition,'—since it doesn't always come with dark color, considering that dark color can also be found in things like [unbaked] jars, etc., which have nothing to do with eating vegetables? (b) Similarly, in the argument, 'Air must be noticeable to the senses[470] because it is the site of touch,' we couldn't claim 'having a fitting form' as a 'condition;' because being perceptible [to the internal sense] is found in the soul, etc., and yet the soul, etc., doesn't have a form [thus 'having a fitting form' doesn't always go hand in hand with being perceptible]. (c) Lastly, in the argument, 'Destruction is itself perishable because it is produced,' we couldn't claim the 'being part of some positive category of existence'[471] [because destruction is a type of non-existence, called "emergent," dvaṃśábháva], [277]since perishability is found in prior non-existence, and this certainly cannot be considered to fall into any positive category of existence."

We, however, deny this, and maintain that the true meaning of the definition is simply this,—that whatever fact or mark we take to determine definitely, in reference to the topic, the major term which our condition is invariably to accompany, that same fact or mark must be equally taken to determine the middle term which our said condition is not invariably to accompany. Thus (a) the "being produced from feeding on vegetables" invariably accompanies "a dark colour," as determined by the fact that it is Mitrá's son, whose dark colour is discussed [and this very fact is the alleged middle term of the argument; but the pretended contradictory instance of the dark jar is not in point, as this was not the topic discussed]. (b) Again, "possessing proportionate form" invariably accompanies perceptibility as determined by the fact that the thing perceived is an external object; while it does not invariably accompany the alleged middle term "the being the site of touch," which is equally to be determined by the fact that the thing perceived is to be an external object.[472] (c) Again, in the argument "destruction is perishable from its being produced," the "being included in some positive category of existence" invariably accompanies the major term "perishable," when determined by the attribute of being produced. [And this is the middle term advanced; and therefore the alleged contradictory instance, "antecedent non-existence," is not in point, since nobody pretends that this is produced at all.]

We, however, disagree with this and argue that the true meaning of the definition is simply this: whatever fact or sign we use to definitively determine, regarding the topic, the major term that our condition always accompanies, that same fact or sign must also be used to determine the middle term that our condition does not always accompany. Thus (a) "being produced from eating vegetables" always accompanies "a dark color," based on the fact that it is Mitrá's son, whose dark color is being discussed [and this very fact is the supposed middle term of the argument; but the alleged contradictory example of the dark jar isn't relevant, as this was not the topic under discussion]. (b) Again, "having a proportional form" always accompanies perception as determined by the fact that the thing perceived is an external object; while it does not always accompany the supposed middle term "being the site of touch," which is also determined by the fact that the thing perceived must be an external object.[472] (c) Again, in the argument "destruction is perishable due to being produced," "being included in some positive category of existence" always accompanies the major term "perishable," when determined by the characteristic of being produced. [And this is the middle term put forth; therefore, the alleged contradictory instance, "antecedent non-existence," is not relevant, since nobody claims that this is produced at all.]

But it is to be observed that there is nothing of this kind in valid middle terms, i.e., there is nothing there [278]which invariably accompanies the major term when determined by a certain fact or mark, and does not so accompany the middle term when similarly determined. This is peculiar to the so-called condition. [Should the reader object that "in each of our previous examples there has been given a separate determining mark or attribute which was to be found in each of the cases included under each; how then, in the absence of some general rule, are we to find out what this determining mark is to be in any particular given case?" We reply that] in the case of any middle term which is too general, the required general rule consists in the constant presence of one or other of the following alternatives, viz., that the subjects thus to be included are either (i.) the acknowledged site of the major term, and also the site of the condition,[473] or else (ii.) the acknowledged site of the too general middle term, but excluding the said condition;[474] and it will be when the case is determined by the presence of one or other of these alternatives that the condition will be considered as "always accompanying the major term, and not always accompanying the middle term."[475]

But it's important to note that there is nothing like this in valid middle terms, i.e., there is nothing there [278] that consistently goes along with the major term when defined by a certain fact or characteristic, and does not do the same for the middle term when similarly defined. This is specific to what is called the condition. [If the reader argues that "in each of our previous examples, a specific determining characteristic or attribute has been given that can be found in each case mentioned; how then, without some general rule, are we supposed to identify what this determining characteristic is in any specific case?" We respond that] in the case of any middle term that is too general, the required general rule consists of the consistent presence of one or the other of the following options, namely, that the subjects to be included are either (i.) the acknowledged location of the major term, and also the location of the condition,[473] or (ii.) the acknowledged location of the overly general middle term, but excluding the said condition;[474] and it will be when the case is defined by the presence of one or the other of these options that the condition will be viewed as "always accompanying the major term, and not always accompanying the middle term."[475]

cxxxviii. All true Conditions reside in the same subjects with their major terms;[476] and, their subjects being thus common, the (erring) middle term will be equally too general in regard to the Condition and the major term.[477]

cxxxviii. All genuine Conditions exist within the same subjects as their main terms; [476] and since their subjects are common, the (incorrect) middle term will also be too general in relation to the Condition and the main term.[477]

cxxxix. It is in order to prove faulty generality in a middle term that the Condition has to be employed.

cxxxix. It is necessary to use the Condition to demonstrate a flawed generalization in a middle term.

The meaning of this is that it is in consequence of the middle term being found too general in regard to the condition, that we infer that it is too general in regard to the major term; and hence the use of having a condition at all. (a.) Thus, where the condition invariably accompanies an unlimited[478] major term, we infer that the middle term is too general in regard to the major term, from the very fact that it is too general in regard to the condition; as, for example, in the instance "the mountain has smoke because it has fire," where we infer that the "fire" is too general in regard to "smoke," since it is too general in regard to "wet fuel;" for there is a rule that what is too general for that which invariably accompanies must also be too general for that which is invariably accompanied. (b.) But where we take some fact or mark to determine definitely the major term which the condition is invariably to accompany,—there it is from the middle term's being found too general in regard to the condition in cases possessing this fact, or mark that we infer that the middle term is equally too general in regard to the major term. Thus in the argument, "B is dark because he is Mitrá's son," the middle term "the fact of being Mitrá's [280]son" is too general in regard to the sádhya, "dark colour," because it is too general in regard to the upádhi, "feeding on vegetables," as seen in the case of Mitrá's second son [Mitrá's parentage being the assumed fact or mark, and Mitrá herself not having fed on vegetables previous to his birth].

The point here is that when the middle term is too broad concerning the condition, we conclude that it is also too broad regarding the major term; thus the purpose of having a condition. (a.) So, when the condition always goes along with an unlimited [478] major term, we deduce that the middle term is too broad about the major term because it is too broad concerning the condition. For example, in the statement "the mountain has smoke because it has fire," we conclude that "fire" is too broad regarding "smoke" since it is too broad in relation to "wet fuel." The rule is that whatever is too broad for something that always accompanies it must also be too broad for something that is always accompanied. (b.) However, when we use a fact or characteristic to clearly define the major term that the condition will always accompany, we see that the middle term is too broad about the condition in cases with this characteristic, leading us to conclude that the middle term is also too broad regarding the major term. For instance, in the argument, "B is dark because he is Mitrá's son," the middle term "being Mitrá's son" is too broad concerning the sádhya, "dark color," because it is too broad regarding the upádhi, "feeding on vegetables," as shown in the case of Mitrá's second son [with Mitrá's parentage as the assumed fact or characteristic, and Mitrá herself not having eaten vegetables before his birth].

[But an objector might here interpose, "If your definition of a condition be correct, surely a pretended condition which fulfils your definition can always be found even in the case of a valid middle term. For instance, in the stock argument 'the mountain must have fire because it has smoke,' we may assume as our pretended condition 'the being always found elsewhere than in the mountain;' since this certainly does not always 'accompany the middle term,' inasmuch as it is not found in the mountain itself where the smoke is acknowledged to be; and yet it apparently does 'always accompany the major term,' since in every other known case of fire we certainly find it, and as for the present case you must remember that the presence of fire in this mountain is the very point in dispute." To this we reply] You never may take such a condition as "the being always found elsewhere than in the subject or minor term" (unless this can be proved by some direct sense-evidence which precludes all dispute); because, in the first place, you cannot produce any argument to convince your antagonist that this condition does invariably accompany the major term [since he naturally maintains that the present case is exactly one in point against you]; and, secondly, because it is self-contradictory [as the same nugatory condition may be equally employed to overthrow the contrary argument].

[But an objector might interject, "If your definition of a condition is correct, then a supposed condition that meets your definition can always be found, even with a valid middle term. For example, in the classic argument 'the mountain must have fire because it has smoke,' we can assume the supposed condition is 'being found always elsewhere than in the mountain;' since this condition does not always 'accompany the middle term,' as it isn’t found in the mountain itself where we know there is smoke; and yet it seems to 'always accompany the major term,' because in every other known case of fire, we definitely find it, and you must remember that whether there's fire in this mountain is precisely what’s being debated." To this we respond] You can never accept a condition like "being always found elsewhere than in the subject or minor term" (unless this can be proven by some direct evidence that eliminates all debate); because, first, you can’t create an argument that convinces your opponent that this condition always goes along with the major term [since he will argue that this case is precisely one against your point]; and secondly, because it is self-contradictory [as the same empty condition could equally be used to undermine the opposing argument].

But if you can establish it by direct sense-evidence, then the "being always found elsewhere than in the subject"[281] becomes a true condition, [and serves to render nugatory the false argument which a disputant tries to establish]. Thus in the illusory argument "the fire must be non-hot because it is artificial," we can have a valid condition in "the being always found elsewhere than in fire," since we can prove by sense-evidence that fire is hot,[479] [thus the upádhi here is a means of overthrowing the false argument].

But if you can prove it through direct sensory evidence, then the "being always found elsewhere than in the subject"[281] becomes a true condition, [and it helps to invalidate the false argument that someone is trying to make]. So in the misleading argument "the fire must be non-hot because it is artificial," we can have a valid condition in "the being always found elsewhere than in fire," since we can demonstrate through sensory evidence that fire is hot,[479] [thus the upádhi here serves as a way to dismantle the false argument].

Where the fact of its always accompanying the major term, &c., is disputed, there we have what is called a disputed condition.[480] But "the being found elsewhere than in the subject" can never be employed even as a disputed condition, in accordance with the traditional rules of logical controversy.[481]

Where it’s disputed that it always accompanies the main term, etc., we refer to that as a disputed condition.[480] But "being found outside of the subject" can never be used even as a disputed condition, according to the traditional rules of logical debate.[481]

E. B. C.

E.B.C.

FOOTNOTES:

[468] The upádhi is the "condition" which must be supplied to restrict a too general middle term. If the middle term, as thus restricted, is still found in the minor term, the argument is valid; if not, it fails. Thus, in "The mountain has smoke because it has fire" (which rests on the false premise that "all fire is accompanied by smoke"), we must add "wet fuel" as the condition of "fire;" and if the mountain has wet fuel as well as fire, of course it will have smoke. Similarly, the alleged argument that "B is dark because he is Mitrá's son" fails, if we can establish that the dark colour of her former offspring A depended not on his being her son, but on her happening to have fed on vegetables instead of ghee. If we can prove that she still keeps to her old diet, of course our amended middle term will still prove B to be dark, but not otherwise.

[468] The upádhi is the "condition" that needs to be added to narrow down a too broad middle term. If the restricted middle term is still present in the minor term, the argument is valid; if not, it fails. For instance, in "The mountain has smoke because it has fire" (which is based on the incorrect assumption that "all fire is accompanied by smoke"), we need to specify "wet fuel" as the condition of "fire;" and if the mountain has wet fuel in addition to fire, then it will definitely have smoke. Similarly, the argument "B is dark because he is Mitrá's son" does not hold if we can show that the dark color of her previous offspring A was due to the fact that she happened to eat vegetables instead of ghee, not because he was her son. If we can demonstrate that she continues her old diet, then our revised middle term will still show B to be dark, but not otherwise.

[469] The Hindus think that a child's dark colour comes from the mother's living on vegetables, while its fair colour comes from her living on ghee.

[469] Hindus believe that a child's dark skin comes from the mother eating a vegetarian diet, while a lighter skin tone comes from her consuming ghee.

[470] By Bháshá-parich. śl. 25, the four elements, earth, water, air, and fire, are sparśavat, but by śl. 27 of these air is neither pratyaksha nor rúpavat.

[470] According to Bháshá-parich. verse 25, the four elements—earth, water, air, and fire—are tangible, but in verse 27, air is neither perceptible nor substantial.

[471] This condition would imply that we could only argue from this middle term "the being produced" in cases of positive existence, not non-existence.

[471] This condition suggests that we can only make arguments based on the middle term "the being produced" in situations of positive existence, not in cases of non-existence.

[472] "Soul," of course, is not external; but our topic was not soul, but air.

[472] "Soul," of course, isn’t something outside of us; however, we weren’t discussing soul, but rather air.

[473] As, e.g., the mountain and Mitrá's first son in the two false arguments, "The mountain has smoke because it has fire" (when the fire-possessing red-hot iron ball has no smoke), and "Mitrá's first son A is dark because he is Mitrá's offspring" (when her second son B is fair). These two subjects possess the respective sádhyas or major terms "smoke" and "dark colour," and therefore are respectively the subjects where the conditions "wet fuel" and "the mother's feeding on vegetables" are to be respectively applied.

[473] For example, consider the mountain and Mitrá's first son in two flawed arguments: "The mountain has smoke because it has fire" (even though the fire-containing red-hot iron ball doesn’t produce smoke), and "Mitrá's first son A is dark because he is Mitrá's child" (even though her second son B is fair). These two topics have the respective major terms "smoke" and "dark color," and therefore the conditions "wet fuel" and "the mother's eating vegetables" should be applied accordingly.

[474] As, e.g., the red-hot ball of iron and Mitrá's second son; as these, though possessing the respective middle terms "fire" and "the being Mitrá's offspring" do not possess the respective conditions "wet fuel" or "the mother's feeding on vegetables," nor, consequently, the respective major terms (sádhya) "smoke" and "dark colour."

[474] As, e.g., the red-hot iron ball and Mitrá's second son; these, while having the middle terms "fire" and "the fact that Mitrá is their father," do not have the necessary conditions "wet fuel" or "the mother eating plants," nor, therefore, the corresponding major terms (sádhya) "smoke" and "dark color."

[475] This will exclude the objected case of "dark jars" in (a), as it falls under neither of these two alternatives; for, though they are the sites of the sádhya "dark colour," they do not admit the condition "the feeding on vegetables," nor the middle term "the being Mitrá's son."

[475] This will exclude the case of "dark jars" in (a), as it doesn't fit either of these two options; because, while they are the examples of the sádhya "dark color," they do not meet the condition "the feeding on vegetables," nor the middle term "the being Mitrá's son."

[476] I.e., wherever there is fire produced by wet fuel there is smoke. The condition and the major term are "equipollent" in their extension.

[476] That is, wherever wet fuel creates fire, there is smoke. The condition and the main term are "equivalent" in their scope.

[477] Where the hetu is found and not the sádhya (as in the red-hot ball of iron), there the upádhi also is not applicable.

[477] Where the hetu is present and not the sádhya (like in the red-hot ball of iron), the upádhi also does not apply.

[478] I.e., one which requires no determining fact or mark, such as the three objected arguments required in § 137.

[478] That is, one that doesn't need any specific fact or sign, like the three disputed arguments needed in § 137.

[479] The disputant says, "Fire must be non-hot because it is artificial." "Well," you rejoin, "then it must only be an artificiality which is always found elsewhere than in fire,—i.e., one which will not answer your purpose in trying to prove your point." Here the proposed upádhi "the being always found elsewhere than in fire" answers to the definition, as it does not always accompany the hetu "possessing artificiality," but it does always accompany the sádhya "non-hot," as fire is proved by sense-evidence to be hot.

[479] The debater claims, "Fire must be non-hot because it’s artificial." "Well," you respond, "then it must only be an artificial quality that's found somewhere other than in fire—i.e., one that won't help you make your argument." Here, the suggested upádhi "the quality always found elsewhere than in fire" fits the definition, as it doesn't always occur with the hetu "having artificiality," but it does consistently occur with the sádhya "non-hot," since fire is proven by sensory evidence to be hot.

[480] As in the argument, "The earth, &c., must have had a maker because they have the nature of effects," where the Theist disputes the Atheistic condition "the being produced by one possessing a body." See Kusumáñjali, v. 2.

[480] In the argument, "The earth, etc., must have had a creator because they exhibit the characteristics of effects," where the Theist challenges the Atheistic idea that "something can only be produced by something with a physical body." See Kusumáñjali, v. 2.

[481] In fact, it would abolish all disputation at the outset, as each party would produce a condition which from his own point of view would reduce his opponent to silence. In other words, a true condition must be consistent with either party's opinions.

[481] In fact, it would eliminate all arguments from the beginning, as each side would present a situation that, from their perspective, would leave their opponent speechless. In other words, a genuine condition must be compatible with either party's views.

THE END.


TRÜBNER'S ORIENTAL SERIES.

"A knowledge of the commonplace, at least, of Oriental literature, philosophy, and religion is as necessary to the general reader of the present day as an acquaintance with the Latin and Greek classics was a generation or so ago. Immense strides have been made within the present century in these branches of learning; Sanskrit has been brought within the range of accurate philology, and its invaluable ancient literature thoroughly investigated; the language and sacred books of the Zoroastrians have been laid bare; Egyptian, Assyrian, and other records of the remote past have been deciphered, and a group of scholars speak of still more recondite Accadian and Hittite monuments; but the results of all the scholarship that has been devoted to these subjects have been almost inaccessible to the public because they were contained for the most part in learned or expensive works, or scattered throughout the numbers of scientific periodicals. Messrs. Trübner & Co., in a spirit of enterprise which does them infinite credit, have determined to supply the constantly-increasing want, and to give in a popular, or, at least, a comprehensive form, all this mass of knowledge to the world."—Times.

"A familiarity with the basics of Oriental literature, philosophy, and religion is just as essential for today's general reader as knowing Latin and Greek classics was a generation ago. Huge advancements have been made in these fields over the current century; Sanskrit has been analyzed with precise philology, and its priceless ancient literature has been thoroughly explored; the language and sacred texts of the Zoroastrians have been unveiled; records from ancient Egypt, Assyria, and other distant past civilizations have been decoded, and a group of scholars is discussing even more obscure Accadian and Hittite artifacts. However, the outcomes of all the scholarship dedicated to these topics have been mostly inaccessible to the public because they were mostly found in scholarly or costly works or scattered across various scientific journals. Messrs. Trübner & Co., with commendable enterprise, have decided to meet the growing demand and present this vast amount of knowledge to the world in a popular or, at least, comprehensive format."—Times.


Second Edition, post 8vo, pp. xxxii.-748, with Map, cloth, price 21s.

Second Edition, 8vo, pp. xxxii.-748, with Map, cloth, price £21.

THE INDIAN EMPIRE:
ITS PEOPLE, HISTORY, AND PRODUCTS.

By the Hon. Sir W. W. Hunter, K.C.S.I., C.S.I., C.I.E., LL.D.,

By the Hon. Sir W. W. Hunter, K.C.S.I., C.S.I., C.I.E., LL.D.,

Member of the Viceroy's Legislative Council,

Member of the Viceroy's Legislative Council,

Director-General of Statistics to the Government of India.

Director-General of Statistics for the Government of India.

Being a Revised Edition, brought up to date, and incorporating the general results of the Census of 1881.

Being a Revised Edition, updated to include the overall findings of the 1881 Census.

"It forms a volume of more than 700 pages, and is a marvellous combination of literary condensation and research. It gives a complete account of the Indian Empire, its history, peoples, and products, and forms the worthy outcome of seventeen years of labour with exceptional opportunities for rendering that labour fruitful. Nothing could be more lucid than Sir William Hunter's expositions of the economic and political condition of India at the present time, or more interesting than his scholarly history of the India of the past."—The Times.

"It consists of over 700 pages and is an amazing blend of concise writing and research. It provides a comprehensive overview of the Indian Empire, its history, peoples, and resources, and is the impressive result of seventeen years of work, with unique opportunities to make that work productive. Nothing is clearer than Sir William Hunter's explanations of India's current economic and political situation, or more engaging than his scholarly account of India's history."—The Times.

THE FOLLOWING WORKS HAVE ALREADY APPEARED:—

THE FOLLOWING WORKS HAVE ALREADY APPEARED:—

Third Edition, post 8vo, cloth, pp. xvi.-428, price 16s.

Third Edition, 8vo, cloth, pp. xvi-428, price £16.

ESSAYS ON THE SACRED LANGUAGE, WRITINGS,
AND RELIGION OF THE PARSIS.

By Martin Haug, Ph.D.,

By Martin Haug, Ph.D.

Late of the Universities of Tübingen, Göttingen, and Bonn; Superintendent of Sanskrit Studies, and Professor of Sanskrit in the Poona College.

Late of the Universities of Tübingen, Göttingen, and Bonn; Superintendent of Sanskrit Studies, and Professor of Sanskrit in the Poona College.

Edited and Enlarged by Dr. E. W. West.

Edited and Expanded by Dr. E. W. West.

To which is added a Biographical Memoir of the late Dr. Haug by Prof. E. P. Evans.

To this is added a Biographical Memoir of the late Dr. Haug by Prof. E. P. Evans.

I. History of the Researches into the Sacred Writings and Religion of the Parsis, from the Earliest Times down to the Present.

I. History of the Researches into the Sacred Writings and Religion of the Parsis, from the Earliest Times down to the Present.

II. Languages of the Parsi Scriptures.

II. Languages of the Parsi Scriptures.

III. The Zend-Avesta, or the Scripture of the Parsis.

III. The Zend-Avesta, or the Scriptures of the Parsis.

IV. The Zoroastrian Religion, as to its Origin and Development.

IV. The Zoroastrian Religion: Its Origin and Development.

"'Essays on the Sacred Language, Writings, and Religion of the Parsis,' by the late Dr. Martin Haug, edited by Dr. E. W. West. The author intended, on his return from India, to expand the materials contained in this work into a comprehensive account of the Zoroastrian religion, but the design was frustrated by his untimely death. We have, however, in a concise and readable form, a history of the researches into the sacred writings and religion of the Parsis from the earliest times down to the present—a dissertation on the languages of the Parsi Scriptures, a translation of the Zend-Avesta, or the Scripture of the Parsis, and a dissertation on the Zoroastrian religion, with especial reference to its origin and development."—Times.

"'Essays on the Sacred Language, Writings, and Religion of the Parsis,' by the late Dr. Martin Haug, edited by Dr. E. W. West. The author intended to expand the materials in this work into a comprehensive account of the Zoroastrian religion when he returned from India, but his plans were cut short by his untimely death. However, we now have a concise and readable history of the research into the sacred writings and religion of the Parsis from the earliest times to the present—a dissertation on the languages of the Parsi Scriptures, a translation of the Zend-Avesta, or the Scripture of the Parsis, and a dissertation on the Zoroastrian religion, focusing particularly on its origin and development."—Times.


Post 8vo, cloth, pp. viii.-176, price 7s. 6d.

Post 8vo, cloth, pp. viii.-176, price £7.50.

TEXTS FROM THE BUDDHIST CANON

COMMONLY KNOWN AS "DHAMMAPADA."

ALSO KNOWN AS "DHAMMAPADA."

With Accompanying Narratives.

With Supporting Stories.

Translated from the Chinese by S. BEAL, B.A., Professor of Chinese, University College, London.

Translated from the Chinese by S. BEAL, B.A., Professor of Chinese, University College, London.

The Dhammapada, as hitherto known by the Pali Text Edition, as edited by Fausböll, by Max Müller's English, and Albrecht Weber's German translations, consists only of twenty-six chapters or sections, whilst the Chinese version, or rather recension, as now translated by Mr. Beal, consists of thirty-nine sections. The students of Pali who possess Fausböll's text, or either of the above-named translations, will therefore needs want Mr. Beal's English rendering of the Chinese version; the thirteen above-named additional sections not being accessible to them in any other form; for, even if they understand Chinese, the Chinese original would be unobtainable by them.

The Dhammapada, as previously known through the Pali Text Edition edited by Fausböll and translated into English by Max Müller and into German by Albrecht Weber, contains only twenty-six chapters or sections. In contrast, the Chinese version, or rather the recension now translated by Mr. Beal, has thirty-nine sections. Students of Pali who have Fausböll's text or any of the mentioned translations will definitely want Mr. Beal's English version of the Chinese text, as they don't have access to the thirteen additional sections in any other form; even if they understand Chinese, the original text would be unavailable to them.

"Mr. Beal's rendering of the Chinese translation is a most valuable aid to the critical study of the work. It contains authentic texts gathered from ancient canonical books, and generally connected with some incident in the history of Buddha. Their great interest, however, consists in the light which they throw upon everyday life in India at the remote period at which they were written, and upon the method of teaching adopted by the founder of the religion. The method employed was principally parable, and the simplicity of the tales and the excellence of the morals inculcated, as well as the strange hold which they have retained upon the minds of millions of people, make them a very remarkable study."—Times.

"Mr. Beal's translation of the Chinese texts is an incredibly valuable resource for analyzing this work critically. It includes authentic texts taken from ancient canonical books, which are generally linked to events in Buddha's history. However, what makes them particularly interesting is the insight they provide into daily life in India during the distant period they were written and the teaching methods used by the religion's founder. The main technique was parable, and the simplicity of the stories, along with the strong morals they teach and their lasting impact on millions of people, make them a fascinating subject for study."—Times.

"Mr. Beal, by making it accessible in an English dress, has added to the great services he has already rendered to the comparative study of religious history."—Academy.

"Mr. Beal, by making it available in English, has added to the significant contributions he has already made to the comparative study of religious history."—Academy.

"Valuable as exhibiting the doctrine of the Buddhists in its purest, least adulterated form, it brings the modern reader face to face with that simple creed and rule of conduct which won its way over the minds of myriads, and which is now nominally professed by 145 millions, who have overlaid its austere simplicity with innumerable ceremonies, forgotten its maxims, perverted its teaching, and so inverted its leading principle that a religion whose founder denied a God, now worships that founder as a god himself."—Scotsman.

"Valuable for showcasing the doctrine of Buddhism in its purest and least altered form, it exposes the modern reader to the straightforward beliefs and guidelines that captivated countless people. Today, about 145 million people nominally claim this faith, yet they have added countless rituals, forgotten its core teachings, twisted its principles, and so fundamentally changed its essence that a religion whose founder rejected the concept of God now idolizes that very founder as a god."—Scotsman.


Second Edition, post 8vo, cloth, pp. xxiv.-360, price 10s. 6d.

Second Edition, 8vo, cloth, pp. xxiv.-360, price £10.30.

THE HISTORY OF INDIAN LITERATURE.

By Albrecht Weber.

By Albrecht Weber.

Translated from the Second German Edition by John Mann, M.A., and Théodor Zachariae, Ph.D., with the sanction of the Author.

Translated from the Second German Edition by John Mann, M.A., and Théodor Zachariae, Ph.D., with the approval of the Author.

Dr. Buhler, Inspector of Schools in India, writes:—"When I was Professor of Oriental Languages in Elphinstone College, I frequently felt the want of such a work to which I could refer the students."

Dr. Buhler, Inspector of Schools in India, writes:—"When I was a Professor of Oriental Languages at Elphinstone College, I often wished I had a resource like this to refer my students to."

Professor Cowell, of Cambridge, writes:—"It will be especially useful to the students in our Indian colleges and universities. I used to long for such a book when I was teaching in Calcutta. Hindu students are intensely interested in the history of Sanskrit literature, and this volume will supply them with all they want on the subject."

Professor Cowell, from Cambridge, writes:—"This will be especially useful for students in our Indian colleges and universities. I used to wish for a book like this when I was teaching in Calcutta. Hindu students are deeply interested in the history of Sanskrit literature, and this book will provide them with everything they need on the topic."

Professor Whitney, Yale College, New Haven, Conn., U.S.A., writes:—"I was one of the class to whom the work was originally given in the form of academic lectures. At their first appearance they were by far the most learned and able treatment of their subject; and with their recent additions they still maintain decidedly the same rank."

Professor Whitney, Yale College, New Haven, Conn., U.S.A., writes:—"I was part of the group that first received the work as academic lectures. When they first came out, they were the most knowledgeable and effective treatment of the topic; and with the recent updates, they still hold the same high standard."

"Is perhaps the most comprehensive and lucid survey of Sanskrit literature extant. The essays contained in the volume were originally delivered as academic lectures, and at the time of their first publication were acknowledged to be by far the most learned and able treatment of the subject. They have now been brought up to date by the addition of all the most important results of recent research."—Times.

"Is probably the most thorough and clear overview of Sanskrit literature available today. The essays in this collection were initially presented as academic lectures, and when they were first published, they were recognized as the most scholarly and competent examination of the topic. They have now been updated to include all the most significant findings from recent research."—Times.


Post 8vo, cloth, pp. xii.-198, accompanied by Two Language Maps, price 7s. 6d.

Post 8vo, cloth, pp. xii.-198, with Two Language Maps included, priced at £7.50.

A SKETCH OF THE MODERN LANGUAGES OF THE EAST INDIES.

By Robert N. Cust.

By Robert N. Cust.

The Author has attempted to fill up a vacuum, the inconvenience of which pressed itself on his notice. Much had been written about the languages of the East Indies, but the extent of our present knowledge had not even been brought to a focus. It occurred to him that it might be of use to others to publish in an arranged form the notes which he had collected for his own edification.

The author has tried to address a gap that he noticed. A lot has been written about the languages of the East Indies, but our current understanding hasn't been clearly defined. He thought it might be helpful to others to publish the notes he gathered for his own learning in an organized way.

"Supplies a deficiency which has long been felt."—Times.

"Fills a need that has been felt for a long time."—Times.

"The book before us is then a valuable contribution to philological science. It passes under review a vast number of languages, and it gives, or professes to give, in every case the sum and substance of the opinions and judgments of the best-informed writers."—Saturday Review.

"The book in front of us is a significant addition to linguistic studies. It reviews a large number of languages and provides, or claims to provide, the main opinions and insights from the most knowledgeable authors."—Saturday Review.


Second Corrected Edition, post 8vo, pp. xii.-116, cloth, price 5s.

Second Corrected Edition, post 8vo, pp. xii.-116, cloth, price £5.

THE BIRTH OF THE WAR-GOD.

A Poem. By Kalidasa.

A Poem. By Kalidasa.

Translated from the Sanskrit into English Verse by
Ralph T. H. Griffith, M.A.

Translated from the Sanskrit into English Verse by
Ralph T.H. Griffith, M.A.

"A very spirited rendering of the Kumárasambhava, which was first published twenty-six years ago, and which we are glad to see made once more accessible."—Times.

"A lively version of the Kumárasambhava, first published twenty-six years ago, and we're pleased to see it available again."—Times.

"Mr. Griffith's very spirited rendering is well known to most who are at all interested in Indian literature, or enjoy the tenderness of feeling and rich creative imagination of its author."—Indian Antiquary.

"Mr. Griffith's lively performance is familiar to anyone interested in Indian literature or who appreciates the emotional depth and vibrant creativity of its author."—Indian Antiquary.

"We are very glad to welcome a second edition of Professor Griffith's admirable translation. Few translations deserve a second edition better."—Athenæum.

"We're really happy to welcome a second edition of Professor Griffith's excellent translation. Few translations deserve a second edition more."—Athenæum.


Post 8vo, pp. 432, cloth, price 16s.

Post 8vo, 432 pages, cloth, price £16.

A CLASSICAL DICTIONARY OF HINDU MYTHOLOGY
AND RELIGION, GEOGRAPHY, HISTORY, AND
LITERATURE.

By John Dowson, M.R.A.S.,
Late Professor of Hindustani, Staff College.

By John Dowson, M.R.A.S.,
Former Professor of Hindustani, Staff College.

"This not only forms an indispensable book of reference to students of Indian literature, but is also of great general interest, as it gives in a concise and easily accessible form all that need be known about the personages of Hindu mythology whose names are so familiar, but of whom so little is known outside the limited circle of savants."—Times.

"This not only serves as an essential reference book for students of Indian literature, but it is also very interesting to a wider audience, as it provides a concise and easily accessible overview of the characters in Hindu mythology whose names are well-known, yet little is understood about them outside the small group of experts."—Times.

"It is no slight gain when such subjects are treated fairly and fully in a moderate space; and we need only add that the few wants which we may hope to see supplied in new editions detract but little from the general excellence of Mr. Dowson's work."—Saturday Review.

"It’s a significant benefit when these topics are discussed openly and thoroughly in a reasonable amount of space; and it's worth noting that the few improvements we might expect in new editions hardly take away from the overall quality of Mr. Dowson's work."—Saturday Review.


Post 8vo, with View of Mecca, pp. cxii.-172, cloth, price 9s.

Post 8vo, with a view of Mecca, pp. cxii.-172, cloth, price £9.

SELECTIONS FROM THE KORAN.

By Edward William Lane,

By Edward William Lane

Translator of "The Thousand and One Nights;" &c., &c.

Translator of "The Thousand and One Nights;" etc., etc.

A New Edition, Revised and Enlarged, with an Introduction by
Stanley Lane Poole.

A New Edition, Revised and Enlarged, with an Introduction by
Stanley Lane-Poole.

"... Has been long esteemed in this country as the compilation of one of the greatest Arabic scholars of the time, the late Mr. Lane, the well-known translator of the 'Arabian Nights.'... The present editor has enhanced the value of his relative's work by divesting the text of a great deal of extraneous matter introduced by way of comment, and prefixing an introduction."—Times.

"... Has long been respected in this country as the compilation of one of the greatest Arabic scholars of the time, the late Mr. Lane, the famous translator of the 'Arabian Nights.'... The current editor has increased the value of his relative's work by removing a lot of unnecessary commentary and adding an introduction."—Times.

"Mr. Poole is both a generous and a learned biographer.... Mr. Poole tells us the facts ... so far as it is possible for industry and criticism to ascertain them, and for literary skill to present them in a condensed and readable form."—Englishman, Calcutta.

"Mr. Poole is a generous and knowledgeable biographer.... Mr. Poole provides us with the facts ... as much as industry and critique can determine, and as much as literary talent can convey them in a concise and engaging way."—Englishman, Calcutta.


Post 8vo, pp. vi.-368, cloth, price 14s.

Post 8vo, pp. vi.-368, cloth, price £14.

MODERN INDIA AND THE INDIANS,

BEING A SERIES OF IMPRESSIONS, NOTES, AND ESSAYS.

BEING A SERIES OF IMPRESSIONS, NOTES, AND ESSAYS.

By Monier Williams, D.C.L.,

By Monier Williams, D.C.L.,

Hon. LL.D. of the University of Calcutta, Hon. Member of the Bombay Asiatic Society,
Boden Professor of Sanskrit in the University of Oxford.

Hon. LL.D. of the University of Calcutta, Hon. Member of the Bombay Asiatic Society,
Boden Professor of Sanskrit at the University of Oxford.

Third Edition, revised and augmented by considerable Additions,
with Illustrations and a Map.

Third Edition, updated and expanded with significant additions,
including illustrations and a map.

"In this volume we have the thoughtful impressions of a thoughtful man on some of the most important questions connected with our Indian Empire.... An enlightened observant man, travelling among an enlightened observant people, Professor Monier Williams has brought before the public in a pleasant form more of the manners and customs of the Queen's Indian subjects than we ever remember to have seen in any one work. He not only deserves the thanks of every Englishman for this able contribution to the study of Modern India—a subject with which we should be specially familiar—but he deserves the thanks of every Indian, Parsee or Hindu, Buddhist and Moslem, for his clear exposition of their manners, their creeds, and their necessities."—Times.

"In this volume, we have the insightful thoughts of a reflective individual on some of the most significant issues related to our Indian Empire. An educated and observant person, traveling among a similarly enlightened community, Professor Monier Williams has presented to the public in an engaging way more of the customs and traditions of the Queen's Indian subjects than we can recall seeing in any single work. He not only deserves the gratitude of every Englishman for this valuable contribution to the understanding of Modern India—a subject we should be particularly knowledgeable about—but he also deserves the appreciation of every Indian, whether Parsee, Hindu, Buddhist, or Muslim, for his clear explanation of their customs, beliefs, and needs."—Times.


Post 8vo, pp. xliv.-376, cloth, price 14s.

Post 8vo, pp. xliv.-376, cloth, price £14.

METRICAL TRANSLATIONS FROM SANSKRIT WRITERS.

With an Introduction, many Prose Versions, and Parallel Passages from
Classical Authors.

With an Introduction, several Prose Versions, and Side-by-Side Comparisons from
Classical Authors.

By J. Muir, C.I.E., D.C.L., LL.D., Ph.D.

By John Muir, C.I.E., D.C.L., LL.D., Ph.D.

"... An agreeable introduction to Hindu poetry."—Times.

"... A pleasant introduction to Hindu poetry."—Times.

"... A volume which may be taken as a fair illustration alike of the religions and moral sentiments and of the legendary lore of the best Sanskrit writers."—Edinburgh Daily Review.

"... A book that serves as a good example of both the religions and moral beliefs and the legendary stories of the best Sanskrit writers."—Edinburgh Daily Review.


Second Edition, post 8vo, pp. xxvi.-244, cloth, price 10s. 6d.

Second Edition, 8vo, pp. xxvi.-244, cloth, price £10.60.

THE GULISTAN;

Or, Rose Garden of Shekh Mushliu'd-din Sadi of Shiraz.

Or, the Rose Garden of Shekh Mushliu'd-din Sadi of Shiraz.

Translated for the First Time into Prose and Verse, with an
Introductory Preface, and a Life of the Author, from the Atish Kadah,

Translated for the First Time into Prose and Verse, with an
Introductory Preface, and a Life of the Author, from the Atish Kadah,

By Edward B. Eastwick, C.B., M.A., F.R.S., M.R.A.S.

By Edward B. Eastwick, C.B., M.A., F.R.S., M.R.A.S.

"It is a very fair rendering of the original."—Times.

"It is a very accurate representation of the original."—Times.

"The new edition has long been desired, and will be welcomed by all who take any interest in Oriental poetry. The Gulistan is a typical Persian verse-book of the highest order. Mr. Eastwick's rhymed translation ... has long established itself in a secure position as the best version of Sadi's finest work."—Academy.

"The new edition has been eagerly anticipated and will be welcomed by everyone interested in Oriental poetry. The Gulistan is a classic Persian poetry book of the highest quality. Mr. Eastwick's rhymed translation ... has long held its place as the best version of Sadi's masterpiece."—Academy.

"It is both faithfully and gracefully executed."—Tablet.

"It is done both faithfully and gracefully."—Tablet.


In Two Volumes, post 8vo, pp. viii.-408 and viii.-348, cloth, price 28s.

In two volumes, paperback, 8vo, pp. viii.-408 and viii.-348, cloth, price £28.

MISCELLANEOUS ESSAYS RELATING TO INDIAN SUBJECTS.

By Brian Houghton Hodgson, Esq., F.R.S.,

By Brian Houghton Hodgson, Esq., F.R.S.,

Late of the Bengal Civil Service; Corresponding Member of the Institute;
Chevalier of the Legion of Honour; late British Minister at the Court of Nepal, &c., &c.

Formerly of the Bengal Civil Service; Corresponding Member of the Institute;
Knight of the Legion of Honour; former British Minister at the Court of Nepal, etc., etc.

CONTENTS OF VOL. I.

TABLE OF CONTENTS VOL. I.

Section I.—On the Kocch, Bódó, and Dhimál Tribes.—Part I. Vocabulary.—Part II. Grammar.—Part III. Their Origin, Location, Numbers, Creed, Customs, Character, and Condition, with a General Description of the Climate they dwell in—Appendix.

Section I.—About the Kocch, Bódó, and Dhimál Tribes.—Part I. Vocabulary.—Part II. Grammar.—Part III. Their Origin, Location, Numbers, Beliefs, Customs, Traits, and Living Conditions, along with a General Description of the Climate they live in—Appendix.

Section II.—On Himalayan Ethnology.—I. Comparative Vocabulary of the Languages of the Broken Tribes of Népál.—II. Vocabulary of the Dialects of the Kiranti Language.—III. Grammatical Analysis of the Váyu Language. The Váyu Grammar.—IV. Analysis of the Báhing Dialect of the Kiranti language. The Báhing Grammar.—V. On the Váyu or Háyu Tribe of the Central Himaláya.—VI. On the Kiranti Tribe of the Central Himaláya.

Section II.—On Himalayan Ethnology.—I. Comparative Vocabulary of the Languages of the Broken Tribes of Nepal.—II. Vocabulary of the Dialects of the Kiranti Language.—III. Grammatical Analysis of the Váyu Language. The Váyu Grammar.—IV. Analysis of the Báhing Dialect of the Kiranti Language. The Báhing Grammar.—V. On the Váyu or Háyu Tribe of the Central Himalaya.—VI. On the Kiranti Tribe of the Central Himalaya.

CONTENTS OF VOL. II.

Table of Contents Vol. II.

Section III.—On the Aborigines of North-Eastern India. Comparative Vocabulary of the Tibetan, Bódó, and Gáró Tongues.

Section 3.—About the Indigenous Peoples of North-Eastern India. A Comparison of Vocabulary from the Tibetan, Bódó, and Gáró Languages.

Section IV.—Aborigines of the North-Eastern Frontier.

Section IV.—Native Peoples of the North-Eastern Frontier.

Section V.—Aborigines of the Eastern Frontier.

Section 5.—Indigenous People of the Eastern Frontier.

Section VI.—The Indo-Chinese Borderers, and their connection with the Himalayans and Tibetans. Comparative Vocabulary of Indo-Chinese Borderers in Arakan. Comparative Vocabulary of Indo-Chinese Borderers in Tenasserim.

Section 6.—The people living along the Indo-Chinese border and their connection with the Himalayans and Tibetans. Comparative Vocabulary of Indo-Chinese Borderers in Arakan. Comparative Vocabulary of Indo-Chinese Borderers in Tenasserim.

Section VII.—The Mongolian Affinities of the Caucasians.—Comparison and Analysis of Caucasian and Mongolian Words.

Section 7.—The Mongolian Connections of the Caucasians.—Comparison and Analysis of Caucasian and Mongolian Words.

Section VIII.—Physical Type of Tibetans.

Section VIII.—Tibetan Physical Characteristics.

Section IX.—The Aborigines of Central India.—Comparative Vocabulary of the Aboriginal Languages of Central India.—Aborigines of the Eastern Ghats.—Vocabulary of some of the Dialects of the Hill and Wandering Tribes in the Northern Sircars.—Aborigines of the Nilgiris, with Remarks on their Affinities.—Supplement to the Nilgirian Vocabularies.—The Aborigines of Southern India and Ceylon.

Section 9.—The Indigenous People of Central India.—Comparative Vocabulary of the Indigenous Languages of Central India.—Indigenous People of the Eastern Ghats.—Vocabulary of Some Dialects of the Hill and Nomadic Tribes in the Northern Sircars.—Indigenous People of the Nilgiris, with Comments on Their Connections.—Supplement to the Nilgiri Vocabularies.—The Indigenous People of Southern India and Sri Lanka.

Section X.—Route of Nepalese Mission to Pekin, with Remarks on the Water-Shed and Plateau of Tibet.

Section X.—Path of the Nepalese Mission to Beijing, with Comments on the Water-Shed and Plateau of Tibet.

Section XI.—Route from Káthmándú, the Capital of Nepâl, to Darjeeling in Sikim.—Memorandum relative to the Seven Cosis of Nepâl.

Section 11.—Route from Kathmandu, the capital of Nepal, to Darjeeling in Sikkim.—Memorandum regarding the Seven Cosis of Nepal.

Section XII.—Some Accounts of the Systems of Law and Police as recognised in the State of Nepâl.

Section 12.—Some Accounts of the Legal and Policing Systems as recognized in the State of Nepal.

Section XIII.—The Native Method of making the Paper denominated Hindustan, Népálese.

Section 13.—The Local Way of Making the Paper Called Hindustan, Nepali.

Section XIV.—Pre-eminence of the Vernaculars; or, the Anglicists Answered; Being Letters on the Education of the People of India.

Section 14.—The Superiority of Local Languages; or, the Anglicists Responded; A Collection of Letters on Educating the People of India.

"For the study of the less-known races of India Mr. Brian Hodgson's 'Miscellaneous Essays' will be found very valuable both to the philologist and the ethnologist."

"For studying the lesser-known races of India, Mr. Brian Hodgson's 'Miscellaneous Essays' will be very valuable to both linguists and ethnologists."


Third Edition, Two Vols., post 8vo, pp. viii.-268 and viii.-326, cloth, price 21s.

Third Edition, Two Vols., post 8vo, pp. viii.-268 and viii.-326, cloth, price £21.

THE LIFE OR LEGEND OF GAUDAMA,

THE BUDDHA OF THE BURMESE. With Annotations.

THE BUDDHA OF THE BURMESE. With Annotations.

The Ways to Neibban, and Notice on the Phongyies or Burmese Monks.

The Paths to Nirvana, and Information on the Phongyies or Burmese Monks.

By the Right Rev. P. Bigandet,

By the Right Reverend P. Bigandet,

Bishop of Ramatha, Vicar-Apostolic of Ava and Pegu.

Bishop of Ramatha, Vicar-Apostolic of Ava and Pegu.

"The work is furnished with copious notes, which not only illustrate the subject-matter, but form a perfect encyclopædia of Buddhist lore."—Times.

"The work includes extensive notes that not only explain the content but also serve as a complete encyclopedia of Buddhist knowledge."—Times.

"A work which will furnish European students of Buddhism with a most valuable help in the prosecution of their investigations."—Edinburgh Daily Review.

"A resource that will provide European students of Buddhism with invaluable assistance in their research."—Edinburgh Daily Review.

"Bishop Bigandet's invaluable work."—Indian Antiquary.

"Bishop Bigandet's invaluable work." — *Indian Antiquary.*

"Viewed in this light, its importance is sufficient to place students of the subject under a deep obligation to its author."—Calcutta Review.

"Seen this way, its significance is enough to put students of the subject in considerable debt to its author."—Calcutta Review.

"This work is one of the greatest authorities upon Buddhism."—Dublin Review.

"This work is one of the most respected sources on Buddhism."—Dublin Review.


Post 8vo, pp. xxiv.-420, cloth, price 18s.

Post 8vo, pp. xxiv.-420, cloth, cost £18.

CHINESE BUDDHISM.

A VOLUME OF SKETCHES, HISTORICAL AND CRITICAL.

A COLLECTION OF SKETCHES, HISTORICAL AND CRITICAL.

By J. Edkins, D.D.

By J. Edkins, D.D.

Author of "China's Place in Philology," "Religion in China," &c., &c.

Author of "China's Place in Philology," "Religion in China," etc., etc.

"It contains a vast deal of important information on the subject, such as is only to be gained by long-continued study on the spot."—Athenæum.

"It contains a wealth of important information on the subject, which can only be obtained through extensive study in the field."—Athenæum.

"Upon the whole, we know of no work comparable to it for the extent of its original research, and the simplicity with which this complicated system of philosophy, religion, literature, and ritual is set forth."—British Quarterly Review.

"Overall, we know of no work that compares to it in the depth of its original research and the clarity with which this complex system of philosophy, religion, literature, and rituals is presented."—British Quarterly Review.

"The whole volume is replete with learning.... It deserves most careful study from all interested in the history of the religions of the world, and expressly of those who are concerned in the propagation of Christianity. Dr. Edkins notices in terms of just condemnation the exaggerated praise bestowed upon Buddhism by recent English writers."—Record.

"The entire book is filled with knowledge... It deserves thorough study from anyone interested in the history of world religions, especially those involved in spreading Christianity. Dr. Edkins rightly criticizes the inflated praise that recent English writers have given to Buddhism."—Record.


Post 8vo, pp. 496, cloth, price 10s. 6d.

Post 8vo, 496 pages, cloth, price £10.50.

LINGUISTIC AND ORIENTAL ESSAYS.

Written from the Year 1846 to 1878.

Written from 1846 to 1878.

By Robert Needham Cust,

By Robert Needham Cust

Late Member of Her Majesty's Indian Civil Service;
Hon. Secretary to the Royal Asiatic Society; and
Author of "The Modern Languages of the East Indies."

Late Member of Her Majesty's Indian Civil Service;
Hon. Secretary to the Royal Asiatic Society; and
Author of "The Modern Languages of the East Indies."

"We know none who has described Indian life, especially the life of the natives, with so much learning, sympathy, and literary talent."—Academy.

"We don’t know anyone who has portrayed Indian life, particularly the life of the indigenous people, with such depth of knowledge, compassion, and writing skill."—Academy.

"They seem to us to be full of suggestive and original remarks."—St. James's Gazette.

"They appear to us to be full of insightful and original comments."—St. James's Gazette.

"His book contains a vast amount of information. The result of thirty-five years of inquiry, reflection, and speculation, and that on subjects as full of fascination as of food for thought."—Tablet.

"His book has a wealth of information. It's the product of thirty-five years of research, reflection, and theorizing on topics that are as intriguing as they are thought-provoking."—Tablet.

"Exhibit such a thorough acquaintance with the history and antiquities of India as to entitle him to speak as one having authority."—Edinburgh Daily Review.

"Show such a deep understanding of the history and ancient culture of India that he has the right to speak with authority."—Edinburgh Daily Review.

"The author speaks with the authority of personal experience.... It is this constant association with the country and the people which gives such a vividness to many of the pages."—Athenæum.

"The author speaks with the authority of personal experience.... This ongoing connection with the country and its people brings a vividness to many of the pages."—Athenæum.


Post 8vo, pp. civ.-348, cloth, price 18s.

Post 8vo, pp. civ.-348, cloth, price £18.

BUDDHIST BIRTH STORIES; or, Jataka Tales.

The Oldest Collection of Folk-lore Extant:

The Oldest Collection of Folklore Still in Existence:

BEING THE JATAKATTHAVANNANA,

BEING THE JATAKATTHAVANNANA,

For the first time Edited in the original Pāli.

For the first time edited in the original Pāli.

By V. Fausboll;

By V. Fausboll;

And Translated by T. W. Rhys Davids.

And Translated by T.W. Rhys Davids.

Translation. Volume I.

Translation. Volume 1.

"These are tales supposed to have been told by the Buddha of what he had seen and heard in his previous births. They are probably the nearest representatives of the original Aryan stories from which sprang the folk-lore of Europe as well as India. The introduction contains a most interesting disquisition on the migrations of these fables, tracing their reappearance in the various groups of folk-lore legends. Among other old friends, we meet with a version of the Judgment of Solomon."—Times.

"These are stories that are said to have been told by the Buddha about what he saw and heard in his past lives. They are likely the closest versions of the original Aryan tales that inspired the folklore of both Europe and India. The introduction includes a fascinating discussion on how these stories migrated, showing how they reappeared in different collections of folklore legends. Among other familiar tales, we find a version of the Judgment of Solomon."—Times.

"It is now some years since Mr. Rhys Davids asserted his right to be heard on this subject by his able article on Buddhism in the new edition of the 'Encyclopædia Britannica.'"—Leeds Mercury.

"It has been several years since Mr. Rhys Davids claimed his right to speak on this topic with his insightful article on Buddhism in the new edition of the 'Encyclopædia Britannica.'"—Leeds Mercury.

"All who are interested in Buddhist literature ought to feel deeply indebted to Mr. Rhys Davids. His well-established reputation as a Pali scholar is a sufficient guarantee for the fidelity of his version, and the style of his translations is deserving of high praise."—Academy.

"Everyone interested in Buddhist literature should feel greatly indebted to Mr. Rhys Davids. His solid reputation as a Pali scholar guarantees the accuracy of his translations, and the quality of his work deserves high praise."—Academy.

"No more competent expositor of Buddhism could be found than Mr. Rhys Davids. In the Jātaka book we have, then, a priceless record of the earliest imaginative literature of our race; and ... it presents to us a nearly complete picture of the social life and customs and popular beliefs of the common people of Aryan tribes, closely related to ourselves, just as they were passing through the first stages of civilisation."—St. James's Gazette.

"No one was a more skilled interpreter of Buddhism than Mr. Rhys Davids. The Jātaka book is, therefore, an invaluable record of the earliest imaginative literature of our culture; and ... it gives us a nearly complete view of the social life, customs, and popular beliefs of the common people of Aryan tribes, closely related to us, right as they were entering the early stages of civilization."—St. James's Gazette.


Post 8vo, pp. xxviii.-362, cloth, price 14s.

Post 8vo, pp. 28-362, cloth, price £14.

A TALMUDIC MISCELLANY;

Or, A THOUSAND AND ONE EXTRACTS FROM THE TALMUD, THE MIDRASHIM, AND THE KABBALAH.

Or else, A THOUSAND AND ONE EXTRACTS FROM THE TALMUD, THE MIDRASHIM, AND THE KABBALAH.

Compiled and Translated by PAUL ISAAC HERSHON, Author of "Genesis According to the Talmud," &c.

Compiled and Translated by PAUL ISAAC HERSHON, Author of "Genesis According to the Talmud," etc.

With Notes and Copious Indexes.

With Notes and Extensive Indexes.

"To obtain in so concise and handy a form as this volume a general idea of the Talmud is a boon to Christians at least."—Times.

"Having such a concise and convenient volume to get a general understanding of the Talmud is a real advantage for Christians, at least."—Times.

"Its peculiar and popular character will make it attractive to general readers. Mr. Hershon is a very competent scholar.... Contains samples of the good, bad, and indifferent, and especially extracts that throw light upon the Scriptures."—British Quarterly Review.

"Its unique and popular style will draw in general readers. Mr. Hershon is a highly skilled scholar.... Includes examples of the good, bad, and mediocre, and especially excerpts that shed light on the Scriptures."—British Quarterly Review.

"Will convey to English readers a more complete and truthful notion of the Talmud than any other work that has yet appeared."—Daily News.

"Will give English readers a more comprehensive and accurate understanding of the Talmud than any other work that has come out so far."—Daily News.

"Without overlooking in the slightest the several attractions of the previous volumes of the 'Oriental Series.' we have no hesitation in saying that this surpasses them all in interest."—Edinburgh Daily Review.

"While not dismissing the many attractions of the earlier volumes of the 'Oriental Series,' we confidently say that this one is the most engaging of all."—Edinburgh Daily Review.

"Mr. Hershon has ... thus given English readers what is, we believe, a fair set of specimens which they can test for themselves."—The Record.

"Mr. Hershon has ... therefore provided English readers with what we believe is a solid collection of examples that they can evaluate on their own."—The Record.

"This book is by far the best fitted in the present state of knowledge to enable the general reader to gain a fair and unbiased conception of the multifarious contents of the wonderful miscellany which can only be truly understood—so Jewish pride asserts—by the life-long devotion of scholars of the Chosen People."—Inquirer.

"This book is definitely the best suited for today's knowledge, allowing the general reader to get a clear and unbiased understanding of the diverse contents of this amazing collection, which can only be fully appreciated—so Jewish pride claims—through the lifelong dedication of scholars from the Chosen People."—Inquirer.

"The value and importance of this volume consist in the fact that scarcely a single extract is given in its pages but throws some light, direct or refracted, upon those Scriptures which are the common heritage of Jew and Christian alike."—John Bull.

"The value and importance of this volume come from the fact that hardly a single excerpt in its pages doesn't shed some light, either directly or indirectly, on those Scriptures that are the shared heritage of both Jews and Christians."—John Bull.

"It is a capital specimen of Hebrew scholarship; a monument of learned, loving, light-giving labour."—Jewish Herald.

"It is a prime example of Hebrew scholarship; a testament to scholarly, passionate, enlightening work."—Jewish Herald.


Post 8vo, pp. xii.-228, cloth, price 7s. 6d.

Post 8vo, pp. xii.-228, cloth, price £7.50.

THE CLASSICAL POETRY OF THE JAPANESE.

By Basil Hall Chamberlain, Author of "Yeigo Heñkaku Shirañ."

By Basil Hall Chamberlain, Author of "Yeigo Heñkaku Shirañ."

"A very curious volume. The author has manifestly devoted much labour to the task of studying the poetical literature of the Japanese, and rendering characteristic specimens into English verse."—Daily News.

"A very interesting book. The author has clearly put a lot of effort into studying Japanese poetry and translating representative pieces into English verse."—Daily News.

"Mr. Chamberlain's volume is, so far as we are aware, the first attempt which has been made to interpret the literature of the Japanese to the Western world. It is to the classical poetry of Old Japan that we must turn for indigenous Japanese thought, and in the volume before us we have a selection from that poetry rendered into graceful English verse."—Tablet.

"Mr. Chamberlain's book is, as far as we know, the first effort to present Japanese literature to the Western audience. To find authentic Japanese ideas, we need to look at the classical poetry of Old Japan, and in the book we have here, there's a collection of that poetry translated into elegant English verse."—Tablet.

"It is undoubtedly one of the best translations of lyric literature which has appeared during the close of the last year."—Celestial Empire.

"It is definitely one of the best translations of lyrical literature that has come out towards the end of last year."—Celestial Empire.

"Mr. Chamberlain set himself a difficult task when he undertook to reproduce Japanese poetry in an English form. But he has evidently laboured con amore, and his efforts are successful to a degree."—London and China Express.

"Mr. Chamberlain took on a challenging task when he decided to recreate Japanese poetry in English. However, it's clear that he has worked with passion, and his efforts are quite successful."—London and China Express.


Post 8vo, pp. xii.-164, cloth, price 10s. 6d.

Post 8vo, pp. xii.-164, cloth, price £10.50.

THE HISTORY OF ESARHADDON (Son of Sennacherib),

KING OF ASSYRIA, b.c. 681-668.

KING OF ASSYRIA, B.C. 681-668.

Translated from the Cuneiform Inscriptions upon Cylinders and Tablets in the British Museum Collection; together with a Grammatical Analysis of each Word, Explanations of the Ideographs by Extracts from the Bi-Lingual Syllabaries, and List of Eponyms, &c.

Translated from the cuneiform inscriptions on cylinders and tablets in the British Museum collection; along with a grammatical analysis of each word, explanations of the ideographs by extracts from the bilingual syllabaries, and a list of eponyms, etc.

By Ernest A. Budge, B.A., M.R.A.S., Assyrian Exhibitioner, Christ's College, Cambridge.

By Ernest A. Budge, B.A., M.R.A.S., Assyrian Exhibitioner, Christ's College, Cambridge.

"Students of scriptural archæology will also appreciate the 'History of Esarhaddon.'"—Times.

"Students of biblical archaeology will also appreciate the 'History of Esarhaddon.'"—Times.

"There is much to attract the scholar in this volume. It does not pretend to popularise studies which are yet in their infancy. Its primary object is to translate, but it does not assume to be more than tentative, and it offers both to the professed Assyriologist and to the ordinary non-Assyriological Semitic scholar the means of controlling its results."—Academy.

"There’s a lot for scholars to find interesting in this volume. It doesn’t try to make studies that are still developing more accessible. Its main goal is to translate, but it doesn’t claim to provide anything definitive, and it gives both professional Assyriologists and everyday Semitic scholars a way to verify its findings."—Academy.

"Mr. Budge's book is, of course, mainly addressed to Assyrian scholars and students. They are not, it is to be feared, a very numerous class. But the more thanks are due to him on that account for the way in which he has acquitted himself in his laborious task."—Tablet.

"Mr. Budge's book is primarily aimed at Assyrian scholars and students. Unfortunately, they are not a very large group. But that makes his dedication to this challenging work all the more commendable."—Tablet.


Post 8vo, pp. 448, cloth, price 21s.

Post 8vo, 448 pages, cloth, price £21.

THE MESNEVI

(Usually known as The Mesneviyi Sherif, or Holy Mesnevi) OF MEVLANA (OUR LORD) JELALU 'D-DIN MUHAMMED ER-RUMI.

(Usually known as The Masnavi Sharif, or Holy Masnavi) OF MEVLANA (OUR LORD) JELALU 'D-DIN MUHAMMED ER-RUMI.

Book the First.

Part One.

Together with some Account of the Life and Acts of the Author, of his Ancestors, and of his Descendants.

Together with some details about the life and actions of the author, his ancestors, and his descendants.

Illustrated by a Selection of Characteristic Anecdotes, as Collected by their Historian,

Illustrated with a Collection of Notable Stories, as Gathered by their Historian,

Mevlana Shemsu-'D-Din Ahmed, el Eflaki, el 'Arifi.

Mevlana Shemsu-'D-Din Ahmed, el Eflaki, el 'Arifi.

Translated, and the Poetry Versified, in English,

Translated, and the Poetry Put into Verse, in English,

By James W. Redhouse, M.R.A.S., &c.

By James W. Redhouse, M.R.A.S., & etc.

"A complete treasury of occult Oriental lore."—Saturday Review.

"A complete collection of hidden Eastern knowledge."—Saturday Review.

"This book will be a very valuable help to the reader ignorant of Persia, who is desirous of obtaining an insight into a very important department of the literature extant in that language."—Tablet.

"This book will be extremely helpful for readers unfamiliar with Persia who want to gain insight into a significant area of literature available in that language."—Tablet.


Post 8vo, pp. xvi.-280, cloth, price 6s.

Post 8vo, 280 pages, cloth, price £6.

EASTERN PROVERBS AND EMBLEMS

Illustrating Old Truths.

Showcasing Timeless Truths.

By Rev. J. Long,

By Rev. J. Long,

Member of the Bengal Asiatic Society, F.R.G.S.

Member of the Bengal Asiatic Society, F.R.G.S.

"We regard the book as valuable, and wish for it a wide circulation and attentive reading."—Record.

"We see the book as important and hope it gets a lot of readers and careful attention."—Record.

"Altogether, it is quite a feast of good things."—Globe.

"All in all, it's a real treat of great things."—Globe.

"It is full of interesting matter."—Antiquary.

"It has a lot of interesting content."—Antiquary.


Post 8vo, pp. viii.-270, cloth, price 7s. 6d.

Post 8vo, pp. viii.-270, cloth, price £7.50.

INDIAN POETRY;

Containing a New Edition of the "Indian Song of Songs," from the Sanscrit of the "Gita Govinda" of Jayadeva; Two Books from "The Iliad of India" (Mahabharata), "Proverbial Wisdom" from the Shlokas of the Hitopadesa, and other Oriental Poems.

Containing a New Edition of the "Indian Song of Songs," from the Sanskrit of the "Gita Govinda" of Jayadeva; Two Books from "The Iliad of India" (Mahabharata), "Proverbial Wisdom" from the Shlokas of the Hitopadesa, and other Oriental Poems.

By Edwin Arnold, C.S.I., Author of "The Light of Asia."

By Edwin Arnold, C.S.I., Author of "The Light of Asia."

"In this new volume of Messrs. Trübner's Oriental Series, Mr. Edwin Arnold does good service by illustrating, through the medium of his musical English melodies, the power of Indian poetry to stir European emotions. The 'Indian Song of Songs' is not unknown to scholars. Mr. Arnold will have introduced it among popular English poems. Nothing could be more graceful and delicate than the shades by which Krishna is portrayed in the gradual process of being weaned by the love of

"In this new volume of Messrs. Trübner's Oriental Series, Mr. Edwin Arnold effectively demonstrates the ability of Indian poetry to evoke European feelings through his musical English melodies. The 'Indian Song of Songs' is familiar to scholars. Mr. Arnold will have brought it into the realm of popular English poetry. Nothing could be more graceful and delicate than the nuances with which Krishna is depicted in the gradual process of being weaned by love."

'Beautiful Radha, jasmine-bosomed Radha,'

'Beautiful Radha, jasmine-bosomed Radha,'

from the allurements of the forest nymphs, in whom the five senses are typified."—Times.

from the temptations of the forest nymphs, who represent the five senses."—Times.

"No other English poet has ever thrown his genius and his art so thoroughly into the work of translating Eastern ideas as Mr. Arnold has done in his splendid paraphrases of language contained in these mighty epics."—Daily Telegraph.

"No other English poet has ever dedicated his talent and skill so completely to translating Eastern ideas as Mr. Arnold has in his brilliant adaptations of the language found in these powerful epics."—Daily Telegraph.

"The poem abounds with imagery of Eastern luxuriousness and sensuousness; the air seems laden with the spicy odours of the tropics, and the verse has a richness and a melody sufficient to captivate the senses of the dullest."—Standard.

"The poem is filled with images of Eastern luxury and sensuality; the air feels heavy with the spicy scents of the tropics, and the lines have a richness and melody that can enchant even the most oblivious."—Standard.

"The translator, while producing a very enjoyable poem, has adhered with tolerable fidelity to the original text."—Overland Mail.

"The translator, while creating a very enjoyable poem, has stayed reasonably true to the original text."—Overland Mail.

"We certainly wish Mr. Arnold success in his attempt 'to popularise Indian classics,' that being, as his preface tells us, the goal towards which he bends his efforts."—Allen's Indian Mail.

"We definitely wish Mr. Arnold success in his effort 'to make Indian classics popular,' which, as his preface states, is the goal he is working towards."—Allen's Indian Mail.


Post 8vo, pp. xvi.-296, cloth, price 10s. 6d.

Post 8vo, pp. xvi.-296, cloth, price £10.50.

THE MIND OF MENCIUS;

Or, POLITICAL ECONOMY FOUNDED UPON MORAL PHILOSOPHY.

Or else, POLITICAL ECONOMY BASED ON MORAL PHILOSOPHY.

A Systematic Digest of the Doctrines of the Chinese Philosopher Mencius.

A Comprehensive Summary of the Ideas of the Chinese Philosopher Mencius.

Translated from the Original Text and Classified, with Comments and Explanations,

Translated from the Original Text and Classified, with Comments and Explanations,

By the Rev. Ernst Faber, Rhenish Mission Society.

By the Rev. Ernst Faber, Rhenish Mission Society.

Translated from the German, with Additional Notes,

Translated from the German, with Additional Notes,

By the Rev. A. B. Hutchinson, C.M.S., Church Mission, Hong Kong.

By the Rev. A. B. Hutchinson, C.M.S., Church Mission, Hong Kong.

"Mr. Faber is already well known in the field of Chinese studies by his digest of the doctrines of Confucius. The value of this work will be perceived when it is remembered that at no time since relations commenced between China and the West has the former been so powerful—we had almost said aggressive—as now. For those who will give it careful study, Mr. Faber's work is one of the most valuable of the excellent series to which it belongs."—Nature.

"Mr. Faber is already well known in the field of Chinese studies thanks to his summary of Confucius's teachings. The significance of this work becomes clear when we consider that at no time since the start of relations between China and the West has China been as powerful—almost we might say aggressive—as it is now. For those who take the time to study it closely, Mr. Faber's work is one of the most valuable in the outstanding series to which it belongs."—Nature.


Post 8vo, pp. 336, cloth, price 16s.

Post 8vo, 336 pages, cloth, price £16.

THE RELIGIONS OF INDIA.

By A. Barth.

By A. Barth.

Translated from the French with the authority and assistance of the Author.

Translated from the French with the approval and help of the Author.

The author has, at the request of the publishers, considerably enlarged the work for the translator, and has added the literature of the subject to date; the translation may, therefore, be looked upon as an equivalent of a new and improved edition of the original.

The author has, at the request of the publishers, significantly expanded the work for the translator and has included the current literature on the subject; thus, the translation can be viewed as a new and improved edition of the original.

"Is not only a valuable manual of the religions of India, which marks a distinct step in the treatment of the subject, but also a useful work of reference."—Academy.

"Is not just a valuable guide to the religions of India, which represents a significant advancement in how the subject is approached, but also a helpful reference work."—Academy.

"This volume is a reproduction, with corrections and additions, of an article contributed by the learned author two years ago to the 'Encyclopédie des Sciences Religieuses.' It attracted much notice when it first appeared, and is generally admitted to present the best summary extant of the vast subject with which it deals."—Tablet.

"This book is a revised version of an article written by the knowledgeable author two years ago for the 'Encyclopédie des Sciences Religieuses.' It gained a lot of attention when it was first published and is widely recognized as the best summary available on the extensive topic it covers."—Tablet.

"This is not only on the whole the best but the only manual of the religions of India, apart from Buddhism, which we have in English. The present work ... shows not only great knowledge of the facts and power of clear exposition, but also great insight into the inner history and the deeper meaning of the great religion, for it is in reality only one, which it proposes to describe."—Modern Review.

"This is not only the best but the only manual on the religions of India, aside from Buddhism, that we have in English. This work ... demonstrates not only extensive knowledge of the facts and the ability to explain them clearly but also significant insight into the inner history and deeper meanings of this great religion, as it essentially describes just one."—Modern Review.

"The merit of the work has been emphatically recognised by the most authoritative Orientalists, both in this country and on the continent of Europe. But probably there are few Indianists (if we may use the word) who would not derive a good deal of information from it, and especially from the extensive bibliography provided in the notes."—Dublin Review.

"The value of the work has been strongly acknowledged by the leading Orientalists, both in this country and across Europe. However, there are likely very few specialists in Indian studies (if we can use that term) who wouldn’t gain a lot of information from it, particularly from the extensive bibliography included in the notes."—Dublin Review.

"Such a sketch M. Barth has drawn with a master-hand."—Critic (New York).

"Such a sketch M. Barth has drawn with great skill."—Critic (New York).


Post 8vo, pp. viii.-152, cloth, price 6s.

Post 8vo, 152 pages, cloth, price £6.

HINDU PHILOSOPHY.

The SĀnkhya KĀrika Of Is'wara Krishna.

The Sāṅkhya Kārika by Iśwara Krishna.

An Exposition of the System of Kapila, with an Appendix on the Nyāya and Vais'eshika Systems.

An Overview of Kapila's System, with an Appendix on the Nyāya and Vais'eshika Systems.

By John Davies, M.A. (Cantab.), M.R.A.S.

By John Davies, M.A. (Cantab.), M.R.A.S.

The system of Kapila contains nearly all that India has produced in the department of pure philosophy.

The system of Kapila includes almost everything that India has created in the field of pure philosophy.

"The non-Orientalist ... finds in Mr. Davies a patient and learned guide who leads him into the intricacies of the philosophy of India, and supplies him with a clue, that he may not be lost in them. In the preface he states that the system of Kapila is the 'earliest attempt on record to give an answer, from reason alone, to the mysterious questions which arise in every thoughtful mind about the origin of the world, the nature and relations of man and his future destiny,' and in his learned and able notes he exhibits 'the connection of the Sānkhya system with the philosophy of Spinoza,' and 'the connection of the system of Kapila with that of Schopenhauer and Von Hartmann.'"—Foreign Church Chronicle.

"The non-Orientalist ... finds Mr. Davies to be a patient and knowledgeable guide who navigates him through the complexities of Indian philosophy, providing him with insights so he won't get lost in them. In the preface, he mentions that Kapila's system is the 'earliest recorded attempt to answer, using reason alone, the profound questions that arise in every thoughtful person's mind about the origin of the world, the nature and relationships of humanity, and our future destiny.' In his scholarly and insightful notes, he illustrates 'the link between the Sānkhya system and Spinoza's philosophy' and 'the connection between Kapila's system and those of Schopenhauer and Von Hartmann.'"—Foreign Church Chronicle.

"Mr. Davies's volume on Hindu Philosophy is an undoubted gain to all students of the development of thought. The system of Kapila, which is here given in a translation from the Sānkhya Kārikā, is the only contribution of India to pure philosophy.... Presents many points of deep interest to the student of comparative philosophy, and without Mr. Davies's lucid interpretation it would be difficult to appreciate these points in any adequate manner."—Saturday Review.

"Mr. Davies's book on Hindu Philosophy is definitely a valuable resource for anyone studying the evolution of thought. The system of Kapila, provided here in a translation from the Sānkhya Kārikā, is India's sole contribution to pure philosophy.... It offers many fascinating insights for those interested in comparative philosophy, and without Mr. Davies's clear interpretation, it would be challenging to fully understand these points."—Saturday Review.

"We welcome Mr. Davies's book as a valuable addition to our philosophical library."—Notes and Queries.

"We welcome Mr. Davies's book as a valuable addition to our philosophical library."—Notes and Queries.


Second Edition. Post 8vo, pp. x.-130, cloth, price 6s.

Second Edition. Post 8vo, pp. x.-130, cloth, price £6.

A MANUAL OF HINDU PANTHEISM. VEDÂNTASÂRA.

Translated, with copious Annotations,

Translated with extensive annotations,

By Major G. A. Jacob,

By Major G. A. Jacob,

Bombay Staff Corps; Inspector of Army Schools.

Bombay Staff Corps; Inspector of Army Schools.

The design of this little work is to provide for missionaries, and for others who, like them, have little leisure for original research, an accurate summary of the doctrines of the Vedânta.

The purpose of this small work is to offer missionaries and others, who like them have limited time for original research, an accurate summary of the doctrines of the Vedânta.

"The modest title of Major Jacob's work conveys but an inadequate idea of the vast amount of research embodied in his notes to the text of the Vedantasara. So copious, indeed, are these, and so much collateral matter do they bring to bear on the subject, that the diligent student will rise from their perusal with a fairly adequate view of Hindû philosophy generally. His work ... is one of the best of its kind that we have seen."—Calcutta Review.

"The simple title of Major Jacob's work doesn't really capture the extensive research found in his notes on the Vedantasara. These notes are so detailed and provide so much additional information on the topic that any serious student will finish reading them with a good understanding of Hindu philosophy as a whole. His work ... is one of the best we've encountered."—Calcutta Review.


Post 8vo, pp. xii.-154, cloth, price 7s. 6d.

Post 8vo, pp. xii.-154, cloth, price £7.50.

TSUNI—||GOAM:

The Supreme Being of the Khoi-Khoi.

The Supreme Being of the Khoi-Khoi.

By THEOPHILUS HAHN, Ph.D.,

By THEOPHILUS HAHN, Ph.D.,

Custodian of the Grey Collection, Cape Town; Corresponding Member of the Geogr. Society, Dresden; Corresponding Member of the Anthropological Society, Vienna, &c., &c.

Custodian of the Grey Collection, Cape Town; Corresponding Member of the Geographical Society, Dresden; Corresponding Member of the Anthropological Society, Vienna, etc., etc.

"The first instalment of Dr. Hahn's labours will be of interest, not at the Cape only, but in every University of Europe. It is, in fact, a most valuable contribution to the comparative study of religion and mythology. Accounts of their religion and mythology were scattered about in various books; these have been carefully collected by Dr. Hahn and printed in his second chapter, enriched and improved by what he has been able to collect himself."—Prof. Max Müller in the Nineteenth Century.

"The first part of Dr. Hahn's work will be important not only at the Cape but in every university across Europe. It’s genuinely a significant contribution to the comparative study of religion and mythology. Previously, information about their religion and mythology was spread across various books; Dr. Hahn has meticulously gathered these details and included them in his second chapter, adding enhancements and insights from his own research."—Prof. Max Müller in the Nineteenth Century.

"It is full of good things."—St. James's Gazette.

"It has a lot of great stuff."—St. James's Gazette.


In Four Volumes. Post 8vo, Vol. I., pp. xii.-392, cloth, price 12s. 6d., Vol. II., pp. vi.-408, cloth, price 12s. 6d.,
Vol. III., pp. viii.-414, cloth, price 12s. 6d., Vol. IV., pp. viii.-340, cloth, price 10s. 6d.

In Four Volumes. Post 8vo, Vol. I., pp. xii.-392, cloth, price £12.50,
Vol. II., pp. vi.-408, cloth, price £12.50,
Vol. III., pp. viii.-414, cloth, price £12.50, Vol. IV., pp. viii.-340, cloth, price £10.50.

A COMPREHENSIVE COMMENTARY TO THE QURAN.

To which is prefixed Sale's Preliminary Discourse, with Additional Notes and Emendations.

Included is Sale's Preliminary Discourse, along with Additional Notes and Revisions.

Together with a Complete Index to the Text, Preliminary Discourse, and Notes.

Together with a Complete Index to the Text, Preliminary Discourse, and Notes.

By Rev. E. M. WHERRY, M.A., Lodiana.

By Rev. E. M. WHERRY, M.A., Ludhiana.

"As Mr. Wherry's book is intended for missionaries in India, it is no doubt well that they should be prepared to meet, if they can, the ordinary arguments and interpretations, and for this purpose Mr. Wherry's additions will prove useful."—Saturday Review.

"As Mr. Wherry's book is meant for missionaries in India, it's definitely important for them to be ready to handle, if possible, the usual arguments and interpretations. For this reason, Mr. Wherry's additions will be helpful."—Saturday Review.


Second Edition. Post 8vo, pp. vi.-208, cloth, price 8s. 6d.

Second Edition. Post 8vo, pp. vi.-208, cloth, price £8.50.

THE BHAGAVAD-GÎTÂ.

Translated, with Introduction and Notes.

Translated, with Intro and Notes.

By John Davies, M.A. (Cantab.)

By John Davies, M.A. (Cambridge)

"Let us add that his translation of the Bhagavad Gîtâ is, as we judge, the best that has as yet appeared in English, and that his Philological Notes are of quite peculiar value."—Dublin Review.

"Let us add that his translation of the Bhagavad Gîtâ is, in our opinion, the best that has been published in English so far, and that his Philological Notes are particularly valuable."—Dublin Review.


Post 8vo, pp. 96, cloth, price 5s.

Post 8vo, 96 pages, cloth, price £5.

THE QUATRAINS OF OMAR KHAYYAM.

Translated by E. H. WHINFIELD, M.A., Barrister-at-Law, late H.M. Bengal Civil Service.

Translated by E. H. WHINFIELD, M.A., Barrister-at-Law, formerly of H.M. Bengal Civil Service.


Post 8vo, pp. xxxii.-336, cloth, price 10s. 6d.

Post 8vo, pp. xxxii.-336, cloth, price £10.50.

THE QUATRAINS OF OMAR KHAYYAM.

The Persian Text, with an English Verse Translation.

The Persian text along with an English verse translation.

By E. H. WHINFIELD, late of the Bengal Civil Service.

By E. H. WHINFIELD, formerly of the Bengal Civil Service.

"Mr. Whinfield has executed a difficult task with considerable success, and his version contains much that will be new to those who only know Mr. Fitzgerald's delightful selection."—Academy.

"Mr. Whinfield has taken on a challenging task with significant success, and his version includes many elements that will be unfamiliar to those who are only acquainted with Mr. Fitzgerald's delightful selection."—Academy.

"The most prominent features in the Quatrains are their profound agnosticism, combined with a fatalism based more on philosophic than religious grounds, their Epicureanism and the spirit of universal tolerance and charity which animates them."—Calcutta Review.

"The most prominent features in the Quatrains are their deep skepticism about knowledge, paired with a sense of inevitability rooted more in philosophy than in religion, their appreciation for pleasure, and the spirit of universal acceptance and kindness that drives them."—Calcutta Review.


Post 8vo, pp. xxiv.-268, cloth, price 9s.

Post 8vo, pp. xxiv.-268, cloth, price £9.

THE PHILOSOPHY OF THE UPANISHADS AND ANCIENT INDIAN METAPHYSICS.

As exhibited in a series of Articles contributed to the Calcutta Review.

As shown in a series of articles contributed to the Calcutta Review.

By ARCHIBALD EDWARD GOUGH, M.A., Lincoln College, Oxford; Principal of the Calcutta Madrasa.

By ARCHIBALD EDWARD GOUGH, M.A., Lincoln College, Oxford; Head of the Calcutta Madrasa.

"For practical purposes this is perhaps the most important of the works that have thus far appeared in 'Trübner's Oriental Series.'... We cannot doubt that for all who may take it up the work must be one of profound interest."—Saturday Review.

"For practical purposes, this is probably the most important of the works that have appeared in 'Trübner's Oriental Series.'... We can't doubt that for anyone who picks it up, this work will be one of deep interest."—Saturday Review.


In Two Volumes. Vol. I., post 8vo, pp. xxiv.-230, cloth, price 7s. 6d.

In Two Volumes. Vol. I., post 8vo, pp. xxiv.-230, cloth, price £7.50.

A COMPARATIVE HISTORY OF THE EGYPTIAN AND MESOPOTAMIAN RELIGIONS.

By Dr. C. P. Tiele.

By Dr. C. P. Tiele.

Vol. I.—History of the Egyptian Religion.

Vol. I.—History of Egyptian Religion.

Translated from the Dutch with the Assistance of the Author.

Translated from the Dutch with help from the author.

By JAMES BALLINGAL.

By JAMES BALLINGAL.

"It places in the hands of the English readers a history of Egyptian Religion which is very complete, which is based on the best materials, and which has been illustrated by the latest results of research. In this volume there is a great deal of information, as well as independent investigation, for the trustworthiness of which Dr. Tiele's name is in itself a guarantee; and the description of the successive religions under the Old Kingdom, the Middle Kingdom, and the New Kingdom, is given in a manner which is scholarly and minute."—Scotsman.

"It provides English readers with a comprehensive history of Egyptian Religion, grounded in the best sources and enriched by the latest research findings. This volume contains a wealth of information, as well as independent investigations, for which Dr. Tiele's name serves as a reliable guarantee; the descriptions of the various religions during the Old Kingdom, the Middle Kingdom, and the New Kingdom are presented in a scholarly and detailed manner."—Scotsman.


Post 8vo, pp. xii.-302, cloth, price 8s. 6d.

Post 8vo, pp. xii.-302, cloth, price £8.50.

YUSUF AND ZULAIKHA.

A Poem by Jami.

A Poem by Jami.

Translated from the Persian into English Verse.

Translated from Persian to English verse.

By Ralph T. H. Griffith.

By Ralph T. H. Griffith.

"Mr. Griffith, who has done already good service as translator into verse from the Sanskrit, has done further good work in this translation from the Persian, and he has evidently shown not a little skill in his rendering the quaint and very oriental style of his author into our more prosaic, less figurative, language.... The work, besides its intrinsic merits, is of importance as being one of the most popular and famous poems of Persia, and that which is read in all the independent native schools of India where Persian is taught."—Scotsman.

"Mr. Griffith, who has already done a great job translating verse from Sanskrit, has also produced excellent work in this translation from Persian. He has clearly demonstrated considerable skill in adapting the unique and distinctly Eastern style of the original author into our more straightforward, less figurative language. Beyond its inherent quality, this work is significant as it is one of the most popular and well-known poems from Persia, and it is read in all the independent native schools of India where Persian is taught."—Scotsman.


Post 8vo, pp. viii.-266, cloth, price 9s.

Post 8vo, pp. viii.-266, cloth, price £9.

LINGUISTIC ESSAYS.

By Carl Abel.

By Carl Abel.

"An entirely novel method of dealing with philosophical questions and impart a real human interest to the otherwise dry technicalities of the science."—Standard.

"An entirely new way of addressing philosophical questions and giving real human interest to the otherwise dull technical aspects of the science."—Standard.

"Dr. Abel is an opponent from whom it is pleasant to differ, for he writes with enthusiasm and temper, and his mastery over the English language fits him to be a champion of unpopular doctrines."—Athenæum.

"Dr. Abel is an opponent it’s enjoyable to disagree with, as he writes with passion and restraint, and his command of the English language makes him well-suited to advocate for unpopular beliefs."—Athenæum.


Post 8vo, pp. ix.-281, cloth, price 10s. 6d.

Post 8vo, pp. ix.-281, cloth, price £10.50.

THE SARVA-DARSANA-SAMGRAHA;

Or, Review Of The Different Systems of Hindu Philosophy.

Or, An Overview of the Different Systems of Hindu Philosophy.

By Madhava Acharya.

By Madhava Acharya.

Translated by E. B. COWELL, M. A., Professor of Sanskrit in the University of Cambridge, and A. E. GOUGH, M.A., Professor of Philosophy in the Presidency College, Calcutta.

Translated by E. B. COWELL, M. A., Professor of Sanskrit at the University of Cambridge, and A. E. GOUGH, M.A., Professor of Philosophy at Presidency College, Calcutta.

This work is an interesting specimen of Hindu critical ability. The author successively passes in review the sixteen philosophical systems current in the fourteenth century in the South of India; and he gives what appears to him to be their most important tenets.

This work is an intriguing example of Hindu critical thinking. The author reviews the sixteen philosophical systems that were prominent in the fourteenth century in South India, highlighting what he believes to be their most significant principles.

"The translation is trustworthy throughout. A protracted sojourn in India, where there is a living tradition, has familiarised the translators with Indian thought."—Athenæum.

"The translation is reliable throughout. A long stay in India, where there is a living tradition, has made the translators well-acquainted with Indian thought."—Athenæum.


Post 8vo, pp. lxv.-368, cloth, price 14s.

Post 8vo, pp. 65-368, cloth, price £14.

TIBETAN TALES DERIVED FROM INDIAN SOURCES.

Translated from the Tibetan of the Kah-Gyur.

Translated from the Tibetan of the Kah-Gyur.

By F. Anton Von Schiefner.

By F. Anton Von Schiefner.

Done into English from the German, with an Introduction,

Done into English from the German, with an Introduction,

By W. R. S. Ralston, M.A.

By W. R. S. Ralston, M.A.

"Mr. Ralston, whose name is so familiar to all lovers of Russian folk-lore, has supplied some interesting Western analogies and parallels, drawn, for the most part, from Slavonic sources, to the Eastern folk-tales, culled from the Kahgyur, one of the divisions of the Tibetan sacred books."—Academy.

"Mr. Ralston, a name well-known to anyone who loves Russian folklore, has provided some intriguing Western comparisons and parallels, mostly taken from Slavic sources, to the Eastern folk tales gathered from the Kahgyur, one of the sections of the Tibetan sacred texts."—Academy.

"The translation ... could scarcely have fallen into better hands. An Introduction ... gives the leading facts in the lives of those scholars who have given their attention to gaining a knowledge of the Tibetan literature and language."—Calcutta Review.

"The translation ... could hardly have been entrusted to better hands. An Introduction ... provides the key details about the scholars who have focused on understanding Tibetan literature and language."—Calcutta Review.

"Ought to interest all who care for the East, for amusing stories, or for comparative folk-lore."—Pall Mall Gazette.

"Ought to interest everyone who cares about the East, enjoys entertaining stories, or is interested in comparing folk tales."—Pall Mall Gazette.


Post 8vo, pp. xvi.-224, cloth, price 9s.

Post 8vo, pp. xvi.-224, cloth, price £9.

UDÂNAVARGA.

A Collection of Verses from the Buddhist Canon.

A Collection of Poems from the Buddhist Scriptures.

Compiled by DHARMATRÂTA.

Compiled by DHARMATRÂTA.

Being the Northern Buddhist Version of Dhammapada.

This is the Northern Buddhist version of the Dhammapada.

Translated from the Tibetan of Bkah-hgyur, with Notes, and Extracts from the Commentary of Pradjnavarman,

Translated from the Tibetan of Bkah-hgyur, with notes and excerpts from the commentary of Pradjnavarman,

By W. Woodville Rockhill.

By W. Woodville Rockhill.

"Mr. Rockhill's present work is the first from which assistance will be gained for a more accurate understanding of the Pali text; it is, in fact, as yet the only term of comparison available to us. The 'Udanavarga,' the Thibetan version, was originally discovered by the late M. Schiefner, who published the Tibetan text, and had intended adding a translation, an intention frustrated by his death, but which has been carried out by Mr. Rockhill.... Mr. Rockhill may be congratulated for having well accomplished a difficult task."—Saturday Review.

"Mr. Rockhill's current work is the first resource that will help us achieve a better understanding of the Pali text; in fact, it is still the only point of reference we have. The 'Udanavarga,' the Tibetan version, was originally found by the late M. Schiefner, who published the Tibetan text and had planned to include a translation. Sadly, he passed away before he could do so, but Mr. Rockhill has completed that work. Mr. Rockhill deserves praise for successfully tackling this challenging task."—Saturday Review.


In Two Volumes, post 8vo, pp. xxiv.-566, cloth, accompanied by a Language Map, price 18s.

In two volumes, 8vo, pp. xxiv.-566, cloth, comes with a language map, priced at £18.

A SKETCH OF THE MODERN LANGUAGES OF AFRICA.

By Robert Needham Cust,

By Robert Needham Cust

Barrister-at-Law, and late of Her Majesty's Indian Civil Service.

Barrister at Law, and formerly of Her Majesty's Indian Civil Service.

"Any one at all interested in African languages cannot do better than get Mr. Cust's book. It is encyclopædic in its scope, and the reader gets a start clear away in any particular language, and is left free to add to the initial sum of knowledge there collected."—Natal Mercury.

"Anyone interested in African languages should definitely check out Mr. Cust's book. It covers a wide range of topics, and readers get a solid introduction to any specific language, allowing them to build upon the knowledge presented."—Natal Mercury.

"Mr. Cust has contrived to produce a work of value to linguistic students."—Nature.

"Mr. Cust has managed to create a valuable resource for language students."—Nature.


Third Edition. Post 8vo, pp. xv.-250, cloth, price 7s. 6d.

Third Edition. Post 8vo, pp. xv.-250, cloth, price £7.50.

OUTLINES OF THE HISTORY OF RELIGION TO THE SPREAD OF THE UNIVERSAL RELIGIONS.

By C. P. Tiele,

By C. P. Tiele,

Doctor of Theology, Professor of the History of Religions in the University of Leyden.

Doctor of Theology, Professor of Religious History at the University of Leiden.

Translated from the Dutch by J. Estlin Carpenter, M.A.

Translated from the Dutch by J. Estlin Carpenter, M.A.

"Few books of its size contain the result of so much wide thinking, able and laborious study, or enable the reader to gain a better bird's-eye view of the latest results of investigations into the religious history of nations. As Professor Tiele modestly says, 'In this little book are outlines—pencil sketches, I might say—nothing more.' But there are some men whose sketches from a thumb-nail are of far more worth than an enormous canvas covered with the crude painting of others, and it is easy to see that these pages, full of information, these sentences, cut and perhaps also dry, short and clear, condense the fruits of long and thorough research."—Scotsman.

"Few books of its size contain such a wide range of thoughtful insights and diligent research, or allow the reader to get a clearer overview of the latest findings in the religious history of nations. As Professor Tiele humbly puts it, 'In this little book are outlines—pencil sketches, I might say—nothing more.' However, there are some individuals whose quick sketches carry far more value than a large canvas filled with the rough art of others, and it's easy to see that these pages, packed with information, and these sentences, concise and perhaps a bit dry, encapsulate the results of extensive and thorough research."—Scotsman.


Post 8vo, pp. xii.-312, with Maps and Plan, cloth, price 14s.

Post 8vo, pp. xii.-312, with maps and a plan, cloth, price £14.

A HISTORY OF BURMA.

Including Burma Proper, Pegu, Taungu, Tenasserim, and Arakan. From the Earliest Time to the End of the First War with British India.

Including Burma Proper, Pegu, Taungu, Tenasserim, and Arakan. From the Earliest Times to the End of the First War with British India.

By Lieut.-Gen. Sir Arthur P. Phayre, G.C.M.G., K.C.S.I., and C.B., Membre Correspondant de la Société Académique Indo-Chinoise de France.

By Lt. Gen. Sir Arthur P. Phayre, G.C.M.G., K.C.S.I., and C.B., Corresponding Member of the Indo-Chinese Academic Society of France.

"Sir Arthur Phayre's contribution to Trübner's Oriental Series supplies a recognised want, and its appearance has been looked forward to for many years.... General Phayre deserves great credit for the patience and industry which has resulted in this History of Burma."—Saturday Review.

"Sir Arthur Phayre's contribution to Trübner's Oriental Series meets a recognized need, and its release has been anticipated for many years.... General Phayre deserves significant praise for the patience and hard work that led to this History of Burma."—Saturday Review.


Third Edition. Post 8vo, pp. 276, cloth, price 7s. 6d.

Third Edition. Post 8vo, pp. 276, cloth, price £7.50.

RELIGION IN CHINA.

By Joseph Edkins, D.D., Peking.

By Joseph Edkins, D.D., Peking.

Containing a Brief Account of the Three Religions of the Chinese, with Observations on the Prospects of Christian Conversion amongst that People.

Containing a Brief Account of the Three Religions of the Chinese, with Observations on the Prospects of Christian Conversion among that People.

"Dr. Edkins has been most careful in noting the varied and often complex phases of opinion, so as to give an account of considerable value of the subject."—Scotsman.

"Dr. Edkins has been very careful in observing the different and often complicated views, providing a valuable account of the topic."—Scotsman.

"As a missionary, it has been part of Dr. Edkins' duty to study the existing religions in China, and his long residence in the country has enabled him to acquire an intimate knowledge of them as they at present exist."—Saturday Review.

"As a missionary, Dr. Edkins has taken it upon himself to study the religions in China, and his extended time living in the country has allowed him to gain a deep understanding of them as they currently exist."—Saturday Review.

"Dr. Edkins' valuable work, of which this is a second and revised edition, has, from the time that it was published, been the standard authority upon the subject of which it treats."—Nonconformist.

"Dr. Edkins' valuable work, which is now in its second and revised edition, has been the definitive source on this subject since it was published."—Nonconformist.

"Dr. Edkins ... may now be fairly regarded as among the first authorities on Chinese religion and language."—British Quarterly Review.

"Dr. Edkins is now considered one of the leading experts on Chinese religion and language."—British Quarterly Review.


Post 8vo, pp. x.-274, cloth, price 9s.

Post 8vo, pages x-274, cloth, price £9.

THE LIFE OF THE BUDDHA AND THE EARLY HISTORY OF HIS ORDER.

Derived from Tibetan Works in the Bkah-hgyur and Bstan-hgyur. Followed by notices on the Early History of Tibet and Khoten.

Derived from Tibetan Works in the Bkah-hgyur and Bstan-hgyur. Followed by notices on the Early History of Tibet and Khoten.

Translated by W. W. ROCKHILL, Second Secretary U.S. Legation in China.

Translated by W. W. Rockhill, Second Secretary of the U.S. Legation in China.

"The volume bears testimony to the diligence and fulness with which the author has consulted and tested the ancient documents bearing upon his remarkable subject."—Times.

"The book shows the hard work and thoroughness with which the author has researched and examined the ancient documents related to his impressive topic."—Times.

"Will be appreciated by those who devote themselves to those Buddhist studies which have of late years taken in these Western regions so remarkable a development. Its matter possesses a special interest as being derived from ancient Tibetan works, some portions of which, here analysed and translated, have not yet attracted the attention of scholars. The volume is rich in ancient stories bearing upon the world's renovation and the origin of castes, as recorded in these venerable authorities."—Daily News.

"Will be appreciated by those who dedicate themselves to Buddhist studies, which have seen significant growth in these Western regions in recent years. Its content is particularly interesting because it comes from ancient Tibetan works, some parts of which, analyzed and translated here, haven't yet caught the attention of scholars. The book is full of ancient stories related to the world's renewal and the origin of castes, as documented in these respected texts."—Daily News.


Third Edition. Post 8vo, pp. viii.-464, cloth, price 16s.

Third Edition. Post 8vo, pp. viii.-464, cloth, price £16.

THE SANKHYA APHORISMS OF KAPILA.

With Illustrative Extracts from the Commentaries.

With examples from the commentaries.

Translated by J. R. BALLANTYNE, LL.D., late Principal of the Benares College.

Translated by J. R. BALLANTYNE, LL.D., former Principal of Benares College.

Edited by FITZEDWARD HALL.

Edited by Fitz Edward Hall.

"The work displays a vast expenditure of labour and scholarship, for which students of Hindoo philosophy have every reason to be grateful to Dr. Hall and the publishers."—Calcutta Review.

"The work shows a tremendous amount of effort and research, for which students of Hindu philosophy have every reason to thank Dr. Hall and the publishers."—Calcutta Review.


In Two Volumes, post 8vo, pp. cviii.-242, and viii.-370, cloth, price 24s. Dedicated by permission to H.R.H. the Prince of Wales.

In two volumes, size 8vo, pages cviii.-242, and viii.-370, hardcover, priced at £24. Dedicated by permission to H.R.H. the Prince of Wales.

BUDDHIST RECORDS OF THE WESTERN WORLD,

Translated from the Chinese of Hiuen Tsiang (a.d. 629).

Translated from the Chinese of Hiuen Tsiang (A.D. 629).

By Samuel Beal, B.A.,

By Samuel Beal, B.A.,

(Trin. Coll., Camb.); R.N. (Retired Chaplain and N.I.); Professor of Chinese, University College, London; Rector of Wark, Northumberland, &c.

(Trin. Coll., Camb.); R.N. (Retired Chaplain and N.I.); Professor of Chinese, University College, London; Rector of Wark, Northumberland, &c.

An eminent Indian authority writes respecting this work:—"Nothing more can be done in elucidating the History of India until Mr. Beal's translation of the 'Si-yu-ki' appears."

An important Indian expert states about this work:—"No further progress can be made in clarifying the History of India until Mr. Beal's translation of the 'Si-yu-ki' is published."

"It is a strange freak of historical preservation that the best account of the condition of India at that ancient period has come down to us in the books of travel written by the Chinese pilgrims, of whom Hwen Thsang is the best known."—Times.

"It’s a weird twist of fate that the most detailed description of India during that ancient time has been preserved in the travel writings of Chinese pilgrims, with Hwen Thsang being the most famous among them."—Times.


Post 8vo, pp. xlviii.-398, cloth, price 12s.

Post 8vo, pp. 48-398, cloth, price £12.

THE ORDINANCES OF MANU.

Translated from the Sanskrit, with an Introduction.

Translated from the Sanskrit, with an Introduction.

By the late A.C. BURNELL, Ph.D., C.I.E.

By the late A.C. BURNELL, Ph.D., C.I.E.

Completed and Edited by E.W. HOPKINS, Ph.D., of Columbia College, N.Y.

Completed and Edited by E.W. HOPKINS, Ph.D., of Columbia College, N.Y.

"This work is full of interest; while for the student of sociology and the science of religion it is full of importance. It is a great boon to get so notable a work in so accessible a form, admirably edited, and competently translated."—Scotsman.

"This work is very engaging; for those studying sociology and the science of religion, it holds significant importance. It’s a fantastic advantage to have such a notable piece available in such an accessible format, expertly edited, and skillfully translated."—Scotsman.

"Few men were more competent than Burnell to give us a really good translation of this well-known law book, first rendered into English by Sir William Jones. Burnell was not only an independent Sanskrit scholar, but an experienced lawyer, and he joined to these two important qualifications the rare faculty of being able to express his thoughts in clear and trenchant English.... We ought to feel very grateful to Dr. Hopkins for having given us all that could be published of the translation left by Burnell."—F. Max Müller in the Academy.

"Few people were more qualified than Burnell to provide a really good translation of this well-known law book, first translated into English by Sir William Jones. Burnell was not only an independent Sanskrit scholar but also an experienced lawyer, and he combined these two important qualifications with the rare ability to express his thoughts in clear and impactful English.... We should feel very grateful to Dr. Hopkins for publishing everything that could be released from Burnell's translation."—F. Max Müller in the Academy.


Post 8vo, pp. xii.-234, cloth, price 9s.

Post 8vo, pp. xii.-234, cloth, price £9.

THE LIFE AND WORKS OF ALEXANDER CSOMA DE KOROS,

Between 1819 and 1842. With a Short Notice of all his Published and Unpublished Works and Essays. From Original and for most part Unpublished Documents.

Between 1819 and 1842. With a Brief Overview of all his Published and Unpublished Works and Essays. From Original and mostly Unpublished Documents.

By THEODORE DUKA, M.D., F.R.C.S. (Eng.), Surgeon-Major H.M.'s Bengal Medical Service, Retired, &c.

By THEODORE DUKA, M.D., F.R.C.S. (Eng.), Surgeon-Major H.M.'s Bengal Medical Service, Retired, &c.

"Not too soon have Messrs. Trübner added to their valuable Oriental Series a history of the life and works of one of the most gifted and devoted of Oriental students, Alexander Csoma de Koros. It is forty-three years since his death, and though an account of his career was demanded soon after his decease, it has only now appeared in the important memoir of his compatriot, Dr. Duka."—Bookseller.

"Not long ago, Messrs. Trübner added to their valuable Oriental Series a history of the life and works of one of the most talented and dedicated Oriental scholars, Alexander Csoma de Koros. It has been forty-three years since his death, and although there was a demand for a biography shortly after he passed away, it has only just now been published in the significant memoir by his fellow countryman, Dr. Duka."—Bookseller.


In Two Volumes, post 8vo, pp. xii.-318 and vi.-312, cloth, price 21s.

In two volumes, size 8vo, pages xii.-318 and vi.-312, cloth, priced at 21s.

MISCELLANEOUS PAPERS RELATING TO INDO-CHINA.

Reprinted from "Dalrymple's Oriental Repertory," "Asiatic Researches," and the "Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal."

Reprinted from "Dalrymple's Oriental Repertory," "Asiatic Researches," and the "Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal."

CONTENTS OF VOL. I.

TABLE OF CONTENTS VOL. I.

I.—Some Accounts of Quedah. By Michael Topping.

I.—Some Accounts of Quedah. By Michael Topping.

II.—Report made to the Chief and Council of Balambangan, by Lieut. James Barton, of his several Surveys.

II.—Report made to the Chief and Council of Balambangan, by Lieut. James Barton, of his several Surveys.

III.—Substance of a Letter to the Court of Directors from Mr. John Jesse, dated July 20, 1775, at Borneo Proper.

III.—Substance of a Letter to the Court of Directors from Mr. John Jesse, dated July 20, 1775, at Borneo Proper.

IV.—Formation of the Establishment of Poolo Peenang.

IV.—Formation of the Establishment of Poolo Peenang.

V.—The Gold of Limong. By John Macdonald.

V.—The Gold of Limong. By John Macdonald.

VI.—On Three Natural Productions of Sumatra. By John Macdonald.

VI.—On Three Natural Productions of Sumatra. By John Macdonald.

VII.—On the Traces of the Hindu Language and Literature extant amongst the Malays. By William Marsden.

VII.—On the Influences of Hindu Language and Literature Found Among the Malays. By William Marsden.

VIII.—Some Account of the Elastic Gum Vine of Prince-Wales Island. By James Howison.

VIII.—Some Account of the Elastic Gum Vine of Prince-Wales Island. By James Howison.

IX.—A Botanical Description of Urceola Elastica, or Caoutchouc Vine of Sumatra and Pulo-Pinang. By William Roxburgh, M.D.

IX.—A Botanical Description of Urceola Elastica, or the Caoutchouc Vine of Sumatra and Pulo-Pinang. By William Roxburgh, M.D.

X.—An Account of the Inhabitants of the Poggy, or Nassau Islands, lying off Sumatra. By John Crisp.

X.—A Description of the People Living in the Poggy, or Nassau Islands, off the coast of Sumatra. By John Crisp.

XI.—Remarks on the Species of Pepper which are found on Prince-Wales Island. By William Hunter, M.D.

XI.—Remarks on the Types of Pepper Found on Prince-Wales Island. By William Hunter, M.D.

XII.—On the Languages and Literature of the Indo-Chinese Nations. By J. Leyden, M.D.

XII.—On the Languages and Literature of the Indo-Chinese Nations. By J. Leyden, M.D.

XIII.—Some Account of an Orang-Outang of remarkable height found on the Island of Sumatra. By Clarke Abel, M.D.

XIII.—A Brief Description of a Remarkably Tall Orangutan Found on the Island of Sumatra. By Clarke Abel, M.D.

XIV.—Observations on the Geological Appearances and General Features of Portions of the Malayan Peninsula. By Captain James Low.

XIV.—Observations on the Geological Features and General Characteristics of Portions of the Malayan Peninsula. By Captain James Low.

XV.—Short Sketch of the Geology of Pulo-Pinang and the Neighbouring Islands. By T. Ware.

XV.—Short Sketch of the Geology of Pulo-Penang and the Nearby Islands. By T. Ware.

XVI.—Climate of Singapore.

Climate of Singapore.

XVII.—Inscription on the Jetty at Singapore.

XVII.—Inscription on the Jetty at Singapore.

XVIII.—Extract of a Letter from Colonel J. Low.

XVIII.—Extract of a Letter from Colonel J. Low.

XIX.—Inscription at Singapore.

XIX.—Sign in Singapore.

XX—An Account of Several Inscriptions found in Province Wellesley. By Lieut.-Col. James Low.

XX—An Account of Several Inscriptions Found in Province Wellesley. By Lieut.-Col. James Low.

XXI.—Note on the Inscriptions from Singapore and Province Wellesley. By J. W. Laidlay.

XXI.—Note on the Inscriptions from Singapore and Province Wellesley. By J. W. Laidlay.

XXII.—On an Inscription from Keddah. By Lieut.-Col. Low.

XXII.—On an Inscription from Keddah. By Lieut.-Col. Low.

XXIII.—A Notice of the Alphabets of the Philippine Islands.

XXIII.—A Notice of the Alphabets of the Philippine Islands.

XXIV.—Succinct Review of the Observations of the Tides in the Indian Archipelago.

XXIV.—Brief Overview of the Tidal Observations in the Indian Archipelago.

XXV.—Report on the Tin of the Province of Mergui. By Capt. G. B Tremenheere.

XXV.—Report on the Tin of the Province of Mergui. By Capt. G. B Tremenheere.

XXVI.—Report on the Manganese of Mergui Province. By Capt. G. B. Tremenheere.

XXVI.—Report on the Manganese of Mergui Province. By Capt. G. B. Tremenheere.

XXVII.—Paragraphs to be added to Capt. G. B. Tremenheere's Report.

XXVII.—Paragraphs to be added to Capt. G. B. Tremenheere's Report.

XXVIII.—Second Report on the Tin of Mergui. By Capt. G. B. Tremenheere.

XXVIII.—Second Report on the Tin of Mergui. By Capt. G. B. Tremenheere.

XXIX.—Analysis of Iron Ores from Tavoy and Mergui, and of Limestone from Mergui. By Dr. A. Ure.

XXIX.—Analysis of Iron Ores from Tavoy and Mergui, and of Limestone from Mergui. By Dr. A. Ure.

XXX.—Report of a Visit to the Pakchan River, and of some Tin Localities in the Southern Portion of the Tenasserim Provinces. By Capt. G. B. Tremenheere.

XXX.—Report of a Visit to the Pakchan River and Some Tin Locations in the Southern Part of the Tenasserim Provinces. By Capt. G. B. Tremenheere.

XXXI.—Report on a Route from the Mouth of the Pakchan to Krau, and thence across the Isthmus of Krau to the Gulf of Siam. By Capt. Al. Fraser and Capt. J. G. Forlong.

XXXI.—Report on a Route from the Mouth of the Pakchan to Krau, and then across the Isthmus of Krau to the Gulf of Siam. By Capt. Al. Fraser and Capt. J. G. Forlong.

XXXII.—Report, &c., from Capt. G. B. Tremenheere on the Price of Mergui Tin Ore.

XXXII.—Report, &c., from Capt. G. B. Tremenheere on the Price of Mergui Tin Ore.

XXXIII.—Remarks on the Different Species of Orang-utan. By E. Blyth.

XXXIII.—Remarks on the Different Species of Orangutan. By E. Blyth.

XXXIV.—Further Remarks. By E. Blyth.

XXXIV.—Additional Comments. By E. Blyth.

CONTENTS OF VOL. II.

TABLE OF CONTENTS VOL. II.

XXXV.—Catalogue of Mammalia inhabiting the Malayan Peninsula and Islands. By Theodore Cantor, M.D.

XXXV.—List of Mammals Found in the Malayan Peninsula and Islands. By Theodore Cantor, M.D.

XXXVI.—On the Local and Relative Geology of Singapore. By J. R. Logan.

XXXVI.—On the Local and Relative Geology of Singapore. By J. R. Logan.

XXXVII.—Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Malayan Peninsula and Islands. By Theodore Cantor, M.D.

XXXVII.—List of Reptiles Living in the Malayan Peninsula and Islands. By Theodore Cantor, M.D.

XXXVIII.—Some Account of the Botanical Collection brought from the Eastward, in 1841, by Dr. Cantor. By the late W. Griffith.

XXXVIII.—Some Account of the Botanical Collection brought from the East in 1841 by Dr. Cantor. By the late W. Griffith.

XXXIX.—On the Flat-Horned Taurine Cattle of S.E. Asia. By E. Blyth.

XXXIX.—On the Flat-Horned Taurine Cattle of S.E. Asia. By E. Blyth.

XL.—Note, by Major-General G. B. Tremenheere.

XL.—Note, by Major-General G. B. Tremenheere.

General Index.

General Index.

Index of Vernacular Terms.

List of Common Terms.

Index of Zoological Genera and Sub-Genera occurring in Vol. II.

Index of Zoological Genera and Sub-Genera found in Vol. II.

"The papers treat of almost every aspect of Indo-China—its philology, economy, geography, geology—and constitute a very material and important contribution to our accessible information regarding that country and its people."—Contemporary Review.

"The papers cover nearly every aspect of Indo-China—its language, economy, geography, geology—and represent a significant and important addition to our available information about that country and its people."—Contemporary Review.


Post 8vo, pp. xii.-72, cloth, price 5s.

Post 8vo, pp. xii-72, cloth, price £5.

THE SATAKAS OF BHARTRIHARI.

Translated from the Sanskrit

Translated from Sanskrit

By the Rev. B. Hale Wortham, M.R.A.S.,

By the Rev. B. Hale Wortham, M.R.A.S.,

Rector of Eggesford, North Devon.

Rector of Eggesford, North Devon.

"A very interesting addition to Trübner's Oriental Series."—Saturday Review.

"A really fascinating addition to Trübner's Oriental Series."—Saturday Review.

"Many of the Maxims in the book have a Biblical ring and beauty of expression."—St. James' Gazette.

"Many of the maxims in the book have a Biblical quality and beauty in their expression."—St. James' Gazette.


Post 8vo, pp. xii.-180, cloth, price 6s.

Post 8vo, 180 pages, cloth, price £6.

ANCIENT PROVERBS AND MAXIMS FROM BURMESE SOURCES;

Or, THE NITI LITERATURE OF BURMA.

Or, THE NITI LITERATURE OF BURMA.

By James Gray,

By James Gray,

Author of "Elements of Pali Grammar," "Translation of the Dhammapada," &c.

Author of "Elements of Pali Grammar," "Translation of the Dhammapada," etc.

The Sanscrit-Pâli word Nîti is equivalent to "conduct" in its abstract, and "guide" in its concrete signification. As applied to books, it is a general term for a treatise which includes maxims, pithy sayings, and didactic stories, intended as a guide to such matters of everyday life as form the character of an individual and influence him in his relations to his fellow-men. Treatises of this kind have been popular in all ages, and have served as a most effective medium of instruction.

The Sanskrit-Pāli word Nīti translates to "conduct" in a general sense and "guide" in a more specific context. When it comes to books, it's a broad term for a work that includes maxims, insightful sayings, and educational stories, meant to guide people on everyday matters that shape an individual's character and affect their relationships with others. These kinds of works have been popular throughout history and have been an extremely effective means of teaching.


Post 8vo, pp. xxxii. and 330, cloth, price 7s. 6d.

Post 8vo, pp. 32 and 330, cloth, price £7.50.

MASNAVI I MA' NAVI:

THE SPIRITUAL COUPLETS OF MAULANA JALALU-'D-DIN MUHAMMAD I RUMI.

THE SPIRITUAL COUPLETS OF MAULANA JALALU-'D-DIN MUHAMMAD I RUMI.

Translated and Abridged by E. H. WHINFIELD, M.A., Late of H.M. Bengal Civil Service.

Translated and shortened by E. H. WHINFIELD, M.A., Formerly of H.M. Bengal Civil Service.


Post 8vo, pp. viii. and 346, cloth, price 10s. 6d.

Post 8vo, pp. viii and 346, cloth, price £10.50.

MANAVA-DHARMA-CASTRA: THE CODE OF MANU.

Original Sanskrit Text, with Critical Notes. By J. Jolly, Ph.D.,

Modernized Text: Original Sanskrit Text, with Critical Notes. By J. Jolly, Ph.D.,

Professor of Sanskrit in the University of Wurzburg; late Tagore Professor of Law in the University of Calcutta.

Professor of Sanskrit at the University of Wurzburg; former Tagore Professor of Law at the University of Calcutta.

The date assigned by Sir William Jones to this Code—the well-known Great Law Book of the Hindus—is 1250-500 b.c., although the rules and precepts contained in it had probably existed as tradition for countless ages before. There has been no reliable edition of the Text for Students for many years past, and it is believed, therefore, that Prof. Jolly's work will supply a want long felt.

The date given by Sir William Jones to this Code—the famous Great Law Book of the Hindus—is 1250-500 B.C., even though the rules and teachings it includes likely existed as tradition for countless ages before. There hasn't been a reliable edition of the Text for Students for many years, so it's believed that Prof. Jolly's work will fill a long-standing gap.


Post 8vo, pp. 215, cloth, price 7s. 6d.

Post 8vo, 215 pages, cloth, price £7.50.

LEAVES FROM MY CHINESE SCRAP-BOOK.

By Frederic Henry Balfour.

By Frederic Henry Balfour.

Author of "Waifs and Strays from the Far East," "Taoist Texts," "Idiomatic Phrases in the Peking Colloquial," &c. &c.

Author of "Waifs and Strays from the Far East," "Taoist Texts," "Idiomatic Phrases in the Peking Colloquial," etc.


Post 8vo, pp. xvi.-548, with Six Maps, cloth, price 21s.

Post 8vo, 548 pages, with six maps, hardcover, price £21.

LINGUISTIC AND ORIENTAL ESSAYS.

Written from the Year 1847 to 1887. Second Series.

Written from 1847 to 1887. Second Series.

By Robert Needham Cust, LL.D.,

By Robert Needham Cust, LL.D.

Barrister-at-Law; Honorary Secretary of the Royal Asiatic Society; Late Member of Her Majesty's Indian Civil Service.

Barrister at Law; Honorary Secretary of the Royal Asiatic Society; Former Member of Her Majesty's Indian Civil Service.


In Two Volumes, post 8vo, pp. x.-308 and vi.-314, cloth, price 25s.

In Two Volumes, size 8vo, pages x.-308 and vi.-314, cloth cover, price £25.

MISCELLANEOUS PAPERS RELATING TO INDO-CHINA.

Edited By R. Rost, Ph.D., &c. &c., Librarian to the India Office.

Edited By R. Rost, Ph.D., and others. Librarian to the India Office.

Second Series.

Second Series.

Reprinted for the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society from the Malayan "Miscellanies," the "Transactions and Journal" of the Batavian Society, and the "Journals" of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, and the Royal Geographical and Royal Asiatic Societies.

Reprinted for the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society from the Malayan "Miscellanies," the "Transactions and Journal" of the Batavian Society, and the "Journals" of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, and the Royal Geographical and Royal Asiatic Societies.


Post 8vo, pp. xii.-512, price 16s.

Post 8vo, pp. xii.-512, price £16.

FOLK-TALES OF KASHMIR.

By the Rev. J. Hinton Knowles, F.R.G.S., M.R.A.S., &c.

By the Rev. J. Hinton Knowles, F.R.G.S., M.R.A.S., &c.

(C.M.S.) Missionary to the Kashmiris.

C.M.S. Missionary to Kashmiris.


In Two Volumes, post 8vo, pp. xii.-336 and X.-352, cloth, price 21s.

In two volumes, 8vo, pages xii-336 and x-352, cloth, price £21.

MEDIÆVAL RESEARCHES FROM EASTERN ASIATIC SOURCES.

Fragments Towards the Knowledge of the Geography and History of Central and Western Asia from the Thirteenth to the Seventeenth Century.

Fragments on the Geography and History of Central and Western Asia from the 13th to the 17th Century.

By E. Bretschneider, M.D.,

By E. Bretschneider, M.D.,

Formerly Physician of the Russian Legation at Pekin.

Formerly a doctor for the Russian Embassy in Beijing.


In Two Volumes, post 8vo, pp. l.-408 and 431, cloth, price 36s.

In Two Volumes, oversized paperback, pp. 1-408 and 1-431, cloth, price £36.

ALBERUNI'S INDIA:

AN ACCOUNT OF ITS RELIGION, PHILOSOPHY, LITERATURE, GEOGRAPHY, CHRONOLOGY,
ASTRONOMY, CUSTOMS, LAW, AND ASTROLOGY (About a.d. 1031).

AN ACCOUNT OF ITS RELIGION, PHILOSOPHY, LITERATURE, GEOGRAPHY, CHRONOLOGY,
ASTRONOMY, CUSTOMS, LAW, AND ASTROLOGY (Around A.D. 1031).

Translated into English.

Translated to English.

With Notes and Indices by Prof. EDWARD SACHAU, University of Berlin.

With notes and indices by Prof. Edward Sachau, University of Berlin.

∵ The Arabic Original, with an Index of the Sanskrit Words, Edited by Professor SACHAU, is in the press.

∵ The Arabic Original, along with an Index of the Sanskrit Words, edited by Professor SACHAU, is being printed.


Post 8vo, pp. xxxvii.-218, cloth, price 10s.

Post 8vo, pp. xxxvii.-218, cloth, price £10.

THE LIFE OF HIUEN TSIANG.

By the Shamans Hwui Li and Yen-tsung.

By the Shamans Hwui Li and Yen-tsung.

With a Preface containing an account of the Works of I-Tsing.

With a Preface that includes a summary of the works of I Ching.

By Samuel Beal, B.A.

By Samuel Beal, B.A.

(Trin. Coll., Camb.); Professor of Chinese, University College, London; Rector of Wark, Northumberland, &c.

(Trin. Coll., Camb.); Professor of Chinese, University College, London; Rector of Wark, Northumberland, etc.

Author of "Buddhist Records of the Western World," "The Romantic Legend of Sakya Buddha," &c.

Author of "Buddhist Records of the Western World," "The Romantic Legend of Sakya Buddha," etc.

When the Pilgrim Hiuen Tsiang returned from his travels in India, he took up his abode in the Temple of "Great Benevolence;" this convent had been constructed by the Emperor in honour of the Empress, Wen-te-hau. After Hiuen Tsiang's death, his disciple, Hwui Li, composed a work which gave an account of his illustrious Master's travels; this work when he completed he buried, and refused to discover its place of concealment. But previous to his death he revealed its whereabouts to Yen-tsung, by whom it was finally revised and published. This is "The Life of Hiuen Tsiang." It is a valuable sequel to the Si-yu-ki, correcting and illustrating it in many particulars.

When the pilgrim Hiuen Tsiang returned from his travels in India, he settled in the Temple of "Great Benevolence." This monastery had been built by the Emperor in honor of the Empress, Wen-te-hau. After Hiuen Tsiang passed away, his disciple, Hwui Li, wrote a work documenting his esteemed Master's travels; once he finished, he buried it and wouldn't reveal where it was hidden. However, before he died, he disclosed its location to Yen-tsung, who eventually revised and published it. This is "The Life of Hiuen Tsiang." It serves as a valuable sequel to the Si-yu-ki, correcting and adding to it in many ways.


IN PREPARATION:—

COMING SOON:—

Post 8vo.

Post 8vo

A SKETCH OF THE MODERN LANGUAGES OF OCEANIA.

By R. N. Cust, LL. D.

By R. N. Cust, LL. D.

Author of "Modern Languages of the East," "Modern Languages of Africa," &c.

Author of "Modern Languages of the East," "Modern Languages of Africa," etc.


London: Trübner & CO., 57 and 59 Ludgate Hill.





        
        
    
Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!